diff options
922 files changed, 1171 insertions, 1171 deletions
diff --git a/accessibility/source/standard/vclxaccessibletoolbox.cxx b/accessibility/source/standard/vclxaccessibletoolbox.cxx index 6176b7745e39..46546829ad79 100644 --- a/accessibility/source/standard/vclxaccessibletoolbox.cxx +++ b/accessibility/source/standard/vclxaccessibletoolbox.cxx @@ -419,7 +419,7 @@ void VCLXAccessibleToolBox::UpdateAllItems_Impl() for ( i = 0; i < nCount; ++i ) { Any aNewValue; - aNewValue <<= getAccessibleChild( (sal_Int32)i );; + aNewValue <<= getAccessibleChild( (sal_Int32)i ); NotifyAccessibleEvent( AccessibleEventId::CHILD, Any(), aNewValue ); } } diff --git a/android/source/src/java/org/libreoffice/FormattingController.java b/android/source/src/java/org/libreoffice/FormattingController.java index be8639ba627b..b5534c2a22be 100644 --- a/android/source/src/java/org/libreoffice/FormattingController.java +++ b/android/source/src/java/org/libreoffice/FormattingController.java @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ public class FormattingController implements View.OnClickListener { @Override public void onClick(View view) { ImageButton button = (ImageButton) view; - boolean selected = button.isSelected();; + boolean selected = button.isSelected(); button.setSelected(selected); if (selected) { diff --git a/android/source/src/java/org/libreoffice/LOKitThread.java b/android/source/src/java/org/libreoffice/LOKitThread.java index 978056dab1d7..7b2e9b27f04a 100644 --- a/android/source/src/java/org/libreoffice/LOKitThread.java +++ b/android/source/src/java/org/libreoffice/LOKitThread.java @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ import java.util.ArrayList; import java.util.List; import java.util.concurrent.LinkedBlockingQueue; -/** +/* * Thread that communicates with LibreOffice through LibreOfficeKit JNI interface. The thread * consumes events from other threads (mainly the UI thread) and acts accordingly. */ diff --git a/avmedia/source/vlc/vlcplayer.hxx b/avmedia/source/vlc/vlcplayer.hxx index 89e974c35cc7..3cbecdd19fd5 100644 --- a/avmedia/source/vlc/vlcplayer.hxx +++ b/avmedia/source/vlc/vlcplayer.hxx @@ -82,9 +82,9 @@ public: ::rtl::OUString SAL_CALL getImplementationName() throw ( css::uno::RuntimeException, std::exception ) override; sal_Bool SAL_CALL supportsService( const ::rtl::OUString& serviceName ) - throw ( css::uno::RuntimeException, std::exception ) override;; + throw ( css::uno::RuntimeException, std::exception ) override; css::uno::Sequence< ::rtl::OUString > SAL_CALL getSupportedServiceNames() - throw ( css::uno::RuntimeException, std::exception ) override;; + throw ( css::uno::RuntimeException, std::exception ) override; private: void replay(); diff --git a/basctl/source/dlged/dlgedclip.cxx b/basctl/source/dlged/dlgedclip.cxx index 9d042c64049d..b6d91bf7ad7c 100644 --- a/basctl/source/dlged/dlgedclip.cxx +++ b/basctl/source/dlged/dlgedclip.cxx @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ bool DlgEdTransferableImpl::compareDataFlavors( const DataFlavor& lFlavor, const // compare mime content types Reference< uno::XComponentContext > xContext = getProcessComponentContext(); Reference< datatransfer::XMimeContentTypeFactory > - xMCntTypeFactory = MimeContentTypeFactory::create(xContext);; + xMCntTypeFactory = MimeContentTypeFactory::create(xContext); // compare full media types Reference< datatransfer::XMimeContentType > xLType = xMCntTypeFactory->createMimeContentType( lFlavor.MimeType ); diff --git a/basic/source/basmgr/basmgr.cxx b/basic/source/basmgr/basmgr.cxx index 8ce26ae27e53..8b1ecedad5be 100644 --- a/basic/source/basmgr/basmgr.cxx +++ b/basic/source/basmgr/basmgr.cxx @@ -1355,7 +1355,7 @@ bool BasicManager::LoadLib( sal_uInt16 nLib ) { OUString aLibName = rLibInfo.GetLibName(); xLibContainer->loadLibrary( aLibName ); - bDone = xLibContainer->isLibraryLoaded( aLibName );; + bDone = xLibContainer->isLibraryLoaded( aLibName ); } else { diff --git a/basic/source/classes/eventatt.cxx b/basic/source/classes/eventatt.cxx index 5c54cb0c7dea..59afe03cb4ae 100644 --- a/basic/source/classes/eventatt.cxx +++ b/basic/source/classes/eventatt.cxx @@ -532,7 +532,7 @@ void RTL_Impl_CreateUnoDialog( StarBASIC* pBasic, SbxArray& rPar, bool bWrite ) Reference< XControl > xCntrl; try { - Reference< XDialogProvider > xDlgProv;; + Reference< XDialogProvider > xDlgProv; if( bDocDialog ) xDlgProv = css::awt::DialogProvider::createWithModelAndScripting( xContext, xModel, xInput, aDlgLib, xScriptListener ); else diff --git a/basic/source/sbx/sbxexec.cxx b/basic/source/sbx/sbxexec.cxx index 01f60db422b9..0910aef37f26 100644 --- a/basic/source/sbx/sbxexec.cxx +++ b/basic/source/sbx/sbxexec.cxx @@ -381,7 +381,7 @@ SbxVariable* SbxObject::FindQualified( const OUString& rName, SbxClassType t ) p = SkipWhitespace( p ); if( !*p ) { - return nullptr;; + return nullptr; } pVar = QualifiedName( this, this, &p, t ); p = SkipWhitespace( p ); diff --git a/chart2/source/controller/main/ObjectHierarchy.cxx b/chart2/source/controller/main/ObjectHierarchy.cxx index dcb63800505a..fb2f37e8306c 100644 --- a/chart2/source/controller/main/ObjectHierarchy.cxx +++ b/chart2/source/controller/main/ObjectHierarchy.cxx @@ -348,7 +348,7 @@ void ImplObjectHierarchy::createAxesTree( ObjectIdentifier( ObjectIdentifier( ObjectIdentifier::createClassifiedIdentifierForGrid( xAxis, xChartModel ) ) ) ); } - Sequence< Reference< beans::XPropertySet > > aSubGrids( xAxis->getSubGridProperties() );; + Sequence< Reference< beans::XPropertySet > > aSubGrids( xAxis->getSubGridProperties() ); sal_Int32 nSubGrid = 0; for( nSubGrid = 0; nSubGrid < aSubGrids.getLength(); ++nSubGrid ) { diff --git a/chart2/source/tools/AxisHelper.cxx b/chart2/source/tools/AxisHelper.cxx index 891719454084..ac9018ed5c55 100644 --- a/chart2/source/tools/AxisHelper.cxx +++ b/chart2/source/tools/AxisHelper.cxx @@ -889,7 +889,7 @@ Sequence< Reference< beans::XPropertySet > > AxisHelper::getAllGrids( const Refe if( xGridProperties.is() ) aGridVector.push_back( xGridProperties ); - Sequence< Reference< beans::XPropertySet > > aSubGrids( xAxis->getSubGridProperties() );; + Sequence< Reference< beans::XPropertySet > > aSubGrids( xAxis->getSubGridProperties() ); sal_Int32 nSubGrid = 0; for( nSubGrid = 0; nSubGrid < aSubGrids.getLength(); ++nSubGrid ) { diff --git a/chart2/source/tools/LifeTime.cxx b/chart2/source/tools/LifeTime.cxx index 10e4058c52ab..bfc62eabad93 100644 --- a/chart2/source/tools/LifeTime.cxx +++ b/chart2/source/tools/LifeTime.cxx @@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ bool LifeTimeManager::dispose() //--do the disposing of listeners after calling this method { uno::Reference< lang::XComponent > xComponent = - uno::Reference< lang::XComponent >(m_pComponent);; + uno::Reference< lang::XComponent >(m_pComponent); if(xComponent.is()) { // notify XCLoseListeners @@ -222,12 +222,12 @@ bool CloseableLifeTimeManager::g_close_startTryClose(bool bDeliverOwnership) try { uno::Reference< util::XCloseable > xCloseable = - uno::Reference< util::XCloseable >(m_pCloseable);; + uno::Reference< util::XCloseable >(m_pCloseable); if(xCloseable.is()) { //--call queryClosing on all registered close listeners ::cppu::OInterfaceContainerHelper* pIC = m_aListenerContainer.getContainer( - cppu::UnoType<util::XCloseListener>::get());; + cppu::UnoType<util::XCloseListener>::get()); if( pIC ) { lang::EventObject aEvent( xCloseable ); @@ -341,7 +341,7 @@ void CloseableLifeTimeManager::impl_doClose() { //--call notifyClosing on all registered close listeners ::cppu::OInterfaceContainerHelper* pIC = m_aListenerContainer.getContainer( - cppu::UnoType<util::XCloseListener>::get());; + cppu::UnoType<util::XCloseListener>::get()); if( pIC ) { lang::EventObject aEvent( xCloseable ); diff --git a/chart2/source/view/main/ChartView.cxx b/chart2/source/view/main/ChartView.cxx index 30c19c03626b..2194ecdc9346 100644 --- a/chart2/source/view/main/ChartView.cxx +++ b/chart2/source/view/main/ChartView.cxx @@ -887,8 +887,8 @@ void SeriesPlotterContainer::AdaptScaleOfYAxisWithoutAttachedSeries( ChartModel& ExplicitScaleData aExplicitScaleSource = aVCooSysList_Y[nC]->getExplicitScale( 1,nAttachedAxisIndex ); ExplicitIncrementData aExplicitIncrementSource = aVCooSysList_Y[nC]->getExplicitIncrement( 1,nAttachedAxisIndex ); - ExplicitScaleData aExplicitScaleDest = aVCooSysList_Y[nC]->getExplicitScale( 1,nAxisIndex );; - ExplicitIncrementData aExplicitIncrementDest = aVCooSysList_Y[nC]->getExplicitIncrement( 1,nAxisIndex );; + ExplicitScaleData aExplicitScaleDest = aVCooSysList_Y[nC]->getExplicitScale( 1,nAxisIndex ); + ExplicitIncrementData aExplicitIncrementDest = aVCooSysList_Y[nC]->getExplicitIncrement( 1,nAxisIndex ); aExplicitScaleDest.Orientation = aExplicitScaleSource.Orientation; aExplicitScaleDest.Scaling = aExplicitScaleSource.Scaling; diff --git a/chart2/source/view/main/GL3DRenderer.cxx b/chart2/source/view/main/GL3DRenderer.cxx index 78e2bbeb63cf..98cacdaa16e3 100644 --- a/chart2/source/view/main/GL3DRenderer.cxx +++ b/chart2/source/view/main/GL3DRenderer.cxx @@ -1112,7 +1112,7 @@ void OpenGL3DRenderer::Set3DSenceInfo(sal_uInt32 nColor, bool twoSidesLighting) else { m_iLightNum = 0; - m_Ambient = getColorAsVector(nColor);; + m_Ambient = getColorAsVector(nColor); } SetLightInfo(true, 0xFFFFFF, glm::vec4(-1.0, -1.0, 1.0, 0.0)); SetLightInfo(true, 0xFFFFFF, glm::vec4(-1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 0.0)); diff --git a/cli_ure/qa/climaker/climaker.cs b/cli_ure/qa/climaker/climaker.cs index 63a8888ed42a..5dd9a9f18967 100644 --- a/cli_ure/qa/climaker/climaker.cs +++ b/cli_ure/qa/climaker/climaker.cs @@ -1277,7 +1277,7 @@ public sealed class Test l.assure(aXComponent == outXComponent); l.assure(aSeqBool == outSeqBool); - bool inoutBool = false;; + bool inoutBool = false; byte inoutByte = 10; short inoutShort = 11; ushort inoutUShort = 12; diff --git a/codemaker/source/codemaker/global.cxx b/codemaker/source/codemaker/global.cxx index 8853a5b4375e..369a8daa54f5 100644 --- a/codemaker/source/codemaker/global.cxx +++ b/codemaker/source/codemaker/global.cxx @@ -153,7 +153,7 @@ OString createFileNameFromType( const OString& destination, OUString uSysFileName; OSL_VERIFY( FileBase::getSystemPathFromFileURL( convertToFileUrl(fileName), uSysFileName) == FileBase::E_None ); - return OUStringToOString(uSysFileName, osl_getThreadTextEncoding());; + return OUStringToOString(uSysFileName, osl_getThreadTextEncoding()); } bool fileExists(const OString& fileName) diff --git a/compilerplugins/clang/unreffun.cxx b/compilerplugins/clang/unreffun.cxx index 5295ca4376b0..ff746bf23ba1 100644 --- a/compilerplugins/clang/unreffun.cxx +++ b/compilerplugins/clang/unreffun.cxx @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ bool UnrefFun::VisitFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl const * decl) { } //TODO, filtering out any functions relating to (class) templates for now: - CXXRecordDecl const * r = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(decl->getDeclContext());; + CXXRecordDecl const * r = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(decl->getDeclContext()); if (r != nullptr && (r->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != TSK_Undeclared || r->isDependentContext())) diff --git a/connectivity/source/commontools/TKeyColumns.cxx b/connectivity/source/commontools/TKeyColumns.cxx index 11323dec47ed..30b9ee9047c7 100644 --- a/connectivity/source/commontools/TKeyColumns.cxx +++ b/connectivity/source/commontools/TKeyColumns.cxx @@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ sdbcx::ObjectType OKeyColumnsHelper::createObject(const OUString& _rName) } catch(const SQLException&) { - // somethimes we get an error when asking for this param + // sometimes we get an error when asking for this param } OKeyColumn* pRet = new OKeyColumn(aRefColumnName, diff --git a/connectivity/source/commontools/dbtools2.cxx b/connectivity/source/commontools/dbtools2.cxx index 632345565d91..92266f420e52 100644 --- a/connectivity/source/commontools/dbtools2.cxx +++ b/connectivity/source/commontools/dbtools2.cxx @@ -511,7 +511,7 @@ namespace Reference< XModel> lcl_getXModel(const Reference< XInterface>& _xIface) { Reference< XInterface > xParent = _xIface; - Reference< XModel > xModel(xParent,UNO_QUERY);; + Reference< XModel > xModel(xParent,UNO_QUERY); while( xParent.is() && !xModel.is() ) { Reference<XChild> xChild(xParent,UNO_QUERY); diff --git a/connectivity/source/drivers/ado/APreparedStatement.cxx b/connectivity/source/drivers/ado/APreparedStatement.cxx index aea1232e5925..1546e27741c8 100644 --- a/connectivity/source/drivers/ado/APreparedStatement.cxx +++ b/connectivity/source/drivers/ado/APreparedStatement.cxx @@ -263,7 +263,7 @@ Reference< XResultSet > SAL_CALL OPreparedStatement::executeQuery( ) throw(SQLE m_RecordSet.Close(); m_RecordSet.clear(); - // the create the new onces + // then create the new ones m_RecordSet.Create(); OLEVariant aCmd; aCmd.setIDispatch(m_Command); diff --git a/connectivity/source/drivers/dbase/DIndex.cxx b/connectivity/source/drivers/dbase/DIndex.cxx index 9e8ee7c7990c..6f51b17f5ec3 100644 --- a/connectivity/source/drivers/dbase/DIndex.cxx +++ b/connectivity/source/drivers/dbase/DIndex.cxx @@ -285,7 +285,7 @@ void ODbaseIndex::Collect(ONDXPage* pPage) void ODbaseIndex::Release(bool bSave) { - // Release the Index-recources + // Release the Index-resources m_bUseCollector = false; if (m_aCurLeaf.Is()) diff --git a/connectivity/source/drivers/evoab2/NStatement.hxx b/connectivity/source/drivers/evoab2/NStatement.hxx index c791cf54dbdb..74695da2e4c5 100644 --- a/connectivity/source/drivers/evoab2/NStatement.hxx +++ b/connectivity/source/drivers/evoab2/NStatement.hxx @@ -212,7 +212,7 @@ namespace connectivity virtual void SAL_CALL close( ) throw(::com::sun::star::sdbc::SQLException, ::com::sun::star::uno::RuntimeException, std::exception) override; protected: - /** will return the EBookQuery representing the stamement's WHERE condition, or throw + /** will return the EBookQuery representing the statement WHERE condition, or throw Also, all statement dependent members (such as the parser/iterator) will be inited afterwards. */ diff --git a/connectivity/source/drivers/file/FDateFunctions.cxx b/connectivity/source/drivers/file/FDateFunctions.cxx index 1b475af6e06d..bf1c7ce628d4 100644 --- a/connectivity/source/drivers/file/FDateFunctions.cxx +++ b/connectivity/source/drivers/file/FDateFunctions.cxx @@ -254,7 +254,7 @@ ORowSetValue OOp_CurDate::operate(const ::std::vector<ORowSetValue>& lhs) const return ORowSetValue(); Date aCurDate( Date::SYSTEM ); - return aCurDate.GetUNODate();; + return aCurDate.GetUNODate(); } ORowSetValue OOp_CurTime::operate(const ::std::vector<ORowSetValue>& lhs) const @@ -263,7 +263,7 @@ ORowSetValue OOp_CurTime::operate(const ::std::vector<ORowSetValue>& lhs) const return ORowSetValue(); tools::Time aCurTime( tools::Time::SYSTEM ); - return aCurTime.GetUNOTime();; + return aCurTime.GetUNOTime(); } ORowSetValue OOp_Now::operate(const ::std::vector<ORowSetValue>& lhs) const diff --git a/connectivity/source/drivers/file/FNoException.cxx b/connectivity/source/drivers/file/FNoException.cxx index a93eee2f7398..e60b24c3a0d5 100644 --- a/connectivity/source/drivers/file/FNoException.cxx +++ b/connectivity/source/drivers/file/FNoException.cxx @@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ void OPreparedStatement::scanParameter(OSQLParseNode* pParseNode,::std::vector< DBG_ASSERT(pParseNode->getChild(0)->getNodeType() == SQL_NODE_PUNCTUATION,"OResultSet: Parse Tree fehlerhaft"); _rParaNodes.push_back(pParseNode); - // Further descend not nessesary + // Further descend not necessary return; } diff --git a/connectivity/source/drivers/firebird/Blob.hxx b/connectivity/source/drivers/firebird/Blob.hxx index 5a1982a9be6f..40617462f94b 100644 --- a/connectivity/source/drivers/firebird/Blob.hxx +++ b/connectivity/source/drivers/firebird/Blob.hxx @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ namespace connectivity isc_db_handle* m_pDatabaseHandle; isc_tr_handle* m_pTransactionHandle; // We store our own copy of the blob id as typically the statement - // manages it's own blob id, and blobs are independent of a statement + // manages its own blob id, and blobs are independent of a statement // in firebird. ISC_QUAD m_blobID; isc_blob_handle m_blobHandle; @@ -123,4 +123,4 @@ namespace connectivity } #endif // INCLUDED_CONNECTIVITY_SOURCE_DRIVERS_FIREBIRD_BLOB_HXX -/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
\ No newline at end of file +/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */ diff --git a/connectivity/source/drivers/firebird/DatabaseMetaData.cxx b/connectivity/source/drivers/firebird/DatabaseMetaData.cxx index 03bdae0e996e..95ef5f58c4bb 100644 --- a/connectivity/source/drivers/firebird/DatabaseMetaData.cxx +++ b/connectivity/source/drivers/firebird/DatabaseMetaData.cxx @@ -1695,7 +1695,7 @@ uno::Reference< XResultSet > SAL_CALL ODatabaseMetaData::getTablePrivileges( ODatabaseMetaDataResultSet::ORow aRow(8); aRow[0] = new ORowSetValueDecorator(); // Unused aRow[1] = new ORowSetValueDecorator(); // TABLE_CAT unsupported - aRow[2] = new ORowSetValueDecorator(); // TABLE_SCHEM unussported. + aRow[2] = new ORowSetValueDecorator(); // TABLE_SCHEM unsupported. while( rs->next() ) { diff --git a/connectivity/source/drivers/firebird/ResultSetMetaData.cxx b/connectivity/source/drivers/firebird/ResultSetMetaData.cxx index 2da269cd6693..df5ef4eab6f9 100644 --- a/connectivity/source/drivers/firebird/ResultSetMetaData.cxx +++ b/connectivity/source/drivers/firebird/ResultSetMetaData.cxx @@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ sal_Bool SAL_CALL OResultSetMetaData::isCaseSensitive(sal_Int32 column) throw(SQLException, RuntimeException, std::exception) { // Firebird is generally case sensitive when using quoted identifiers. - // IF THIS CHANGES make ResultSet::findColumn to be case-insenstive as needed. + // IF THIS CHANGES make ResultSet::findColumn to be case-insensitive as needed. // Generally names that are entirely UPPERCASE are case insensitive, however // there remains some ambiguity if there is another mixed-case-named column // of the same name. For safety always assume case insensitive. diff --git a/connectivity/source/drivers/jdbc/DatabaseMetaData.cxx b/connectivity/source/drivers/jdbc/DatabaseMetaData.cxx index f010ab9179e8..20f78b333d40 100644 --- a/connectivity/source/drivers/jdbc/DatabaseMetaData.cxx +++ b/connectivity/source/drivers/jdbc/DatabaseMetaData.cxx @@ -422,7 +422,7 @@ Reference< XResultSet > SAL_CALL java_sql_DatabaseMetaData::getTablePrivileges( if ( xReturn.is() ) { - // we have to check the result columns for the tables privleges + // we have to check the result columns for the tables privileges Reference< XResultSetMetaDataSupplier > xMetaSup(xReturn,UNO_QUERY); if ( xMetaSup.is() ) { diff --git a/connectivity/source/drivers/macab/MacabRecords.cxx b/connectivity/source/drivers/macab/MacabRecords.cxx index a08759fa9f0d..caf1db78bc9e 100644 --- a/connectivity/source/drivers/macab/MacabRecords.cxx +++ b/connectivity/source/drivers/macab/MacabRecords.cxx @@ -447,7 +447,7 @@ MacabHeader *MacabRecords::createHeaderForRecordType(const CFArrayRef _records, { /* The order of these matters (we want all address properties * before any phone properties, or else things will look weird), - * so we get all possibilitities for each property, going through + * so we get all possibilities for each property, going through * each record, and then go onto the next property. * (Note: the reason that we have to go through all records * in the first place is that properties like address, phone, and diff --git a/connectivity/source/drivers/macab/MacabStatement.cxx b/connectivity/source/drivers/macab/MacabStatement.cxx index 1b91c10f3ce8..5cdfc1ca0e0c 100644 --- a/connectivity/source/drivers/macab/MacabStatement.cxx +++ b/connectivity/source/drivers/macab/MacabStatement.cxx @@ -460,7 +460,7 @@ OSL_TRACE("Mac OS Address book - SQL Request: %s", OUtoCStr(sql)); impl_throwError(STR_QUERY_TOO_COMPLEX); } - m_xResultSet = Reference<XResultSet>(pResult);; + m_xResultSet = Reference<XResultSet>(pResult); return xRS; } diff --git a/connectivity/source/drivers/mork/README b/connectivity/source/drivers/mork/README index 9d8eb818e5fb..0d4207b0ca0d 100644 --- a/connectivity/source/drivers/mork/README +++ b/connectivity/source/drivers/mork/README @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ Description Cross Platform Mozilla Mork format reader. -Compillation +Compilation ------------ g++ -o MorkParser main.cpp MorkParser.cpp diff --git a/connectivity/source/drivers/mozab/bootstrap/MNSFolders.cxx b/connectivity/source/drivers/mozab/bootstrap/MNSFolders.cxx index d97a1bf41e04..e5f264315e58 100644 --- a/connectivity/source/drivers/mozab/bootstrap/MNSFolders.cxx +++ b/connectivity/source/drivers/mozab/bootstrap/MNSFolders.cxx @@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ namespace { OUString sProductPath; - // check whether we have an anevironment variable which helps us + // check whether we have an environment variable which help us const char* pProfileByEnv = getenv( ProductRootEnvironmentVariable[ productIndex ] ); if ( pProfileByEnv ) { diff --git a/connectivity/source/drivers/odbc/OStatement.cxx b/connectivity/source/drivers/odbc/OStatement.cxx index 0aa9f00317c1..58a7a1df6937 100644 --- a/connectivity/source/drivers/odbc/OStatement.cxx +++ b/connectivity/source/drivers/odbc/OStatement.cxx @@ -869,7 +869,7 @@ bool OStatement_Base::isUsingBookmarks() const bool OStatement_Base::getEscapeProcessing() const { OSL_ENSURE( m_aStatementHandle, "StatementHandle is null!" ); - return SQL_NOSCAN_OFF == getStmtOption<SQLULEN, SQL_IS_UINTEGER>(SQL_ATTR_USE_BOOKMARKS, SQL_NOSCAN_OFF);; + return SQL_NOSCAN_OFF == getStmtOption<SQLULEN, SQL_IS_UINTEGER>(SQL_ATTR_USE_BOOKMARKS, SQL_NOSCAN_OFF); } void OStatement_Base::setUsingBookmarks(bool _bUseBookmark) diff --git a/connectivity/source/drivers/postgresql/pq_preparedstatement.hxx b/connectivity/source/drivers/postgresql/pq_preparedstatement.hxx index 749e63591e5c..2b412926a442 100644 --- a/connectivity/source/drivers/postgresql/pq_preparedstatement.hxx +++ b/connectivity/source/drivers/postgresql/pq_preparedstatement.hxx @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ private: public: /** - * @param ppConnection The piece of memory, pConnection points to, is accessisble + * @param ppConnection The piece of memory, pConnection points to, is accessible * as long as a reference to paramenter con is held. */ PreparedStatement( const rtl::Reference< RefCountedMutex > & refMutex, diff --git a/connectivity/source/drivers/postgresql/pq_statement.hxx b/connectivity/source/drivers/postgresql/pq_statement.hxx index 0ab2e4b5a843..920ff5df8b5a 100644 --- a/connectivity/source/drivers/postgresql/pq_statement.hxx +++ b/connectivity/source/drivers/postgresql/pq_statement.hxx @@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ private: public: /** - * @param ppConnection The piece of memory, pConnection points to, is accessisble + * @param ppConnection The piece of memory, pConnection points to, is accessible * as long as a reference to paramenter con is held. */ Statement( const rtl::Reference< RefCountedMutex > & refMutex, diff --git a/connectivity/source/inc/odbc/OConnection.hxx b/connectivity/source/inc/odbc/OConnection.hxx index a3122f5612c9..c2a14e5b494a 100644 --- a/connectivity/source/inc/odbc/OConnection.hxx +++ b/connectivity/source/inc/odbc/OConnection.hxx @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ namespace connectivity // Data attributes - ::std::map< SQLHANDLE,OConnection*> m_aConnections; // holds all connectionas which are need for serveral statements + ::std::map< SQLHANDLE,OConnection*> m_aConnections; // holds all connections which are need for serveral statements OUString m_sUser; // the user name diff --git a/cppu/source/threadpool/threadpool.cxx b/cppu/source/threadpool/threadpool.cxx index 92252ccb1ea4..591343fbb97f 100644 --- a/cppu/source/threadpool/threadpool.cxx +++ b/cppu/source/threadpool/threadpool.cxx @@ -228,7 +228,7 @@ namespace cppu_threadpool if( (*ii).second.first ) { // all oneway request have been processed, now - // synchronus requests may go on + // synchronous requests may go on (*ii).second.first->resume(); } } diff --git a/cppu/source/uno/copy.hxx b/cppu/source/uno/copy.hxx index ab25e062b984..e699cb22727a 100644 --- a/cppu/source/uno/copy.hxx +++ b/cppu/source/uno/copy.hxx @@ -499,7 +499,7 @@ inline uno_Sequence * icopyConstructSequence( break; } default: - OSL_FAIL( "### unexepcted sequence element type!" ); + OSL_FAIL( "### unexpected sequence element type!" ); pDest = nullptr; break; } diff --git a/cui/source/customize/cfg.cxx b/cui/source/customize/cfg.cxx index 0b9fa2848079..89cc606ec466 100644 --- a/cui/source/customize/cfg.cxx +++ b/cui/source/customize/cfg.cxx @@ -4343,7 +4343,7 @@ void ToolbarSaveInData::RestoreToolbar( SvxConfigEntry* pToolbar ) OUString url = pToolbar->GetCommand(); // Restore of toolbar is done by removing it from - // it's configuration manager and then getting it again + // its configuration manager and then getting it again bool bParentToolbar = pToolbar->IsParentData(); // Cannot restore parent toolbar diff --git a/cui/source/dialogs/SpellDialog.cxx b/cui/source/dialogs/SpellDialog.cxx index a2f79c6ff387..f0e27d1217c7 100644 --- a/cui/source/dialogs/SpellDialog.cxx +++ b/cui/source/dialogs/SpellDialog.cxx @@ -1437,7 +1437,7 @@ bool SentenceEditWindow_Impl::PreNotify( NotifyEvent& rNEvt ) break; // 6 - on field FS and on error UE case BRACE : - nAction = bHasField ? ACTION_SELECTFIELD : ACTION_UNDOEDIT;; + nAction = bHasField ? ACTION_SELECTFIELD : ACTION_UNDOEDIT; break; // 7 - UE // 8 - UE diff --git a/cui/source/dialogs/about.cxx b/cui/source/dialogs/about.cxx index ab23cf8c4a81..0e6ca41a67a4 100644 --- a/cui/source/dialogs/about.cxx +++ b/cui/source/dialogs/about.cxx @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ AboutDialog::AboutDialog(vcl::Window* pParent) m_aVersionTextStr = m_pVersion->GetText(); m_aBasedTextStr = get<FixedText>("libreoffice")->GetText(); m_aBasedDerivedTextStr = get<FixedText>("derived")->GetText(); - m_aLocaleStr = get<FixedText>("locale")->GetText();; + m_aLocaleStr = get<FixedText>("locale")->GetText(); m_pVersion->SetText(GetVersionString()); diff --git a/cui/source/inc/measure.hxx b/cui/source/inc/measure.hxx index bc1e5ce32a75..90dbfa82602f 100644 --- a/cui/source/inc/measure.hxx +++ b/cui/source/inc/measure.hxx @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ class SdrView; -/// Dialog for changing TextAtrributes +/// Dialog for changing TextAttributes class SvxMeasurePage : public SvxTabPage { private: diff --git a/cui/source/options/optgdlg.cxx b/cui/source/options/optgdlg.cxx index 52fc00c996a0..706c17159466 100644 --- a/cui/source/options/optgdlg.cxx +++ b/cui/source/options/optgdlg.cxx @@ -1095,7 +1095,7 @@ OfaLanguagesTabPage::OfaLanguagesTabPage(vcl::Window* pParent, const SfxItemSet& } catch (const Exception &e) { - // we'll just leave the box in it's default setting and won't + // we'll just leave the box in its default setting and won't // even give it event handler... SAL_WARN("cui.options", "ignoring Exception \"" << e.Message << "\""); } @@ -1278,7 +1278,7 @@ bool OfaLanguagesTabPage::FillItemSet( SfxItemSet* rSet ) } catch (const Exception& e) { - // we'll just leave the box in it's default setting and won't + // we'll just leave the box in its default setting and won't // even give it event handler... SAL_WARN("cui.options", "ignoring Exception \"" << e.Message << "\""); } diff --git a/cui/source/options/optjava.cxx b/cui/source/options/optjava.cxx index bdb111023c0f..ee765235ee05 100644 --- a/cui/source/options/optjava.cxx +++ b/cui/source/options/optjava.cxx @@ -1010,7 +1010,7 @@ IMPL_LINK_NOARG_TYPED(SvxJavaClassPathDlg, AddArchiveHdl_Impl, Button*, void) IMPL_LINK_NOARG_TYPED(SvxJavaClassPathDlg, AddPathHdl_Impl, Button*, void) { Reference < XComponentContext > xContext( ::comphelper::getProcessComponentContext() ); - Reference < XFolderPicker2 > xFolderPicker = FolderPicker::create(xContext);; + Reference < XFolderPicker2 > xFolderPicker = FolderPicker::create(xContext); OUString sOldFolder; if ( m_pPathList->GetSelectEntryCount() > 0 ) diff --git a/cui/source/options/optpath.cxx b/cui/source/options/optpath.cxx index 8695c0c2003b..d30fcc8c2601 100644 --- a/cui/source/options/optpath.cxx +++ b/cui/source/options/optpath.cxx @@ -619,7 +619,7 @@ IMPL_LINK_NOARG_TYPED(SvxPathTabPage, PathHdl_Impl, Button*, void) try { Reference < XComponentContext > xContext( ::comphelper::getProcessComponentContext() ); - xFolderPicker = FolderPicker::create(xContext);; + xFolderPicker = FolderPicker::create(xContext); INetURLObject aURL( sWritable, INetProtocol::File ); xFolderPicker->setDisplayDirectory( aURL.GetMainURL( INetURLObject::NO_DECODE ) ); diff --git a/cui/source/tabpages/numpages.cxx b/cui/source/tabpages/numpages.cxx index c210dab8f812..74c0f70dbe6d 100644 --- a/cui/source/tabpages/numpages.cxx +++ b/cui/source/tabpages/numpages.cxx @@ -3698,7 +3698,7 @@ void SvxNumOptionsTabPage::PageCreated(const SfxAllItemSet& aSet) { ListBox& myCharFmtLB = GetCharFmtListBox(); const std::vector<OUString> &aList = pListItem->GetList(); - sal_uInt32 nCount = aList.size();; + sal_uInt32 nCount = aList.size(); for(sal_uInt32 i = 0; i < nCount; i++) myCharFmtLB.InsertEntry(aList[i]); } diff --git a/cui/source/tabpages/tparea.cxx b/cui/source/tabpages/tparea.cxx index baa7ee275758..3ec8bf61468f 100644 --- a/cui/source/tabpages/tparea.cxx +++ b/cui/source/tabpages/tparea.cxx @@ -766,7 +766,7 @@ SvxAreaTabPage::SvxAreaTabPage( vcl::Window* pParent, const SfxItemSet& rInAttrs // #i76307# always paint the preview in LTR, because this is what the document does m_pCtlXRectPreview->EnableRTL(false); - // Calcualte size of dropdown listboxes + // Calculate size of dropdown listboxes Size aSize = LogicToPixel(Size(108, 103), MAP_APPFONT); m_pLbColor->set_width_request(aSize.Width()); diff --git a/cui/source/tabpages/tpline.cxx b/cui/source/tabpages/tpline.cxx index c86511d3ff64..f0add14c2b1c 100644 --- a/cui/source/tabpages/tpline.cxx +++ b/cui/source/tabpages/tpline.cxx @@ -636,7 +636,7 @@ void SvxLineTabPage::ActivatePage( const SfxItemSet& rSet ) { if( m_nPageType == 2 ) // 1 { - m_pLbLineStyle->SelectEntryPos( *m_pPosDashLb + 2 ); // +2 due to SOLID and INVLISIBLE + m_pLbLineStyle->SelectEntryPos( *m_pPosDashLb + 2 ); // +2 due to SOLID and INVISIBLE ChangePreviewHdl_Impl( nullptr ); } if( m_nPageType == 3 ) diff --git a/dbaccess/qa/complex/dbaccess/DatabaseDocument.java b/dbaccess/qa/complex/dbaccess/DatabaseDocument.java index 03db63289ef1..673f22d24677 100644 --- a/dbaccess/qa/complex/dbaccess/DatabaseDocument.java +++ b/dbaccess/qa/complex/dbaccess/DatabaseDocument.java @@ -227,7 +227,7 @@ public class DatabaseDocument extends TestCase implements com.sun.star.document. return; } - assertEquals("interaction handleer called in wrong state", STATE_LOADING_DOC, m_loadDocState); + assertEquals("interaction handler called in wrong state", STATE_LOADING_DOC, m_loadDocState); // auto-approve final XInteractionContinuation continuations[] = _request.getContinuations(); @@ -419,7 +419,7 @@ public class DatabaseDocument extends TestCase implements com.sun.star.document. assertEquals("wrong URL after loading the document", documentURL, databaseDoc.getURL()); impl_checkDocumentInitState(databaseDoc, true); - // and while we are here ... initilizing the same document again should not be possible + // and while we are here ... initializing the same document again should not be possible assureException( databaseDoc, XLoadable.class, "initNew", new Object[0], DoubleInitializationException.class ); assureException( databaseDoc, XLoadable.class, "load", new Object[] { new PropertyValue[0] }, @@ -595,7 +595,7 @@ public class DatabaseDocument extends TestCase implements com.sun.star.document. assertTrue( "The test case marker did not survive re-retrieval of the doc from the data source.", impl_hasMarker( databaseDoc.getArgs() ) ); - // on the other hand, closing and regurlarly re-loading the doc *without* the marker should indeed + // on the other hand, closing and regulary re-loading the doc *without* the marker should indeed // lose it impl_closeDocument( databaseDoc ); databaseDoc = impl_loadDocument( documentURL, impl_getDefaultLoadArgs() ); diff --git a/dbaccess/source/core/api/KeySet.hxx b/dbaccess/source/core/api/KeySet.hxx index 1c967f754e47..a16d3395c3e3 100644 --- a/dbaccess/source/core/api/KeySet.hxx +++ b/dbaccess/source/core/api/KeySet.hxx @@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ namespace dbaccess sal_Int32 _nType, sal_Int32 _nScale ); OUStringBuffer createKeyFilter( ); - bool doTryRefetch_throw() throw(css::sdbc::SQLException, css::uno::RuntimeException);; + bool doTryRefetch_throw() throw(css::sdbc::SQLException, css::uno::RuntimeException); void tryRefetch(const ORowSetRow& _rInsertRow,bool bRefetch); void executeUpdate(const ORowSetRow& _rInsertRow ,const ORowSetRow& _rOriginalRow,const OUString& i_sSQL,const OUString& i_sTableName,const ::std::vector<sal_Int32>& _aIndexColumnPositions = ::std::vector<sal_Int32>()); void executeInsert( const ORowSetRow& _rInsertRow,const OUString& i_sSQL,const OUString& i_sTableName = OUString(),bool bRefetch = false); diff --git a/dbaccess/source/core/api/RowSet.cxx b/dbaccess/source/core/api/RowSet.cxx index 14fad7d06fb1..9487dfe36b7c 100644 --- a/dbaccess/source/core/api/RowSet.cxx +++ b/dbaccess/source/core/api/RowSet.cxx @@ -869,7 +869,7 @@ void SAL_CALL ORowSet::insertRow( ) throw(SQLException, RuntimeException, std:: // insertRow is not allowed when // standing not on the insert row nor // when the row isn't modified - // or the concurency is read only + // or the concurrency is read only ::osl::ResettableMutexGuard aGuard( *m_pMutex ); if(!m_pCache || !m_bNew || !m_bModified || m_nResultSetConcurrency == ResultSetConcurrency::READ_ONLY) diff --git a/dbaccess/source/core/api/RowSetBase.hxx b/dbaccess/source/core/api/RowSetBase.hxx index 3f99a545df32..66851c512072 100644 --- a/dbaccess/source/core/api/RowSetBase.hxx +++ b/dbaccess/source/core/api/RowSetBase.hxx @@ -373,7 +373,7 @@ namespace dbaccess */ explicit ORowSetNotifier( ORowSetBase* m_pRowSet ); - /** use this one to consturct an vector for change value notification + /** use this one to construct an vector for change value notification */ ORowSetNotifier( ORowSetBase* m_pRowSet,const ORowSetValueVector::Vector& i_aRow ); diff --git a/dbaccess/source/core/api/SingleSelectQueryComposer.cxx b/dbaccess/source/core/api/SingleSelectQueryComposer.cxx index 2846c25b4eca..aaaf28f40a57 100644 --- a/dbaccess/source/core/api/SingleSelectQueryComposer.cxx +++ b/dbaccess/source/core/api/SingleSelectQueryComposer.cxx @@ -897,7 +897,7 @@ Reference< XNameAccess > SAL_CALL OSingleSelectQueryComposer::getColumns( ) thr } else if ( aRealFind == aSelectColumns->get().end() ) { - // we can now only look if we found it under the realname propertery + // we can now only look if we found it under the realname property // here we have to make the assumption that the position is correct OSQLColumns::Vector::iterator aFind2 = aSelectColumns->get().begin() + i-1; Reference<XPropertySet> xProp(*aFind2,UNO_QUERY); diff --git a/dbaccess/source/core/api/resultset.cxx b/dbaccess/source/core/api/resultset.cxx index 14b9540f94ac..f32168acba52 100644 --- a/dbaccess/source/core/api/resultset.cxx +++ b/dbaccess/source/core/api/resultset.cxx @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ OResultSet::OResultSet(const css::uno::Reference< css::sdbc::XResultSet >& _xRes { m_bIsBookmarkable = ::comphelper::getBOOL(xSet->getPropertyValue(PROPERTY_ISBOOKMARKABLE)); OSL_ENSURE( !m_bIsBookmarkable || Reference< XRowLocate >(m_xDelegatorResultSet, UNO_QUERY).is(), - "OResultSet::OResultSet: aggregate is inconsistent in it's bookmarkable attribute!" ); + "OResultSet::OResultSet: aggregate is inconsistent in its bookmarkable attribute!" ); m_bIsBookmarkable = m_bIsBookmarkable && Reference< XRowLocate >(m_xDelegatorResultSet, UNO_QUERY).is(); } } diff --git a/dbaccess/source/core/dataaccess/connection.cxx b/dbaccess/source/core/dataaccess/connection.cxx index 16895634d59e..624bc13e0c37 100644 --- a/dbaccess/source/core/dataaccess/connection.cxx +++ b/dbaccess/source/core/dataaccess/connection.cxx @@ -265,7 +265,7 @@ OConnection::OConnection(ODatabaseSource& _rDB , const Reference< XComponentContext >& _rxORB) :OSubComponent(m_aMutex, static_cast< OWeakObject* >(&_rDB)) // as the queries reroute their refcounting to us, this m_aMutex is okey. If the queries - // container would do it's own refcounting, it would have to acquire m_pMutex + // container would do its own refcounting, it would have to acquire m_pMutex // same for tables ,m_aTableFilter(_rDB.m_pImpl->m_aTableFilter) ,m_aTableTypeFilter(_rDB.m_pImpl->m_aTableTypeFilter) diff --git a/dbaccess/source/core/dataaccess/databasedocument.cxx b/dbaccess/source/core/dataaccess/databasedocument.cxx index 777b779f2287..51541d1dc0cc 100644 --- a/dbaccess/source/core/dataaccess/databasedocument.cxx +++ b/dbaccess/source/core/dataaccess/databasedocument.cxx @@ -609,7 +609,7 @@ namespace continue; } - // TODO: clarify: anything else to care for? Both the sub componbents with and without model + // TODO: clarify: anything else to care for? Both the sub components with and without model // should support the XModifiable interface, so I think nothing more is needed here. OSL_FAIL( "lcl_hasAnyModifiedSubComponent_throw: anything left to do here?" ); } @@ -974,7 +974,7 @@ OUString SAL_CALL ODatabaseDocument::getLocation( ) throw (RuntimeException, st DocumentGuard aGuard( *this, DocumentGuard::MethodWithoutInit ); return m_pImpl->getURL(); // both XStorable::getLocation and XModel::getURL have to return the URL of the document, *not* - // the location of the file which the docunment was possibly recovered from (which would be getDocFileLocation) + // the location of the file which the document was possibly recovered from (which would be getDocFileLocation) } sal_Bool SAL_CALL ODatabaseDocument::isReadonly( ) throw (RuntimeException, std::exception) diff --git a/dbaccess/source/core/inc/FilteredContainer.hxx b/dbaccess/source/core/inc/FilteredContainer.hxx index 47dcdb9ed30c..5089c53aa5aa 100644 --- a/dbaccess/source/core/inc/FilteredContainer.hxx +++ b/dbaccess/source/core/inc/FilteredContainer.hxx @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ namespace dbaccess virtual OUString getNameForObject(const ::connectivity::sdbcx::ObjectType& _xObject) override; /** tell the container to free all elements and all additional resources.<BR> - After using this method the object may be reconstructed by calling one of the <code>constrcuct</code> methods. + After using this method the object may be reconstructed by calling one of the <code>construct</code> methods. */ virtual void SAL_CALL disposing() override; diff --git a/dbaccess/source/core/inc/definitioncontainer.hxx b/dbaccess/source/core/inc/definitioncontainer.hxx index 318b663ce06d..1f7c594b3593 100644 --- a/dbaccess/source/core/inc/definitioncontainer.hxx +++ b/dbaccess/source/core/inc/definitioncontainer.hxx @@ -216,7 +216,7 @@ protected: // helper virtual void SAL_CALL disposing() override; - /** create a object from it's persistent data within the configuration. To be overwritten by derived classes. + /** create a object from its persistent data within the configuration. To be overwritten by derived classes. @param _rName the name the object has within the container @return the newly created object or an empty reference if something went wrong */ diff --git a/dbaccess/source/ui/app/AppController.hxx b/dbaccess/source/ui/app/AppController.hxx index ad9cafae96dc..7da651439903 100644 --- a/dbaccess/source/ui/app/AppController.hxx +++ b/dbaccess/source/ui/app/AppController.hxx @@ -388,7 +388,7 @@ namespace dbaui void impl_validateObjectTypeAndName_throw( const sal_Int32 _nObjectType, const ::boost::optional< OUString >& i_rObjectName ); protected: - // initalizing members + // initializing members // state of a feature. 'feature' may be the handle of a css::util::URL somebody requested a dispatch interface for OR a toolbar slot. virtual FeatureState GetState(sal_uInt16 nId) const override; diff --git a/dbaccess/source/ui/browser/brwctrlr.cxx b/dbaccess/source/ui/browser/brwctrlr.cxx index 92e1778cdaf2..36425d0f9c7f 100644 --- a/dbaccess/source/ui/browser/brwctrlr.cxx +++ b/dbaccess/source/ui/browser/brwctrlr.cxx @@ -2092,7 +2092,7 @@ void SbaXDataBrowserController::Execute(sal_uInt16 nId, const Sequence< Property break; bool bNeedPostReload = preReloadForm(); - // reset the filter and the sort property simutaneously so only _one_ new statement has to be + // reset the filter and the sort property simultaneously so only _one_ new statement has to be // sent Reference< XPropertySet > xSet(getRowSet(), UNO_QUERY); if ( xSet.is() ) @@ -2287,7 +2287,7 @@ IMPL_LINK_TYPED(SbaXDataBrowserController, OnInvalidateClipboard, Timer*, _pTime InvalidateFeature(ID_BROWSER_COPY); // if the invalidation was triggered by the timer, we do not need to invalidate PASTE. - // The timer is only for checking the CUT/COPY slots regulariry, which depend on the + // The timer is only for checking the CUT/COPY slots regulary, which depend on the // selection state of the active cell // TODO: get a callback at the Edit which allows to be notified when the selection // changes. This would be much better than this cycle-eating polling mechanism here .... @@ -2375,7 +2375,7 @@ IMPL_LINK_TYPED(SbaXDataBrowserController, OnFoundData, FmFoundRecordInformation // move the cursor xCursor->moveToBookmark(rInfo.aPosition); - // let the grid snyc it's display with the cursor + // let the grid sync its display with the cursor Reference< XPropertySet > xModelSet(getControlModel(), UNO_QUERY); OSL_ENSURE(xModelSet.is(), "SbaXDataBrowserController::OnFoundData : no model set ?!"); Any aOld = xModelSet->getPropertyValue("DisplayIsSynchron"); @@ -2500,7 +2500,7 @@ void SbaXDataBrowserController::initializeParser() const void SbaXDataBrowserController::loaded(const EventObject& /*aEvent*/) throw( RuntimeException, std::exception ) { // not interested in - // we're loading within an separate thread and have a handling for it's "finished event" + // we're loading within an separate thread and have a handling for its "finished event" } void SbaXDataBrowserController::unloading(const EventObject& /*aEvent*/) throw( RuntimeException, std::exception ) diff --git a/dbaccess/source/ui/browser/sbagrid.cxx b/dbaccess/source/ui/browser/sbagrid.cxx index 3ef0e018a028..4505431b1396 100644 --- a/dbaccess/source/ui/browser/sbagrid.cxx +++ b/dbaccess/source/ui/browser/sbagrid.cxx @@ -596,7 +596,7 @@ bool SbaGridHeader::ImplStartColumnDrag(sal_Int8 _nAction, const Point& _rMouseP } if (!bResizingCol) { - // force the base class to end it's drag mode + // force the base class to end its drag mode EndTracking(TrackingEventFlags::Cancel | TrackingEventFlags::End); // because we have 3d-buttons the select handler is called from MouseButtonUp, but StartDrag diff --git a/dbaccess/source/ui/control/tabletree.cxx b/dbaccess/source/ui/control/tabletree.cxx index 6a746901883c..c42afc808dbb 100644 --- a/dbaccess/source/ui/control/tabletree.cxx +++ b/dbaccess/source/ui/control/tabletree.cxx @@ -422,7 +422,7 @@ SvTreeListEntry* OTableTreeListBox::implAddEntry( if ( !_rxMeta.is() ) return nullptr; - // split the complete name into it's components + // split the complete name into its components OUString sCatalog, sSchema, sName; qualifiedNameComponents( _rxMeta, _rTableName, sCatalog, sSchema, sName, ::dbtools::eInDataManipulation ); @@ -594,7 +594,7 @@ SvTreeListEntry* OTableTreeListBox::getEntryByQualifiedName( const OUString& _rN if ( !impl_getAndAssertMetaData( xMeta ) ) return nullptr; - // split the complete name into it's components + // split the complete name into its components OUString sCatalog, sSchema, sName; qualifiedNameComponents(xMeta, _rName, sCatalog, sSchema, sName,::dbtools::eInDataManipulation); diff --git a/dbaccess/source/ui/dlg/directsql.cxx b/dbaccess/source/ui/dlg/directsql.cxx index 2a507262a3d1..ee2b0ba7b442 100644 --- a/dbaccess/source/ui/dlg/directsql.cxx +++ b/dbaccess/source/ui/dlg/directsql.cxx @@ -295,7 +295,7 @@ namespace dbaui if (_bUpdateListBox) { - // selecte the normalized statement in the list box + // select the normalized statement in the list box m_pSQLHistory->SelectEntryPos((sal_uInt16)_nHistoryPos); OSL_ENSURE(m_pSQLHistory->GetSelectEntry() == m_aNormalizedHistory[_nHistoryPos], "DirectSQLDialog::switchToHistory: inconsistent listbox entries!"); diff --git a/dbaccess/source/ui/dlg/queryfilter.cxx b/dbaccess/source/ui/dlg/queryfilter.cxx index c5105f940c4b..93115beab46c 100644 --- a/dbaccess/source/ui/dlg/queryfilter.cxx +++ b/dbaccess/source/ui/dlg/queryfilter.cxx @@ -458,7 +458,7 @@ IMPL_LINK_TYPED( DlgFilterCrit, PredicateLoseFocus, Control&, rControl, void ) Edit* _pField = static_cast<Edit*>(&rControl); // retrieve the field affected Reference< XPropertySet> xColumn( getMatchingColumn( *_pField ) ); - // and normalize it's content + // and normalize its content if ( xColumn.is() ) { OUString sText( _pField->GetText() ); diff --git a/dbaccess/source/ui/inc/ConnectionLineData.hxx b/dbaccess/source/ui/inc/ConnectionLineData.hxx index 901b9b32a690..097999169adc 100644 --- a/dbaccess/source/ui/inc/ConnectionLineData.hxx +++ b/dbaccess/source/ui/inc/ConnectionLineData.hxx @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ namespace dbaui /** the class OConnectionLineData contains the data of a connection - e.g. the source and the destanation field + e.g. the source and the destination field **/ class OConnectionLineData : public ::salhelper::SimpleReferenceObject { diff --git a/dbaccess/source/ui/inc/FieldDescriptions.hxx b/dbaccess/source/ui/inc/FieldDescriptions.hxx index 07029cef9f8e..8144a44c45ab 100644 --- a/dbaccess/source/ui/inc/FieldDescriptions.hxx +++ b/dbaccess/source/ui/inc/FieldDescriptions.hxx @@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ namespace dbaui void SetPrimaryKey(bool _bPKey); void SetCurrency(bool _bIsCurrency); - /** copies the content of the field eescription into the column + /** copies the content of the field description into the column @param _rxColumn the dest */ void copyColumnSettingsTo(const css::uno::Reference< css::beans::XPropertySet >& _rxColumn); diff --git a/dbaccess/source/ui/inc/TableWindow.hxx b/dbaccess/source/ui/inc/TableWindow.hxx index 71aec1282f65..c06038be478e 100644 --- a/dbaccess/source/ui/inc/TableWindow.hxx +++ b/dbaccess/source/ui/inc/TableWindow.hxx @@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ namespace dbaui The EndPosition after resizing. */ void setSizingFlag(const Point& _rPos); - /** set the rsizing flag to NONE. + /** set the resizing flag to NONE. */ void resetSizingFlag() { m_nSizingFlags = SIZING_NONE; } diff --git a/dbaccess/source/ui/inc/tabletree.hxx b/dbaccess/source/ui/inc/tabletree.hxx index adc390ba7f05..9f27c2e73d70 100644 --- a/dbaccess/source/ui/inc/tabletree.hxx +++ b/dbaccess/source/ui/inc/tabletree.hxx @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ public: /** fill the table list with the tables and views determined by the two given containers. The views sequence is used to determine which table is of type view. @param _rxConnection the connection where you got the object names from. Must not be NULL. - Used to split the full qualified names into it's parts. + Used to split the full qualified names into its parts. @param _rTables table/view sequence @param _rViews view sequence */ @@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ protected: /** fill the table list with the tables and views determined by the two given containers @param _rxConnection the connection where you got the object names from. Must not be NULL. - Used to split the full qualified names into it's parts. + Used to split the full qualified names into its parts. @param _rTables table/view sequence, the second argument is <TRUE/> if it is a table, otherwise it is a view. */ void UpdateTableList( diff --git a/dbaccess/source/ui/inc/unosqlmessage.hxx b/dbaccess/source/ui/inc/unosqlmessage.hxx index a2e516757c5f..98d7e0b77e62 100644 --- a/dbaccess/source/ui/inc/unosqlmessage.hxx +++ b/dbaccess/source/ui/inc/unosqlmessage.hxx @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ protected: virtual void SAL_CALL initialize(css::uno::Sequence< css::uno::Any > const & args) throw (css::uno::Exception, css::uno::RuntimeException, std::exception) override; // OPropertySetHelper overridables - // (overwrittin these three, because we have some special handling for our property) + // (overwriting these three, because we have some special handling for our property) virtual sal_Bool SAL_CALL convertFastPropertyValue( css::uno::Any& _rConvertedValue, css::uno::Any& _rOldValue, sal_Int32 _nHandle, const css::uno::Any& _rValue) throw(css::lang::IllegalArgumentException) override; // OGenericUnoDialog overridables diff --git a/dbaccess/source/ui/querydesign/QueryDesignView.cxx b/dbaccess/source/ui/querydesign/QueryDesignView.cxx index d39a21af25db..c83d285c8d4f 100644 --- a/dbaccess/source/ui/querydesign/QueryDesignView.cxx +++ b/dbaccess/source/ui/querydesign/QueryDesignView.cxx @@ -1358,7 +1358,7 @@ namespace // The first element is (again) an AND condition else if ( SQL_ISRULE(pCondition,boolean_term) ) { - OSL_ENSURE(pCondition->count() == 3,"Illegal definifiton of boolean_term"); + OSL_ENSURE(pCondition->count() == 3,"Illegal definition of boolean_term"); eErrorCode = GetANDCriteria(_pView,_pSelectionBrw,pCondition->getChild(0), nLevel,bHaving,bAddOrOnOneLine ); if ( eErrorCode == eOk ) eErrorCode = GetANDCriteria(_pView,_pSelectionBrw,pCondition->getChild(2), nLevel,bHaving,bAddOrOnOneLine ); diff --git a/dbaccess/source/ui/querydesign/QueryMoveTabWinUndoAct.cxx b/dbaccess/source/ui/querydesign/QueryMoveTabWinUndoAct.cxx index 504540f2e3e2..5ac1436a80c3 100644 --- a/dbaccess/source/ui/querydesign/QueryMoveTabWinUndoAct.cxx +++ b/dbaccess/source/ui/querydesign/QueryMoveTabWinUndoAct.cxx @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ void OJoinMoveTabWinUndoAct::TogglePosition() // it looks like ptFrameScrollPos is meaningless, then I subtract it here and add it to ptNext, and // next time I subtract again... - // AbetptFrameScrollPos could have changed next time... + // Albeit ptFrameScrollPos could have changed next time... m_pOwner->EnsureVisible(m_pTabWin); m_ptNextPosition = ptNext; diff --git a/dbaccess/source/ui/querydesign/TableConnectionData.cxx b/dbaccess/source/ui/querydesign/TableConnectionData.cxx index c49b8dd3b943..cd425478d37e 100644 --- a/dbaccess/source/ui/querydesign/TableConnectionData.cxx +++ b/dbaccess/source/ui/querydesign/TableConnectionData.cxx @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ bool OTableConnectionData::SetConnLine( sal_uInt16 nIndex, const OUString& rSour if (sal_uInt16(m_vConnLineData.size()) < nIndex) return false; - // == still allowed, this correponds to a Append + // == still allowed, this corresponds to an Append if (m_vConnLineData.size() == nIndex) return AppendConnLine(rSourceFieldName, rDestFieldName); diff --git a/dbaccess/source/ui/tabledesign/TableController.cxx b/dbaccess/source/ui/tabledesign/TableController.cxx index 2feca27ed36e..97fd96e8dc1d 100644 --- a/dbaccess/source/ui/tabledesign/TableController.cxx +++ b/dbaccess/source/ui/tabledesign/TableController.cxx @@ -636,7 +636,7 @@ void SAL_CALL OTableController::disposing( const EventObject& _rSource ) throw(R void OTableController::losingConnection( ) { - // let the base class do it's reconnect + // let the base class do its reconnect OTableController_BASE::losingConnection( ); // remove from the table diff --git a/dbaccess/source/ui/uno/copytablewizard.cxx b/dbaccess/source/ui/uno/copytablewizard.cxx index 177d22140c2c..bdfd531da0aa 100644 --- a/dbaccess/source/ui/uno/copytablewizard.cxx +++ b/dbaccess/source/ui/uno/copytablewizard.cxx @@ -246,7 +246,7 @@ namespace dbaui Effectively, this method extracts m_xSourceResultSet, m_aSourceSelection, and m_bSourceSelectionBookmarks. - If an inconsistent/insufficent sub set of those properties is present in the descriptor, and exception + If an inconsistent/insufficient sub set of those properties is present in the descriptor, and exception is thrown. */ void impl_extractSourceResultSet_throw( @@ -581,7 +581,7 @@ namespace /** tries to obtain the InteractionHandler associated with a given data source If the data source is a sdb-level data source, it will have a DatabaseDocument associated - with it. This doocument may have an InteractionHandler used while loading it. + with it. This document may have an InteractionHandler used while loading it. @throws RuntimeException if it occurs during invoking any of the data source's methods, or if any of the involved diff --git a/dbaccess/source/ui/uno/dbinteraction.cxx b/dbaccess/source/ui/uno/dbinteraction.cxx index 35f8a599f7ee..7bfab1306def 100644 --- a/dbaccess/source/ui/uno/dbinteraction.cxx +++ b/dbaccess/source/ui/uno/dbinteraction.cxx @@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ namespace dbaui Sequence< Reference< XInteractionContinuation > > aContinuations( i_Request->getContinuations() ); - // try to extract an SQLException (or one of it's derived members + // try to extract an SQLException (or one of its derived members SQLExceptionInfo aInfo( aRequest ); if ( aInfo.isValid() ) { diff --git a/desktop/source/app/app.cxx b/desktop/source/app/app.cxx index 3927840c44a2..da4f41298125 100644 --- a/desktop/source/app/app.cxx +++ b/desktop/source/app/app.cxx @@ -591,7 +591,7 @@ void Desktop::Init() // this crack with two (if not more) levels of our own // error codes hiding the actual system error code is // broken, but that is done all over the code, let's leave - // re-enginering that to another year. + // reengineering that to another year. SetBootstrapError( BE_PATHINFO_MISSING, OUString() ); #endif } @@ -1032,7 +1032,7 @@ bool Desktop::isUIOnSessionShutdownAllowed() @param bSessionDataExists [boolean ... out!] there exists some session data. - Because the user may be logged out last time from it's + Because the user may be logged out last time from its unix session... */ void impl_checkRecoveryState(bool& bCrashed , @@ -2214,7 +2214,7 @@ void Desktop::OpenClients() // The reason behind: AutoSave/EmergencySave/AutoRecovery share the same data. // But the require that all documents, which are saved as backup should exists inside // memory. May be this mechanism will be inconsistent if the configuration exists... - // but no document inside memory corrspond to this data. + // but no document inside memory corresponds to this data. // Further it's not acceptable to recover such documents without any UI. It can // need some time, where the user wont see any results and wait for finishing the office startup... bool bAllowRecoveryAndSessionManagement = ( !rArgs.IsNoRestore() ) && ( !rArgs.IsHeadless() ); @@ -2788,7 +2788,7 @@ void Desktop::CheckFirstRun( ) m_firstRunTimer.Start(); #ifdef WNT - // Check if Quckstarter should be started (on Windows only) + // Check if Quickstarter should be started (on Windows only) TCHAR szValue[8192]; DWORD nValueSize = sizeof(szValue); HKEY hKey; diff --git a/desktop/source/app/cmdlinehelp.cxx b/desktop/source/app/cmdlinehelp.cxx index 7f00b9ac4313..8cbcf58b741f 100644 --- a/desktop/source/app/cmdlinehelp.cxx +++ b/desktop/source/app/cmdlinehelp.cxx @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ namespace desktop { - // to be able to display the help nicely in a dialog box with propotional font, + // to be able to display the help nicely in a dialog box with proportional font, // we need to split it in chunks... // ___HEAD___ // LEFT RIGHT diff --git a/desktop/source/deployment/misc/dp_ucb.cxx b/desktop/source/deployment/misc/dp_ucb.cxx index ed78ab015988..ba0a9c0f0365 100644 --- a/desktop/source/deployment/misc/dp_ucb.cxx +++ b/desktop/source/deployment/misc/dp_ucb.cxx @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ bool create_ucb_content( bool throw_exc ) { try { - // Existense check... + // Existence check... // content ctor/isFolder() will throw exception in case the resource // does not exist. diff --git a/desktop/source/migration/migration.cxx b/desktop/source/migration/migration.cxx index 7d321d5a4399..5e7f6e1f26d1 100644 --- a/desktop/source/migration/migration.cxx +++ b/desktop/source/migration/migration.cxx @@ -337,7 +337,7 @@ bool MigrationImpl::checkMigrationCompleted() aPropertySet->getPropertyValue("MigrationCompleted") >>= bMigrationCompleted; if( !bMigrationCompleted && getenv("SAL_DISABLE_USERMIGRATION" ) ) { - // migration prevented - fake it's success + // migration prevented - fake its success setMigrationCompleted(); bMigrationCompleted = true; } diff --git a/desktop/source/migration/migration_impl.hxx b/desktop/source/migration/migration_impl.hxx index 983d6ac5fe46..329414af18d0 100644 --- a/desktop/source/migration/migration_impl.hxx +++ b/desktop/source/migration/migration_impl.hxx @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ namespace desktop struct install_info { - OUString productname; // human readeable product name + OUString productname; // human readable product name OUString userdata; // file: url for user installation }; diff --git a/drawinglayer/source/primitive2d/borderlineprimitive2d.cxx b/drawinglayer/source/primitive2d/borderlineprimitive2d.cxx index 038e3e928be6..b2df3a35b007 100644 --- a/drawinglayer/source/primitive2d/borderlineprimitive2d.cxx +++ b/drawinglayer/source/primitive2d/borderlineprimitive2d.cxx @@ -282,7 +282,7 @@ primitive2d::Primitive2DReference makeSolidLinePrimitive( basegfx::B2DPolygon aDash = aDashed.getB2DPolygon(i); if (bIsHairline) { - // Convert a rectanglar polygon into a line. + // Convert a rectangular polygon into a line. basegfx::B2DPolygon aDash2; basegfx::B2DRange aRange = aDash.getB2DRange(); aDash2.append(basegfx::B2DPoint(aRange.getMinX(), aRange.getMinY())); diff --git a/drawinglayer/source/primitive2d/fillgradientprimitive2d.cxx b/drawinglayer/source/primitive2d/fillgradientprimitive2d.cxx index cc7a1a0cdfec..f316cfe0cff6 100644 --- a/drawinglayer/source/primitive2d/fillgradientprimitive2d.cxx +++ b/drawinglayer/source/primitive2d/fillgradientprimitive2d.cxx @@ -291,7 +291,7 @@ namespace drawinglayer // PolyPolygons where each one describes a 'ring' for the gradient such // that the rings will not overlap. This is useful for the old XOR-paint // 'trick' of VCL which is recorded in Metafiles; so this version may be - // used from the MetafilePrimitive2D in it's decomposition. + // used from the MetafilePrimitive2D in its decomposition. if(!getFillGradient().isDefault()) { diff --git a/drawinglayer/source/primitive2d/groupprimitive2d.cxx b/drawinglayer/source/primitive2d/groupprimitive2d.cxx index 6ad6e7759f83..6678acfbc8db 100644 --- a/drawinglayer/source/primitive2d/groupprimitive2d.cxx +++ b/drawinglayer/source/primitive2d/groupprimitive2d.cxx @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ namespace drawinglayer return false; } - /// default: just return children, so all renderers not supporting group will use it's content + /// default: just return children, so all renderers not supporting group will use its content Primitive2DContainer GroupPrimitive2D::get2DDecomposition(const geometry::ViewInformation2D& /*rViewInformation*/) const { return getChildren(); diff --git a/drawinglayer/source/primitive2d/metafileprimitive2d.cxx b/drawinglayer/source/primitive2d/metafileprimitive2d.cxx index 167eb712a75f..480ed3e36a02 100644 --- a/drawinglayer/source/primitive2d/metafileprimitive2d.cxx +++ b/drawinglayer/source/primitive2d/metafileprimitive2d.cxx @@ -1025,7 +1025,7 @@ namespace /** helper to handle the change of RasterOp. It takes care of encapsulating all current geometry to the current RasterOp (if changed) and needs to be called on any RasterOp change. It will also start a new geometry target to embrace to the new RasterOp if - a changuing RasterOp is used. Currently, ROP_XOR and ROP_INVERT are supported using + a changing RasterOp is used. Currently, ROP_XOR and ROP_INVERT are supported using InvertPrimitive2D, and ROP_0 by using a ModifiedColorPrimitive2D to force to black paint */ void HandleNewRasterOp( @@ -2105,7 +2105,7 @@ namespace // VCL AFAP. // Since AddTextRectActions is the only way as long as we do not have // a simple text layouter available, i will try to add it to the - // TextLayouterDevice isloation. + // TextLayouterDevice isolation. drawinglayer::primitive2d::TextLayouterDevice aTextLayouterDevice; aTextLayouterDevice.setFont(rPropertyHolders.Current().getFont()); GDIMetaFile aGDIMetaFile; @@ -3003,7 +3003,7 @@ namespace // apply general current transformation aSubTransform = rPropertyHolders.Current().getTransformation() * aSubTransform; - // evtl. embed sub-content to it's transformation + // evtl. embed sub-content to its transformation if(!aSubTransform.isIdentity()) { const drawinglayer::primitive2d::Primitive2DReference aEmbeddedTransform( @@ -3098,7 +3098,7 @@ namespace { // XGRAD_SEQ_BEGIN, XGRAD_SEQ_END should be supported since the // pure recorded paint of the gradients uses the XOR paint functionality - // ('trick'). This is (and will be) broblematic with AntAliasing, so it's + // ('trick'). This is (and will be) problematic with AntAliasing, so it's // better to use this info const MetaGradientExAction* pMetaGradientExAction = nullptr; bool bDone(false); diff --git a/drawinglayer/source/primitive2d/polygonprimitive2d.cxx b/drawinglayer/source/primitive2d/polygonprimitive2d.cxx index d69efacea6b9..60808e9e6858 100644 --- a/drawinglayer/source/primitive2d/polygonprimitive2d.cxx +++ b/drawinglayer/source/primitive2d/polygonprimitive2d.cxx @@ -357,7 +357,7 @@ namespace drawinglayer // range by half line width will not work, so use decomposition. Interestingly, // the grow method below works perfectly for LineCap_ROUND since the grow is in // all directions and the rounded cap needs the same grow in all directions independent - // from it's orientation. Unfortunately this is not the case for drawing::LineCap_SQUARE + // from its orientation. Unfortunately this is not the case for drawing::LineCap_SQUARE bUseDecomposition = true; } diff --git a/drawinglayer/source/primitive2d/texteffectprimitive2d.cxx b/drawinglayer/source/primitive2d/texteffectprimitive2d.cxx index 64cfc35bc2e8..00b1eb08ee6e 100644 --- a/drawinglayer/source/primitive2d/texteffectprimitive2d.cxx +++ b/drawinglayer/source/primitive2d/texteffectprimitive2d.cxx @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ namespace drawinglayer -getRotationCenter().getX(), -getRotationCenter().getY())); aBackTransform.rotate(-getDirection()); - // prepare transform of sub-group back to it's position and rotation + // prepare transform of sub-group back to its position and rotation basegfx::B2DHomMatrix aForwardTransform(basegfx::tools::createRotateB2DHomMatrix(getDirection())); aForwardTransform.translate(getRotationCenter().getX(), getRotationCenter().getY()); diff --git a/drawinglayer/source/primitive3d/groupprimitive3d.cxx b/drawinglayer/source/primitive3d/groupprimitive3d.cxx index fc266ae825da..c042bf4a199a 100644 --- a/drawinglayer/source/primitive3d/groupprimitive3d.cxx +++ b/drawinglayer/source/primitive3d/groupprimitive3d.cxx @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ namespace drawinglayer return false; } - /// default: just return children, so all renderers not supporting group will use it's content + /// default: just return children, so all renderers not supporting group will use its content Primitive3DContainer GroupPrimitive3D::get3DDecomposition(const geometry::ViewInformation3D& /*rViewInformation*/) const { return getChildren(); diff --git a/drawinglayer/source/processor2d/vclmetafileprocessor2d.cxx b/drawinglayer/source/processor2d/vclmetafileprocessor2d.cxx index f5d97280305f..f8c3e8054c90 100644 --- a/drawinglayer/source/processor2d/vclmetafileprocessor2d.cxx +++ b/drawinglayer/source/processor2d/vclmetafileprocessor2d.cxx @@ -587,7 +587,7 @@ namespace drawinglayer Used inside OutputDevice::DrawGradient to mark the start and end of a MetaGradientEx action. It is used in various exporters/importers to have direct access to the gradient before it is rendered by VCL (and thus fragmented to polygon color actions and others). On that base, e.g. - the Metafile to SdrObject import creates it's gradient objects. + the Metafile to SdrObject import creates its gradient objects. Best (and safest) way to support it here is to use PRIMITIVE2D_ID_POLYPOLYGONGRADIENTPRIMITIVE2D, map it back to the corresponding tools tools::PolyPolygon and the Gradient and just call OutputDevice::DrawGradient which creates the necessary compatible actions. @@ -669,7 +669,7 @@ namespace drawinglayer - TextHierarchyParagraphPrimitive2D: Encapsulates single paragraph - TextHierarchyBlockPrimitive2D: encapsulates object texts (only one ATM) Those are now supported in hierarchy. This means the MetaFile renderer will support them - by using them, reculrively using their content and adding MetaFile comments as needed. + by using them, recursively using their content and adding MetaFile comments as needed. This also means that when another text layouter will be used it will be necessary to create/support the same HierarchyPrimitives to support users. To transport the information using this hierarchy is best suited to all future needs; diff --git a/drawinglayer/source/processor2d/vclprocessor2d.cxx b/drawinglayer/source/processor2d/vclprocessor2d.cxx index 2d411f38e14e..ebace481bb8f 100644 --- a/drawinglayer/source/processor2d/vclprocessor2d.cxx +++ b/drawinglayer/source/processor2d/vclprocessor2d.cxx @@ -797,7 +797,7 @@ namespace drawinglayer // to primitives) it is necessary to reduce maximum pixel size by 1 in X and Y and to use // the inner pixel bounds accordingly (ceil resp. floor). This will also be done for logic // units e.g. when creating a new MetaFile, but since much huger value ranges are used - // there typically will be okay for this compromize. + // there typically will be okay for this compromise. Rectangle aDestRectView( // !!CAUTION!! Here, ceil and floor are exchanged BY PURPOSE, do NOT copy when // looking for a standard conversion to rectangle (!) diff --git a/dtrans/source/generic/clipboardmanager.cxx b/dtrans/source/generic/clipboardmanager.cxx index 2a5af784742a..9c1fa0bf0b56 100644 --- a/dtrans/source/generic/clipboardmanager.cxx +++ b/dtrans/source/generic/clipboardmanager.cxx @@ -155,7 +155,7 @@ void SAL_CALL ClipboardManager::dispose() rBHelper.aLC.disposeAndClear( aEvt ); // removeClipboard is still allowed here, so make a copy of the - // list (to ensure integrety) and clear the original. + // list (to ensure integrity) and clear the original. ClearableMutexGuard aGuard2( rBHelper.rMutex ); ClipboardMap aCopy(m_aClipboardMap); m_aClipboardMap.clear(); diff --git a/dtrans/source/win32/clipb/MtaOleClipb.cxx b/dtrans/source/win32/clipb/MtaOleClipb.cxx index e3b45a22f73d..3c9f4620784e 100644 --- a/dtrans/source/win32/clipb/MtaOleClipb.cxx +++ b/dtrans/source/win32/clipb/MtaOleClipb.cxx @@ -224,7 +224,7 @@ public: { /* we only call CoUninitialize when - CoInitailize returned S_FALSE, what + CoInitialize returned S_FALSE, what means that com was already initialize for that thread so we keep the balance if CoInitialize returned S_OK what means diff --git a/dtrans/source/win32/dtobj/DOTransferable.cxx b/dtrans/source/win32/dtobj/DOTransferable.cxx index 2eab944c0a72..7a9a632a0c16 100644 --- a/dtrans/source/win32/dtobj/DOTransferable.cxx +++ b/dtrans/source/win32/dtobj/DOTransferable.cxx @@ -150,7 +150,7 @@ sal_Bool SAL_CALL CDOTransferable::isDataFlavorSupported( const DataFlavor& aFla } // helper function -// the list of datafalvors currently on the clipboard will be initialized +// the list of dataflavors currently on the clipboard will be initialized // only once; if the client of this Transferable will hold a reference // to it und the underlying clipboard content changes, the client does // possible operate on a invalid list @@ -263,7 +263,7 @@ LCID SAL_CALL CDOTransferable::getLocaleFromClipboard( ) return lcid; } -// i think it's not necessary to call ReleaseStgMedium +// I think it's not necessary to call ReleaseStgMedium // in case of failures because nothing should have been // allocated etc. diff --git a/dtrans/source/win32/dtobj/Fetc.hxx b/dtrans/source/win32/dtobj/Fetc.hxx index 86edb83e8b9d..6b070907a6e3 100644 --- a/dtrans/source/win32/dtobj/Fetc.hxx +++ b/dtrans/source/win32/dtobj/Fetc.hxx @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ /********************************************************************** stl container elements must fulfill the following requirements: 1. they need a copy ctor and assignement operator(?) - 2. they must be compareable + 2. they must be comparable because the FORMATETC structure has a pointer to a TARGETDEVICE structure we need a simple wrapper class to fulfill these needs ***********************************************************************/ diff --git a/dtrans/source/win32/dtobj/FetcList.cxx b/dtrans/source/win32/dtobj/FetcList.cxx index 7eba9fd20cd8..2b4db3fff80b 100644 --- a/dtrans/source/win32/dtobj/FetcList.cxx +++ b/dtrans/source/win32/dtobj/FetcList.cxx @@ -336,7 +336,7 @@ sal_Bool SAL_CALL CFormatRegistrar::isLocaleAnsiCodePage( LCID lcid, sal_uInt32 BOOL CALLBACK CFormatRegistrar::EnumLocalesProc( LPSTR lpLocaleStr ) { - // the lpLocaleStr parametere is hexadecimal + // the lpLocaleStr parameter is hexadecimal LCID lcid = strtol( lpLocaleStr, NULL, 16 ); if ( isLocaleAnsiCodePage( lcid, CFormatRegistrar::m_TxtCodePage ) || diff --git a/editeng/source/accessibility/AccessibleEditableTextPara.cxx b/editeng/source/accessibility/AccessibleEditableTextPara.cxx index e4a5ab8cb22e..8b097ae89597 100644 --- a/editeng/source/accessibility/AccessibleEditableTextPara.cxx +++ b/editeng/source/accessibility/AccessibleEditableTextPara.cxx @@ -1922,7 +1922,7 @@ namespace accessibility //the text value doesn't contain the bullet characters. all of the bullet and numbering info are exposed //by the IAText::attributes(). So here must do special support for bullet line. sal_Int32 nCurIndex=0, nLastIndex=0, nCurLineLen=0; - sal_Int32 nLastLineLen = 0, nBulletLen = 0;; + sal_Int32 nLastLineLen = 0, nBulletLen = 0; // get the line before the line the index points into for( nLine=0, nCurIndex=0, nLastIndex=0; nLine<nLineCount; ++nLine ) { diff --git a/editeng/source/editeng/editdoc.cxx b/editeng/source/editeng/editdoc.cxx index 41b227f1276c..baf72de5fd15 100644 --- a/editeng/source/editeng/editdoc.cxx +++ b/editeng/source/editeng/editdoc.cxx @@ -2328,7 +2328,7 @@ EditPaM EditDoc::InsertParaBreak( EditPaM aPaM, bool bKeepEndingAttribs ) // for a new paragraph we like to have the bullet/numbering visible by default aContentAttribs.GetItems().Put( SfxBoolItem( EE_PARA_BULLETSTATE, true), EE_PARA_BULLETSTATE ); - // ContenNode constructor copies also the paragraph attributes + // ContentNode constructor copies also the paragraph attributes ContentNode* pNode = new ContentNode( aStr, aContentAttribs ); // Copy the Default Font diff --git a/editeng/source/editeng/editeng.cxx b/editeng/source/editeng/editeng.cxx index eb4921c6ffa7..b8297153a66e 100644 --- a/editeng/source/editeng/editeng.cxx +++ b/editeng/source/editeng/editeng.cxx @@ -1653,7 +1653,7 @@ void EditEngine::InsertParagraph( sal_Int32 nPara, const EditTextObject& rTxtObj pImpEditEngine->UndoActionStart( EDITUNDO_INSERT ); - // No Undo componding needed. + // No Undo compounding needed. EditPaM aPaM( pImpEditEngine->InsertParagraph( nPara ) ); // When InsertParagraph from the outside, no hard attributes // should be taken over! diff --git a/editeng/source/editeng/editobj.cxx b/editeng/source/editeng/editobj.cxx index 290afd940b27..0364ba12c84f 100644 --- a/editeng/source/editeng/editobj.cxx +++ b/editeng/source/editeng/editobj.cxx @@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ ContentInfo::ContentInfo( SfxItemPool& rPool ) : { } -// the real Copy constructor is nonsens, since I have to work with another Pool! +// the real Copy constructor is nonsense, since I have to work with another Pool! ContentInfo::ContentInfo( const ContentInfo& rCopyFrom, SfxItemPool& rPoolToUse ) : maText(rCopyFrom.maText), aStyle(rCopyFrom.aStyle), @@ -419,7 +419,7 @@ EditTextObject* EditTextObject::Create( SvStream& rIStream, SfxItemPool* pGlobal if ( rIStream.GetError() ) return nullptr; - EditTextObject* pTxtObj = new EditTextObject(pGlobalTextObjectPool);; + EditTextObject* pTxtObj = new EditTextObject(pGlobalTextObjectPool); pTxtObj->CreateData(rIStream); // Make sure that the stream is left at the correct place. diff --git a/editeng/source/editeng/eertfpar.cxx b/editeng/source/editeng/eertfpar.cxx index 8d7dcf117902..a918adf2e008 100644 --- a/editeng/source/editeng/eertfpar.cxx +++ b/editeng/source/editeng/eertfpar.cxx @@ -305,7 +305,7 @@ void EditRTFParser::SetAttrInDoc( SvxRTFItemStackType &rSet ) EditPaM aStartPaM( pSttNode, rSet.GetSttCnt() ); EditPaM aEndPaM( pEndNode, rSet.GetEndCnt() ); - // If possible adjust the Escapemant-Item: + // If possible adjust the Escapement-Item: const SfxPoolItem* pItem; // #i66167# adapt font heights to destination MapUnit if necessary diff --git a/editeng/source/editeng/impedit2.cxx b/editeng/source/editeng/impedit2.cxx index 1f9bc7430b25..97ea3936b7fa 100644 --- a/editeng/source/editeng/impedit2.cxx +++ b/editeng/source/editeng/impedit2.cxx @@ -2527,7 +2527,7 @@ EditPaM ImpEditEngine::AutoCorrect( const EditSelection& rCurSel, sal_Unicode c, aSel.Max().SetIndex( aAuto.GetCursor() ); // #i78661 since the SvxAutoCorrect object used here is - // shared we need to reset the value to it's original state. + // shared we need to reset the value to its original state. pAutoCorrect->SetAutoCorrFlag( CapitalStartSentence, bOldCapitalStartSentence ); } return aSel.Max(); @@ -4060,7 +4060,7 @@ void ImpEditEngine::CalcHeight( ParaPortion* pPortion ) const SvxULSpaceItem& rPrevULItem = static_cast<const SvxULSpaceItem&>(pPrev->GetNode()->GetContentAttribs().GetItem( EE_PARA_ULSPACE )); const SvxLineSpacingItem& rPrevLSItem = static_cast<const SvxLineSpacingItem&>(pPrev->GetNode()->GetContentAttribs().GetItem( EE_PARA_SBL )); - // In realation between WinWord6/Writer3: + // In relation between WinWord6/Writer3: // With a proportional line spacing the paragraph spacing is // also manipulated. // Only Writer3: Do not add up, but minimum distance. diff --git a/editeng/source/editeng/impedit3.cxx b/editeng/source/editeng/impedit3.cxx index 2f1465ed4923..5c1ab994d74c 100644 --- a/editeng/source/editeng/impedit3.cxx +++ b/editeng/source/editeng/impedit3.cxx @@ -4340,7 +4340,7 @@ OUString ImpEditEngine::convertDigits(const OUString &rString, sal_Int32 nStt, s // Either sets the digit mode at the output device void ImpEditEngine::ImplInitDigitMode(OutputDevice* pOutDev, LanguageType eCurLang) { - assert(pOutDev); //persumably there isn't any case where pOutDev should be NULL ? + assert(pOutDev); //presumably there isn't any case where pOutDev should be NULL? if (pOutDev) pOutDev->SetDigitLanguage(ImplCalcDigitLang(eCurLang)); } diff --git a/editeng/source/editeng/impedit4.cxx b/editeng/source/editeng/impedit4.cxx index 2a3072353521..beaf19680d3c 100644 --- a/editeng/source/editeng/impedit4.cxx +++ b/editeng/source/editeng/impedit4.cxx @@ -1465,7 +1465,7 @@ SpellInfo * ImpEditEngine::CreateSpellInfo( bool bMultipleDocs ) *pSpellInfo = SpellInfo(); // reset to default values pSpellInfo->bMultipleDoc = bMultipleDocs; - // always spell draw objects completely, startting at the top. + // always spell draw objects completely, starting at the top. // (spelling in only a selection or not starting with the top requires // further changes elsewhere to work properly) pSpellInfo->aSpellStart = EPaM(); diff --git a/editeng/source/items/frmitems.cxx b/editeng/source/items/frmitems.cxx index 69c18f3ea4db..7968cc75d946 100644 --- a/editeng/source/items/frmitems.cxx +++ b/editeng/source/items/frmitems.cxx @@ -3933,7 +3933,7 @@ const GraphicObject* SvxBrushItem::GetGraphicObject(OUString const & referer) co } } - // tdf#94088 if no succeeded, try if the string (which is not epty) contains + // tdf#94088 if no succeeded, try if the string (which is not empty) contains // a 'data:' scheme url and try to load that (embedded graphics) if(!bGraphicLoaded) { diff --git a/editeng/source/misc/svxacorr.cxx b/editeng/source/misc/svxacorr.cxx index 7c459f46b818..6568380344ac 100644 --- a/editeng/source/misc/svxacorr.cxx +++ b/editeng/source/misc/svxacorr.cxx @@ -720,7 +720,7 @@ bool SvxAutoCorrect::FnChgWeightUnderl( SvxAutoCorrDoc& rDoc, const OUString& rT LanguageType eLang ) { // Condition: - // at the beginning: _ or * after Space with the folloeing !Space + // at the beginning: _ or * after Space with the following !Space // at the end: _ or * before Space (word delimiter?) sal_Unicode cInsChar = rTxt[ nEndPos ]; // underline or bold diff --git a/editeng/source/misc/unolingu.cxx b/editeng/source/misc/unolingu.cxx index 3f295efa08b5..5396aba786ee 100644 --- a/editeng/source/misc/unolingu.cxx +++ b/editeng/source/misc/unolingu.cxx @@ -458,7 +458,7 @@ LinguMgrExitLstnr::~LinguMgrExitLstnr() xDesktop->removeEventListener( this ); xDesktop = nullptr; //! release reference to desktop } - OSL_ENSURE(!xDesktop.is(), "reference to desktop should be realeased"); + OSL_ENSURE(!xDesktop.is(), "reference to desktop should be released"); } void LinguMgrExitLstnr::disposing(const EventObject& rSource) diff --git a/editeng/source/rtf/rtfitem.cxx b/editeng/source/rtf/rtfitem.cxx index 9ae0526d6a5f..68582a73073f 100644 --- a/editeng/source/rtf/rtfitem.cxx +++ b/editeng/source/rtf/rtfitem.cxx @@ -663,7 +663,7 @@ SET_FONTALIGNMENT: nTokenValue *= 10; // #i66167# // for the SwRTFParser 'IsCalcValue' will be false and for the EditRTFParser -// the converiosn takes now place in EditRTFParser since for other reasons +// the conversion takes now place in EditRTFParser since for other reasons // the wrong MapUnit might still be use there // if( IsCalcValue() ) // CalcValue(); diff --git a/editeng/source/rtf/svxrtf.cxx b/editeng/source/rtf/svxrtf.cxx index 71131fdcde78..83a804d343f0 100644 --- a/editeng/source/rtf/svxrtf.cxx +++ b/editeng/source/rtf/svxrtf.cxx @@ -226,7 +226,7 @@ INSINGLECHAR: // !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! // First overwrite all (all have to be in one group!!) - // Could also appear in the RTF-filewithout the IGNORE-Flag; all Groups + // Could also appear in the RTF-file without the IGNORE-Flag; all Groups // with the IGNORE-Flag are overwritten in the default branch. case RTF_SWG_PRTDATA: diff --git a/embeddedobj/source/commonembedding/embedobj.cxx b/embeddedobj/source/commonembedding/embedobj.cxx index 1c7886c61a2d..f00be260e861 100644 --- a/embeddedobj/source/commonembedding/embedobj.cxx +++ b/embeddedobj/source/commonembedding/embedobj.cxx @@ -446,7 +446,7 @@ void SAL_CALL OCommonEmbeddedObject::changeState( sal_Int32 nNewState ) // in case the object is already in requested state if ( m_nObjectState == nNewState ) { - // if active object is activated again, bring it's window to top + // if active object is activated again, bring its window to top if ( m_nObjectState == embed::EmbedStates::ACTIVE ) m_pDocHolder->Show(); diff --git a/embeddedobj/source/commonembedding/persistence.cxx b/embeddedobj/source/commonembedding/persistence.cxx index 52107129d012..0e13472f2435 100644 --- a/embeddedobj/source/commonembedding/persistence.cxx +++ b/embeddedobj/source/commonembedding/persistence.cxx @@ -1596,7 +1596,7 @@ void SAL_CALL OCommonEmbeddedObject::storeOwn() if ( m_bIsLink ) { - // TODO: just store the document to it's location + // TODO: just store the document to its location uno::Reference< frame::XStorable > xStorable( m_pDocHolder->GetComponent(), uno::UNO_QUERY ); if ( !xStorable.is() ) throw uno::RuntimeException(); // TODO diff --git a/embeddedobj/source/msole/olepersist.cxx b/embeddedobj/source/msole/olepersist.cxx index 5a199e75cbb0..13b2f883d668 100644 --- a/embeddedobj/source/msole/olepersist.cxx +++ b/embeddedobj/source/msole/olepersist.cxx @@ -522,7 +522,7 @@ void OleEmbeddedObject::InsertVisualCache_Impl( const uno::Reference< io::XStrea void OleEmbeddedObject::RemoveVisualCache_Impl( const uno::Reference< io::XStream >& xTargetStream ) throw ( uno::Exception ) { - OSL_ENSURE( xTargetStream.is(), "Invalid argumant!\n" ); + OSL_ENSURE( xTargetStream.is(), "Invalid argument!\n" ); if ( !xTargetStream.is() ) throw uno::RuntimeException(); diff --git a/extensions/source/abpilot/datasourcehandling.hxx b/extensions/source/abpilot/datasourcehandling.hxx index 4b0bc51e252c..230d1bfdb10b 100644 --- a/extensions/source/abpilot/datasourcehandling.hxx +++ b/extensions/source/abpilot/datasourcehandling.hxx @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ namespace abp */ bool connect( vcl::Window* _pMessageParent ); - /// returns <TRUE/> if the object has a valid connection, obtained from it's data source + /// returns <TRUE/> if the object has a valid connection, obtained from its data source bool isConnected( ) const; /// disconnects from the data source (i.e. disposes the UNO connection hold internally) diff --git a/extensions/source/abpilot/fieldmappingimpl.cxx b/extensions/source/abpilot/fieldmappingimpl.cxx index 4c8fb611834f..9215b7e3ff19 100644 --- a/extensions/source/abpilot/fieldmappingimpl.cxx +++ b/extensions/source/abpilot/fieldmappingimpl.cxx @@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ namespace abp // but this list above is the intersection) - // access the configuration information which the driver uses for determining it's column names + // access the configuration information which the driver uses for determining its column names OUString sDriverAliasesNodeName( OUStringLiteral(sDriverSettingsNodeName) + "/ColumnAliases"); @@ -212,7 +212,7 @@ namespace abp // want to have a non-const map for easier handling MapString2String aFieldAssignment( _rFieldAssignment ); - // access the configuration information which the driver uses for determining it's column names + // access the configuration information which the driver uses for determining its column names // create a config node for this OConfigurationTreeRoot aAddressBookSettings = OConfigurationTreeRoot::createWithComponentContext( @@ -288,7 +288,7 @@ namespace abp void writeTemplateAddressSource( const Reference< XComponentContext >& _rxContext, const OUString& _rDataSourceName, const OUString& _rTableName ) { - // access the configuration information which the driver uses for determining it's column names + // access the configuration information which the driver uses for determining its column names // create a config node for this OConfigurationTreeRoot aAddressBookSettings = OConfigurationTreeRoot::createWithComponentContext( @@ -305,7 +305,7 @@ namespace abp void markPilotSuccess( const Reference< XComponentContext >& _rxContext ) { - // access the configuration information which the driver uses for determining it's column names + // access the configuration information which the driver uses for determining its column names // create a config node for this OConfigurationTreeRoot aAddressBookSettings = OConfigurationTreeRoot::createWithComponentContext( diff --git a/extensions/source/config/ldap/ldapaccess.cxx b/extensions/source/config/ldap/ldapaccess.cxx index 016f66e581aa..79e96350623f 100644 --- a/extensions/source/config/ldap/ldapaccess.cxx +++ b/extensions/source/config/ldap/ldapaccess.cxx @@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ static void checkLdapReturnCode(const sal_Char *aOperation, void LdapConnection::connectSimple(const LdapDefinition& aDefinition) throw (ldap::LdapConnectionException, ldap::LdapGenericException) { - OSL_ENSURE(!isValid(), "Recoonecting an LDAP connection that is already established"); + OSL_ENSURE(!isValid(), "Re-connecting to an LDAP connection that is already established"); if (isValid()) disconnect(); mLdapDefinition = aDefinition; diff --git a/extensions/source/config/ldap/ldapaccess.hxx b/extensions/source/config/ldap/ldapaccess.hxx index 98ef263019e3..d8fe63c5543c 100644 --- a/extensions/source/config/ldap/ldapaccess.hxx +++ b/extensions/source/config/ldap/ldapaccess.hxx @@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ struct LdapDefinition typedef std::map< OUString, OUString > LdapData; // key/value pairs -/** Class encapulating all LDAP functionality */ +/** Class encapsulating all LDAP functionality */ class LdapConnection { friend struct LdapMessageHolder; diff --git a/extensions/source/dbpilots/gridwizard.cxx b/extensions/source/dbpilots/gridwizard.cxx index 91b0d21b4072..ae2c63ff9265 100644 --- a/extensions/source/dbpilots/gridwizard.cxx +++ b/extensions/source/dbpilots/gridwizard.cxx @@ -437,7 +437,7 @@ namespace dbp // preserve it's "relative position" entry data rMoveTo.SetEntryData(nInsertPos, reinterpret_cast<void*>(nRelativeIndex)); - // remove the entry from it's old list + // remove the entry from its old list if (bMoveRight) { sal_Int32 nSelectPos = m_pExistFields->GetSelectEntryPos(); diff --git a/extensions/source/dbpilots/groupboxwiz.cxx b/extensions/source/dbpilots/groupboxwiz.cxx index 391fc5a3189f..eaccdc4e4a05 100644 --- a/extensions/source/dbpilots/groupboxwiz.cxx +++ b/extensions/source/dbpilots/groupboxwiz.cxx @@ -169,7 +169,7 @@ namespace dbp bool OGroupBoxWizard::onFinish() { - // commit the basic control setttings + // commit the basic control settings commitControlSettings(&m_aSettings); // create the radio buttons diff --git a/extensions/source/ole/oleobjw.cxx b/extensions/source/ole/oleobjw.cxx index ee81b48c8a1a..57e1395d14cc 100644 --- a/extensions/source/ole/oleobjw.cxx +++ b/extensions/source/ole/oleobjw.cxx @@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ Any IUnknownWrapper_Impl::queryInterface(const Type& t) return Any(); if ( ( t == cppu::UnoType<XInvocation>::get() || t == cppu::UnoType<XAutomationInvocation>::get() ) && !m_spDispatch) return Any(); - // XDirectInvocation seems to be an oracle replacement for XAutomationInvocation, however it is flawed esecially wrt. assumptions about whether to invoke a + // XDirectInvocation seems to be an oracle replacement for XAutomationInvocation, however it is flawed especially wrt. assumptions about whether to invoke a // Put or Get property, the implementation code has no business guessing that, it's up to the caller to decide that. Worse XDirectInvocation duplicates lots of code. // XAutomationInvocation provides separate calls for put& get // properties. Note: Currently the basic runtime doesn't call put properties directly, it should... after all the basic runtime should know whether it is calling a put or get property. @@ -1962,7 +1962,7 @@ Any IUnknownWrapper_Impl::invokeWithDispIdComTlb(FuncDesc& aFuncDesc, //Basic: obj.func() ' first parameter left out because it is optional else if (paramFlags & PARAMFLAG_FHASDEFAULT) { - //optional arg with defaulteithter as direct arg : VT_XXX or + //optional arg with default either as direct arg : VT_XXX or VariantCopy( & arArgs[revIndex], & aFuncDesc->lprgelemdescParam[i].paramdesc. pparamdescex->varDefaultValue); diff --git a/extensions/source/ole/servprov.hxx b/extensions/source/ole/servprov.hxx index 8cf9e55c77b1..18b59829be2f 100644 --- a/extensions/source/ole/servprov.hxx +++ b/extensions/source/ole/servprov.hxx @@ -246,7 +246,7 @@ protected: Implementation of the UNO service com.sun.star.bridge.OleApplicationRegistration. Register the calling application as OLE automation server for standard OLE object. The objects will be registered while instanciating - this implementation and deregistrated, if this implementation is destroyed. + this implementation and deregistered, if this implementation is destroyed. *****************************************************************************/ diff --git a/extensions/source/propctrlr/cellbindinghelper.cxx b/extensions/source/propctrlr/cellbindinghelper.cxx index e1d8f1a70d9c..3c4cf5297755 100644 --- a/extensions/source/propctrlr/cellbindinghelper.cxx +++ b/extensions/source/propctrlr/cellbindinghelper.cxx @@ -461,8 +461,8 @@ namespace pcr } // disallow for some types - // TODO: shouldn't the XBindableValue supply a list of supported types, and we can distingusih - // using this list? The current behavior below is somewhat hackish ... + // TODO: shouldn't the XBindableValue supply a list of supported types, and we can distinguish + // using this list? The current behavior below is somewhat hackish... if ( bAllow ) { try diff --git a/extensions/source/propctrlr/cellbindinghelper.hxx b/extensions/source/propctrlr/cellbindinghelper.hxx index 1bc9adf4c467..c044a2ef72f7 100644 --- a/extensions/source/propctrlr/cellbindinghelper.hxx +++ b/extensions/source/propctrlr/cellbindinghelper.hxx @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ namespace pcr /** determines whether the given model is a spreadsheet document model <p>If this method returns <FALSE/>, you cannot instantiate a CellBindingHelper with - the document, since then no of it's functionality will be available.</p> + the document, since then no of its functionality will be available.</p> */ static bool isSpreadsheetDocument( const css::uno::Reference< css::frame::XModel >& _rxContextDocument diff --git a/extensions/source/propctrlr/eformshelper.hxx b/extensions/source/propctrlr/eformshelper.hxx index 2bd8ce785d59..96ebc3934269 100644 --- a/extensions/source/propctrlr/eformshelper.hxx +++ b/extensions/source/propctrlr/eformshelper.hxx @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ namespace pcr /** determines whether the given document is an eForm If this method returns <FALSE/>, you cannot instantiate a EFormsHelper with - this document, since then no of it's functionality will be available. + this document, since none of its functionality will be available then. */ static bool isEForm( diff --git a/extensions/source/propctrlr/formcomponenthandler.hxx b/extensions/source/propctrlr/formcomponenthandler.hxx index dea7179269ce..c6f7586104e3 100644 --- a/extensions/source/propctrlr/formcomponenthandler.hxx +++ b/extensions/source/propctrlr/formcomponenthandler.hxx @@ -171,7 +171,7 @@ namespace pcr If the component is a RowSet itself, it's returned directly. Else, the parent is examined for the XRowSet interface. If the parent is no XRowSet, then a check is made whether our component is a grid control column, and if so, - the parent of the grid control is examined for the XRowSet interace. + the parent of the grid control is examined for the XRowSet interface. Normally, at least one of those methods should succeed. */ @@ -320,7 +320,7 @@ namespace pcr @precond our component actually has a Font property @param _out_rNewValue - a value desribing the new font, as <code>Sequence< NamedValue ></code> + a value describing the new font, as <code>Sequence< NamedValue ></code> @return <TRUE/> if and only if the user successfully changed the font of our component */ diff --git a/extensions/source/propctrlr/handlerhelper.hxx b/extensions/source/propctrlr/handlerhelper.hxx index 82b9f41de475..afe4c0cf44af 100644 --- a/extensions/source/propctrlr/handlerhelper.hxx +++ b/extensions/source/propctrlr/handlerhelper.hxx @@ -173,7 +173,7 @@ namespace pcr /** gets the window of the ObjectInspector in which an property handler lives - The method looks up a value called "DialogParentWindow" in the given UNO copmonent context, + The method looks up a value called "DialogParentWindow" in the given UNO component context, queries it for XWindow, and returns the respective vcl::Window*. If either of those steps fails, this is asserted in a non-product version, and silently ignore otherwise. diff --git a/extensions/source/propctrlr/pcrcommon.hxx b/extensions/source/propctrlr/pcrcommon.hxx index 6f5fceb34d04..17d268acd9bf 100644 --- a/extensions/source/propctrlr/pcrcommon.hxx +++ b/extensions/source/propctrlr/pcrcommon.hxx @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ namespace pcr //= helper // small helper to make the "swap" call on an STL container a single-line call, which - // in it's canonic form "aFoo.swap( Container() )" doesn't compile with GCC + // in its canonic form "aFoo.swap( Container() )" doesn't compile with GCC template< class CONTAINER > void clearContainer( CONTAINER& _rContainer ) { diff --git a/extensions/source/propctrlr/propertycomposer.hxx b/extensions/source/propctrlr/propertycomposer.hxx index 36a0b875fa4a..a05298b40746 100644 --- a/extensions/source/propctrlr/propertycomposer.hxx +++ b/extensions/source/propctrlr/propertycomposer.hxx @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ namespace pcr typedef ::cppu::WeakComponentImplHelper < css::inspection::XPropertyHandler , css::beans::XPropertyChangeListener > PropertyComposer_Base; - /** implements an <type>XPropertyHandler</type> which composes it's information + /** implements an <type>XPropertyHandler</type> which composes its information from a set of other property handlers */ class PropertyComposer :public ::comphelper::OBaseMutex @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ namespace pcr PropertyBag m_aSupportedProperties; public: - /** constructs an <type>XPropertyHandler</type> which composes it's information from a set + /** constructs an <type>XPropertyHandler</type> which composes its information from a set of other property handlers @param _rSlaveHandlers diff --git a/extensions/source/propctrlr/propertyeditor.cxx b/extensions/source/propctrlr/propertyeditor.cxx index 057a4d550f55..83278bde93cb 100644 --- a/extensions/source/propctrlr/propertyeditor.cxx +++ b/extensions/source/propctrlr/propertyeditor.cxx @@ -517,7 +517,7 @@ namespace pcr IMPL_LINK_NOARG_TYPED(OPropertyEditor, OnPageDeactivate, TabControl *, bool) { - // commit the data on the current (to-be-decativated) tab page + // commit the data on the current (to-be-deactivated) tab page // (79404) sal_Int32 nCurrentId = m_aTabControl->GetCurPageId(); OBrowserPage* pCurrentPage = static_cast<OBrowserPage*>(m_aTabControl->GetTabPage((sal_uInt16)nCurrentId)); diff --git a/extensions/test/ole/cpnt/cpnt.cxx b/extensions/test/ole/cpnt/cpnt.cxx index fd210f42ec98..6def520caba3 100644 --- a/extensions/test/ole/cpnt/cpnt.cxx +++ b/extensions/test/ole/cpnt/cpnt.cxx @@ -783,7 +783,7 @@ void SAL_CALL OComponent::setALong( ::sal_Int32 _along ) throw (RuntimeException ::sal_uInt32 SAL_CALL OComponent::getAULong() throw (RuntimeException) { - return m_attr_uint32;; + return m_attr_uint32; } void SAL_CALL OComponent::setAULong( ::sal_uInt32 _aulong ) throw (RuntimeException) diff --git a/external/redland/rasqal/rasqal.h b/external/redland/rasqal/rasqal.h index b054e50ecd4d..fb766af42535 100644 --- a/external/redland/rasqal/rasqal.h +++ b/external/redland/rasqal/rasqal.h @@ -1491,10 +1491,10 @@ int rasqal_data_graph_print(rasqal_data_graph* dg, FILE* fh); /** * rasqal_compare_flags: - * @RASQAL_COMPARE_NOCASE: String comparisons are case independent. - * @RASQAL_COMPARE_XQUERY: XQuery comparsion rules apply. - * @RASQAL_COMPARE_RDF: RDF Term comparsion rules apply. - * @RASQAL_COMPARE_URI: Allow comparison of URIs and allow strings to have a boolean value (unused; was for RDQL) + * @RASQAL_COMPARE_NOCASE: String comparisions are case independent. + * @RASQAL_COMPARE_XQUERY: XQuery comparision rules apply. + * @RASQAL_COMPARE_RDF: RDF Term comparision rules apply. + * @RASQAL_COMPARE_URI: Allow comparision of URIs and allow strings to have a boolean value (unused; was for RDQL) * @RASQAL_COMPARE_SAMETERM: SPARQL sameTerm() builtin rules apply. * * Flags for rasqal_expression_evaluate(), rasqal_literal_compare() or diff --git a/external/unixODBC/inc/odbc/sqlext.h b/external/unixODBC/inc/odbc/sqlext.h index 6520bddad8af..5bc9d7d80088 100644 --- a/external/unixODBC/inc/odbc/sqlext.h +++ b/external/unixODBC/inc/odbc/sqlext.h @@ -618,7 +618,7 @@ extern "C" { /* Assume C declarations for C++ */ /********************************************/ /* SQLGetFunctions: additional values for */ -/* fFunction to represent functions that */ +/* Function to represent functions that */ /* are not in the X/Open spec. */ /********************************************/ diff --git a/filter/qa/complex/filter/detection/typeDetection/TypeDetection.java b/filter/qa/complex/filter/detection/typeDetection/TypeDetection.java index e39e2bfca111..7a81eae0ff4d 100644 --- a/filter/qa/complex/filter/detection/typeDetection/TypeDetection.java +++ b/filter/qa/complex/filter/detection/typeDetection/TypeDetection.java @@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ import util.utils; * correspond <code>defaultFileType</code> from <code>csv.files</code> * * Syntax: fileAlias;FilterName;FilterOptions;FilterData - * Example: Writer6_1;%SO6productname %SO6formatversion Textdokument;; + * Example: Writer6_1;%SO6productname %SO6formatversion Textdocument; * * The example shows the following: * <code>Writer6_1</code> is the same as in <code>csv.files</code> diff --git a/filter/qa/complex/filter/misc/FinalizedMandatoryTest.java b/filter/qa/complex/filter/misc/FinalizedMandatoryTest.java index b3b618c7f2e9..7a21732a6c77 100644 --- a/filter/qa/complex/filter/misc/FinalizedMandatoryTest.java +++ b/filter/qa/complex/filter/misc/FinalizedMandatoryTest.java @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ import com.sun.star.util.XFlushable; * <CODE>true</CODE> the tests check if an <CODE>Exception</CODE> must be thrown. * The next step of the test is the removal of the filter was removed, than the service * will be flushed. The test checks for expected exceptions: If the property - * <CODE>Madantory</CODE> equals <CODE>true</CODE>, an <CODE>Exception</CODE> must + * <CODE>Mandatory</CODE> equals <CODE>true</CODE>, an <CODE>Exception</CODE> must * be thrown. * This test results <CODE>false</CODE> state if there is no filter available with: * <CODE>Finalized=true</CODE> @@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ public class FinalizedMandatoryTest checkReadonlySupport("com.sun.star.document.FilterFactory"); } - /** + /* * call the function <CODE>checkReadonlySupport</CODE> to test <CODE>com.sun.star.document.TypeDetection</CODE> * @see com.sun.star.document.TypeDetection */ @@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ public class FinalizedMandatoryTest checkReadonlySupport("com.sun.star.document.TypeDetection"); } - /** + /* * test the given service <CODE>serviceName</CODE>. * For every filter a new instance was created and the tests started. * @param serviceName the name of the service to test diff --git a/filter/source/config/cache/typedetection.cxx b/filter/source/config/cache/typedetection.cxx index 1e81e61c7a61..4b7fa9f55d50 100644 --- a/filter/source/config/cache/typedetection.cxx +++ b/filter/source/config/cache/typedetection.cxx @@ -431,7 +431,7 @@ OUString SAL_CALL TypeDetection::queryTypeByDescriptor(css::uno::Sequence< css:: // flat detection failed // pure deep detection failed // => ask might existing InteractionHandler - // means: ask user for it's decision + // means: ask user for its decision if (sType.isEmpty()) sType = impl_askUserForTypeAndFilterIfAllowed(stlDescriptor); @@ -641,7 +641,7 @@ bool TypeDetection::impl_getPreselectionForType( bool bMatchByPattern = false; // And we must know if a preselection must be preferred, because - // it matches by it's extension too. + // it matches by its extension too. bool bMatchByExtension = false; // validate type @@ -1100,7 +1100,7 @@ OUString TypeDetection::impl_askUserForTypeAndFilterIfAllowed(utl::MediaDescript try { - // create a new request to ask user for it's decision about the usable filter + // create a new request to ask user for its decision about the usable filter ::framework::RequestFilterSelect aRequest(sURL); xInteraction->handle(aRequest.GetRequest()); diff --git a/filter/source/config/tools/merge/FCFGMerge.cfg b/filter/source/config/tools/merge/FCFGMerge.cfg index 18f9f4f7e895..d1851f7c403a 100644 --- a/filter/source/config/tools/merge/FCFGMerge.cfg +++ b/filter/source/config/tools/merge/FCFGMerge.cfg @@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ subdir_contenthandlers = contenthandlers delimiter=, #************************************************ -# Enable/disable removing of leading/trailing withespaces +# Enable/disable removing of leading/trailing whitespaces # during splitting stringlists. # # [REQUIRED] diff --git a/filter/source/docbook/sofftodocbookheadings.xsl b/filter/source/docbook/sofftodocbookheadings.xsl index d58d10ae5d3f..1b6c4973bf76 100644 --- a/filter/source/docbook/sofftodocbookheadings.xsl +++ b/filter/source/docbook/sofftodocbookheadings.xsl @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ <!-- The key function "nestedContent" returns all ODF elements that are children of the current heading (i.e. text:h) or their parent office:body in case there is no text:h. It works by matching all ODF elements, that text:h refer to (it's sibling or office:body childring) - Various keyed element sets of these matched elements are being generated. A set is identified by having the same last (closest) preceding text:h or if none exisitent the parent document. + Various keyed element sets of these matched elements are being generated. A set is identified by having the same last (closest) preceding text:h or if none existent the parent document. All those elements, that have the current heading as last preceding heading (text:h) are returned as a nodeset. --> <xsl:key name="nestedContent" diff --git a/filter/source/flash/swfexporter.cxx b/filter/source/flash/swfexporter.cxx index 360da87fc92d..595bf0df9e71 100644 --- a/filter/source/flash/swfexporter.cxx +++ b/filter/source/flash/swfexporter.cxx @@ -734,7 +734,7 @@ bool FlashExporter::getMetaFile( Reference< XComponent >&xComponent, GDIMetaFile { // #i121267# It is necessary to prepare the metafile since the export does *not* support // clip regions. This tooling method clips the geometry content of the metafile internally - // against it's own clip regions, so that the export is safe to ignore clip regions + // against its own clip regions, so that the export is safe to ignore clip regions clipMetafileContentAgainstOwnRegions(rMtf); } } diff --git a/filter/source/flash/swfwriter1.cxx b/filter/source/flash/swfwriter1.cxx index 28bae703090e..82480e20ff53 100644 --- a/filter/source/flash/swfwriter1.cxx +++ b/filter/source/flash/swfwriter1.cxx @@ -839,7 +839,7 @@ sal_uInt16 Writer::defineBitmap( const BitmapEx &bmpSource, sal_Int32 nJPEGQuali } // Figure out JPEG size - const sal_uInt8* pJpgData = nullptr;; + const sal_uInt8* pJpgData = nullptr; sal_uInt32 nJpgDataLength = 0xffffffff; Graphic aGraphic( bmpSource ); @@ -891,8 +891,8 @@ void Writer::Impl_writeImage( const BitmapEx& rBmpEx, const Point& rPt, const Si // AS: Christian, my scaling factors are different than yours, and work better for me. // However, I can't explain why exactly. I got some of this by trial and error. - double XScale = destRect.GetWidth() ? static_cast<double>(originalPixelRect.GetWidth())/destRect.GetWidth() : 1.0;; - double YScale = destRect.GetHeight() ? static_cast<double>(originalPixelRect.GetHeight())/destRect.GetHeight() : 1.0;; + double XScale = destRect.GetWidth() ? static_cast<double>(originalPixelRect.GetWidth())/destRect.GetWidth() : 1.0; + double YScale = destRect.GetHeight() ? static_cast<double>(originalPixelRect.GetHeight())/destRect.GetHeight() : 1.0; // AS: If rClipRect has a value set, then we need to crop the bmp appropriately. // If a map event already occurred in the metafile, then we do not need to map diff --git a/filter/source/graphicfilter/ipcd/ipcd.cxx b/filter/source/graphicfilter/ipcd/ipcd.cxx index bb8da45282ef..35c351f4c91b 100644 --- a/filter/source/graphicfilter/ipcd/ipcd.cxx +++ b/filter/source/graphicfilter/ipcd/ipcd.cxx @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ private: SvStream &m_rPCD; BitmapWriteAccess* mpAcc; - sal_uInt8 nOrientation; // orientation of the picture withinthe PCD file: + sal_uInt8 nOrientation; // orientation of the picture within the PCD file: // 0 - spire point up // 1 - spire points to the right // 2 - spire points down diff --git a/filter/source/graphicfilter/ipict/ipict.cxx b/filter/source/graphicfilter/ipict/ipict.cxx index d682ec6716c1..00d5392ab385 100644 --- a/filter/source/graphicfilter/ipict/ipict.cxx +++ b/filter/source/graphicfilter/ipict/ipict.cxx @@ -715,7 +715,7 @@ sal_uLong PictReader::ReadPixMapEtc( Bitmap &rBitmap, bool bBaseAddr, bool bColo // The calculation of nDataSize is considering the size of the whole data. nDataSize = 0; - // condionally skip BaseAddr + // conditionally skip BaseAddr if ( bBaseAddr ) { pPict->SeekRel( 4 ); diff --git a/filter/source/graphicfilter/itiff/ccidecom.cxx b/filter/source/graphicfilter/itiff/ccidecom.cxx index df96e6eb1409..56a4aea358ce 100644 --- a/filter/source/graphicfilter/itiff/ccidecom.cxx +++ b/filter/source/graphicfilter/itiff/ccidecom.cxx @@ -771,7 +771,7 @@ bool CCIDecompressor::ReadEOL( sal_uInt32 /*nMaxFillBits*/ ) // or there exist some nasty export filter who always do align. // In addition files were found in which more than the necessary maximum of 7 filling // bits were found. Therefore we now generally accept up to 32 nonsense bits in front of the EOL-Code: - // And I found a file in which up to ??? nonsense bits are written. Furthemore the byte order is switched in it. (SJ) + // And I found a file in which up to ??? nonsense bits are written. Furthermore the byte order is switched in it. (SJ) sal_uInt32 nMaxPos = pIStream->Tell(); nMaxPos += nWidth >> 3; diff --git a/filter/source/graphicfilter/itiff/itiff.cxx b/filter/source/graphicfilter/itiff/itiff.cxx index c33212569b5c..d4f283bbf1b6 100644 --- a/filter/source/graphicfilter/itiff/itiff.cxx +++ b/filter/source/graphicfilter/itiff/itiff.cxx @@ -345,7 +345,7 @@ void TIFFReader::ReadTagData( sal_uInt16 nTagType, sal_uInt32 nDataLen) SAL_INFO("filter.tiff","Compression: " << nCompression); break; - case 0x0106: // Photometric Interpreation + case 0x0106: // Photometric Interpretation nPhotometricInterpretation = ReadIntData(); SAL_INFO("filter.tiff","PhotometricInterpretation: " << nPhotometricInterpretation); break; diff --git a/filter/source/msfilter/escherex.cxx b/filter/source/msfilter/escherex.cxx index 25d4dcf8dc91..cd835b98bfc0 100644 --- a/filter/source/msfilter/escherex.cxx +++ b/filter/source/msfilter/escherex.cxx @@ -4917,7 +4917,7 @@ void EscherExGlobal::WriteDggAtom( SvStream& rStrm ) const // write the DGG record header (do not include the 8 bytes of the header in the data size) rStrm.WriteUInt32( ESCHER_Dgg << 16 ).WriteUInt32( nDggSize - 8 ); - // claculate and write the fixed DGG data + // calculate and write the fixed DGG data sal_uInt32 nShapeCount = 0; sal_uInt32 nLastShapeId = 0; for( DrawingInfoVector::const_iterator aIt = maDrawingInfos.begin(), aEnd = maDrawingInfos.end(); aIt != aEnd; ++aIt ) diff --git a/filter/source/msfilter/msdffimp.cxx b/filter/source/msfilter/msdffimp.cxx index 39552a012bb2..8e5d8ae0a68c 100644 --- a/filter/source/msfilter/msdffimp.cxx +++ b/filter/source/msfilter/msdffimp.cxx @@ -791,9 +791,9 @@ static basegfx::B2DPolyPolygon GetLineArrow( const sal_Int32 nLineWidth, const M { basegfx::B2DPolyPolygon aRetPolyPoly; // 70 100mm = 2pt = 40 twip. In MS, line width less than 2pt has the same size arrow as 2pt - //If the unit is twip. Make all use this unit especailly the critical value 70/40. + //If the unit is twip. Make all use this unit especially the critical value 70/40. sal_Int32 nLineWidthCritical = bScaleArrow ? 40 : 70; - double fLineWidth = nLineWidth < nLineWidthCritical ? nLineWidthCritical : nLineWidth;; + double fLineWidth = nLineWidth < nLineWidthCritical ? nLineWidthCritical : nLineWidth; double fLengthMul, fWidthMul; sal_Int32 nLineNumber; @@ -1284,7 +1284,7 @@ void DffPropertyReader::ApplyFillAttributes( SvStream& rIn, SfxItemSet& rSet, co break; case mso_fillShadeCenter : // Shade from bounding rectangle to end point { - //If it is imported as a bitmap, it will not work well with transparecy especially 100 + //If it is imported as a bitmap, it will not work well with transparency especially 100 //But the gradient look well comparing with imported as gradient. And rotate with shape //also works better. So here just keep it. if ( rObjData.aBoundRect.IsEmpty() )// size of object needed to be able @@ -2848,7 +2848,7 @@ void DffPropertyReader::ImportGradientColor( SfxItemSet& aSet,MSO_FillType eMSO_ aGrad.SetStartIntens( 100 ); aGrad.SetEndIntens( 100 ); aSet.Put( XFillGradientItem( OUString(), aGrad ) ); - //Construct tranparency item. This item can coodinate with both solid and gradient. + //Construct tranparency item. This item can coordinate with both solid and gradient. if ( dTrans < 1.0 || dBackTrans < 1.0 ) { sal_uInt8 nStartCol = (sal_uInt8)( (1 - dTrans )* 255 ); @@ -5056,7 +5056,7 @@ SdrObject* SvxMSDffManager::ProcessObj(SvStream& rSt, pObj = pOrgObj = nullptr; } - // Distance of Textbox to it's surrounding Customshape + // Distance of Textbox to its surrounding Customshape sal_Int32 nTextLeft = GetPropertyValue( DFF_Prop_dxTextLeft, 91440L); sal_Int32 nTextRight = GetPropertyValue( DFF_Prop_dxTextRight, 91440L ); sal_Int32 nTextTop = GetPropertyValue( DFF_Prop_dyTextTop, 45720L ); diff --git a/filter/source/msfilter/svdfppt.cxx b/filter/source/msfilter/svdfppt.cxx index f4162984a2e3..3264c9ca30c6 100644 --- a/filter/source/msfilter/svdfppt.cxx +++ b/filter/source/msfilter/svdfppt.cxx @@ -1857,7 +1857,7 @@ SdrObject* SdrPowerPointImport::ImportOLE( long nOLEId, sal_uInt8 aTestA[ 10 ]; bool bGetItAsOle = ( sizeof( aTestA ) == xSrcTst->Read( aTestA, sizeof( aTestA ) ) ); if ( !bGetItAsOle ) - { // maybe there is a contentsstream in here + { // maybe there is a contents stream in here xSrcTst = xObjStor->OpenSotStream( "Contents", STREAM_READWRITE | StreamMode::NOCREATE ); bGetItAsOle = ( xSrcTst.Is() && sizeof( aTestA ) == xSrcTst->Read( aTestA, sizeof( aTestA ) ) ); } @@ -5791,7 +5791,7 @@ void PPTPortionObj::ApplyTo( SfxItemSet& rSet, SdrPowerPointImport& rManager, s if ( nDestinationInstance == 0xffffffff ) mrStyleSheet.mpCharSheet[ mnInstance ]->maCharLevel[ mnDepth ].mnFontColorInStyleSheet = aCol; } - else if ( nVal & 0x0f000000 ) // this is not a hard attribute, but maybe the page has a different colerscheme, + else if ( nVal & 0x0f000000 ) // this is not a hard attribute, but maybe the page has a different colorscheme, { // so that in this case we must use a hard color attribute Color aCol( rManager.MSO_TEXT_CLR_ToColor( nVal ) ); Color& aColorInSheet = mrStyleSheet.mpCharSheet[ mnInstance ]->maCharLevel[ mnDepth ].mnFontColorInStyleSheet; diff --git a/filter/source/svg/svgexport.cxx b/filter/source/svg/svgexport.cxx index 1adec14435dd..a3f7ed772c0e 100644 --- a/filter/source/svg/svgexport.cxx +++ b/filter/source/svg/svgexport.cxx @@ -1452,7 +1452,7 @@ bool SVGFilter::implGetPagePropSet( const Reference< XDrawPage > & rxPage ) mVisiblePagePropSet.bIsBackgroundVisible = true; mVisiblePagePropSet.bAreBackgroundObjectsVisible = true; - mVisiblePagePropSet.bIsPageNumberFieldVisible = false;; + mVisiblePagePropSet.bIsPageNumberFieldVisible = false; mVisiblePagePropSet.bIsHeaderFieldVisible = false; mVisiblePagePropSet.bIsFooterFieldVisible = true; mVisiblePagePropSet.bIsDateTimeFieldVisible = true; diff --git a/filter/source/xslt/export/spreadsheetml/styles.xsl b/filter/source/xslt/export/spreadsheetml/styles.xsl index 3cc3d8a20f46..b2b64edc6fba 100644 --- a/filter/source/xslt/export/spreadsheetml/styles.xsl +++ b/filter/source/xslt/export/spreadsheetml/styles.xsl @@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ <xsl:if test="not(@style:family='table-row') or @style:family='table-row' and key('getCellByStyle', '.')"> <xsl:element name="Style"> <xsl:attribute name="ss:ID"> - <!-- neglecting that a style is only unique in conjunction with it's family name --> + <!-- neglecting that a style is only unique in conjunction with its family name --> <xsl:value-of select="@style:name" /> </xsl:attribute> <xsl:choose> diff --git a/filter/source/xslt/export/spreadsheetml/table.xsl b/filter/source/xslt/export/spreadsheetml/table.xsl index cc12281c3d70..5876b8f6fd26 100644 --- a/filter/source/xslt/export/spreadsheetml/table.xsl +++ b/filter/source/xslt/export/spreadsheetml/table.xsl @@ -222,7 +222,7 @@ <!-- current node is a table:table-column --> - <!-- dublicates column elements in case of column-repeated attribute --> + <!-- duplicates column elements in case of column-repeated attribute --> <xsl:template name="repeat-adding-table-column"> <xsl:param name="table:table-column" /> <xsl:param name="numberColumnsRepeated" /> @@ -312,7 +312,7 @@ <!-- Rows as "table:table-row" might be grouped in "table:table-header-rows" or "table:table-row-group" - This row-tree will be traversed providing each Row with it's + This row-tree will be traversed providing each Row with its calculatedRowPosition and earlierRowNumber. By this repeated empty rows might be neglected in the spreadsheetml output, as the following row will notice the 'gap' and provide @ss:Index, diff --git a/filter/source/xslt/import/wordml/wordml2ooo_draw.xsl b/filter/source/xslt/import/wordml/wordml2ooo_draw.xsl index b92a129ff643..40dd7fc93d27 100644 --- a/filter/source/xslt/import/wordml/wordml2ooo_draw.xsl +++ b/filter/source/xslt/import/wordml/wordml2ooo_draw.xsl @@ -1494,7 +1494,7 @@ </xsl:attribute> </xsl:if> <xsl:variable name="typeid_adj"> - <!--for fix the bug of version 1.63: the following discription: adj="-11796480,,5400" in OOo should be: modifier =" -11796480 0 5400"--> + <!--for fix the bug of version 1.63: the following description: adj="-11796480,,5400" in OOo should be: modifier =" -11796480 0 5400"--> <xsl:variable name="tmp_adj"> <xsl:value-of select="key('shapetype',@type)/@adj"/> </xsl:variable> diff --git a/filter/source/xslt/odf2xhtml/export/xhtml/body.xsl b/filter/source/xslt/odf2xhtml/export/xhtml/body.xsl index e86225bac3a3..baee18241128 100644 --- a/filter/source/xslt/odf2xhtml/export/xhtml/body.xsl +++ b/filter/source/xslt/odf2xhtml/export/xhtml/body.xsl @@ -859,7 +859,7 @@ </xsl:choose> </xsl:template> - <!-- A XML node other than text or element (e.g. commment) should not stop the recursion --> + <!-- A XML node other than text or element (e.g. comment) should not stop the recursion --> <xsl:template match="comment()" mode="frameFloating"> <xsl:param name="globalData"/> <xsl:param name="previousFrameWidths" select="0"/> @@ -2775,7 +2775,7 @@ <!-- Hidden text dependent on Office variables: The text is not shown, if condition is 'true'. - Implemented solely for conditons as '<VARIABLE>==0' or '<VARIABLE>==1' + Implemented solely for conditions as '<VARIABLE>==0' or '<VARIABLE>==1' --> <xsl:key match="text:variable-set" name="varSet" use="@text:name"/> <xsl:template match="text:hidden-text"> diff --git a/filter/source/xsltfilter/XSLTFilter.cxx b/filter/source/xsltfilter/XSLTFilter.cxx index 2029b9f9e138..fa7e66436489 100644 --- a/filter/source/xsltfilter/XSLTFilter.cxx +++ b/filter/source/xsltfilter/XSLTFilter.cxx @@ -419,7 +419,7 @@ namespace XSLT // read source data // we are especially interested in the output stream // since that is where our xml-writer will push the data - // from it's data-source interface + // from its data-source interface OUString aName, sURL; bool bIndent = false; OUString aDoctypePublic; diff --git a/forms/qa/integration/forms/DocumentViewHelper.java b/forms/qa/integration/forms/DocumentViewHelper.java index 90aa18a39636..c176247b9a07 100644 --- a/forms/qa/integration/forms/DocumentViewHelper.java +++ b/forms/qa/integration/forms/DocumentViewHelper.java @@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ public class DocumentViewHelper // go get the current view XController xController = query( XController.class ); - // go get the dispatch provider of it's frame + // go get the dispatch provider of its frame XDispatchProvider xProvider = UnoRuntime.queryInterface( XDispatchProvider.class, xController.getFrame() ); if ( null != xProvider ) diff --git a/forms/qa/integration/forms/FormLayer.java b/forms/qa/integration/forms/FormLayer.java index 06806897d00a..3d28ff054b6b 100644 --- a/forms/qa/integration/forms/FormLayer.java +++ b/forms/qa/integration/forms/FormLayer.java @@ -175,7 +175,7 @@ public class FormLayer // insert the text field control XPropertySet field = createControlAndShape( _formComponentServiceName, _xPos + 25, _yPos, 40, _height ); - // knit it to it's label component + // knit it to its label component field.setPropertyValue( "LabelControl", label ); // names @@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ public class FormLayer if ( xFieldModel.getPropertySetInfo().hasPropertyByName( "BorderColor" ) ) xFieldModel.setPropertyValue( "BorderColor", Integer.valueOf( 0x00C0C0C0 ) ); } - // knit it to it's label component + // knit it to its label component xFieldModel.setPropertyValue( "LabelControl", xLabelModel ); // some names, so later on we can find them diff --git a/forms/source/component/Button.cxx b/forms/source/component/Button.cxx index e22590701608..09c676ebe844 100644 --- a/forms/source/component/Button.cxx +++ b/forms/source/component/Button.cxx @@ -182,7 +182,7 @@ void OButtonModel::read(const Reference<XObjectInputStream>& _rxInStream) throw case 0x0003: { OStreamSection aSection( _rxInStream.get() ); - // this will skip any unknown bytes in it's dtor + // this will skip any unknown bytes in its dtor // button type m_eButtonType = (FormButtonType)_rxInStream->readShort(); diff --git a/forms/source/component/Button.hxx b/forms/source/component/Button.hxx index c783928c8d91..f0b2cd2d7ebf 100644 --- a/forms/source/component/Button.hxx +++ b/forms/source/component/Button.hxx @@ -173,7 +173,7 @@ protected: virtual void allFeatureStatesChanged( ) override; virtual bool isEnabled( sal_Int16 _nFeatureId ) const override; - // XDispatchProviderInterception disambiguaiton + // XDispatchProviderInterception disambiguation virtual void SAL_CALL registerDispatchProviderInterceptor( const css::uno::Reference< css::frame::XDispatchProviderInterceptor >& Interceptor ) throw (css::uno::RuntimeException, std::exception) override; virtual void SAL_CALL releaseDispatchProviderInterceptor( const css::uno::Reference< css::frame::XDispatchProviderInterceptor >& Interceptor ) throw (css::uno::RuntimeException, std::exception) override; diff --git a/forms/source/component/Currency.cxx b/forms/source/component/Currency.cxx index ce765536bd28..ea8871d6ca6a 100644 --- a/forms/source/component/Currency.cxx +++ b/forms/source/component/Currency.cxx @@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ void OCurrencyModel::implConstruct() OCurrencyModel::OCurrencyModel(const Reference<XComponentContext>& _rxFactory) :OEditBaseModel( _rxFactory, VCL_CONTROLMODEL_CURRENCYFIELD, FRM_SUN_CONTROL_CURRENCYFIELD, false, true ) - // use the old control name for compaytibility reasons + // use the old control name for compatibility reasons { m_nClassId = FormComponentType::CURRENCYFIELD; diff --git a/forms/source/component/DatabaseForm.cxx b/forms/source/component/DatabaseForm.cxx index 2beb4cb25f04..60228c6c5a17 100644 --- a/forms/source/component/DatabaseForm.cxx +++ b/forms/source/component/DatabaseForm.cxx @@ -155,7 +155,7 @@ class OFormSubmitResetThread: public OComponentEventThread { protected: - // duplicate an event with respect to it's type + // duplicate an event with respect to its type virtual EventObject *cloneEvent( const EventObject *pEvt ) const override; // process an event. while processing the mutex isn't locked, and pCompImpl @@ -2700,7 +2700,7 @@ bool ODatabaseForm::canShareConnection( const Reference< XPropertySet >& _rxPare void ODatabaseForm::doShareConnection( const Reference< XPropertySet >& _rxParentProps ) { - // get the conneciton of the parent + // get the connection of the parent Reference< XConnection > xParentConn; _rxParentProps->getPropertyValue( PROPERTY_ACTIVE_CONNECTION ) >>= xParentConn; OSL_ENSURE( xParentConn.is(), "ODatabaseForm::doShareConnection: we're a valid sub-form, but the parent has no connection?!" ); @@ -3528,7 +3528,7 @@ void SAL_CALL ODatabaseForm::moveToInsertRow() throw( SQLException, RuntimeExcep // Formerly, the following line was conditioned with a "not is new", means we did not move the aggregate // to the insert row if it was already positioned there. // - // This prevented the RowSet implementation from resetting it's column values. We, ourself, formerly + // This prevented the RowSet implementation from resetting its column values. We, ourself, formerly // did this reset of columns in reset_impl, where we set every column to the ControlDefault, or, if this // was not present, to NULL. However, the problem with setting to NULL was #88888#, the problem with // _not_ setting to NULL (which was the original fix for #88888#) was #97955#. diff --git a/forms/source/component/EditBase.cxx b/forms/source/component/EditBase.cxx index 997f6dfd4d40..b44505cee585 100644 --- a/forms/source/component/EditBase.cxx +++ b/forms/source/component/EditBase.cxx @@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ void OEditBaseModel::write(const Reference<XObjectOutputStream>& _rxOutStream) t // additional members as this is not compatible to older office versions. // We decided to place the writing of the help text here as it seems the less worse alternative. There is no delivered // office version including formatted controls (and thus the OFormattedModel), and the OFormattedModel::read seems - // robust against this change (as it will read a wrong and unknown file version and thus set it's members to defaults). + // robust against this change (as it will read a wrong and unknown file version and thus set its members to defaults). if ((nVersionId & PF_HANDLE_COMMON_PROPS) != 0) writeCommonEditProperties(_rxOutStream); diff --git a/forms/source/component/EventThread.hxx b/forms/source/component/EventThread.hxx index 6c995a3772e6..9b8cc8bcddaf 100644 --- a/forms/source/component/EventThread.hxx +++ b/forms/source/component/EventThread.hxx @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ protected: virtual void SAL_CALL onTerminated() override; - // The following method is called to duplicate the Event while respecting it's type. + // The following method is called to duplicate the Event while respecting its type. virtual css::lang::EventObject* cloneEvent(const css::lang::EventObject* _pEvt) const = 0; // Edit an Event: diff --git a/forms/source/component/File.cxx b/forms/source/component/File.cxx index abb292f4b7ac..5a8c83df5cf1 100644 --- a/forms/source/component/File.cxx +++ b/forms/source/component/File.cxx @@ -247,7 +247,7 @@ void SAL_CALL OFileControlModel::reset() throw ( css::uno::RuntimeException, std if (bContinue) { { - // If Models are threadSave + // If Models are threadSafe ::osl::MutexGuard aGuard(m_aMutex); _reset(); } diff --git a/forms/source/component/FormComponent.cxx b/forms/source/component/FormComponent.cxx index d4bc6084d685..544949da8fd5 100644 --- a/forms/source/component/FormComponent.cxx +++ b/forms/source/component/FormComponent.cxx @@ -2332,7 +2332,7 @@ void OBoundControlModel::reset() throw (RuntimeException, std::exception) { if ( bIsNewRecord ) { - // reset the control to it's default + // reset the control to its default resetNoBroadcast(); // and immediately commit the changes to the DB column, to keep consistency commitControlValueToDbColumn( true ); diff --git a/forms/source/component/FormattedField.cxx b/forms/source/component/FormattedField.cxx index 614875ddc15f..b00f7ceb8d37 100644 --- a/forms/source/component/FormattedField.cxx +++ b/forms/source/component/FormattedField.cxx @@ -853,7 +853,7 @@ bool OFormattedModel::commitControlValueToDbColumn( bool /*_bPostReset*/ ) } else { - DBG_ASSERT( aControlValue.getValueType().getTypeClass() == TypeClass_STRING, "OFormattedModel::commitControlValueToDbColumn: invalud value type !" ); + DBG_ASSERT( aControlValue.getValueType().getTypeClass() == TypeClass_STRING, "OFormattedModel::commitControlValueToDbColumn: invalid value type!" ); m_xColumnUpdate->updateString( getString( aControlValue ) ); } } diff --git a/forms/source/component/FormattedFieldWrapper.cxx b/forms/source/component/FormattedFieldWrapper.cxx index e7c8f0622b8a..be4a3ae8d57d 100644 --- a/forms/source/component/FormattedFieldWrapper.cxx +++ b/forms/source/component/FormattedFieldWrapper.cxx @@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ css::uno::Reference<css::uno::XInterface> OFormattedFieldWrapper::createFormatte osl_atomic_increment(&pRef->m_refCount); if (pRef->m_xAggregate.is()) - { // has to be in it's own block because of the temporary variable created by *this + { // has to be in its own block because of the temporary variable created by *this pRef->m_xAggregate->setDelegator(static_cast<XWeak*>(pRef)); } @@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ Reference< XCloneable > SAL_CALL OFormattedFieldWrapper::createClone() throw (Ru } if ( xRef->m_xAggregate.is() ) - { // has to be in it's own block because of the temporary variable created by *this + { // has to be in its own block because of the temporary variable created by *this xRef->m_xAggregate->setDelegator(static_cast< XWeak* >(xRef.get())); } @@ -299,7 +299,7 @@ void SAL_CALL OFormattedFieldWrapper::read(const Reference<XObjectInputStream>& // do the aggregation osl_atomic_increment(&m_refCount); if (m_xAggregate.is()) - { // has to be in it's own block because of the temporary variable created by *this + { // has to be in its own block because of the temporary variable created by *this m_xAggregate->setDelegator(static_cast<XWeak*>(this)); } osl_atomic_decrement(&m_refCount); @@ -336,7 +336,7 @@ void OFormattedFieldWrapper::ensureAggregate() osl_atomic_increment(&m_refCount); if (m_xAggregate.is()) - { // has to be in it's own block because of the temporary variable created by *this + { // has to be in its own block because of the temporary variable created by *this m_xAggregate->setDelegator(static_cast<XWeak*>(this)); } osl_atomic_decrement(&m_refCount); diff --git a/forms/source/component/Grid.cxx b/forms/source/component/Grid.cxx index 6b8682371372..b69582c274e3 100644 --- a/forms/source/component/Grid.cxx +++ b/forms/source/component/Grid.cxx @@ -783,7 +783,7 @@ void OGridControlModel::write(const Reference<XObjectOutputStream>& _rxOutStream _rxOutStream->writeLong(nLen); for (sal_Int32 i = 0; i < nLen; i++) { - // first the service name for the unerlying model + // first the service name for the underlying model OGridColumn* pCol = getColumnImplementation(m_aItems[i]); DBG_ASSERT(pCol != nullptr, "OGridControlModel::write : such items should never reach it into my container !"); _rxOutStream << pCol->getModelName(); diff --git a/forms/source/component/clickableimage.cxx b/forms/source/component/clickableimage.cxx index 1d4618846f4e..d65267d2f3fd 100644 --- a/forms/source/component/clickableimage.cxx +++ b/forms/source/component/clickableimage.cxx @@ -747,7 +747,7 @@ namespace frm } // Search for the Object shell by iterating over all Object shells - // and comparing their XModel to our´s. + // and comparing their XModel to ours. // As an optimization, we try the current Object shell first. SfxObjectShell *pObjSh = nullptr; diff --git a/forms/source/helper/controlfeatureinterception.cxx b/forms/source/helper/controlfeatureinterception.cxx index 2cd10e668bc6..bc3dd494afbe 100644 --- a/forms/source/helper/controlfeatureinterception.cxx +++ b/forms/source/helper/controlfeatureinterception.cxx @@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ namespace frm // tell the interceptor it has a new (means no) predecessor xInterceptor->setMasterDispatchProvider( nullptr ); - // ask for it's successor + // ask for its successor Reference< XDispatchProvider > xSlave = xInterceptor->getSlaveDispatchProvider(); // and give it the new (means no) successoert xInterceptor->setSlaveDispatchProvider( nullptr ); diff --git a/forms/source/inc/FormComponent.hxx b/forms/source/inc/FormComponent.hxx index 8ebde1f7a563..40c53097846c 100644 --- a/forms/source/inc/FormComponent.hxx +++ b/forms/source/inc/FormComponent.hxx @@ -1171,7 +1171,7 @@ private: /** connects to an external value binding - <p>Note that by definition, external data bindings superseede the SQL data binding which + <p>Note that by definition, external data bindings supersede the SQL data binding which is defined by our RowSet-column-related properties. This means that in case we're currently connected to a database column when this is called, this connection is suspended.</p> diff --git a/forms/source/inc/frm_resource.hxx b/forms/source/inc/frm_resource.hxx index d25e9d68b40e..78ffa5554120 100644 --- a/forms/source/inc/frm_resource.hxx +++ b/forms/source/inc/frm_resource.hxx @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ namespace frm ResourceManager() { } ~ResourceManager() { } - // we'll instantiate one static member of the following class, which, in it's dtor, + // we'll instantiate one static member of the following class, which, in its dtor, // ensures that m_pImpl will be deleted class EnsureDelete { diff --git a/forms/source/runtime/formoperations.cxx b/forms/source/runtime/formoperations.cxx index 756d42f2bd55..bdd507f05c7d 100644 --- a/forms/source/runtime/formoperations.cxx +++ b/forms/source/runtime/formoperations.cxx @@ -1590,7 +1590,7 @@ namespace frm } catch( const Exception& ) { - OSL_FAIL( "FormOperations::impl_executeAutoSort_throw: could not reset the form to it's original state!" ); + OSL_FAIL( "FormOperations::impl_executeAutoSort_throw: could not reset the form to its original state!" ); } } @@ -1659,7 +1659,7 @@ namespace frm } catch( const Exception& ) { - OSL_FAIL( "FormOperations::impl_executeAutoFilter_throw: could not reset the form to it's original state!" ); + OSL_FAIL( "FormOperations::impl_executeAutoFilter_throw: could not reset the form to its original state!" ); } } diff --git a/forms/source/runtime/formoperations.hxx b/forms/source/runtime/formoperations.hxx index 4602445491b5..08ee8667b52e 100644 --- a/forms/source/runtime/formoperations.hxx +++ b/forms/source/runtime/formoperations.hxx @@ -298,7 +298,7 @@ namespace frm and rethrows them @param f - a fuctionoid with no arguments to do the work + a functionoid with no arguments to do the work @param _nErrorResourceId the id of the resources string to use as error message */ diff --git a/forms/source/xforms/mip.hxx b/forms/source/xforms/mip.hxx index 729e408f8833..cd0a5f919d17 100644 --- a/forms/source/xforms/mip.hxx +++ b/forms/source/xforms/mip.hxx @@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ public: void setRelevant( bool ); void resetRelevant(); - // - constraing (computed XPath; default: true) + // - constraint (computed XPath; default: true) bool hasConstraint() const { return mbHasConstraint; } bool isConstraint() const { return mbConstraint; } void setConstraint( bool ); diff --git a/forms/source/xforms/model_ui.cxx b/forms/source/xforms/model_ui.cxx index dd393299fe23..cd68e8fcc384 100644 --- a/forms/source/xforms/model_ui.cxx +++ b/forms/source/xforms/model_ui.cxx @@ -829,7 +829,7 @@ static OUString lcl_serializeForDisplay( const Reference<XNodeList>& xNodes ) xTextInputStream->setInputStream( aSerialization.getInputStream() ); /* WORK AROUND for problem in serialization: currently, multiple - XML delarations (<?xml...?>) are being written out and we don't + XML declarations (<?xml...?>) are being written out and we don't want them. When this is fixed, the code below is nice and simple. The current code filters out the declarations. OUString sResult = xTextInputStream->readString( Sequence<sal_Unicode>(), diff --git a/formula/source/core/api/FormulaCompiler.cxx b/formula/source/core/api/FormulaCompiler.cxx index cf44e924d98c..e0d7093acafa 100644 --- a/formula/source/core/api/FormulaCompiler.cxx +++ b/formula/source/core/api/FormulaCompiler.cxx @@ -1253,7 +1253,7 @@ void FormulaCompiler::Factor() if (eOp == ocIsoWeeknum && FormulaGrammar::isODFF( meGrammar )) { // tdf#50950 ocIsoWeeknum can have 2 arguments when saved by older versions of Calc; - // the opcode then has to be changed to ocWeek for backward compatibilty + // the opcode then has to be changed to ocWeek for backward compatibility pFacToken = mpToken; eOp = NextToken(); bool bNoParam = false; diff --git a/formula/source/core/api/token.cxx b/formula/source/core/api/token.cxx index 3668b4df73bd..ff166e14ed2e 100644 --- a/formula/source/core/api/token.cxx +++ b/formula/source/core/api/token.cxx @@ -1467,7 +1467,7 @@ FormulaTokenArray * FormulaTokenArray::RewriteMissing( const MissingConvention & { if (pCtx[ pOcas[ i ] ].mnCurArg == nOmitAddressArg) { - // Omit erverything except a trailing separator, the leading + // Omit everything except a trailing separator, the leading // separator is omitted below. The other way around would leave // an extraneous separator if no parameter followed. if (!(pOcas[ i ] == nFn && pCur->GetOpCode() == ocSep)) diff --git a/fpicker/source/office/OfficeControlAccess.cxx b/fpicker/source/office/OfficeControlAccess.cxx index a42dc2659030..f570c63114bb 100644 --- a/fpicker/source/office/OfficeControlAccess.cxx +++ b/fpicker/source/office/OfficeControlAccess.cxx @@ -428,7 +428,7 @@ namespace svt case LISTBOX_FILTER: if ( ControlActions::GET_SELECTED_ITEM == _nControlAction ) { - aRet <<= OUString( m_pFilePickerController->getCurFilter() );; + aRet <<= OUString( m_pFilePickerController->getCurFilter() ); } else { diff --git a/fpicker/source/office/fpinteraction.hxx b/fpicker/source/office/fpinteraction.hxx index 28192e0bed9d..5002c532aef0 100644 --- a/fpicker/source/office/fpinteraction.hxx +++ b/fpicker/source/office/fpinteraction.hxx @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ namespace svt { public: /** flags, which indicates special handled interactions - These values will be used combained as flags - so they must + These values will be used combined as flags - so they must in range [2^n]! */ enum EInterceptedInteractions diff --git a/fpicker/source/win32/filepicker/FilePicker.cxx b/fpicker/source/win32/filepicker/FilePicker.cxx index 837277f760df..729142919e27 100644 --- a/fpicker/source/win32/filepicker/FilePicker.cxx +++ b/fpicker/source/win32/filepicker/FilePicker.cxx @@ -193,7 +193,7 @@ OUString SAL_CALL CFilePicker::helpRequested(FilePickerEvent aEvent) const /* if there are multiple listeners responding to this notification the next response - overwrittes the one before if it is not empty + overwrites the one before if it is not empty */ OUString temp; diff --git a/fpicker/source/win32/filepicker/PreviewCtrl.cxx b/fpicker/source/win32/filepicker/PreviewCtrl.cxx index e761e7714139..c3a30520b56d 100644 --- a/fpicker/source/win32/filepicker/PreviewCtrl.cxx +++ b/fpicker/source/win32/filepicker/PreviewCtrl.cxx @@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ namespace // private } - // calc the dimemsions so that a given picture fits into a + // calc the dimensions so that a given picture fits into a // given window, if the picture fits into the given window // the original CDimension will be returned diff --git a/fpicker/source/win32/filepicker/PreviewCtrl.hxx b/fpicker/source/win32/filepicker/PreviewCtrl.hxx index ad63f7c6c69c..3ae39f6d8570 100644 --- a/fpicker/source/win32/filepicker/PreviewCtrl.hxx +++ b/fpicker/source/win32/filepicker/PreviewCtrl.hxx @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ class CAutoOleInit public: // used to communicate ole - // initialzation failures + // initialization failures class COleInitException { }; CAutoOleInit( ) diff --git a/fpicker/source/win32/filepicker/VistaFilePickerImpl.hxx b/fpicker/source/win32/filepicker/VistaFilePickerImpl.hxx index 64fbd5b2d027..5a7e7f44d97e 100644 --- a/fpicker/source/win32/filepicker/VistaFilePickerImpl.hxx +++ b/fpicker/source/win32/filepicker/VistaFilePickerImpl.hxx @@ -247,7 +247,7 @@ class VistaFilePickerImpl : private ::cppu::BaseMutex * to address it. * * Internal new controls will be added to the dialog. Every control can be accessed - * by it's own control id. Those control ID must be one of the const set + * by its own control id. Those control ID must be one of the const set * css::ui::dialogs::ExtendedFilePickerElementIds. * * @see setControlValue() @@ -266,7 +266,7 @@ class VistaFilePickerImpl : private ::cppu::BaseMutex * COM dialog. * * Because we use two member (open/save dialog) internally, this method - * ask the current active one for it's customization interface. + * ask the current active one for its customization interface. * * @return the customization interface for the current used dialog. * Must not be null. diff --git a/framework/inc/classes/checkediterator.hxx b/framework/inc/classes/checkediterator.hxx index ab3879ea302b..2f9834e80409 100644 --- a/framework/inc/classes/checkediterator.hxx +++ b/framework/inc/classes/checkediterator.hxx @@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ class CheckedIterator inline CheckedIterator& operator++() { - // Warn programmer if he forget to initailize object! + // Warn programmer if he forget to initialize object! SAL_WARN_IF( m_pContainer==nullptr, "fwk", "CheckedIterator::operator++(): Object not initialized!" ); // Step to next element if any exist or set our end states. switch( m_eEndState ) diff --git a/framework/inc/classes/framecontainer.hxx b/framework/inc/classes/framecontainer.hxx index fb7cf04e3b89..24017576f80d 100644 --- a/framework/inc/classes/framecontainer.hxx +++ b/framework/inc/classes/framecontainer.hxx @@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ class FrameContainer sal_uInt32 getCount ( ) const; css::uno::Reference< css::frame::XFrame > operator[]( sal_uInt32 nIndex ) const; - /// replacement for deprectaed index access + /// replacement for deprecated index access css::uno::Sequence< css::uno::Reference< css::frame::XFrame > > getAllElements() const; /// special helper for Frame::findFrame() diff --git a/framework/inc/helper/statusindicatorfactory.hxx b/framework/inc/helper/statusindicatorfactory.hxx index f22e0e0c8fd1..1a0ada7c6d1b 100644 --- a/framework/inc/helper/statusindicatorfactory.hxx +++ b/framework/inc/helper/statusindicatorfactory.hxx @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ namespace framework{ /** - @descr This struct hold some information about all currently running progress proccesses. + @descr This struct hold some information about all currently running progress processes. Because the can be used on a stack, we must cache her states but must paint only the top most one. */ @@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ struct IndicatorInfo /** @short initialize new instance of this class @param xIndicator - the new child indiactor of our factory. + the new child indicator of our factory. @param sText its initial text. diff --git a/framework/inc/jobs/jobconst.hxx b/framework/inc/jobs/jobconst.hxx index 7356ebb40fb1..1b80c416426d 100644 --- a/framework/inc/jobs/jobconst.hxx +++ b/framework/inc/jobs/jobconst.hxx @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ namespace framework{ @descr The protocol between job executor/dispatch and jobs is fix and well defined. But why every implemented job should write such constant values directly into it's code. Typos can occur or code will be changed by new developers ... - Shared set of constant values can help to improve the mentainance of this code. + Shared set of constant values can help to improve the maintenance of this code. */ class FWI_DLLPUBLIC JobConst { diff --git a/framework/inc/macros/xserviceinfo.hxx b/framework/inc/macros/xserviceinfo.hxx index e8fb47dfc8b4..2e905beffdeb 100644 --- a/framework/inc/macros/xserviceinfo.hxx +++ b/framework/inc/macros/xserviceinfo.hxx @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ namespace framework{ 1) DECLARE_XSERVICEINFO => use it to declare XServiceInfo in your header 2) DEFINE_XSERVICEINFO_MULTISERVICE( CLASS, XINTERFACECAST, SERVICENAME, IMPLEMENTATIONNAME ) => use it to define XServiceInfo for multi service mode 3) DEFINE_XSERVICEINFO_ONEINSTANCESERVICE( CLASS, XINTERFACECAST, SERVICENAME, IMPLEMENTATIONNAME ) => use it to define XServiceInfo for one instance service mode - 4) DEFINE_INIT_SERVICE( CLASS ) => use it to implement your own impl_initService() method, which is necessary for initializeing object by using his own reference! + 4) DEFINE_INIT_SERVICE( CLASS ) => use it to implement your own impl_initService() method, which is necessary for initializing object by using his own reference! */ #define PRIVATE_DEFINE_XSERVICEINFO_BASE( CLASS, XINTERFACECAST, SERVICENAME, IMPLEMENTATIONNAME ) \ diff --git a/framework/inc/services/desktop.hxx b/framework/inc/services/desktop.hxx index 1731dd846782..1212397d0a8d 100644 --- a/framework/inc/services/desktop.hxx +++ b/framework/inc/services/desktop.hxx @@ -150,7 +150,7 @@ class Desktop : private cppu::BaseMutex, different to all other listener. Btw: Desktop.terminate() was designed in the past to be used - within an UI based envrionment. So it's allowed e.g. to + within an UI based environment. So it's allowed e.g. to call XController.suspend() here. If UI isn't an option ... please use XCloseable.close() at these desktop implementation. ... if it will be supported in the future .-)) @@ -331,7 +331,7 @@ class Desktop : private cppu::BaseMutex, * * @param [out] lCalledListener * every called listener will be returned here. - * Those list will be used to informa all called listener + * Those list will be used to inform all called listener * about cancel this termination request. * * @param [out] bVeto diff --git a/framework/inc/services/dispatchhelper.hxx b/framework/inc/services/dispatchhelper.hxx index ae290c32ef4a..de8e9721889f 100644 --- a/framework/inc/services/dispatchhelper.hxx +++ b/framework/inc/services/dispatchhelper.hxx @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ namespace framework{ @short implements an easy way for dispatches @descr Dispatches are splitted into different parts: - parsing of the URL - - searching for a dispatcgh object + - searching for a dispatch object - dispatching of the URL All these steps are done inside one method call here. */ diff --git a/framework/qa/complex/XUserInputInterception/EventTest.java b/framework/qa/complex/XUserInputInterception/EventTest.java index b2a6f06b425a..c8e9d5d1e67f 100644 --- a/framework/qa/complex/XUserInputInterception/EventTest.java +++ b/framework/qa/complex/XUserInputInterception/EventTest.java @@ -318,7 +318,7 @@ public class EventTest { XUserInputInterception xUII = UnoRuntime.queryInterface(XUserInputInterception.class, xController); if (xUII == null) { - fail("could not get XUserInputInterception from XContoller"); + fail("could not get XUserInputInterception from XController"); } return xUII; } diff --git a/framework/qa/complex/api_internal/CheckAPI.java b/framework/qa/complex/api_internal/CheckAPI.java index 7fd434e4c9d8..bdeb2173dc10 100644 --- a/framework/qa/complex/api_internal/CheckAPI.java +++ b/framework/qa/complex/api_internal/CheckAPI.java @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ import com.sun.star.task.XJob; import com.sun.star.uno.UnoRuntime; /** - * This test executes the API tests internally in LibreOffice. Prerequiste is + * This test executes the API tests internally in LibreOffice. Prerequisite is * that a OOoRunner.jar is registered inside of LibreOffice. Adjust the joblist * inside of the CheckAPI.props to determine which tests will be executed. */ diff --git a/framework/qa/complex/broken_document/LoadDocument.java b/framework/qa/complex/broken_document/LoadDocument.java index f4cdf767de30..c8c8da3b003b 100644 --- a/framework/qa/complex/broken_document/LoadDocument.java +++ b/framework/qa/complex/broken_document/LoadDocument.java @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ public class LoadDocument { } XComponentLoader xDesktopLoader = UnoRuntime.queryInterface(XComponentLoader.class, xDesktop); - System.out.println("xDektopLoader is null: " + (xDesktopLoader == null)); + System.out.println("xDesktopLoader is null: " + (xDesktopLoader == null)); PropertyValue[] val = new PropertyValue[0]; String fileUrl = complex.broken_document.TestDocument.getUrl("dbf.dbf.emf"); diff --git a/framework/qa/complex/framework/autosave/Protocol.java b/framework/qa/complex/framework/autosave/Protocol.java index 2c90a30688af..0a85bf0063e7 100644 --- a/framework/qa/complex/framework/autosave/Protocol.java +++ b/framework/qa/complex/framework/autosave/Protocol.java @@ -452,7 +452,7 @@ public class Protocol extends JComponent * specify how the log should be generated. * * @param nFilter - * can be used to filter log messages by it's type. + * can be used to filter log messages by its type. * * @param sFileName * the name of the log file (if nMode requires a log file) diff --git a/framework/source/dispatch/interceptionhelper.cxx b/framework/source/dispatch/interceptionhelper.cxx index ad707f3a6aaf..bfb7b578478c 100644 --- a/framework/source/dispatch/interceptionhelper.cxx +++ b/framework/source/dispatch/interceptionhelper.cxx @@ -120,8 +120,8 @@ void SAL_CALL InterceptionHelper::registerDispatchProviderInterceptor(const css: SolarMutexClearableGuard aWriteLock; // a) no interceptor at all - set this instance as master for given interceptor - // and set our slave as it's slave - and put this interceptor to the list. - // It's place there doesn matter. Because this list is currently empty. + // and set our slave as its slave - and put this interceptor to the list. + // Its place there doesn't matter. Because this list is currently empty. if (m_lInterceptionRegs.empty()) { xInterceptor->setMasterDispatchProvider(xThis ); @@ -186,7 +186,7 @@ void SAL_CALL InterceptionHelper::releaseDispatchProviderInterceptor(const css:: // search this interceptor ... // If it could be located inside cache - - // use it's slave/master relations to update the interception list; + // use its slave/master relations to update the interception list; // set empty references for it as new master and slave; // and relase it from out cache. InterceptorList::iterator pIt = m_lInterceptionRegs.findByReference(xInterceptor); diff --git a/framework/source/fwe/classes/addonsoptions.cxx b/framework/source/fwe/classes/addonsoptions.cxx index f905bc4af287..aa39896eedf8 100644 --- a/framework/source/fwe/classes/addonsoptions.cxx +++ b/framework/source/fwe/classes/addonsoptions.cxx @@ -1056,7 +1056,7 @@ bool AddonsOptions_Impl::ReadStatusBarItem( aStatusbarItem[ OFFSET_STATUSBARITEM_TITLE ].Value <<= aStatusbarItemNodePropValues[ OFFSET_STATUSBARITEM_TITLE ]; aStatusbarItem[ OFFSET_STATUSBARITEM_CONTEXT ].Value <<= aStatusbarItemNodePropValues[ OFFSET_STATUSBARITEM_CONTEXT ]; aStatusbarItem[ OFFSET_STATUSBARITEM_ALIGN ].Value <<= aStatusbarItemNodePropValues[ OFFSET_STATUSBARITEM_ALIGN ]; - aStatusbarItem[ OFFSET_STATUSBARITEM_AUTOSIZE ].Value <<= aStatusbarItemNodePropValues[ OFFSET_STATUSBARITEM_AUTOSIZE ];; + aStatusbarItem[ OFFSET_STATUSBARITEM_AUTOSIZE ].Value <<= aStatusbarItemNodePropValues[ OFFSET_STATUSBARITEM_AUTOSIZE ]; aStatusbarItem[ OFFSET_STATUSBARITEM_OWNERDRAW ].Value <<= aStatusbarItemNodePropValues[ OFFSET_STATUSBARITEM_OWNERDRAW ]; // Configuration uses hyper for long. Therefore transform into sal_Int32 diff --git a/framework/source/fwe/classes/framelistanalyzer.cxx b/framework/source/fwe/classes/framelistanalyzer.cxx index e7c88e926a88..0feddc396127 100644 --- a/framework/source/fwe/classes/framelistanalyzer.cxx +++ b/framework/source/fwe/classes/framelistanalyzer.cxx @@ -223,7 +223,7 @@ void FrameListAnalyzer::impl_analyze() } // d) Or is it the a task, which use another or no model at all? - // Add it to the list of "other frames". But look for it's + // Add it to the list of "other frames". But look for its // visible state ... if it's allowed to do so. bool bHidden = false; diff --git a/framework/source/fwe/dispatch/interaction.cxx b/framework/source/fwe/dispatch/interaction.cxx index f97b18bc3e3b..6fc5c69086f2 100644 --- a/framework/source/fwe/dispatch/interaction.cxx +++ b/framework/source/fwe/dispatch/interaction.cxx @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ namespace framework{ to ask user for his decision. These continuation transport selected filter by user to code user of interaction. - @attention This implementation could be used one times only. We don't support a resetable continuation yet! + @attention This implementation could be used one times only. We don't support a resettable continuation yet! Why? Normally interaction should show a filter selection dialog and ask user for his decision. He can select any filter - then instances of these class will be called by handler... or user close dialog without any selection. Then another continuation should be selected by handler to diff --git a/framework/source/fwe/helper/undomanagerhelper.cxx b/framework/source/fwe/helper/undomanagerhelper.cxx index 952b17f21563..5f71ed13a89a 100644 --- a/framework/source/fwe/helper/undomanagerhelper.cxx +++ b/framework/source/fwe/helper/undomanagerhelper.cxx @@ -583,7 +583,7 @@ namespace framework size_t nContextElements = 0; - const bool isHiddenContext = m_aContextVisibilities.top();; + const bool isHiddenContext = m_aContextVisibilities.top(); m_aContextVisibilities.pop(); const bool bHadRedoActions = ( rUndoManager.GetRedoActionCount( IUndoManager::TopLevel ) > 0 ); diff --git a/framework/source/inc/dispatch/loaddispatcher.hxx b/framework/source/inc/dispatch/loaddispatcher.hxx index 9ef121591c58..8321bec19053 100644 --- a/framework/source/inc/dispatch/loaddispatcher.hxx +++ b/framework/source/inc/dispatch/loaddispatcher.hxx @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ class LoadDispatcher : public ::cppu::WeakImplHelper< css::frame::XNotifyingDis will be used to create own needed services on demand. @param xOwnerFrame - used as startpoit to locate the right target frame. + used as startpoint to locate the right target frame. @param sTargetName the name or the target frame for loading or a special qualifier diff --git a/framework/source/inc/loadenv/loadenv.hxx b/framework/source/inc/loadenv/loadenv.hxx index 7e1bff77403d..d754e1ae85bd 100644 --- a/framework/source/inc/loadenv/loadenv.hxx +++ b/framework/source/inc/loadenv/loadenv.hxx @@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ public: @descr The load environment must know, if a content is related to a target frame or not. Only "visible" - components, which fullfil the requirements of the + components, which fullfill the requirements of the model-controller-view paradigm can be loaded into a frame. Such contents are classified as E_CAN_BE_LOADED. diff --git a/framework/source/inc/loadenv/loadenvexception.hxx b/framework/source/inc/loadenv/loadenvexception.hxx index c5e6d31c6e26..ed7dda9d70ae 100644 --- a/framework/source/inc/loadenv/loadenvexception.hxx +++ b/framework/source/inc/loadenv/loadenvexception.hxx @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ class LoadEnvException */ ID_STILL_RUNNING, - /** @short sometiems we can't specify the reason for an error, because we + /** @short sometimes we can't specify the reason for an error, because we was interrupted by an called code in an unexpected way ... */ ID_GENERAL_ERROR diff --git a/framework/source/jobs/job.cxx b/framework/source/jobs/job.cxx index 9c4a094d8f1e..8980495651b2 100644 --- a/framework/source/jobs/job.cxx +++ b/framework/source/jobs/job.cxx @@ -471,7 +471,7 @@ void Job::impl_reactForJobResult( /*IN*/ const css::uno::Any& aResult ) /** @short starts listening for office shutdown and closing of our given target frame (if it's a valid reference) - @descr We will reghister ourself as terminate listener + @descr We will register ourself as terminate listener at the global desktop instance. That will hold us alive and additional we get the information, if the office wish to shutdown. If then an internal job diff --git a/framework/source/jobs/jobdata.cxx b/framework/source/jobs/jobdata.cxx index d5b120b2581a..907681f8f47e 100644 --- a/framework/source/jobs/jobdata.cxx +++ b/framework/source/jobs/jobdata.cxx @@ -533,7 +533,7 @@ css::uno::Sequence< OUString > JobData::getEnabledJobsForEvent( const css::uno:: return css::uno::Sequence< OUString >(); // get all alias names of jobs, which are part of this job list - // But Some of them can be disabled by it's time stamp values. + // But Some of them can be disabled by its time stamp values. // We create an additional job name list with the same size, then the original list ... // step over all job entries ... check her time stamps ... and put only job names to the // destination list, which represent an enabled job. diff --git a/framework/source/jobs/jobdispatch.cxx b/framework/source/jobs/jobdispatch.cxx index 022b2040ff2f..e855de85d053 100644 --- a/framework/source/jobs/jobdispatch.cxx +++ b/framework/source/jobs/jobdispatch.cxx @@ -157,7 +157,7 @@ JobDispatch::~JobDispatch() } /** - @short implementation of XInitalization + @short implementation of XInitialization @descr A protocol handler can provide this functionality, if it wish to get additional information about the context it runs. In this case the frame reference would be given by the outside code. @@ -247,7 +247,7 @@ css::uno::Sequence< css::uno::Reference< css::frame::XDispatch > > SAL_CALL JobD @short implementation of XNotifyingDispatch::dispatchWithNotification() @descr It creates the job service implementation and call execute on it. Further it starts the life time control of it. (important for async job) - For synchonrous job we react for the returned result directly ... for asynchronous + For synchronous job we react for the returned result directly ... for asynchronous ones we do it later inside our callback method. But we use the same impl method doing that to share the code. (see impl_finishJob()) diff --git a/framework/source/jobs/joburl.cxx b/framework/source/jobs/joburl.cxx index e8a0b87d86ef..59afdfaf988b 100644 --- a/framework/source/jobs/joburl.cxx +++ b/framework/source/jobs/joburl.cxx @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ namespace framework{ /** @short special ctor - @descr It initialize this new instance with a (hopyfully) valid job URL. + @descr It initialize this new instance with a (hopefully) valid job URL. This URL will be parsed. After that we set our members right, so other interface methods of this class can be used to get all items of this URL. Of course it will be possible to know, @@ -308,7 +308,7 @@ void JobURL::impldbg_checkIt() /** @short helper debug method @descr It uses the given parameter to create a new instance of a JobURL. - They results will be compared with the exepected ones. + They results will be compared with the expected ones. The a log will be written, which contains some detailed information for this sub test. diff --git a/framework/source/layoutmanager/layoutmanager.cxx b/framework/source/layoutmanager/layoutmanager.cxx index 9ed838224db1..163bbbfc69cc 100644 --- a/framework/source/layoutmanager/layoutmanager.cxx +++ b/framework/source/layoutmanager/layoutmanager.cxx @@ -2803,7 +2803,7 @@ throw( RuntimeException, std::exception ) setDockingAreaAcceptor( Reference< ui::XDockingAreaAcceptor >() ); - // destroy all elements, it's possible that dettaching is NOT called! + // destroy all elements, it's possible that detaching is NOT called! implts_destroyElements(); impl_clearUpMenuBar(); m_xMenuBar.clear(); diff --git a/framework/source/services/autorecovery.cxx b/framework/source/services/autorecovery.cxx index e45ebdcaae36..28885f6b9b78 100644 --- a/framework/source/services/autorecovery.cxx +++ b/framework/source/services/autorecovery.cxx @@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ namespace { @descr Because some operations are forced to be executed asynchronously (e.g. requested by our CreashSave/Recovery dialog) ... we must make sure - that these information wont be set as "normal" members of our AtoRecovery + that these information wont be set as "normal" members of our AutoRecovery instance. Otherwise they can disturb our normal AutoSave-timer handling. e.g. it can be unclear then, which progress has to be used for storing documents ... */ @@ -662,7 +662,7 @@ private: @param bStopListening sal_False: must be used in case this method is called within disposing() of the document, where it make no sense to deregister our listener. The container dies... - sal_True : must be used in case this method is used on "dergistration" of this document, where + sal_True : must be used in case this method is used on "deregistration" of this document, where we must deregister our listener .-) @threadsafe @@ -988,7 +988,7 @@ private: Every URL supported by our UCB component can be used here. Further it doesn't matter if the file really exists or not. - Because removing a non exsistent file will have the same + Because removing a non existent file will have the same result at the end... a non existing file .-) On the other side removing of files from disc is an optional @@ -3728,7 +3728,7 @@ void AutoRecovery::implts_doEmergencySave(const DispatchParams& aParams) // That is normally done by recalling it from a timer. // Here we must do it immediately! // Of course this method returns the right state - - // because it knows, that we are running in ERMERGENCY SAVE mode .-) + // because it knows, that we are running in EMERGENCY SAVE mode .-) bool bAllowUserIdleLoop = false; // not allowed to change that .-) AutoRecovery::ETimerType eSuggestedTimer = AutoRecovery::E_DONT_START_TIMER; @@ -4145,7 +4145,7 @@ void AutoRecovery::implts_verifyCacheAgainstDesktopDocumentList() // insert model into cache ... // If the model is already well known inside cache // it's information set will be updated by asking the - // model again for it's new states. + // model again for its new states. implts_registerDocument(xModel); } } diff --git a/framework/source/services/desktop.cxx b/framework/source/services/desktop.cxx index 8e92656d9d9e..939d3ba4ddee 100644 --- a/framework/source/services/desktop.cxx +++ b/framework/source/services/desktop.cxx @@ -679,7 +679,7 @@ css::uno::Sequence< css::uno::Reference< css::frame::XDispatch > > SAL_CALL Desk } /*-************************************************************************************************************ - @interface XDipsatchProviderInterception + @interface XDispatchProviderInterception @short supports registration/deregistration of interception objects, which are interested on special dispatches. @@ -1193,7 +1193,7 @@ void SAL_CALL Desktop::handle( const css::uno::Reference< css::task::XInteractio // get packed request and work on it first // Attention: Don't set it on internal member BEFORE interaction is finished - because // "loadComponentFromURL()" yield tills this member is changed. If we do it before - // interaction finish we can't guarantee right functionality. May be we cancel load process to earliear... + // interaction finish we can't guarantee right functionality. May be we cancel load process to earlier... css::uno::Any aRequest = xRequest->getRequest(); // extract continuations from request diff --git a/framework/source/services/frame.cxx b/framework/source/services/frame.cxx index 615bae9e5f2a..ca4518c7d135 100644 --- a/framework/source/services/frame.cxx +++ b/framework/source/services/frame.cxx @@ -3219,7 +3219,7 @@ void Frame::impl_checkMenuCloser() // debug methods -// Its allowed to reset the active frame membervariable with a NULL-css::uno::Reference but not with a NULL-pointer! +// Its allowed to reset the active frame member variable with a NULL-css::uno::Reference but not with a NULL-pointer! // And we accept frames only! No tasks and desktops! bool Frame::implcp_setActiveFrame( const css::uno::Reference< css::frame::XFrame >& xFrame ) { diff --git a/framework/source/services/substitutepathvars.cxx b/framework/source/services/substitutepathvars.cxx index 7d4dc86dbed8..daeeb3d1c320 100644 --- a/framework/source/services/substitutepathvars.cxx +++ b/framework/source/services/substitutepathvars.cxx @@ -732,7 +732,7 @@ SubstitutePathVariables::SubstitutePathVariables( const Reference< XComponentCon { if (( i != PREDEFVAR_WORKDIRURL ) && ( i != PREDEFVAR_PATH )) { - // Special path variables, don't include into automatic resubstituion search! + // Special path variables, don't include into automatic resubstitution search! // $(workdirurl) is not allowed to resubstitute! This variable is the value of path settings entry // and it could be possible that it will be resubstituted by itself!! // Example: WORK_PATH=c:\test, $(workdirurl)=WORK_PATH => WORK_PATH=$(workdirurl) and this cannot be substituted! @@ -800,7 +800,7 @@ OUString SubstitutePathVariables::GetWorkVariableValue() const if (!x) { // fallback to $HOME in case platform dependent config layer does not return - // an usuable work dir value. + // an usable work dir value. osl::Security aSecurity; aSecurity.getHomeDir( aWorkPath ); } @@ -917,7 +917,7 @@ throw ( NoSuchElementException, RuntimeException ) bWorkDirURLRetrieved = true; } - // Check preconditions to substitue path variables. + // Check preconditions to substitute path variables. // 1. A path variable can only be substituted if it follows a ';'! // 2. It's located exactly at the start of the string being substituted! if (( aFixedVarTable[ int( nIndex ) ].bAbsPath && (( nPosition == 0 ) || (( nPosition > 0 ) && ( aWorkText[nPosition-1] == ';')))) || @@ -1121,7 +1121,7 @@ throw ( RuntimeException ) } } - // This part can be iteratered more than one time as variables can contain variables again! + // This part can be iterated more than one time as variables can contain variables again! for (ReSubstUserVarOrderVector::const_iterator i( m_aReSubstUserVarOrder.begin()); i != m_aReSubstUserVarOrder.end(); ++i) diff --git a/framework/source/services/urltransformer.cxx b/framework/source/services/urltransformer.cxx index 21b43b4e5bd2..6ff1450e3d88 100644 --- a/framework/source/services/urltransformer.cxx +++ b/framework/source/services/urltransformer.cxx @@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ sal_Bool SAL_CALL URLTransformer::parseStrict( css::util::URL& aURL ) throw( css // in framework! aURL.Protocol = aProtocol; aURL.Main = aURL.Complete; - aURL.Path = aURL.Complete.copy( nURLIndex+1 );; + aURL.Path = aURL.Complete.copy( nURLIndex+1 ); // Return "URL is parsed". return sal_True; diff --git a/framework/source/tabwin/tabwindow.cxx b/framework/source/tabwin/tabwindow.cxx index 74172fe1d74b..1c055743a670 100644 --- a/framework/source/tabwin/tabwindow.cxx +++ b/framework/source/tabwin/tabwindow.cxx @@ -254,7 +254,7 @@ IMPL_LINK_TYPED( TabWindow, Deactivate, TabControl*, pTabControl, bool ) return true; } -// XInitilization +// XInitialization void SAL_CALL TabWindow::initialize( const css::uno::Sequence< css::uno::Any >& aArguments ) throw (css::uno::Exception, css::uno::RuntimeException, std::exception) diff --git a/framework/source/uielement/generictoolbarcontroller.cxx b/framework/source/uielement/generictoolbarcontroller.cxx index 90f95ab91bdb..620462b71fdc 100644 --- a/framework/source/uielement/generictoolbarcontroller.cxx +++ b/framework/source/uielement/generictoolbarcontroller.cxx @@ -320,7 +320,7 @@ class Toolbarmenu : public ::PopupMenu Toolbarmenu::Toolbarmenu() { - SAL_INFO("fwk.uielement", "contstructing Toolbarmenu " << this); + SAL_INFO("fwk.uielement", "constructing Toolbarmenu " << this); } Toolbarmenu::~Toolbarmenu() diff --git a/framework/source/uielement/statusbaritem.cxx b/framework/source/uielement/statusbaritem.cxx index 22c75144bd14..c33bd04b10bf 100644 --- a/framework/source/uielement/statusbaritem.cxx +++ b/framework/source/uielement/statusbaritem.cxx @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ throw (RuntimeException, std::exception) { SolarMutexGuard aGuard; if ( m_pStatusBar ) - m_pStatusBar->SetItemText( m_nId, rText );; + m_pStatusBar->SetItemText( m_nId, rText ); } OUString SAL_CALL StatusbarItem::getHelpText() @@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ throw (RuntimeException, std::exception) { SolarMutexGuard aGuard; if ( m_pStatusBar ) - m_pStatusBar->SetHelpText( m_nId, rHelpText );; + m_pStatusBar->SetHelpText( m_nId, rHelpText ); } OUString SAL_CALL StatusbarItem::getQuickHelpText() diff --git a/framework/source/uielement/toolbarmanager.cxx b/framework/source/uielement/toolbarmanager.cxx index 061bf5c5eeb5..116a3ab93716 100644 --- a/framework/source/uielement/toolbarmanager.cxx +++ b/framework/source/uielement/toolbarmanager.cxx @@ -182,7 +182,7 @@ ToolBarManager::ToolBarManager( const Reference< XComponentContext >& rxContext, idx++; // will become 0 if '/' not found: use full string OString aHelpIdAsString( HELPID_PREFIX_TESTTOOL ); OUString aToolbarName = rResourceName.copy( idx ); - aHelpIdAsString += OUStringToOString( aToolbarName, RTL_TEXTENCODING_UTF8 );; + aHelpIdAsString += OUStringToOString( aToolbarName, RTL_TEXTENCODING_UTF8 ); m_pToolBar->SetHelpId( aHelpIdAsString ); m_aAsyncUpdateControllersTimer.SetTimeout( 50 ); diff --git a/framework/source/uifactory/windowcontentfactorymanager.cxx b/framework/source/uifactory/windowcontentfactorymanager.cxx index de66679c854a..1e93334efbec 100644 --- a/framework/source/uifactory/windowcontentfactorymanager.cxx +++ b/framework/source/uifactory/windowcontentfactorymanager.cxx @@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ throw (uno::Exception, uno::RuntimeException, std::exception) OUString aImplementationName; uno::Reference< uno::XInterface > xHolder( static_cast<cppu::OWeakObject*>(this), uno::UNO_QUERY ); - // Detetmine the implementation name of the window content factory dependent on the + // Determine the implementation name of the window content factory dependent on the // module identifier, user interface element type and name { // SAFE osl::MutexGuard g(rBHelper.rMutex); diff --git a/helpcompiler/source/HelpLinker.cxx b/helpcompiler/source/HelpLinker.cxx index 73ba6a3a2919..626357dc5e70 100644 --- a/helpcompiler/source/HelpLinker.cxx +++ b/helpcompiler/source/HelpLinker.cxx @@ -986,7 +986,7 @@ bool compileExtensionHelp { XML_Error nError = XML_GetErrorCode( parser ); o_rHelpProcessingErrorInfo.m_eErrorClass = HELPPROCESSING_XMLPARSING_ERROR; - o_rHelpProcessingErrorInfo.m_aErrorMsg = OUString::createFromAscii( XML_ErrorString( nError ) );; + o_rHelpProcessingErrorInfo.m_aErrorMsg = OUString::createFromAscii( XML_ErrorString( nError ) ); o_rHelpProcessingErrorInfo.m_aXMLParsingFile = aTreeFileURL; // CRASHES!!! o_rHelpProcessingErrorInfo.m_nXMLParsingLine = XML_GetCurrentLineNumber( parser ); bSuccess = false; diff --git a/hwpfilter/source/grammar.cxx b/hwpfilter/source/grammar.cxx index 282145890e16..6a6713612aff 100644 --- a/hwpfilter/source/grammar.cxx +++ b/hwpfilter/source/grammar.cxx @@ -936,40 +936,40 @@ case 60: { yyval.ptr = new Node(ID_EXPRLIST); yyval.ptr->child = yyvsp[-1].ptr; yyvsp[-1].ptr->next = yyvsp[0].ptr; debug("ExprList : ExprList Expr\n"); nodelist.push_back(yyval.ptr); ; break;} case 61: -{ yyval.ptr = new Node(ID_EXPR); yyval.ptr->child = yyvsp[0].ptr; debug("Expr : Block\n"); nodelist.push_back(yyval.ptr);; +{ yyval.ptr = new Node(ID_EXPR); yyval.ptr->child = yyvsp[0].ptr; debug("Expr : Block\n"); nodelist.push_back(yyval.ptr); break;} case 62: -{ yyval.ptr = new Node(ID_EXPR); yyval.ptr->child = yyvsp[0].ptr; debug("Expr : Parenth\n"); nodelist.push_back(yyval.ptr);; +{ yyval.ptr = new Node(ID_EXPR); yyval.ptr->child = yyvsp[0].ptr; debug("Expr : Parenth\n"); nodelist.push_back(yyval.ptr); break;} case 63: -{ yyval.ptr = new Node(ID_EXPR); yyval.ptr->child = yyvsp[0].ptr; debug("Expr : Fence\n"); nodelist.push_back(yyval.ptr);; +{ yyval.ptr = new Node(ID_EXPR); yyval.ptr->child = yyvsp[0].ptr; debug("Expr : Fence\n"); nodelist.push_back(yyval.ptr); break;} case 64: -{ yyval.ptr = new Node(ID_EXPR); yyval.ptr->child = yyvsp[0].ptr; debug("Expr : SubSupExpr\n"); nodelist.push_back(yyval.ptr);; +{ yyval.ptr = new Node(ID_EXPR); yyval.ptr->child = yyvsp[0].ptr; debug("Expr : SubSupExpr\n"); nodelist.push_back(yyval.ptr); break;} case 65: -{ yyval.ptr = new Node(ID_EXPR); yyval.ptr->child = yyvsp[0].ptr; debug("Expr : FractionExpr\n"); nodelist.push_back(yyval.ptr);; +{ yyval.ptr = new Node(ID_EXPR); yyval.ptr->child = yyvsp[0].ptr; debug("Expr : FractionExpr\n"); nodelist.push_back(yyval.ptr); break;} case 66: -{ yyval.ptr = new Node(ID_EXPR); yyval.ptr->child = yyvsp[0].ptr; debug("Expr : OverExpr\n"); nodelist.push_back(yyval.ptr);; +{ yyval.ptr = new Node(ID_EXPR); yyval.ptr->child = yyvsp[0].ptr; debug("Expr : OverExpr\n"); nodelist.push_back(yyval.ptr); break;} case 67: -{ yyval.ptr = new Node(ID_EXPR); yyval.ptr->child = yyvsp[0].ptr; debug("Expr : DecorationExpr\n"); nodelist.push_back(yyval.ptr);; +{ yyval.ptr = new Node(ID_EXPR); yyval.ptr->child = yyvsp[0].ptr; debug("Expr : DecorationExpr\n"); nodelist.push_back(yyval.ptr); break;} case 68: -{ yyval.ptr = new Node(ID_EXPR); yyval.ptr->child = yyvsp[0].ptr; debug("Expr : RootExpr\n"); nodelist.push_back(yyval.ptr);; +{ yyval.ptr = new Node(ID_EXPR); yyval.ptr->child = yyvsp[0].ptr; debug("Expr : RootExpr\n"); nodelist.push_back(yyval.ptr); break;} case 69: -{ yyval.ptr = new Node(ID_EXPR); yyval.ptr->child = yyvsp[0].ptr; debug("Expr : AccentExpr\n"); nodelist.push_back(yyval.ptr);; +{ yyval.ptr = new Node(ID_EXPR); yyval.ptr->child = yyvsp[0].ptr; debug("Expr : AccentExpr\n"); nodelist.push_back(yyval.ptr); break;} case 70: -{ yyval.ptr = new Node(ID_EXPR); yyval.ptr->child = yyvsp[0].ptr; debug("Expr : PrimaryExpr\n"); nodelist.push_back(yyval.ptr);; +{ yyval.ptr = new Node(ID_EXPR); yyval.ptr->child = yyvsp[0].ptr; debug("Expr : PrimaryExpr\n"); nodelist.push_back(yyval.ptr); break;} case 71: -{ yyval.ptr = new Node(ID_EXPR); yyval.ptr->child = yyvsp[0].ptr; debug("Expr : BeginExpr\n"); nodelist.push_back(yyval.ptr);; +{ yyval.ptr = new Node(ID_EXPR); yyval.ptr->child = yyvsp[0].ptr; debug("Expr : BeginExpr\n"); nodelist.push_back(yyval.ptr); break;} case 72: -{ yyval.ptr = new Node(ID_EXPR); yyval.ptr->child = yyvsp[0].ptr; debug("Expr : EndExpr\n"); nodelist.push_back(yyval.ptr);; +{ yyval.ptr = new Node(ID_EXPR); yyval.ptr->child = yyvsp[0].ptr; debug("Expr : EndExpr\n"); nodelist.push_back(yyval.ptr); break;} } /* the action file gets copied in place of this dollarsign */ diff --git a/i18npool/source/breakiterator/breakiterator_unicode.cxx b/i18npool/source/breakiterator/breakiterator_unicode.cxx index 3a0f542dc8b7..f061d11001e5 100644 --- a/i18npool/source/breakiterator/breakiterator_unicode.cxx +++ b/i18npool/source/breakiterator/breakiterator_unicode.cxx @@ -412,7 +412,7 @@ LineBreakResults SAL_CALL BreakIterator_Unicode::getLineBreak( } else { lbr.breakIndex = line.aBreakIterator->preceding(nStartPos); - lbr.breakType = BreakType::WORDBOUNDARY;; + lbr.breakType = BreakType::WORDBOUNDARY; } } else { //word boundary break lbr.breakIndex = line.aBreakIterator->preceding(nStartPos); diff --git a/i18npool/source/defaultnumberingprovider/defaultnumberingprovider.cxx b/i18npool/source/defaultnumberingprovider/defaultnumberingprovider.cxx index 04dee8eaa501..40fb536e848a 100644 --- a/i18npool/source/defaultnumberingprovider/defaultnumberingprovider.cxx +++ b/i18npool/source/defaultnumberingprovider/defaultnumberingprovider.cxx @@ -650,7 +650,7 @@ DefaultNumberingProvider::makeNumberingString( const Sequence<beans::PropertyVal translit->loadModuleByImplName(transliteration, aLocale); result += translit->transliterateString2String(tmp, 0, tmp.getLength()); } catch (Exception& ) { - // When translteration property is missing, return default number (bug #101141#) + // When transliteration property is missing, return default number (bug #101141#) result += OUString::number( number ); // OSL_ASSERT(0); // throw IllegalArgumentException(); diff --git a/i18npool/source/search/levdis.cxx b/i18npool/source/search/levdis.cxx index f15d6ca24894..eca7fbf4aeac 100644 --- a/i18npool/source/search/levdis.cxx +++ b/i18npool/source/search/levdis.cxx @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ including wildcards '*' for any number (0 or more) of arbitrary characters '?' for exactly one arbitrary character - escapeable with backslash, "\*" or "\?" + escapable with backslash, "\*" or "\?" Return: WLD if WLD <= nLimit, else nLimit+1 @@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ int WLevDistance::WLD( const sal_Unicode* cString, sal_Int32 nStringLen ) nP = nRepP0; if ( c == '*' && bpPatIsWild[j] ) { - nQ = 0; // instertion and deletion without penalty + nQ = 0; // insertion and deletion without penalty nR = 0; } else diff --git a/i18npool/source/search/textsearch.cxx b/i18npool/source/search/textsearch.cxx index 6e80233fa97c..b2f87d1af76c 100644 --- a/i18npool/source/search/textsearch.cxx +++ b/i18npool/source/search/textsearch.cxx @@ -799,7 +799,7 @@ void TextSearch::RESrchPrepare( const css::util::SearchOptions& rOptions) // assumption: transliteration didn't mangle regexp control chars IcuUniString aIcuSearchPatStr( reinterpret_cast<const UChar*>(rPatternStr.getStr()), rPatternStr.getLength()); #ifndef DISABLE_WORDBOUND_EMULATION - // for conveniance specific syntax elements of the old regex engine are emulated + // for convenience specific syntax elements of the old regex engine are emulated // - by replacing \< with "word-break followed by a look-ahead word-char" static const IcuUniString aChevronPatternB( "\\\\<", -1, IcuUniString::kInvariant); static const IcuUniString aChevronReplaceB( "\\\\b(?=\\\\w)", -1, IcuUniString::kInvariant); diff --git a/i18npool/source/textconversion/textconversion_ko.cxx b/i18npool/source/textconversion/textconversion_ko.cxx index 0cf0f25108dd..4276628a2331 100644 --- a/i18npool/source/textconversion/textconversion_ko.cxx +++ b/i18npool/source/textconversion/textconversion_ko.cxx @@ -295,7 +295,7 @@ TextConversion_ko::getConversions( const OUString& aText, sal_Int32 nStartPos, s } // found match if (result.Candidates.hasElements()) { - result.Boundary.startPos = start + nStartPos;; + result.Boundary.startPos = start + nStartPos; result.Boundary.endPos = start + len + nStartPos; return result; } diff --git a/i18npool/source/transliteration/transliterationImpl.cxx b/i18npool/source/transliteration/transliterationImpl.cxx index 40be08e8fede..399ff57918a6 100644 --- a/i18npool/source/transliteration/transliterationImpl.cxx +++ b/i18npool/source/transliteration/transliterationImpl.cxx @@ -628,7 +628,7 @@ TransliterationImpl::loadModuleByName( const OUString& implName, for (sal_Int16 i = 0; i < 3; i++) { if (implName.equalsAscii(TMlist[i].implName)) { if (i == 0) // current module is caseignore - body->loadModule(TMlist[0].tm, rLocale); // caseingore need to setup module name + body->loadModule(TMlist[0].tm, rLocale); // caseignore need to setup module name if (! caseignore.is()) { OUString bname = TRLT_IMPLNAME_PREFIX + OUString::createFromAscii(TMlist[0].implName); diff --git a/icon-themes/industrial/README b/icon-themes/industrial/README index b313ab2208b4..6b25f9a1c18c 100644 --- a/icon-themes/industrial/README +++ b/icon-themes/industrial/README @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ It was drawn by the heroic effort of: Update 2015-10-05: The industrial icon theme is now obsolete. There are still some icons remaining which are not yet in tango. During build these icons are integrated in the tango theme as a fallback. -TODO: Recreate the icons listed bewlow in tango, then this folder can be removed completely: +TODO: Recreate the icons listed below in tango, then this folder can be removed completely: cmd/lc_arrowstoolbox.png cmd/lc_autocontrolfocus.png diff --git a/include/basegfx/color/bcolormodifier.hxx b/include/basegfx/color/bcolormodifier.hxx index 899c1537f74a..f125d306b662 100644 --- a/include/basegfx/color/bcolormodifier.hxx +++ b/include/basegfx/color/bcolormodifier.hxx @@ -399,7 +399,7 @@ namespace basegfx return maBColorModifiers[nIndex]; } - // get the color in it's modified form by applying all existing BColorModifiers, + // get the color in its modified form by applying all existing BColorModifiers, // from back to front (the newest first) ::basegfx::BColor getModifiedColor(const ::basegfx::BColor& rSource) const; diff --git a/include/basegfx/polygon/b2dlinegeometry.hxx b/include/basegfx/polygon/b2dlinegeometry.hxx index a3de97c62968..8b942bb06570 100644 --- a/include/basegfx/polygon/b2dlinegeometry.hxx +++ b/include/basegfx/polygon/b2dlinegeometry.hxx @@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ namespace basegfx @param fMaxPartOfEdge Allows to influence from with relative length of a control vector - compared to it's edge a split is forced. The smaller, the more + compared to its edge a split is forced. The smaller, the more subdivisions will be needed to create the filled geometry. Allowed range is cropped to [1.0 .. 0.01] diff --git a/include/basegfx/polygon/b2dpolygontools.hxx b/include/basegfx/polygon/b2dpolygontools.hxx index 70853afa137e..fb51facad2c2 100644 --- a/include/basegfx/polygon/b2dpolygontools.hxx +++ b/include/basegfx/polygon/b2dpolygontools.hxx @@ -331,11 +331,11 @@ namespace basegfx BASEGFX_DLLPUBLIC bool setContinuityInPoint(B2DPolygon& rCandidate, sal_uInt32 nIndex, B2VectorContinuity eContinuity); // test if polygon contains neutral points. A neutral point is one whos orientation is neutral - // e.g. positioned on the edge of it's predecessor and successor + // e.g. positioned on the edge of its predecessor and successor BASEGFX_DLLPUBLIC bool hasNeutralPoints(const B2DPolygon& rCandidate); // remove neutral points. A neutral point is one whos orientation is neutral - // e.g. positioned on the edge of it's predecessor and successor + // e.g. positioned on the edge of its predecessor and successor BASEGFX_DLLPUBLIC B2DPolygon removeNeutralPoints(const B2DPolygon& rCandidate); // tests if polygon is convex diff --git a/include/basegfx/polygon/b2dpolypolygoncutter.hxx b/include/basegfx/polygon/b2dpolypolygoncutter.hxx index 37ce2ab9e3bd..6afe54693178 100644 --- a/include/basegfx/polygon/b2dpolypolygoncutter.hxx +++ b/include/basegfx/polygon/b2dpolypolygoncutter.hxx @@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ namespace basegfx hole. The result is a depth which e.g. is -1 for holes outside everything, 1 for a polygon covered by another polygon and zero for e.g. holes in a polygon or polygons - outside everythig else. In the 2nd step, all polygons + outside everything else. In the 2nd step, all polygons with depth other than zero are removed. If bKeepAboveZero is used, all polygons < 1 are removed. The bKeepAboveZero mode is useful for clipping, e.g. just append one polygon diff --git a/include/basegfx/polygon/b2dtrapezoid.hxx b/include/basegfx/polygon/b2dtrapezoid.hxx index d56c48fbc425..f1f14134c5f8 100644 --- a/include/basegfx/polygon/b2dtrapezoid.hxx +++ b/include/basegfx/polygon/b2dtrapezoid.hxx @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ namespace basegfx // convert SourcePolyPolygon to trapezoids. The trapezoids will be appended to // ro_Result. ro_Result will not be cleared. If SourcePolyPolygon contains curves, // it's default AdaptiveSubdivision will be used. - // CAUTION: Trapezoids are oreintation-dependent in the sense that the upper and lower + // CAUTION: Trapezoids are orientation-dependent in the sense that the upper and lower // lines have to be parallel to the X-Axis, thus this subdivision is NOT simply usable // for primitive decompositions. To use it, the shear and rotate parts of the // involved transformations HAVE to be taken into account. diff --git a/include/comphelper/accessibleeventnotifier.hxx b/include/comphelper/accessibleeventnotifier.hxx index 9ed47cf2dcad..cd47edc78989 100644 --- a/include/comphelper/accessibleeventnotifier.hxx +++ b/include/comphelper/accessibleeventnotifier.hxx @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ namespace comphelper const css::uno::Reference< css::accessibility::XAccessibleEventListener >& _rxListener ); - /** adds an event, which is to be braodcasted, to the queue + /** adds an event, which is to be broadcasted, to the queue @param _nClient the id of the client which needs to broadcast the event diff --git a/include/comphelper/accessiblewrapper.hxx b/include/comphelper/accessiblewrapper.hxx index f9b48e8c2e25..23be9129cd72 100644 --- a/include/comphelper/accessiblewrapper.hxx +++ b/include/comphelper/accessiblewrapper.hxx @@ -337,7 +337,7 @@ namespace comphelper const css::uno::Reference< css::uno::XComponentContext >& _rxContext ); - /** specifies if the children are to be consideren transient (i.e.: not cached) + /** specifies if the children are to be considered transient (i.e.: not cached) <p>to be called only once per lifetime</p> */ void setTransientChildren( bool _bSet = true ); diff --git a/include/comphelper/asyncnotification.hxx b/include/comphelper/asyncnotification.hxx index 648fc2834547..2f33c236283c 100644 --- a/include/comphelper/asyncnotification.hxx +++ b/include/comphelper/asyncnotification.hxx @@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ namespace comphelper /** terminates the thread - Note that this is a cooporative termination - if you call this from a thread different + Note that this is a cooperative termination - if you call this from a thread different from the notification thread itself, then it will block until the notification thread finished processing the current event. If you call it from the notification thread itself, it will return immediately, and the thread will be terminated as soon as diff --git a/include/comphelper/guarding.hxx b/include/comphelper/guarding.hxx index 64fca41f8044..6975880414ae 100644 --- a/include/comphelper/guarding.hxx +++ b/include/comphelper/guarding.hxx @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ namespace comphelper /** opposite of OGuard :) - (a mutex is released within the constructor and acquired within the desctructor) + (a mutex is released within the constructor and acquired within the destructor) use only when you're sure the mutex is acquired ! */ template <class MUTEX> diff --git a/include/comphelper/propertystatecontainer.hxx b/include/comphelper/propertystatecontainer.hxx index b10c61ba8d21..cc93292baa62 100644 --- a/include/comphelper/propertystatecontainer.hxx +++ b/include/comphelper/propertystatecontainer.hxx @@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ namespace comphelper */ css::beans::PropertyState getPropertyStateByHandle( sal_Int32 _nHandle ); - /** set the property denoted by the given handle to it's default value + /** set the property denoted by the given handle to its default value <p>Already implemented by this base class, no need to override</p> @precond <arg>_nHandle</arg> is a valid property handle diff --git a/include/comphelper/servicehelper.hxx b/include/comphelper/servicehelper.hxx index 622556616fd2..c488981e1ccf 100644 --- a/include/comphelper/servicehelper.hxx +++ b/include/comphelper/servicehelper.hxx @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ public: Usage: Put a UNO3_GETIMPLEMENTATION_DECL( classname ) inside your class - definitian and UNO3_GETIMPLEMENTATION_IMPL( classname ) inside + definition and UNO3_GETIMPLEMENTATION_IMPL( classname ) inside your cxx file. Your class must inherit css::lang::XUnoTunnel and export it with queryInterface. Implementation of XUnoTunnel is done by this macro. diff --git a/include/comphelper/types.hxx b/include/comphelper/types.hxx index e01e6f640f8f..c19d1bdb1671 100644 --- a/include/comphelper/types.hxx +++ b/include/comphelper/types.hxx @@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ namespace comphelper */ COMPHELPER_DLLPUBLIC css::awt::FontDescriptor getDefaultFont(); - /** examine a sequence for the com.sun.star.uno::Type of it's elements. + /** examine a sequence for the com.sun.star.uno::Type of its elements. */ COMPHELPER_DLLPUBLIC css::uno::Type getSequenceElementType(const css::uno::Type& _rSequenceType); diff --git a/include/connectivity/dbtools.hxx b/include/connectivity/dbtools.hxx index a9baa7faed04..ecdb26541d0a 100644 --- a/include/connectivity/dbtools.hxx +++ b/include/connectivity/dbtools.hxx @@ -376,7 +376,7 @@ namespace dbtools , const OUString& _rName ,EComposeRule _eComposeRule); - /** split a fully qualified table name (including catalog and schema, if appliable) into it's component parts. + /** split a fully qualified table name (including catalog and schema, if applicable) into its component parts. @param _rxConnMetaData meta data describing the connection where you got the table name from @param _rQualifiedName fully qualified table name @param _rCatalog (out parameter) upon return, contains the catalog name @@ -439,7 +439,7 @@ namespace dbtools OOO_DLLPUBLIC_DBTOOLS bool canDelete(const css::uno::Reference< css::beans::XPropertySet>& _rxCursorSet); - /** compose a complete table name from it's up to three parts, regarding to the database meta data composing rules + /** compose a complete table name from its up to three parts, regarding to the database meta data composing rules */ OOO_DLLPUBLIC_DBTOOLS OUString composeTableName( const css::uno::Reference< css::sdbc::XDatabaseMetaData >& _rxMetaData, const OUString& _rCatalog, @@ -720,7 +720,7 @@ namespace dbtools @param _rxContext Used to create the drivermanager. @return - The datadefintion object. + The datadefinition object. */ OOO_DLLPUBLIC_DBTOOLS css::uno::Reference< css::sdbcx::XTablesSupplier> getDataDefinitionByURLAndConnection( const OUString& _rsUrl, diff --git a/include/cppuhelper/interfacecontainer.h b/include/cppuhelper/interfacecontainer.h index 5aa75ddf3337..f3986bb5776c 100644 --- a/include/cppuhelper/interfacecontainer.h +++ b/include/cppuhelper/interfacecontainer.h @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ class CPPUHELPER_DLLPUBLIC OInterfaceIteratorHelper public: /** Create an iterator over the elements of the container. The iterator - copies the elements of the conatainer. A change to the container + copies the elements of the container. A change to the container during the lifetime of an iterator is allowed and does not affect the iterator-instance. The iterator and the container take cares themself for concurrent access, no additional guarding is necessary. @@ -253,7 +253,7 @@ friend class OInterfaceIteratorHelper; SAL_DELETED_FUNCTION; /* - Duplicate content of the conaitner and release the old one without destroying. + Duplicate content of the container and release the old one without destroying. The mutex must be locked and the memberbInUse must be true. */ void copyAndResetInUse(); diff --git a/include/cppuhelper/propshlp.hxx b/include/cppuhelper/propshlp.hxx index 792cbe29c9c5..d8ea54daf471 100644 --- a/include/cppuhelper/propshlp.hxx +++ b/include/cppuhelper/propshlp.hxx @@ -429,7 +429,7 @@ public: throw(css::uno::RuntimeException); /** - Send a disposing notification to the listeners in the conatiners aBoundLC + Send a disposing notification to the listeners in the containers aBoundLC and aVetoableLC. @see OComponentHelper diff --git a/include/drawinglayer/geometry/viewinformation2d.hxx b/include/drawinglayer/geometry/viewinformation2d.hxx index 79e3eb42e92c..72e857c407a3 100644 --- a/include/drawinglayer/geometry/viewinformation2d.hxx +++ b/include/drawinglayer/geometry/viewinformation2d.hxx @@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ namespace drawinglayer everything is visible. The data is in World coordinates. @param rxDrawPage - The currently displaqyed page. This information is needed e.g. due to existing PageNumber + The currently displayed page. This information is needed e.g. due to existing PageNumber fields which need to be interpreted. @param fViewTime diff --git a/include/drawinglayer/primitive2d/backgroundcolorprimitive2d.hxx b/include/drawinglayer/primitive2d/backgroundcolorprimitive2d.hxx index e712ffe18080..33cae391c045 100644 --- a/include/drawinglayer/primitive2d/backgroundcolorprimitive2d.hxx +++ b/include/drawinglayer/primitive2d/backgroundcolorprimitive2d.hxx @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ namespace drawinglayer This primitive is defined to fill the whole visible Viewport with the given color (and thus decomposes to a filled polygon). This - makes it a view-depnendent primitive by definition. It only has + makes it a view-dependent primitive by definition. It only has a valid decomposition if a valid Viewport is given in the ViewInformation2D at decomposition time. diff --git a/include/drawinglayer/primitive2d/baseprimitive2d.hxx b/include/drawinglayer/primitive2d/baseprimitive2d.hxx index f8f30b6cb6bf..836bda908e41 100644 --- a/include/drawinglayer/primitive2d/baseprimitive2d.hxx +++ b/include/drawinglayer/primitive2d/baseprimitive2d.hxx @@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ namespace drawinglayer default implementation returns an empty sequence. The idea is that processors using this primitive and do not know it, may get the decomposition and process these instead. An example is e.g. a fat line, who's decomposition may contain - the geometric representation of that line using filled polygon prmimitives. When + the geometric representation of that line using filled polygon primitives. When the renderer knows how to handle fat lines, he may process this primitive directly; if not he can use the decomposition. With this functionality, renderers may operate by knowing only a small set of primitives. diff --git a/include/drawinglayer/primitive2d/gridprimitive2d.hxx b/include/drawinglayer/primitive2d/gridprimitive2d.hxx index ad7cca17b90c..6f501bcb4c7a 100644 --- a/include/drawinglayer/primitive2d/gridprimitive2d.hxx +++ b/include/drawinglayer/primitive2d/gridprimitive2d.hxx @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ namespace drawinglayer This primitive is specialized to Grid visualisation. The graphic definition (Transform) contains the whole grid area, but will of course be combined - with the visible area (Viewport) when decomposed. Also a reolution-dependent + with the visible area (Viewport) when decomposed. Also a resolution-dependent point reduction is used to not create too much grid visualisation data. This makes this primitive highly view-dependent and it dynamically buffers the last decomposition dependent from the Viewport used. diff --git a/include/drawinglayer/primitive2d/groupprimitive2d.hxx b/include/drawinglayer/primitive2d/groupprimitive2d.hxx index 731d7af4c94e..af377cd3f479 100644 --- a/include/drawinglayer/primitive2d/groupprimitive2d.hxx +++ b/include/drawinglayer/primitive2d/groupprimitive2d.hxx @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ namespace drawinglayer Baseclass for all grouping 2D primitives - The grouping primitive in it's basic form is capable of holding + The grouping primitive in its basic form is capable of holding a child primitive content and returns it on decomposition on default. It is used for two main purposes, but more may apply: diff --git a/include/drawinglayer/primitive2d/markerarrayprimitive2d.hxx b/include/drawinglayer/primitive2d/markerarrayprimitive2d.hxx index b2c1afacd97d..15c33c97e001 100644 --- a/include/drawinglayer/primitive2d/markerarrayprimitive2d.hxx +++ b/include/drawinglayer/primitive2d/markerarrayprimitive2d.hxx @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ namespace drawinglayer /// the positions for the marker std::vector< basegfx::B2DPoint > maPositions; - /// the marker definintion to visualize + /// the marker definition to visualize BitmapEx maMarker; protected: diff --git a/include/drawinglayer/primitive2d/mediaprimitive2d.hxx b/include/drawinglayer/primitive2d/mediaprimitive2d.hxx index dfa984fb1868..da882fb5c663 100644 --- a/include/drawinglayer/primitive2d/mediaprimitive2d.hxx +++ b/include/drawinglayer/primitive2d/mediaprimitive2d.hxx @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ namespace drawinglayer /** MediaPrimitive2D class This is a unified primitive for Media visualisation, e.g. animations - or sounds. It's geometry is defined by Transform. For conveinience, + or sounds. It's geometry is defined by Transform. For convenience, it also contains a discrete border size (aka Pixels) which will be added if used. This makes it a view-dependent primitive. It also gets a filled background and the decomposition will try to create a graphic representation diff --git a/include/drawinglayer/primitive2d/texteffectprimitive2d.hxx b/include/drawinglayer/primitive2d/texteffectprimitive2d.hxx index 6baeffac8d0c..41247cd2e7a8 100644 --- a/include/drawinglayer/primitive2d/texteffectprimitive2d.hxx +++ b/include/drawinglayer/primitive2d/texteffectprimitive2d.hxx @@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ namespace drawinglayer virtual Primitive2DContainer create2DDecomposition(const geometry::ViewInformation2D& rViewInformation) const override; public: - /// construcor + /// constructor TextEffectPrimitive2D( const Primitive2DContainer& rTextContent, const basegfx::B2DPoint& rRotationCenter, diff --git a/include/drawinglayer/primitive3d/baseprimitive3d.hxx b/include/drawinglayer/primitive3d/baseprimitive3d.hxx index 79c7efe779e0..2911dece5487 100644 --- a/include/drawinglayer/primitive3d/baseprimitive3d.hxx +++ b/include/drawinglayer/primitive3d/baseprimitive3d.hxx @@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ namespace drawinglayer virtual ~BasePrimitive3D(); /** the ==operator is mainly needed to allow testing newly-created high level primitives against their last - incarnation which buffers/holds the decompositionsThe default implementation + incarnation which buffers/holds the decompositions. The default implementation uses getPrimitive3DID()-calls to test if it's the same ID at last. Overridden implementation are then based on this implementation. */ diff --git a/include/drawinglayer/processor2d/processorfromoutputdevice.hxx b/include/drawinglayer/processor2d/processorfromoutputdevice.hxx index 6f759faf4916..0d47032405cb 100644 --- a/include/drawinglayer/processor2d/processorfromoutputdevice.hxx +++ b/include/drawinglayer/processor2d/processorfromoutputdevice.hxx @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ namespace drawinglayer { namespace processor2d { - // create a mating VCL-Provessor for given OutputDevice. This includes + // create a mating VCL-Processor for given OutputDevice. This includes // looking for MetaFile-recording. The returned renderer changes owner, // deletion is duty of the caller DRAWINGLAYER_DLLPUBLIC drawinglayer::processor2d::BaseProcessor2D* createBaseProcessor2DFromOutputDevice( diff --git a/include/drawinglayer/processor3d/defaultprocessor3d.hxx b/include/drawinglayer/processor3d/defaultprocessor3d.hxx index a40e129d6bda..f8b80f5c8790 100644 --- a/include/drawinglayer/processor3d/defaultprocessor3d.hxx +++ b/include/drawinglayer/processor3d/defaultprocessor3d.hxx @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ namespace drawinglayer This processor renders all feeded primitives to a 2D raster where for all primitives the two basic methods rasterconvertB3DPolygon for hairlines and - rasterconvertB3DPolyPolygon for filled geometry is called. It is a beseclass to + rasterconvertB3DPolyPolygon for filled geometry is called. It is a baseclass to e.g. base a Z-Buffer supported renderer on the 3D primitive processing. */ class DefaultProcessor3D : public BaseProcessor3D diff --git a/include/jvmfwk/framework.h b/include/jvmfwk/framework.h index acd2cb1ab383..dea5ec0d3a7e 100644 --- a/include/jvmfwk/framework.h +++ b/include/jvmfwk/framework.h @@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ extern "C" { -env:"UNO_JAVA_JFW_CLASSPATH=d:\\solver\\bin\\classes.jar;d:\\solver\\bin\\jurt.jar" -register .... </p> - <p>Additionall parameters for the Java VM can be provided. For every parameter + <p>Additional parameters for the Java VM can be provided. For every parameter a separate bootstrap parameter must be specified. The names are <code>UNO_JAVA_JFW_PARAMETER_X</code>, where X is 1,2, .. n. For example:</p> <p> diff --git a/include/o3tl/enumarray.hxx b/include/o3tl/enumarray.hxx index d4a370548355..a6861c1b8202 100644 --- a/include/o3tl/enumarray.hxx +++ b/include/o3tl/enumarray.hxx @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ class enumarray_iterator; /// /// This assumes that the 'enum class' definition /// - starts at zero -/// - has no holes in it's sequence of values +/// - has no holes in its sequence of values /// - defines a value called LAST which refers to the greatest constant. /// /// \param E the 'enum class' type. diff --git a/include/o3tl/enumrange.hxx b/include/o3tl/enumrange.hxx index 395b870db21a..be0e223a1500 100644 --- a/include/o3tl/enumrange.hxx +++ b/include/o3tl/enumrange.hxx @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ namespace o3tl { /// /// This assumes that the 'enum class' definition /// - starts at zero -/// - has no holes in it's sequence of values +/// - has no holes in its sequence of values /// - defines a value called LAST which refers to the greatest constant. /// /// Use like this: diff --git a/include/o3tl/lru_map.hxx b/include/o3tl/lru_map.hxx index 2f24d5bb7acc..bc35ba77d588 100644 --- a/include/o3tl/lru_map.hxx +++ b/include/o3tl/lru_map.hxx @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ namespace o3tl /** LRU map * - * Similar to unordered_map (it actually uses it) with additionaly functionality + * Similar to unordered_map (it actually uses it) with additionally functionality * which removes the entries that have been "least recently used" when the size * hits the specified capacity. * diff --git a/include/oox/core/filterdetect.hxx b/include/oox/core/filterdetect.hxx index 9ac48df128c8..679a4eb73869 100644 --- a/include/oox/core/filterdetect.hxx +++ b/include/oox/core/filterdetect.hxx @@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ public: Third, this function checks if the input stream of the media descriptor contains an OLE package. If yes, it checks the existence of the streams - 'EncryptionInfo' and 'EncyptedPackage' and tries to decrypt the package + 'EncryptionInfo' and 'EncryptedPackage' and tries to decrypt the package into a temporary file. This may include requesting a password from the media descriptor property 'Password' or from the user, using the interaction handler provided by the descriptor. On success, and if the diff --git a/include/oox/mathml/importutils.hxx b/include/oox/mathml/importutils.hxx index d9f78284e09b..52f72797ee50 100644 --- a/include/oox/mathml/importutils.hxx +++ b/include/oox/mathml/importutils.hxx @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ const int TAG_CLOSING = 1 << 30; A part of an XML file can be parsed and stored in this stream, from which it can be read as if parsed linearly. The purpose of this class is to allow simpler handling of XML - files, unlike the usual LO way of using callbacks, context handlers and similar needlesly + files, unlike the usual LO way of using callbacks, context handlers and similar needlessly complicated stuff (YMMV). The advantages of this approach is easy to read and debug code (as it is just functions diff --git a/include/osl/detail/component-mapping.h b/include/osl/detail/component-mapping.h index ce82083bf1e3..4d4264180476 100644 --- a/include/osl/detail/component-mapping.h +++ b/include/osl/detail/component-mapping.h @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ extern "C" { /* On iOS and perhaps Android static linking of the LO code into one * executable (on Android, into one shared library) is used. In order to get - * the needed UNO coponent linked in, the "main" code for an app needs to + * the needed UNO component linked in, the "main" code for an app needs to * implement the lo_get_libmap() function to map UNO component library names * as produced in a build for iOS (like configmgr.uno.a or libsclo.a) to the * corresponding component_getFactory functions. diff --git a/include/osl/process.h b/include/osl/process.h index 8f25344e6c9a..517e2eb79ef2 100644 --- a/include/osl/process.h +++ b/include/osl/process.h @@ -285,7 +285,7 @@ SAL_DLLPUBLIC void SAL_CALL osl_freeProcessHandle( oslProcess Process); -/** Wait for completation of the specified childprocess. +/** Wait for completion of the specified childprocess. @param Process [in] @return ols_Process_E_None @see osl_executeProcess @@ -363,7 +363,7 @@ SAL_DLLPUBLIC oslProcessError SAL_CALL osl_getCommandArg( /** Set the command-line arguments as passed to the main-function of this process. Deprecated: This function is only for internal use. Passing the args from main will - only work for Unix, on Windows there's no effect, the full command line will automtically + only work for Unix, on Windows there's no effect, the full command line will automatically be taken. This is due to Windows 9x/ME limitation that don't allow UTF-16 wmain to provide a osl_setCommandArgsU( int argc, sal_Unicode **argv ); diff --git a/include/registry/registry.hxx b/include/registry/registry.hxx index 7c42e57d11f2..2ae5eb8b6079 100644 --- a/include/registry/registry.hxx +++ b/include/registry/registry.hxx @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ public: */ inline Registry(); - /// Copy constructcor + /// Copy constructor inline Registry(const Registry& toCopy); /// Destructor. The Destructor close the registry if it is open. @@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ public: /** destroys a registry. @param registryName specifies a registry name, if the name is an empty string the registry - itselfs will be destroyed. + itself will be destroyed. @return RegError::NO_ERROR if succeeds else an error code. */ inline RegError destroy(const rtl::OUString& registryName); diff --git a/include/rsc/rsc-vcl-shared-types.hxx b/include/rsc/rsc-vcl-shared-types.hxx index 73f702b62caa..80b76e543750 100644 --- a/include/rsc/rsc-vcl-shared-types.hxx +++ b/include/rsc/rsc-vcl-shared-types.hxx @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ enum class MenuItemBits : sal_Int16 ABOUT = 0x0008, HELP = 0x0010, POPUPSELECT = 0x0020, - // These have been said to be a prelimitary (sic) solution since 2007 + // These have been said to be a preliminary (sic) solution since 2007 NOSELECT = 0x0040, ICON = 0x0080, TEXT = 0x0100, diff --git a/include/rtl/bootstrap.h b/include/rtl/bootstrap.h index 5360f797298d..3f75fe0412ef 100644 --- a/include/rtl/bootstrap.h +++ b/include/rtl/bootstrap.h @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ extern "C" { @file The described concept provides a platform independent way to access - minimum bootstrap settings for every application by excplitly or + minimum bootstrap settings for every application by explicitly or implicitly passing the values to the application.<p> MULTI-LEVEL STRATEGY FOR RETRIEVAL OF BOOTSTRAP VALUES :<p> @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ extern "C" { 2nd level: command line arguments. A "-env:SETTINGNAME=value" is given on command line. This allows to give an application a certain setting, even - if an ini-file exists (espicially useful for e.g. daemons that want to + if an ini-file exists (especially useful for e.g. daemons that want to start an executable with dynamical changing settings).<p> 3rd level: environment variables. The application tries to get the @@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ typedef void * rtlBootstrapHandle; /** Opens a bootstrap argument container. @param pIniName [in] The name of the ini-file to use, if <code>NULL</code> defaults - to the excutables name + to the executables name @return Handle for a bootstrap argument container */ diff --git a/include/sfx2/sfxsids.hrc b/include/sfx2/sfxsids.hrc index 717f5dfccaf4..f4fbd5254e62 100644 --- a/include/sfx2/sfxsids.hrc +++ b/include/sfx2/sfxsids.hrc @@ -382,7 +382,7 @@ // id for thesaurus entry in context menu #define SID_THES (SID_SFX_START + 698) -// default-ids for editing, cursor travellung and selection +// default-ids for editing, cursor travelling and selection #define SID_REDO (SID_SFX_START + 700) #define SID_UNDO (SID_SFX_START + 701) #define SID_REPEAT (SID_SFX_START + 702) diff --git a/include/sfx2/shell.hxx b/include/sfx2/shell.hxx index 07dd9a3359f3..a976c933651e 100644 --- a/include/sfx2/shell.hxx +++ b/include/sfx2/shell.hxx @@ -368,7 +368,7 @@ public: [Cross-reference] - StarView SystemWindow::Dectivate(bool) + StarView SystemWindow::Deactivate(bool) */ virtual void Deactivate(bool bMDI); @@ -522,7 +522,7 @@ SfxItemPool& SfxShell::GetPool() const in the SfxShell. Each SfxShell instance must have access to a SfxItemPool. Usually this is the SfxItemPool of the SfxDocumentShell. The SfxShell subclass does not take ownership of the orphaned pool. Before it is - deleted it has to be deregisted with SetPool(0). + deleted it has to be deregistered with SetPool(0). */ inline void SfxShell::SetPool ( diff --git a/include/sfx2/sidebar/SidebarController.hxx b/include/sfx2/sidebar/SidebarController.hxx index c077eeb3b87e..8d749e661655 100644 --- a/include/sfx2/sidebar/SidebarController.hxx +++ b/include/sfx2/sidebar/SidebarController.hxx @@ -192,7 +192,7 @@ private: bool mbCanDeckBeOpened; /** Before the deck is closed the sidebar width is saved into this variable, - so that it can be restored when the deck is reopended. + so that it can be restored when the deck is reopened. */ sal_Int32 mnSavedSidebarWidth; FocusManager maFocusManager; diff --git a/include/svl/filerec.hxx b/include/svl/filerec.hxx index da9ac358f1f6..58271cc50488 100644 --- a/include/svl/filerec.hxx +++ b/include/svl/filerec.hxx @@ -276,7 +276,7 @@ private: * * The size can be given directly or calculated automatically from * the difference between the tell() return values before and - * after streaming the conntents. + * after streaming the contents. * * To allow for forward and backward compatibility, newer versions * of the data must always include the older versions completely, diff --git a/include/svtools/grfmgr.hxx b/include/svtools/grfmgr.hxx index bd8a16469cdd..8e50fe3e4aec 100644 --- a/include/svtools/grfmgr.hxx +++ b/include/svtools/grfmgr.hxx @@ -487,7 +487,7 @@ public: static GraphicObject CreateGraphicObjectFromURL( const OUString &rURL ); // will inspect an object ( e.g. a control ) for any 'ImageURL' // properties and return these in a vector. Note: this implementation - // will cater for XNameContainer objects and deepinspect any containees + // will cater for XNameContainer objects and deep inspect any containers // if they exist static void InspectForGraphicObjectImageURL( const css::uno::Reference< css::uno::XInterface >& rxIf, std::vector< OUString >& rvEmbedImgUrls ); diff --git a/include/svtools/javacontext.hxx b/include/svtools/javacontext.hxx index dc16ac764c4f..59ed720e880d 100644 --- a/include/svtools/javacontext.hxx +++ b/include/svtools/javacontext.hxx @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ namespace svt public: /** The parameter bShowErrorsOnce controls whether a message box is - only displayed once for a reocurring Java error. That is only + only displayed once for a recurring Java error. That is only the first time JavaInteractionHandler.handle is called with a particular Request then the message box is shown. Afterwards nothing happens. diff --git a/include/svtools/ruler.hxx b/include/svtools/ruler.hxx index c53e567cc6d0..33106c0b7a47 100644 --- a/include/svtools/ruler.hxx +++ b/include/svtools/ruler.hxx @@ -432,7 +432,7 @@ Tips for the use of the ruler: is pressed during the drag. Maybe, this setting should be configurable always and possibly the measuring arrows always be shown while dragging. For all settings, the values should always be rounded to the - multiple of one value because the screen resolution is very unprecise. + multiple of one value because the screen resolution is very imprecise. - DoubleClicks should be handled in the following way (GetClickType()): - RULER_TYPE_DONTKNOW @@ -567,7 +567,7 @@ struct RulerSelection struct RulerUnitData { - MapUnit eMapUnit; // MAP_UNIT for calculaion + MapUnit eMapUnit; // MAP_UNIT for calculation long nTickUnit; // Unit divider double nTick1; // Minimal step double nTick2; // Tick quarter unit diff --git a/include/svtools/templatefoldercache.hxx b/include/svtools/templatefoldercache.hxx index dcb3e268e493..9319ceb7f5ce 100644 --- a/include/svtools/templatefoldercache.hxx +++ b/include/svtools/templatefoldercache.hxx @@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ namespace svt @param _bAutoStoreState Set this to <TRUE/> if you want the instance to automatically store the state of the template folders upon destruction.<br/> - If set to <FALSE/>, you would epplicitly need to call <method>storeState</method> to do this.<br/> + If set to <FALSE/>, you would explicitly need to call <method>storeState</method> to do this.<br/> If the current state is not known (e.g. because you did not call needsUpdate, which retrieves it), it is not retrieved in the dtor, regardless of the <arg>_bAutoStoreState</arg> flag. */ diff --git a/include/svx/AccessibleControlShape.hxx b/include/svx/AccessibleControlShape.hxx index 43e63d04149f..6d33e35ae969 100644 --- a/include/svx/AccessibleControlShape.hxx +++ b/include/svx/AccessibleControlShape.hxx @@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ protected: /** adjusts our AccessibleRole, depending on the control type we're working for - <p>Only to be called during inituialization</p> + <p>Only to be called during initialization</p> */ void adjustAccessibleRole( ); diff --git a/include/svx/DescriptionGenerator.hxx b/include/svx/DescriptionGenerator.hxx index ee6847c5ff04..91a963241876 100644 --- a/include/svx/DescriptionGenerator.hxx +++ b/include/svx/DescriptionGenerator.hxx @@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ public: Type of the property's value. It controls the transformation into the value's string representation. @param nResourceId - Id of the kocalized name of the property int the resource. + Id of the localized name of the property int the resource. @param nWhichId This which id is used to localize the property value. If it is not known a value of -1 signals to use a default representation. @@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ public: */ void AddFillProperties(); - /** Add properties that describesattributes of 3D objects. + /** Add properties that describes attributes of 3D objects. */ void Add3DProperties(); diff --git a/include/svx/SmartTagMgr.hxx b/include/svx/SmartTagMgr.hxx index 3a3b3088601c..3167da114962 100644 --- a/include/svx/SmartTagMgr.hxx +++ b/include/svx/SmartTagMgr.hxx @@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ public: SmartTagMgr( const OUString& rApplicationName ); virtual ~SmartTagMgr(); - /** Triggeres configuration reading, library loading and listener registration + /** Triggers configuration reading, library loading and listener registration NOTE: MUST BE CALLED AFTER CONSTRUCTION! */ void Init( const OUString& rConfigurationGroupName ); diff --git a/include/svx/e3dsceneupdater.hxx b/include/svx/e3dsceneupdater.hxx index 32041c88371d..ce51518ee689 100644 --- a/include/svx/e3dsceneupdater.hxx +++ b/include/svx/e3dsceneupdater.hxx @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ namespace drawinglayer { namespace geometry { This class is a helper to encapsulate 3D object changes which shall change the scene's 2D geometry. E.g. when moving one 3D object in a scene, the visualisation would not change since the scene's 2D - attributes are defined by it's 2D object transformation and the + attributes are defined by its 2D object transformation and the changed content would be projected to the same 2D bounds as before. To reflect the fact that the 2D positions may 'change' for the user's imagination, it is necessary to calculate a new 2D diff --git a/include/svx/framelinkarray.hxx b/include/svx/framelinkarray.hxx index f09f338811eb..5260c0cd4213 100644 --- a/include/svx/framelinkarray.hxx +++ b/include/svx/framelinkarray.hxx @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ struct ArrayImpl; On drawing, the thicker frame border of neighbored cells is selected automatically. All borders are drawn "connected", that means, the correct start and end coordinates of all lines of the borders are calculated, - especaially, if they are drawn together with diagonal frame borders. + especially, if they are drawn together with diagonal frame borders. This array fully supports merged cell ranges. In a merged range, the frame borders of the top-left cell is extended to the entire range, and all other diff --git a/include/svx/sdr/contact/objectcontact.hxx b/include/svx/sdr/contact/objectcontact.hxx index e09e8830e151..5eaa57c9d6ce 100644 --- a/include/svx/sdr/contact/objectcontact.hxx +++ b/include/svx/sdr/contact/objectcontact.hxx @@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ public: virtual ~ObjectContact(); // LazyInvalidate request. This is used from the VOCs to mark that they - // got invalidated by an ActionCanged() call. An active view needs to remember + // got invalidated by an ActionChanged() call. An active view needs to remember // this and take action on it. Default implementation directly calls back // triggerLazyInvalidate() which promptly handles the request virtual void setLazyInvalidate(ViewObjectContact& rVOC); diff --git a/include/svx/sdr/contact/viewcontact.hxx b/include/svx/sdr/contact/viewcontact.hxx index a70c2530cd5c..783bc3301c03 100644 --- a/include/svx/sdr/contact/viewcontact.hxx +++ b/include/svx/sdr/contact/viewcontact.hxx @@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ public: bool HasViewObjectContacts(bool bExcludePreviews = false) const; // Check if this primitive is animated in any OC (View) which means it has - // generated a PrimitiveAnimation in it's VOC + // generated a PrimitiveAnimation in its VOC bool isAnimatedInAnyViewObjectContact() const; // Access to possible sub-hierarchy and parent. GetObjectCount() default is 0L diff --git a/include/svx/sdr/contact/viewcontactofvirtobj.hxx b/include/svx/sdr/contact/viewcontactofvirtobj.hxx index 65b50fb0a1d8..eb83749cc4d6 100644 --- a/include/svx/sdr/contact/viewcontactofvirtobj.hxx +++ b/include/svx/sdr/contact/viewcontactofvirtobj.hxx @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ namespace sdr { namespace contact { class SVX_DLLPUBLIC ViewContactOfVirtObj : public ViewContactOfSdrObj { protected: - // internal access to SdrObject. Iplementation in *.cxx to avoid + // internal access to SdrObject. Implementation in *.cxx to avoid // including SdrVirtObj here. SdrVirtObj& GetVirtObj() const; diff --git a/include/svx/svddrgv.hxx b/include/svx/svddrgv.hxx index ec17a589bd6d..ad5bec51fbf5 100644 --- a/include/svx/svddrgv.hxx +++ b/include/svx/svddrgv.hxx @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ protected: bool mbInsGluePointMode : 1; bool mbNoDragXorPolys : 1; bool mbAutoVertexCon : 1; // automatic generation of connectors at the vertices - bool mbAutoCornerCon : 1; // automatic geneartion of connectors at the corners + bool mbAutoCornerCon : 1; // automatic generation of connectors at the corners bool mbRubberEdgeDragging : 1; bool mbDetailedEdgeDragging : 1; diff --git a/include/svx/svdhdl.hxx b/include/svx/svdhdl.hxx index 197a451c01a9..50b9d7e9ad50 100644 --- a/include/svx/svdhdl.hxx +++ b/include/svx/svdhdl.hxx @@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ protected: SdrHdlKind eKind; - long nRotationAngle; // turn handle or mouspointer + long nRotationAngle; // turn handle or mousepointer sal_uInt32 nObjHdlNum; // required by MarkView sal_uInt32 nPolyNum; // Polygonpoint sal_uInt32 nPPntNum; // Point number of the polygon diff --git a/include/svx/svdmrkv.hxx b/include/svx/svdmrkv.hxx index 5d37f2bdc1fd..5e8d87bf1346 100644 --- a/include/svx/svdmrkv.hxx +++ b/include/svx/svdmrkv.hxx @@ -377,7 +377,7 @@ public: // SdrPageView, which should be defined correctly always. // Alternatively a gluepoint may be characterized by a SdrHdl. // In this case the SdrHdl instance consists of all required information. - // And in this case, the glue point are always is marked by enforcment + // And in this case, the glue point are always is marked by enforcement // (Handlers are just situated at marked gluepoints ) // Attention: With each change of the glue point status the handle list is re-calculated. // All previously saved SdrHdl* became invalid by this, the same with the point IDs! diff --git a/include/svx/svdobj.hxx b/include/svx/svdobj.hxx index 8ce2fd773421..5d83a8d136f8 100644 --- a/include/svx/svdobj.hxx +++ b/include/svx/svdobj.hxx @@ -302,7 +302,7 @@ protected: SdrPage* pPage; SdrModel* pModel; SdrObjUserCall* pUserCall; - SdrObjPlusData* pPlusData; // Broadcaster, UserData, connektors, ... (this is the Bitsack) + SdrObjPlusData* pPlusData; // Broadcaster, UserData, connectors, ... (this is the Bitsack) sal_uInt32 nOrdNum; // order number of the object in the list diff --git a/include/svx/svdoedge.hxx b/include/svx/svdoedge.hxx index c4d901f84642..e14c5874a3b2 100644 --- a/include/svx/svdoedge.hxx +++ b/include/svx/svdoedge.hxx @@ -169,7 +169,7 @@ protected: bool bEdgeTrackDirty : 1; // sal_True=Verbindungsverlauf muss neu berechnet werden. bool bEdgeTrackUserDefined : 1; - // Bool to allow supporession of default connects at object + // Bool to allow suppression of default connects at object // inside test (HitTest) and object center test (see ImpFindConnector()) bool mbSuppressDefaultConnect : 1; diff --git a/include/svx/svdomeas.hxx b/include/svx/svdomeas.hxx index 2a079e49ed6f..83358080bd3d 100644 --- a/include/svx/svdomeas.hxx +++ b/include/svx/svdomeas.hxx @@ -176,10 +176,10 @@ public: // 1. Where is the text: middle, right or left (default=automatic) // 2. Text above or below the line or line broken by text (default=automatic) // Default=8mm -// 3. The distance from the dimension line to the reference edge (= to the dimesnioned object) +// 3. The distance from the dimension line to the reference edge (= to the dimensioned object) // 4. dimension line below the reference edge (default=no)) // 5. excess lenth of the auxiliary dimension lines beyond the reference edge (2x, default=0) -// 6. excess lenth of the auxiliary dimension lines past the dimesion line (default=2mm) +// 6. excess lenth of the auxiliary dimension lines past the dimension line (default=2mm) // 7. distance between the auxiliary dimension line and the reference edge // // Dragging: Handle Shift diff --git a/include/svx/svdpntv.hxx b/include/svx/svdpntv.hxx index 3b52d2aca1aa..045d161e0dc5 100644 --- a/include/svx/svdpntv.hxx +++ b/include/svx/svdpntv.hxx @@ -341,7 +341,7 @@ public: // #i72889# used from CompleteRedraw() implementation internally, added to be able to do a complete redraw in single steps // BeginCompleteRedraw returns (or even creates) a SdrPaintWindow which will then be used as the - // target for paints. Since paints may be buffered, use it's GetTargetOutputDevice() method which will + // target for paints. Since paints may be buffered, use its GetTargetOutputDevice() method which will // return the buffer in case it's buffered. // // DoCompleteRedraw then draws the DrawingLayer hierarchy diff --git a/include/svx/svdsnpv.hxx b/include/svx/svdsnpv.hxx index d0f7fca9a7ff..37e2755984c0 100644 --- a/include/svx/svdsnpv.hxx +++ b/include/svx/svdsnpv.hxx @@ -189,12 +189,12 @@ public: bool IsSetPageOrg() const { return (nullptr != mpPageOriginOverlay); } // HitTest. If sal_True, in rnHelpLineNum is the number of the auxiliary line and in rpPv - // the appendend PageView. + // the appended PageView. bool PickHelpLine(const Point& rPnt, short nTol, const OutputDevice& rOut, sal_uInt16& rnHelpLineNum, SdrPageView*& rpPV) const; // Move of an available auxiliary line. Use nHelpLineNum and pPV from PickHelpLine. bool BegDragHelpLine(sal_uInt16 nHelpLineNum, SdrPageView* pPV); - // interactive insertionof a new auxiliary line + // interactive insertion of a new auxiliary line bool BegDragHelpLine(const Point& rPnt, SdrHelpLineKind eNewKind); Pointer GetDraggedHelpLinePointer() const; diff --git a/include/svx/sxmtfitm.hxx b/include/svx/sxmtfitm.hxx index d0b452cf294a..b13800b4ff42 100644 --- a/include/svx/sxmtfitm.hxx +++ b/include/svx/sxmtfitm.hxx @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ // The two following are not implemented yet! // Nail text down to a fix angle. -// The text angle is independet of the dimension line. +// The text angle is independent of the dimension line. // Abrogate TextUpsideDown, TextRota90 and TextAutoAngle. (n.i.) class SVX_DLLPUBLIC SdrMeasureTextIsFixedAngleItem: public SdrYesNoItem { public: diff --git a/include/svx/unobrushitemhelper.hxx b/include/svx/unobrushitemhelper.hxx index 4055c4584008..36096bc484e8 100644 --- a/include/svx/unobrushitemhelper.hxx +++ b/include/svx/unobrushitemhelper.hxx @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ #include "svx/svxdllapi.h" #include <editeng/brushitem.hxx> -//UUUU Helper function definintions for UNO API fallbacks to replace SvxBrushItem. The +//UUUU Helper function definitions for UNO API fallbacks to replace SvxBrushItem. The // idea is to have fallbacks to create a SvxBrushItem if needed for backwards compatibility // if needed from the SfxItemSet and vice versa. This is used in cases where e.g. UNO API // accesses to slots in the SvxBrushItem are used (see cases in SvxBrushItem::QueryValue diff --git a/include/svx/unopool.hxx b/include/svx/unopool.hxx index 909e843146a8..99b5199bb3d5 100644 --- a/include/svx/unopool.hxx +++ b/include/svx/unopool.hxx @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ class SfxItemPool; It works on the SfxItemPool from the given model and the global draw object item pool. The class can work in a read only mode without a model. Derivated - classes can set a model on demand by overiding getModelPool(). + classes can set a model on demand by overriding getModelPool(). */ class SVX_DLLPUBLIC SvxUnoDrawPool : public ::cppu::OWeakAggObject, public css::lang::XServiceInfo, diff --git a/include/tools/inetmime.hxx b/include/tools/inetmime.hxx index 819e3b0f34ee..1c86055c361d 100644 --- a/include/tools/inetmime.hxx +++ b/include/tools/inetmime.hxx @@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ public: with intervening linear white space and comments (cf. RFCs 822, 2045). The RFC 2231 extension are supported. The encoding of rMediaType should be US-ASCII, but any Unicode values in the range U+0080..U+FFFF - are interpretet 'as appropriate.' + are interpreted 'as appropriate.' @param pType If not null, returns the type (the first of the above tokens), in US-ASCII encoding and converted to lower case. diff --git a/include/ucbhelper/commandenvironment.hxx b/include/ucbhelper/commandenvironment.hxx index 5bd8ee6451bb..26a7006c0d7d 100644 --- a/include/ucbhelper/commandenvironment.hxx +++ b/include/ucbhelper/commandenvironment.hxx @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ struct CommandEnvironment_Impl; /** * This class implements the interface - * css::ucb::XCommandEnvironement. Instances of this class can + * css::ucb::XCommandEnvironment. Instances of this class can * be used to supply environments to commands executed by UCB contents. */ class UCBHELPER_DLLPUBLIC CommandEnvironment : diff --git a/include/ucbhelper/providerhelper.hxx b/include/ucbhelper/providerhelper.hxx index 0941e085f530..385338b14197 100644 --- a/include/ucbhelper/providerhelper.hxx +++ b/include/ucbhelper/providerhelper.hxx @@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ protected: public: - // Contsruction/Destruction + // Construction/Destruction ContentProviderImplHelper( diff --git a/include/ucbhelper/simpleinteractionrequest.hxx b/include/ucbhelper/simpleinteractionrequest.hxx index ea08902d3be7..9ffa8475275e 100644 --- a/include/ucbhelper/simpleinteractionrequest.hxx +++ b/include/ucbhelper/simpleinteractionrequest.hxx @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ static const sal_Int32 CONTINUATION_DISAPPROVE = 8; * with XInteractionContinuations directly, but can use constants that are * mapped internally to the according objects. This class encapsulates the * standard Interaction Continuations "Abort", "Retry", "Approve" and - * "Disaprrove". Instances can be passed directly to + * "Disapprove". Instances can be passed directly to * XInteractionHandler::handle(...). * * @see InteractionRequest diff --git a/include/uno/environment.h b/include/uno/environment.h index d0051227ac69..d0c1879e2b5f 100644 --- a/include/uno/environment.h +++ b/include/uno/environment.h @@ -313,7 +313,7 @@ CPPU_DLLPUBLIC void SAL_CALL uno_dumpEnvironment( /** Dumps out environment information, i.e. registered interfaces. @param stream output stream (FILE *) - @param pEnvDcp descritpro of environment to be dumped + @param pEnvDcp descriptor of environment to be dumped @param pFilter if not null, filters output */ CPPU_DLLPUBLIC void SAL_CALL uno_dumpEnvironmentByName( diff --git a/include/uno/threadpool.h b/include/uno/threadpool.h index c64b9e4dc811..c358a929beac 100644 --- a/include/uno/threadpool.h +++ b/include/uno/threadpool.h @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ extern "C" { * Thread identifier administration. ***/ /** - Establishs an association between the current thread and the given thread identifier. + Establishes an association between the current thread and the given thread identifier. There can be only one association at a time. The association must be broken by uno_releaseIdFromCurrentThread(). This method is in general called by a bridge, that wants to bind a remote threadId @@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ uno_threadpool_detach( uno_ThreadPool hPool ) SAL_THROW_EXTERN_C(); uno_threadpool_enter(). @param doRequest The function, that shall be called to execute the request. 0 if pJob is a reply. - @param bIsOneway True, if the request is asynchrons. False, if it is synchronous. + @param bIsOneway True, if the request is asynchronous. False, if it is synchronous. Set to sal_False, if pJob is a reply. */ CPPU_DLLPUBLIC void SAL_CALL diff --git a/include/unotools/configitem.hxx b/include/unotools/configitem.hxx index b7be7fe42d17..a4188872aea0 100644 --- a/include/unotools/configitem.hxx +++ b/include/unotools/configitem.hxx @@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ namespace utl */ bool EnableNotification(const css::uno::Sequence< OUString >& rNames, bool bEnableInternalNotification = false); - /** disables notifications about changes on sub nodes/values, which previosly had + /** disables notifications about changes on sub nodes/values, which previously had been enabled with EnableNotification @see Notify @see EnableNotification diff --git a/include/unotools/confignode.hxx b/include/unotools/confignode.hxx index e0d0ab3f2660..d46ecda77121 100644 --- a/include/unotools/confignode.hxx +++ b/include/unotools/confignode.hxx @@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ namespace utl If the object represents a set node, this method may be used to create a new child. For non-set-nodes, the method will fail.<br/> Unless the respective operations on the pure configuration API, the to-be-created node immediately - becomes a part of it's hierarchy, no explicit insertion is necessary. + becomes a part of its hierarchy, no explicit insertion is necessary. @param _rName name for the new child. Must be level-1-depth. */ OConfigurationNode createNode(const OUString& _rName) const throw(); diff --git a/include/unotools/desktopterminationobserver.hxx b/include/unotools/desktopterminationobserver.hxx index 799aa45724df..2ee9686cbada 100644 --- a/include/unotools/desktopterminationobserver.hxx +++ b/include/unotools/desktopterminationobserver.hxx @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ namespace utl //= DesktopTerminationObserver /** a class which allows non-UNO components to observe the desktop (aka application) - for it's shutdown + for its shutdown */ namespace DesktopTerminationObserver { diff --git a/include/unotools/syslocale.hxx b/include/unotools/syslocale.hxx index b384083b13d1..037c6ed9a31e 100644 --- a/include/unotools/syslocale.hxx +++ b/include/unotools/syslocale.hxx @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ namespace osl { class Mutex; } LocaleDataWrapper and <type>CharClass</type> which always follow the locale as it is currently configured by the user. You may use it anywhere to access the locale data elements like decimal separator and - simple date formatting and so on. Contructing and destructing a + simple date formatting and so on. Constructing and destructing a SvtSysLocale is not expensive as long as there is at least one instance left. */ diff --git a/include/vcl/lazydelete.hxx b/include/vcl/lazydelete.hxx index c643b9bdcde1..1f1235dbd1ba 100644 --- a/include/vcl/lazydelete.hxx +++ b/include/vcl/lazydelete.hxx @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ namespace vcl - The class <T> of which objects are to be destroyed needs a virtual destructor or must be final, else the wrong type will be destroyed. - The destructor of <T> should call LazyDeletor<T>::Undelete( this ). This - prevents duplicate deletionin case someone destroys the object prematurely. + prevents duplicate deletion in case someone destroys the object prematurely. */ class LazyDeletorBase; diff --git a/include/vcl/lineinfo.hxx b/include/vcl/lineinfo.hxx index e73b747cbdce..2faf4a0c93c3 100644 --- a/include/vcl/lineinfo.hxx +++ b/include/vcl/lineinfo.hxx @@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ public: // helper to get decomposed polygon data with the LineInfo applied. The source // hairline polygon is given in io_rLinePolyPolygon. Both given polygons may - // contain results; e.g. when no fat line but DasDot is defined, the result will + // contain results; e.g. when no fat line but DashDot is defined, the result will // be in io_rLinePolyPolygon while o_rFillPolyPolygon will be empty. When fat line // is defined, it will be vice-versa. If none is defined, io_rLinePolyPolygon will // not be changed (but o_rFillPolyPolygon will be freed) diff --git a/include/vcl/svapp.hxx b/include/vcl/svapp.hxx index 1416abced3bb..5e4db812ab65 100644 --- a/include/vcl/svapp.hxx +++ b/include/vcl/svapp.hxx @@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ public: aData.push_back(data); } - /** Constructor for ApplicationEvnet, accepts an array of strings for + /** Constructor for ApplicationEvent, accepts an array of strings for the data associated with the event. @attention TYPE_OPEN and TYPE_PRINT can apply to multiple documents, @@ -780,7 +780,7 @@ public: /** Post a user event to the default window. - User events allow for the deferral of work to later in the main-loop - at idle. + User events allow for the deferreal of work to later in the main-loop - at idle. @param rLink Link to event callback function @param pCaller Pointer to data sent to the event by the caller. Optional. diff --git a/include/vcl/window.hxx b/include/vcl/window.hxx index a33d96518d46..6b383bd1bf3f 100644 --- a/include/vcl/window.hxx +++ b/include/vcl/window.hxx @@ -1096,7 +1096,7 @@ public: Point OutputToAbsoluteScreenPixel( const Point& rPos ) const; Point AbsoluteScreenToOutputPixel( const Point& rPos ) const; Rectangle GetDesktopRectPixel() const; - // window extents including border and decoratrion + // window extents including border and decoration Rectangle GetWindowExtentsRelative( vcl::Window *pRelativeWindow ) const; // window extents of the client window, coordinates to be used in SetPosPixel Rectangle GetClientWindowExtentsRelative( vcl::Window *pRelativeWindow ) const; diff --git a/include/xmloff/XMLEventsImportContext.hxx b/include/xmloff/XMLEventsImportContext.hxx index 97bec1eb9d40..5a5c1c20f582 100644 --- a/include/xmloff/XMLEventsImportContext.hxx +++ b/include/xmloff/XMLEventsImportContext.hxx @@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ public: void SetEvents( const css::uno::Reference<css::container::XNameReplace> & xNameRepl); - /// if the import operates indelayed mode, you can use this method + /// if the import operates in delayed mode, you can use this method /// to obtain the value sequence for a specific event bool GetEventSequence( const OUString& rName, diff --git a/include/xmloff/prstylei.hxx b/include/xmloff/prstylei.hxx index bab878a81425..ba32702424ef 100644 --- a/include/xmloff/prstylei.hxx +++ b/include/xmloff/prstylei.hxx @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ private: protected: - //UUUU Helper to check if the local maProperties contzains the given + //UUUU Helper to check if the local maProperties contains the given // FillStyle tag and if the FillStyle there is different from FillStyle_NONE bool doNewDrawingLayerFillStyleDefinitionsExist( const ::rtl::OUString& rFillStyleTag) const; diff --git a/io/source/acceptor/acceptor.cxx b/io/source/acceptor/acceptor.cxx index 4822978be296..9d918338002b 100644 --- a/io/source/acceptor/acceptor.cxx +++ b/io/source/acceptor/acceptor.cxx @@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ namespace io_acceptor m_sLastDescription != sConnectionDescription ) { // instantiate another acceptor for different ports - OUString sMessage = "acceptor::accept called multiple times with different conncetion strings\n"; + OUString sMessage = "acceptor::accept called multiple times with different connection strings\n"; throw ConnectionSetupException( sMessage ); } diff --git a/io/test/stm/pipetest.cxx b/io/test/stm/pipetest.cxx index d66b3c751985..6c99969360f9 100644 --- a/io/test/stm/pipetest.cxx +++ b/io/test/stm/pipetest.cxx @@ -269,7 +269,7 @@ void OPipeTest::testSimple( const Reference < XInterface > &r ) input->readBytes( seqRead , 5 ); ERROR_ASSERT( ! strcmp( (char*) seqRead.getArray() , (char*) &( seqWrite.getArray()[seqWrite.getLength()-5] ) ), - "write/read mismatich" ); + "write/read mismatch" ); } diff --git a/ios/CustomTarget_Lo_Xcconfig.mk b/ios/CustomTarget_Lo_Xcconfig.mk index d8e3712ae83d..8670355d519d 100644 --- a/ios/CustomTarget_Lo_Xcconfig.mk +++ b/ios/CustomTarget_Lo_Xcconfig.mk @@ -35,6 +35,6 @@ $(LO_XCCONFIG) : fi # Do *not* remove $(LO_XCCONFIG) in a clean target. It is created -# during configury, not in this custom gbuild makefile. +# during configure, not in this custom gbuild makefile. # vim: set noet sw=4 ts=4: diff --git a/ios/README b/ios/README index e13c8c381a0a..8acd3bf0f04e 100644 --- a/ios/README +++ b/ios/README @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ name of this app is a bit too grandiose. Built by an Xcode project. MobileLibreOffice - Uses the code in "shared" subdirectory. Can be built in two configurations: 1) the "normal" configurations (Debug and Release) that matches experimental/LibreOffice in functionality, more -or less. (But the coded is entirely differently structred.) But also +or less. (But the coded is entirely differently structured.) But also this is currently broken, 2) the Debug_tile_tester configuration, where one can tweak tiling parameters and see a tile rendered. Also built by an Xcode project. diff --git a/jurt/com/sun/star/comp/connections/PipedConnection.java b/jurt/com/sun/star/comp/connections/PipedConnection.java index 3cfe6078e71c..7bbc3ce8e68e 100644 --- a/jurt/com/sun/star/comp/connections/PipedConnection.java +++ b/jurt/com/sun/star/comp/connections/PipedConnection.java @@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ public class PipedConnection implements XConnection { } /** - * This is a private method, used to cummunicate internal in the pipe. + * This is a private method, used to communicate internal in the pipe. */ private synchronized void receive(byte aData[]) throws com.sun.star.io.IOException { int bytesWritten = 0; diff --git a/jurt/com/sun/star/comp/loader/JavaLoader.java b/jurt/com/sun/star/comp/loader/JavaLoader.java index ef07674dcf34..663713ace9a3 100644 --- a/jurt/com/sun/star/comp/loader/JavaLoader.java +++ b/jurt/com/sun/star/comp/loader/JavaLoader.java @@ -226,7 +226,7 @@ public class JavaLoader implements XImplementationLoader, * Provides a components factory. * * <p>The <code>JavaLoader</code> tries to load the class first. If a - * loacation URL is given the RegistrationClassFinder is used to load the + * location URL is given the RegistrationClassFinder is used to load the * class. Otherwise the class is loaded through the Class.forName method.</p> * * <p>To get the factory the inspects the class for the optional static member @@ -418,7 +418,7 @@ public class JavaLoader implements XImplementationLoader, /** * Registers the <code>JavaLoader</code> at the registry. * - * @param regKey root key under which the <code>JavaLoader</code> should be regidstered. + * @param regKey root key under which the <code>JavaLoader</code> should be registered. * @return true if registration succseeded - otherwise false. */ public static boolean writeRegistryServiceInfo(XRegistryKey regKey) { diff --git a/jurt/com/sun/star/comp/servicemanager/ServiceManager.java b/jurt/com/sun/star/comp/servicemanager/ServiceManager.java index 99746f3a335c..70e5d8e6711f 100644 --- a/jurt/com/sun/star/comp/servicemanager/ServiceManager.java +++ b/jurt/com/sun/star/comp/servicemanager/ServiceManager.java @@ -505,7 +505,7 @@ public class ServiceManager implements XMultiServiceFactory, } /** - * Checks if the any componets are registered. + * Checks if the any components are registered. * * @return true - if the list of the registred components is not empty - otherwise false. * @see com.sun.star.container.XElementAccess diff --git a/jurt/com/sun/star/lib/uno/environments/remote/JobQueue.java b/jurt/com/sun/star/lib/uno/environments/remote/JobQueue.java index f6ff1741bb98..592bc323337a 100644 --- a/jurt/com/sun/star/lib/uno/environments/remote/JobQueue.java +++ b/jurt/com/sun/star/lib/uno/environments/remote/JobQueue.java @@ -360,7 +360,7 @@ public class JobQueue { } /** - * If the given disposeId is registered, interrups the worker thread. + * If the given disposeId is registered, interrupts the worker thread. * * @param disposeId the dispose id. */ diff --git a/jurt/com/sun/star/lib/uno/environments/remote/Message.java b/jurt/com/sun/star/lib/uno/environments/remote/Message.java index cfdd1f32ceda..e0d0774a1397 100644 --- a/jurt/com/sun/star/lib/uno/environments/remote/Message.java +++ b/jurt/com/sun/star/lib/uno/environments/remote/Message.java @@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ public class Message { * * @return the in and in– { * }out arguments for a request (possibly - * <code>null</code> for a paramterless function), the out and in– { + * <code>null</code> for a parameterless function), the out and in– { * }out * arguments for a reply that represents normal termination (possibly * <code>null</code> for a parameterless function), <code>null</code> for a diff --git a/jurt/com/sun/star/uno/WeakReference.java b/jurt/com/sun/star/uno/WeakReference.java index d9afcf06711e..41246d68015f 100644 --- a/jurt/com/sun/star/uno/WeakReference.java +++ b/jurt/com/sun/star/uno/WeakReference.java @@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ class OWeakRefListener implements XReference /** * Method of <code>com.sun.star.uno.XReference</code>. * - * <p>When called, it deregisteres this object with the adapter and releases + * <p>When called, it deregisters this object with the adapter and releases * the reference to it.</p> */ synchronized public void dispose() diff --git a/jvmfwk/source/elements.cxx b/jvmfwk/source/elements.cxx index 30cd00e80f75..416e4ba56c66 100644 --- a/jvmfwk/source/elements.cxx +++ b/jvmfwk/source/elements.cxx @@ -273,7 +273,7 @@ void NodeJava::load() sNil = xmlGetNsProp( cur, reinterpret_cast<xmlChar const *>("nil"), reinterpret_cast<xmlChar const *>(NS_SCHEMA_INSTANCE)); if (sNil == nullptr) - throw FrameworkException(JFW_E_ERROR, sExcMsg);; + throw FrameworkException(JFW_E_ERROR, sExcMsg); if (xmlStrcmp(sNil, reinterpret_cast<xmlChar const *>("false")) == 0) { CXmlCharPtr sEnabled( xmlNodeListGetString( diff --git a/l10ntools/source/xmlparse.cxx b/l10ntools/source/xmlparse.cxx index 10a41e3a2945..6946f0792c6b 100644 --- a/l10ntools/source/xmlparse.cxx +++ b/l10ntools/source/xmlparse.cxx @@ -980,7 +980,7 @@ XMLFile *SimpleXMLParser::Execute( const OString &rFileName, XMLFile* pXMLFileIn m_aErrorInformation.m_sMessage += "Tag mismatch"; break; case XML_ERROR_DUPLICATE_ATTRIBUTE: - m_aErrorInformation.m_sMessage += "Dublicat attribute"; + m_aErrorInformation.m_sMessage += "Duplicat attribute"; break; case XML_ERROR_JUNK_AFTER_DOC_ELEMENT: m_aErrorInformation.m_sMessage += "Junk after doc element"; diff --git a/libreofficekit/README b/libreofficekit/README index 7e5f8e93145c..a8396d47665f 100644 --- a/libreofficekit/README +++ b/libreofficekit/README @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ To run gtktiledviewer: bin/run gtktiledviewer $PWD/instdir/program path/to/test.odt -To receive all incoming evetns from core use G_MESSAGES_DEBUG=all +To receive all incoming events from core use G_MESSAGES_DEBUG=all G_MESSAGES_DEBUG=all bin/run gtktiledviewer $PWD/instdir/program ../test.odt diff --git a/lingucomponent/source/hyphenator/hyphen/hyphenimp.cxx b/lingucomponent/source/hyphenator/hyphen/hyphenimp.cxx index 7b433a9fcd1a..5f2c768e09d7 100644 --- a/lingucomponent/source/hyphenator/hyphen/hyphenimp.cxx +++ b/lingucomponent/source/hyphenator/hyphen/hyphenimp.cxx @@ -193,7 +193,7 @@ Sequence< Locale > SAL_CALL Hyphenator::getLocales() // currently only one language per dictionary is supported in the actual implementation... // Thus here we work-around this by adding the same dictionary several times. - // Once for each of it's supported locales. + // Once for each of its supported locales. for (sal_Int32 i = 0; i < nLocales; ++i) { LanguageTag aLanguageTag( aDictIt->aLocaleNames[i] ); diff --git a/lingucomponent/source/spellcheck/spell/sspellimp.cxx b/lingucomponent/source/spellcheck/spell/sspellimp.cxx index 928b1914c46b..00e8e50a21a0 100644 --- a/lingucomponent/source/spellcheck/spell/sspellimp.cxx +++ b/lingucomponent/source/spellcheck/spell/sspellimp.cxx @@ -189,7 +189,7 @@ Sequence< Locale > SAL_CALL SpellChecker::getLocales() // currently only one language per dictionary is supported in the actual implementation... // Thus here we work-around this by adding the same dictionary several times. - // Once for each of it's supported locales. + // Once for each of its supported locales. for (sal_Int32 i = 0; i < nLocales; ++i) { aDicts[k] = nullptr; diff --git a/lingucomponent/source/thesaurus/libnth/nthesimp.cxx b/lingucomponent/source/thesaurus/libnth/nthesimp.cxx index 357e8d932c48..3365b69c1585 100644 --- a/lingucomponent/source/thesaurus/libnth/nthesimp.cxx +++ b/lingucomponent/source/thesaurus/libnth/nthesimp.cxx @@ -212,7 +212,7 @@ Sequence< Locale > SAL_CALL Thesaurus::getLocales() // currently only one language per dictionary is supported in the actual implementation... // Thus here we work-around this by adding the same dictionary several times. - // Once for each of it's supported locales. + // Once for each of its supported locales. for (sal_Int32 i = 0; i < nLocales; ++i) { LanguageTag aLanguageTag( aDictIt->aLocaleNames[i] ); diff --git a/linguistic/source/dlistimp.cxx b/linguistic/source/dlistimp.cxx index 525da700f7b4..147ff86056f6 100644 --- a/linguistic/source/dlistimp.cxx +++ b/linguistic/source/dlistimp.cxx @@ -696,7 +696,7 @@ void DicList::SaveDics() { // save (modified) dictionaries DictionaryVec_t& rDicList = GetOrCreateDicList(); - size_t nCount = rDicList.size();; + size_t nCount = rDicList.size(); for (size_t i = 0; i < nCount; i++) { // save (modified) dictionaries diff --git a/lotuswordpro/source/filter/lwpfrib.cxx b/lotuswordpro/source/filter/lwpfrib.cxx index 230437b225f6..f0673e992056 100644 --- a/lotuswordpro/source/filter/lwpfrib.cxx +++ b/lotuswordpro/source/filter/lwpfrib.cxx @@ -239,7 +239,7 @@ void LwpFrib::RegisterStyle(LwpFoundry* pFoundry) return; } //we only read four modifiers, in these modifiers,CodePage and LangOverride are not styles, - //so we can only handle fontid and characstyle, if others ,we should not reg style + //so we can only handle fontid and charstyle, if others, we should not reg style //note by ,1-27 rtl::Reference<XFFont> pFont; XFTextStyle* pStyle = nullptr; diff --git a/lotuswordpro/source/filter/lwplayout.cxx b/lotuswordpro/source/filter/lwplayout.cxx index 8f51ca44261e..17eb43d4907f 100644 --- a/lotuswordpro/source/filter/lwplayout.cxx +++ b/lotuswordpro/source/filter/lwplayout.cxx @@ -1307,7 +1307,7 @@ bool LwpMiddleLayout::HonorProtection() } /** -* @descr: Whether it is pretected +* @descr: Whether it is protected * */ bool LwpMiddleLayout::IsProtected() diff --git a/lotuswordpro/source/filter/lwpnumericfmt.cxx b/lotuswordpro/source/filter/lwpnumericfmt.cxx index 273545b1f05b..54a186fd1676 100644 --- a/lotuswordpro/source/filter/lwpnumericfmt.cxx +++ b/lotuswordpro/source/filter/lwpnumericfmt.cxx @@ -365,7 +365,7 @@ XFStyle* LwpNumericFormat::Convert() } /** * -* @descrption for SODC_2754 +* @description for SODC_2754 * @return fix wrong encoding of POUND symbol */ OUString LwpNumericFormat::reencode(const OUString& sCode) diff --git a/lotuswordpro/source/filter/lwppagelayout.cxx b/lotuswordpro/source/filter/lwppagelayout.cxx index cd291575967d..5bddd8cee1b2 100644 --- a/lotuswordpro/source/filter/lwppagelayout.cxx +++ b/lotuswordpro/source/filter/lwppagelayout.cxx @@ -477,7 +477,7 @@ void LwpPageLayout::ConvertFillerPageText(XFContentContainer* pCont) { if(HasFillerPageText(m_pFoundry)) { - //get filerpage story from division info + //get fillerpage story from division info LwpDocument* pDoc = m_pFoundry->GetDocument(); LwpDivInfo* pDivInfo = dynamic_cast<LwpDivInfo*>(pDoc->GetDivInfoID().obj().get()); LwpStory* pStory = dynamic_cast<LwpStory*>(pDivInfo->GetFillerPageTextID().obj().get()); diff --git a/lotuswordpro/source/filter/lwptablelayout.hxx b/lotuswordpro/source/filter/lwptablelayout.hxx index f917fc5c3e26..c139ef896f3e 100644 --- a/lotuswordpro/source/filter/lwptablelayout.hxx +++ b/lotuswordpro/source/filter/lwptablelayout.hxx @@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ class LwpColumnLayout; /** * @brief - * VO_TABLELAYOUT object and functions for registering styles and coverting tables + * VO_TABLELAYOUT object and functions for registering styles and converting tables */ class LwpTableLayout: public LwpLayout { diff --git a/lotuswordpro/source/filter/xfilter/ixfattrlist.hxx b/lotuswordpro/source/filter/xfilter/ixfattrlist.hxx index 8d44908ab675..7916f1c114f6 100644 --- a/lotuswordpro/source/filter/xfilter/ixfattrlist.hxx +++ b/lotuswordpro/source/filter/xfilter/ixfattrlist.hxx @@ -65,8 +65,8 @@ /** * @brief * Attribute list interface for sax writer. - * Implemente this interface for different sax writer. For OOo,i use the XDocumentHandler stream; - * for ouputting the local file system,It's just a vector container. + * Implement this interface for different sax writer. For OOo,i use the XDocumentHandler stream; + * for outputting the local file system,It's just a vector container. */ class IXFAttrList { diff --git a/lotuswordpro/source/filter/xfilter/xfbgimage.cxx b/lotuswordpro/source/filter/xfilter/xfbgimage.cxx index eab7984d8ed1..221e5d4223e8 100644 --- a/lotuswordpro/source/filter/xfilter/xfbgimage.cxx +++ b/lotuswordpro/source/filter/xfilter/xfbgimage.cxx @@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ bool operator==(XFBGImage& img1, XFBGImage& img2) } else { - //I'll not compare the content of the two buffer,it's time comsuming. + //I'll not compare the content of the two buffer,it's time consuming. return false; } if( img1.m_bPosition != img2.m_bPosition ) diff --git a/lotuswordpro/source/filter/xfilter/xfdrawpolygon.cxx b/lotuswordpro/source/filter/xfilter/xfdrawpolygon.cxx index 9ef822f64d5c..281fb31f866d 100644 --- a/lotuswordpro/source/filter/xfilter/xfdrawpolygon.cxx +++ b/lotuswordpro/source/filter/xfilter/xfdrawpolygon.cxx @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ /* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */ -/************************************************************************* +/* * * The Contents of this file are made available subject to the terms of * either of the following licenses @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ * Contributor(s): _______________________________________ * * - ************************************************************************/ + */ /* * @file * Polygon object. diff --git a/lotuswordpro/source/filter/xfilter/xfdrawstyle.cxx b/lotuswordpro/source/filter/xfilter/xfdrawstyle.cxx index e0e5ae130745..336dbdb7ea6f 100644 --- a/lotuswordpro/source/filter/xfilter/xfdrawstyle.cxx +++ b/lotuswordpro/source/filter/xfilter/xfdrawstyle.cxx @@ -295,7 +295,7 @@ void XFDrawStyle::ToXml(IXFStream *pStrm) aStr.clear(); switch (m_pFontWorkStyle->GetAdjustType()) { - default: // fall througth + default: // fall through case enumXFFWAdjustAutosize: aStr = "autosize"; break; diff --git a/lotuswordpro/source/filter/xfilter/xfpoint.hxx b/lotuswordpro/source/filter/xfilter/xfpoint.hxx index 47a03e572bf1..2d933ea5ef15 100644 --- a/lotuswordpro/source/filter/xfilter/xfpoint.hxx +++ b/lotuswordpro/source/filter/xfilter/xfpoint.hxx @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ ************************************************************************/ /************************************************************************* * @file - * Reperesent a point. + * Rapresent a point. ************************************************************************/ #ifndef INCLUDED_LOTUSWORDPRO_SOURCE_FILTER_XFILTER_XFPOINT_HXX #define INCLUDED_LOTUSWORDPRO_SOURCE_FILTER_XFILTER_XFPOINT_HXX diff --git a/lotuswordpro/source/filter/xfilter/xfstylecont.cxx b/lotuswordpro/source/filter/xfilter/xfstylecont.cxx index d08aeb5ddb58..35ec19c7046b 100644 --- a/lotuswordpro/source/filter/xfilter/xfstylecont.cxx +++ b/lotuswordpro/source/filter/xfilter/xfstylecont.cxx @@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ IXFStyleRet XFStyleContainer::AddStyle(IXFStyle *pStyle) delete pStyle; aRet.m_pStyle = pConStyle; aRet.m_bOrigDeleted = true; - return aRet;; + return aRet; } else { diff --git a/nlpsolver/ThirdParty/EvolutionarySolver/src/net/adaptivebox/encode/EvalElement.java b/nlpsolver/ThirdParty/EvolutionarySolver/src/net/adaptivebox/encode/EvalElement.java index 823479de556a..c09491be6046 100644 --- a/nlpsolver/ThirdParty/EvolutionarySolver/src/net/adaptivebox/encode/EvalElement.java +++ b/nlpsolver/ThirdParty/EvolutionarySolver/src/net/adaptivebox/encode/EvalElement.java @@ -33,8 +33,8 @@ public class EvalElement { * NO minValue maxValue : THE ELEMENT OF BasicBound * 1 MINDOUBLE, MINDOUBLE: the minimize objective * 2 MAXDOUBLE, MAXDOUBLE: the maximize objective - * 3 MINDOUBLE, v : the lessthan constraint {@literal (<v)} - * 4 v , MAXDOUBLE: the largethan constraint {@literal (>v)} + * 3 MINDOUBLE, v : the less than constraint {@literal (<v)} + * 4 v , MAXDOUBLE: the larger than constraint {@literal (>v)} * 5 v1 , v2 : the region constraint, i.e. belongs to [v1, v2] * * OPTIM type: the No.1 and No.2 diff --git a/o3tl/qa/cow_wrapper_clients.hxx b/o3tl/qa/cow_wrapper_clients.hxx index f5d4de6fda8b..0cd1b4a0860a 100644 --- a/o3tl/qa/cow_wrapper_clients.hxx +++ b/o3tl/qa/cow_wrapper_clients.hxx @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ private: o3tl::cow_wrapper< cow_wrapper_client2_impl, o3tl::ThreadSafeRefCountingPolicy > maImpl; }; -/** test default-object comparison - have default-ctored-client4 share +/** test default-object comparison - have default-stored-client4 share the same static impl instance, check if isDefault does the right thing */ diff --git a/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/Forms/DataAwareness.java b/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/Forms/DataAwareness.java index a040646c8ffe..a4b2da41b4c0 100644 --- a/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/Forms/DataAwareness.java +++ b/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/Forms/DataAwareness.java @@ -382,7 +382,7 @@ public class DataAwareness extends DocumentBasedExample implements XPropertyChan /** checks if a given table exists. <p>The check is made using a SELECT statement, so even if the connection - is a n SDB-level connection, which may filter tables in it's table + is a n SDB-level connection, which may filter tables in its table supplier, the result may be reliable ....</p> */ protected boolean existsInvisibleTable( XConnection xConn, String sTableName ) throws java.lang.Exception diff --git a/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/Forms/DocumentViewHelper.java b/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/Forms/DocumentViewHelper.java index 148eecd2f91e..41afc0a76986 100644 --- a/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/Forms/DocumentViewHelper.java +++ b/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/Forms/DocumentViewHelper.java @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ class DocumentViewHelper // go get the current view XController xController = get( XController.class ); - // go get the dispatch provider of it's frame + // go get the dispatch provider of its frame XDispatchProvider xProvider = UnoRuntime.queryInterface( XDispatchProvider.class, xController.getFrame() ); if ( null != xProvider ) diff --git a/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/Forms/FormLayer.java b/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/Forms/FormLayer.java index 6b049a2e5324..7faf553f5d89 100644 --- a/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/Forms/FormLayer.java +++ b/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/Forms/FormLayer.java @@ -189,7 +189,7 @@ public class FormLayer // insert the text field control XPropertySet xFieldModel = createControlAndShape( sControlType, nXPos + 26, nYPos, 40, nHeight ); xFieldModel.setPropertyValue( "DataField", sFieldName ); - // knit it to it's label component + // knit it to its label component xFieldModel.setPropertyValue( "LabelControl", xLabelModel ); // some names, so later on we can find them diff --git a/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/Forms/KeyGenerator.java b/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/Forms/KeyGenerator.java index 1b1157b91c1e..8b4c451873dc 100644 --- a/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/Forms/KeyGenerator.java +++ b/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/Forms/KeyGenerator.java @@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ class UniqueColumnValue @returns a String which can be used as statement to retrieve a unique value for the given column. - The result set resulting from such a execution contains the value in it's first column. + The result set resulting from such a execution contains the value in its first column. */ private String composeUniqueyKeyStatement( XPropertySet xForm, String sFieldName ) throws com.sun.star.uno.Exception { diff --git a/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/Forms/SalesFilter.java b/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/Forms/SalesFilter.java index 412b46a098ef..26b7ba8842a5 100644 --- a/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/Forms/SalesFilter.java +++ b/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/Forms/SalesFilter.java @@ -455,7 +455,7 @@ class SalesFilter implements XActionListener, XPropertyChangeListener, XResetLis public boolean approveReset( EventObject aEvent ) throws com.sun.star.uno.RuntimeException { return false; - // do not allow the date field to be reset - it would set it's content + // do not allow the date field to be reset - it would set its content // to the current date // Note that another possible solution would be to wait for the resetted // event and correct the value there diff --git a/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/GUI/UnoDialogSample.java b/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/GUI/UnoDialogSample.java index 6f0f96453fd5..4e968116284c 100644 --- a/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/GUI/UnoDialogSample.java +++ b/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/GUI/UnoDialogSample.java @@ -1339,7 +1339,7 @@ public class UnoDialogSample implements XTextListener, XSpinListener, XActionLis } } - /** + /* * To fully understand the example one has to be aware that the passed ???Index??? parameter * refers to the position of the roadmap item in the roadmapmodel container * whereas the variable ???_ID??? directly references to a certain step of dialog. diff --git a/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/OfficeBean/OOoBeanViewer.java b/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/OfficeBean/OOoBeanViewer.java index 2fa3b065e339..e218f4f2c99e 100644 --- a/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/OfficeBean/OOoBeanViewer.java +++ b/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/OfficeBean/OOoBeanViewer.java @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ import javax.swing.filechooser.*; import javax.swing.*; import java.io.*; -/** A simple Applet that contains the SimpleBean. +/* A simple Applet that contains the SimpleBean. * * This applet is a sample implementation of the * OpenOffice.org bean. diff --git a/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/OfficeDev/DesktopEnvironment/CustomizeView.java b/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/OfficeDev/DesktopEnvironment/CustomizeView.java index c501396e3895..5fcf04772506 100644 --- a/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/OfficeDev/DesktopEnvironment/CustomizeView.java +++ b/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/OfficeDev/DesktopEnvironment/CustomizeView.java @@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ public class CustomizeView extends JPanel - /** + /* * react for click events of the used check boxes * We use our internal set dispatch objects to * call it. This calls toogle the menu/object- or toolbar. diff --git a/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/OfficeDev/DesktopEnvironment/DocumentView.java b/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/OfficeDev/DesktopEnvironment/DocumentView.java index 639dfe2042e6..a032426fd977 100644 --- a/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/OfficeDev/DesktopEnvironment/DocumentView.java +++ b/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/OfficeDev/DesktopEnvironment/DocumentView.java @@ -339,7 +339,7 @@ public class DocumentView extends JFrame maInterceptor = null; // close the frame and his document - // Relaesing of our listener connections for disposing() + // Releasing of our listener connections for disposing() // will be forced automatically then. Because the frame // will call us back ... if (mxFrame!=null) diff --git a/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/OfficeDev/DesktopEnvironment/FunctionHelper.java b/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/OfficeDev/DesktopEnvironment/FunctionHelper.java index 718e23571b75..8946890404a5 100644 --- a/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/OfficeDev/DesktopEnvironment/FunctionHelper.java +++ b/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/OfficeDev/DesktopEnvironment/FunctionHelper.java @@ -405,7 +405,7 @@ public class FunctionHelper { // "createInstance()" method of used service manager can throw it. // If it occurred during creation of desktop service the frame already was created. - // Free it by decresing his refcount. Changes on the desktop tree couldn't exist. + // Free it by decreasing his refcount. Changes on the desktop tree couldn't exist. // Without the desktop service that wasn't possible. So no further rollbacks must follow. if(xFrame!=null) { @@ -741,7 +741,7 @@ public class FunctionHelper - /** + /* * Try to close the frame instead of the document. * It shows the possible interface to do so. * diff --git a/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/OfficeDev/DesktopEnvironment/Interceptor.java b/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/OfficeDev/DesktopEnvironment/Interceptor.java index 21f3e6704a55..4427d0fa1655 100644 --- a/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/OfficeDev/DesktopEnvironment/Interceptor.java +++ b/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/OfficeDev/DesktopEnvironment/Interceptor.java @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -/************************************************************************* +/* * * The Contents of this file are made available subject to the terms of * the BSD license. @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ * TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE * USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. * - *************************************************************************/ + */ // Imports @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ import com.sun.star.uno.UnoRuntime; // Implementation -/** +/* * This class can be used to intercept dispatched URL's * on any frame used in this demo application. * It intercept all URL's which try to create a new empty frame. @@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ public class Interceptor implements com.sun.star.frame.XFrameActionListener, - /** + /* * @member m_xMaster use this interceptor if he doesn't handle queried dispatch request * @member m_xSlave we can forward all unhandled requests to this slave interceptor * @member m_xFrame intercepted frame @@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ public class Interceptor implements com.sun.star.frame.XFrameActionListener, - /** + /* * ctor * Initialize the new interceptor. Given frame reference can be used to * register this interceptor on it automatically later. @@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ public class Interceptor implements com.sun.star.frame.XFrameActionListener, - /** + /* * start working as frame action listener really. * We will be frame action listener here. In case * we get a frame action which indicates, that we should @@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ public class Interceptor implements com.sun.star.frame.XFrameActionListener, - /** + /* * In case we got an oneway listener callback - we had to use the office * asynchronous then. This method is the callback from the started thread * (started inside the original oneway method). We found all parameters of @@ -189,7 +189,7 @@ public class Interceptor implements com.sun.star.frame.XFrameActionListener, - /** + /* * callback for frame action events * We use it to update our interception. Because if a new component was loaded into * the frame or another interceptor was registered, we should refresh our connection @@ -244,7 +244,7 @@ public class Interceptor implements com.sun.star.frame.XFrameActionListener, - /** + /* * Indicates using of us as an interceptor. * Now we have to react for the requests, we are registered. * That means: load new empty documents - triggered by the new menu of the office. @@ -283,7 +283,7 @@ public class Interceptor implements com.sun.star.frame.XFrameActionListener, - /** + /* * Internal callback for frame action events, triggered by the used * OnewayExecutor thread we started in frameAction(). * We use it to update our interception on the internal saved frame. @@ -343,7 +343,7 @@ public class Interceptor implements com.sun.star.frame.XFrameActionListener, - /** + /* * Implementation of interface XDispatchProviderInterceptor * These functions are used to build a list of interceptor objects * connected in both ways. @@ -392,7 +392,7 @@ public class Interceptor implements com.sun.star.frame.XFrameActionListener, - /** + /* * Implementation of interface XDispatchProvider * These functions are called from our master if he willn't handle the outstanding request. * Given parameter should be checked if they are right for us. If it's true, the returned @@ -480,7 +480,7 @@ public class Interceptor implements com.sun.star.frame.XFrameActionListener, - /** + /* * This method is called if this interceptor "wins the request". * We intercepted creation of new frames and loading of empty documents. * Do it now. @@ -521,7 +521,7 @@ public class Interceptor implements com.sun.star.frame.XFrameActionListener, - /** + /* * Notification of status listener isn't guaranteed (instead of listener on XNotifyingDispatch interface). * So this interceptor doesn't support that really... */ @@ -552,7 +552,7 @@ public class Interceptor implements com.sun.star.frame.XFrameActionListener, - /** + /* * Implements (optional!) optimization for interceptor mechanism. * Any interceptor which provides this special interface is called automatically * at registration time on this method. Returned URL's will be used to @@ -569,7 +569,7 @@ public class Interceptor implements com.sun.star.frame.XFrameActionListener, - /** + /* * This class listen on the intercepted frame to free all used resources on closing. * We forget the reference to the frame only here. Deregistration * isn't necessary here - because this frame dies and wish to be forgotten. @@ -594,7 +594,7 @@ public class Interceptor implements com.sun.star.frame.XFrameActionListener, - /** + /* * If this java application shutdown - we must cancel all current existing * listener connections. Otherwhise the office will run into some * DisposedExceptions if it tries to use these forgotten listener references. @@ -626,7 +626,7 @@ public class Interceptor implements com.sun.star.frame.XFrameActionListener, // it's a good idea to cancel listening for frame action events // before(!) we deregister us as an interceptor. - // Because registration and deregistratio nof interceptor objects + // Because registration and deregistration of interceptor objects // will force sending of frame action events...! if (bIsActionListener) xFrame.removeFrameActionListener(this); diff --git a/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/OfficeDev/DesktopEnvironment/OfficeConnect.java b/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/OfficeDev/DesktopEnvironment/OfficeConnect.java index 0ec1d70491d2..a6bafdddff15 100644 --- a/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/OfficeDev/DesktopEnvironment/OfficeConnect.java +++ b/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/OfficeDev/DesktopEnvironment/OfficeConnect.java @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ public class OfficeConnect /** * At first call we create static connection object and open connection to an - * office - anew offic einstance is started if necessary + * office - a new office instance is started if necessary * Then - and for all further requests we return these static connection member. */ public static synchronized void createConnection() diff --git a/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/OfficeDev/DesktopEnvironment/StatusView.java b/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/OfficeDev/DesktopEnvironment/StatusView.java index b78bf869920a..892729afc1bb 100644 --- a/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/OfficeDev/DesktopEnvironment/StatusView.java +++ b/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/OfficeDev/DesktopEnvironment/StatusView.java @@ -202,7 +202,7 @@ public class StatusView extends JPanel - /** + /* * Set new frame for this view and start listening for events immediately. * We create one status listener for every control we wish to update. * And because the environment of the frame can be changed - these diff --git a/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/OfficeDev/DesktopEnvironment/ViewContainer.java b/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/OfficeDev/DesktopEnvironment/ViewContainer.java index 5dd46da0e68e..11c9fb274cc1 100644 --- a/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/OfficeDev/DesktopEnvironment/ViewContainer.java +++ b/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/OfficeDev/DesktopEnvironment/ViewContainer.java @@ -212,7 +212,7 @@ public class ViewContainer extends Thread break; aListener.shutdown(); - // May this listener has dergeistered himself. + // May this listener has deregistered himself. // But if not we must do it for him. Our own // method "removeListener()" ignore requests for // already gone listener objects. diff --git a/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/OfficeDev/FilterDevelopment/FlatXmlFilter_cpp/FlatXml.cxx b/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/OfficeDev/FilterDevelopment/FlatXmlFilter_cpp/FlatXml.cxx index 819da9dd6179..8f126105e36d 100644 --- a/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/OfficeDev/FilterDevelopment/FlatXmlFilter_cpp/FlatXml.cxx +++ b/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/OfficeDev/FilterDevelopment/FlatXmlFilter_cpp/FlatXml.cxx @@ -196,7 +196,7 @@ sal_Bool XFlatXml::exporter( // read source data // we are especially interested in the output stream // since that is where our xml-writer will push the data - // from it's data-source interface + // from its data-source interface OUString aName, sURL; Reference<XOutputStream> rOutputStream; sal_Int32 nLength = aSourceData.getLength(); diff --git a/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/OfficeDev/Linguistic/LinguisticExamples.java b/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/OfficeDev/Linguistic/LinguisticExamples.java index 7db1b7803f3c..a8ffb57cda92 100644 --- a/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/OfficeDev/Linguistic/LinguisticExamples.java +++ b/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/OfficeDev/Linguistic/LinguisticExamples.java @@ -241,7 +241,7 @@ public class LinguisticExamples else { if (xHyphWord.isAlternativeSpelling()) - System.out.println( "alternative spelling detectetd!" ); + System.out.println( "alternative spelling detected!" ); System.out.println( "valid hyphenation pos found at " + xHyphWord.getHyphenationPos() + " in " + xHyphWord.getWord() ); diff --git a/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/ProfUNO/SimpleBootstrap_java/Makefile b/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/ProfUNO/SimpleBootstrap_java/Makefile index 6ba1c78e0138..819a610421d2 100644 --- a/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/ProfUNO/SimpleBootstrap_java/Makefile +++ b/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/ProfUNO/SimpleBootstrap_java/Makefile @@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ SimpleBootstrapJavaExample : $(COMPONENT_JAR) @echo -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- # Setting the optional system property "com.sun.star.lib.loader.unopath" to the office -# program path ensures that the conmfigured SDK office is used. If the system property +# program path ensures that the configured SDK office is used. If the system property # is not specified, the default office installation is used. %.run: $(COMPONENT_JAR) $(SDK_JAVA) -Dcom.sun.star.lib.loader.unopath="$(OFFICE_PROGRAM_PATH)" -jar $(COMPONENT_JAR) diff --git a/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/Spreadsheet/DataPilotReadme.txt b/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/Spreadsheet/DataPilotReadme.txt index 0dcd38420fbb..7876b6a339a4 100644 --- a/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/Spreadsheet/DataPilotReadme.txt +++ b/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/Spreadsheet/DataPilotReadme.txt @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ component. Simple usage scenario: ====================== -1. build and deploay the component +1. build and deploy the component 2. open a new spreadsheet document 3. select for example cell B:2 4. start the DataPilot dialog diff --git a/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/Text/TextDocuments.java b/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/Text/TextDocuments.java index 5954f558dea4..2c41d28ae05e 100644 --- a/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/Text/TextDocuments.java +++ b/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/Text/TextDocuments.java @@ -1406,7 +1406,7 @@ public class TextDocuments { // Select the last paragraph in the document xParaCursor.gotoNextParagraph ( true ); - // And reset it's style to 'Standard' (the programmatic name for + // And reset its style to 'Standard' (the programmatic name for // the default style) xCursorProps.setPropertyValue ( "ParaStyleName", "Standard" ); } diff --git a/odk/examples/cpp/remoteclient/Makefile b/odk/examples/cpp/remoteclient/Makefile index bcb7048d8794..238ec3ca2a74 100644 --- a/odk/examples/cpp/remoteclient/Makefile +++ b/odk/examples/cpp/remoteclient/Makefile @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ # # The Contents of this file are made available subject to the terms of # the BSD license. -# +# # Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. # All rights reserved. # @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ # ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR # TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE # USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. -# +# #************************************************************************** # Builds the C++ remoteclient example of the SDK. @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ COMP_IMPL_NAME=$(COMP_NAME).uno.$(SHAREDLIB_EXT) COMP_IMPL=$(SHAREDLIB_OUT)/$(COMP_IMPL_NAME) COMP_RDB_NAME = $(COMP_NAME).uno.rdb COMP_RDB = $(OUT_BIN)/$(COMP_RDB_NAME) -COMP_SERVICES=$(SHAREDLIB_OUT)/remoteclientsample.rdb +COMP_SERVICES=$(SHAREDLIB_OUT)/remoteclientsample.rdb ENV_COMP_SERVICES=-env:URE_MORE_SERVICES=$(URLPREFIX)$(COMP_SERVICES) @@ -110,16 +110,16 @@ $(COMP_SERVICES) : #CppClientExample : $(COMP_IMPL) $(COMP_ENV_FLAG) CppClientExample : $(COMP_IMPL) $(COMP_SERVICES) @echo -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - @echo The remoteclient C++ component can be used by using the uno binary. Use the - @echo the follwong command to start the example. The run target starts a remote + @echo The remoteclient C++ component can be used by using the uno binary. Use the + @echo the following command to start the example. The run target starts a remote @echo server and connect with the client to this server. - @echo - + @echo - @echo $(MAKE) remoteclient.run - @echo - + @echo - @echo NOTE: The example uses the $(QM)uno$(QM) tool to prepare a working UNO environment. @echo $(SQM) $(SQM)The example component is made available via -env:URE_MORE_SERVICES=... @echo $(SQM) $(SQM)Please check the generated $(QM)$(COMP_SERVICES)$(QM) to see how you can specify your own components in such an environment - @echo $(SQM) $(SQM)and how to use the passive UNO registration. + @echo $(SQM) $(SQM)and how to use the passive UNO registration. @echo -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- %.run: $(COMP_IMPL) diff --git a/odk/examples/java/ConverterServlet/ConverterServlet.java b/odk/examples/java/ConverterServlet/ConverterServlet.java index 2f60077d92d0..98432b4bf531 100644 --- a/odk/examples/java/ConverterServlet/ConverterServlet.java +++ b/odk/examples/java/ConverterServlet/ConverterServlet.java @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -/************************************************************************* +/* * * The Contents of this file are made available subject to the terms of * the BSD license. @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ * TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE * USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. * - *************************************************************************/ + */ // JDK API import java.io.IOException; diff --git a/odk/examples/python/toolpanel/readme b/odk/examples/python/toolpanel/readme index 11394383ebd8..9061339e5b24 100644 --- a/odk/examples/python/toolpanel/readme +++ b/odk/examples/python/toolpanel/readme @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ This extension is a Proof of concept on implementing Toolpanel in Python - make will create the oxt - - provided sdk environnement is set + - provided sdk environment is set - alternatively zip the files and name it toolpanel.oxt - install it - activate Task Panes in menu (check View > Task Pane menu) diff --git a/offapi/com/sun/star/configuration/ConfigurationRegistry.idl b/offapi/com/sun/star/configuration/ConfigurationRegistry.idl index 2af0ad811634..3c5adf80a400 100644 --- a/offapi/com/sun/star/configuration/ConfigurationRegistry.idl +++ b/offapi/com/sun/star/configuration/ConfigurationRegistry.idl @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ module com { module sun { module star { module configuration { </p><p> Thus anybody using this service is strongly advised to read and understand the specification of an configuration provider (com.sun.star.configuration::ConfigurationProvider) - and all of it's aspects. + and all of its aspects. </p> @author Frank Schoenheit diff --git a/offapi/com/sun/star/document/ExtendedTypeDetectionFactory.idl b/offapi/com/sun/star/document/ExtendedTypeDetectionFactory.idl index 0c9d7cdf07be..8d01e4f94bfb 100644 --- a/offapi/com/sun/star/document/ExtendedTypeDetectionFactory.idl +++ b/offapi/com/sun/star/document/ExtendedTypeDetectionFactory.idl @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ published service ExtendedTypeDetectionFactory <p> A detection component must be specified by its UNO implementation name and will be crated then. - Every new created component can be initialized with it's own configuration data + Every new created component can be initialized with its own configuration data and may given optional arguments of the corresponding createInstanceWithArguments() request. To do so the service must support the optional interface com::sun::star::lang::XInitialization. The arguments parameter will have the following structure: diff --git a/offapi/com/sun/star/document/FilterFactory.idl b/offapi/com/sun/star/document/FilterFactory.idl index 3fff37b7176c..df7f35c60526 100644 --- a/offapi/com/sun/star/document/FilterFactory.idl +++ b/offapi/com/sun/star/document/FilterFactory.idl @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ published service FilterFactory <strong>Proposed behavior</strong><p> Searching of a suitable filter for a given internal type name, must be done by the new interface com::sun::star::container::XContainerQuery, available on this factory too. - The factory interface can be used to create filter components by it's internal filter name only. + The factory interface can be used to create filter components by its internal filter name only. </p> <p> @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ published service FilterFactory <p> <strong>Initialization of a filter component</strong><p> - Every filter, which was created by this factory can(!) be initialized with it's own configuration data + Every filter, which was created by this factory can(!) be initialized with its own configuration data and may given optional arguments of the corresponding createInstanceWithArguments() request. To do so the filter instance must support the optional interface com::sun::star::lang::XInitialization. The arguments parameter will have the following structure: diff --git a/offapi/com/sun/star/embed/FileSystemStorage.idl b/offapi/com/sun/star/embed/FileSystemStorage.idl index b4b875ae6650..66dece34e4de 100644 --- a/offapi/com/sun/star/embed/FileSystemStorage.idl +++ b/offapi/com/sun/star/embed/FileSystemStorage.idl @@ -66,14 +66,14 @@ published service FileSystemStorage <dt>XStorage::copyLastCommitTo()</dt> <dd> Since this service implementation supports no transaction - this method just creates a copy of the storage in it's + this method just creates a copy of the storage in its current state. </dd> <dt>XStorage::copyStorageElementLastCommitTo()</dt> <dd> Since this service implementation supports no transaction - this method just creates a copy of the storage in it's + this method just creates a copy of the storage in its current state. </dd> diff --git a/offapi/com/sun/star/embed/StorageStream.idl b/offapi/com/sun/star/embed/StorageStream.idl index 6ebcf2e6269d..cb90b6a08496 100644 --- a/offapi/com/sun/star/embed/StorageStream.idl +++ b/offapi/com/sun/star/embed/StorageStream.idl @@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ published service StorageStream </p> <p> - In case a stream is disposed any call to it's methods should result in + In case a stream is disposed any call to its methods should result in com::sun::star::lang::DisposedException. </p> */ diff --git a/offapi/com/sun/star/embed/XCommonEmbedPersist.idl b/offapi/com/sun/star/embed/XCommonEmbedPersist.idl index 74333f6165cf..29612596f749 100644 --- a/offapi/com/sun/star/embed/XCommonEmbedPersist.idl +++ b/offapi/com/sun/star/embed/XCommonEmbedPersist.idl @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ published interface XCommonEmbedPersist: com::sun::star::uno::XInterface /** lets the object or the link reload itself. <p> - If the object has persistence it will be reloaded from it's persistent + If the object has persistence it will be reloaded from its persistent entry. </p> diff --git a/offapi/com/sun/star/embed/XStorage.idl b/offapi/com/sun/star/embed/XStorage.idl index 7800d0a987e0..8821f60a8592 100644 --- a/offapi/com/sun/star/embed/XStorage.idl +++ b/offapi/com/sun/star/embed/XStorage.idl @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ published interface XStorage /** allows to control and track lifetime of the storage. <p> - In case a storage is disposed any call to it's methods should result + In case a storage is disposed any call to its methods should result in com::sun::star::lang::DisposedException. </p> */ @@ -311,7 +311,7 @@ published interface XStorage ::com::sun::star::io::IOException, ::com::sun::star::embed::StorageWrappedTargetException ); - /** allows to get copy of this storage at the state of it's last commit. + /** allows to get copy of this storage at the state of its last commit. <p> This method makes sense only for services implementations that allow @@ -340,7 +340,7 @@ published interface XStorage ::com::sun::star::io::IOException, ::com::sun::star::embed::StorageWrappedTargetException ); - /** allows to get copy of a child storage at the state of it's last commit. + /** allows to get copy of a child storage at the state of its last commit. <p> This method makes sense only for services implementations that allow diff --git a/offapi/com/sun/star/form/DataAwareControlModel.idl b/offapi/com/sun/star/form/DataAwareControlModel.idl index bb1e09f49b99..d2d40017ff49 100644 --- a/offapi/com/sun/star/form/DataAwareControlModel.idl +++ b/offapi/com/sun/star/form/DataAwareControlModel.idl @@ -69,9 +69,9 @@ published service DataAwareControlModel <p>In the context of a control model which is data-aware, the semantics of <em>default value</em> (see XReset) is as follows:<br/> - If (and only if) the control is valid bound to a column of it's com::sun::star::form::component::DataForm, and the form + If (and only if) the control is valid bound to a column of its com::sun::star::form::component::DataForm, and the form is not positioned on a new record (see com::sun::star::sdb::RowSet::IsNew), then - XReset::reset() does not reset the model's value to it's default value, but uses the + XReset::reset() does not reset the model's value to its default value, but uses the underlying column value.<br/> In all other cases, the model is reset to the default value as specified by the respective property.</p> diff --git a/offapi/com/sun/star/form/binding/XValueBinding.idl b/offapi/com/sun/star/form/binding/XValueBinding.idl index e3c1276f1897..2a6a4d1b6c94 100644 --- a/offapi/com/sun/star/form/binding/XValueBinding.idl +++ b/offapi/com/sun/star/form/binding/XValueBinding.idl @@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ interface XValueBinding : com::sun::star::uno::XInterface fully operational. Possible reasons for this include the binding being readonly, or the target of the binding not being present. @throws com::sun::star::lang::NoSupportException - if the binding in general does not support write access to it's binding + if the binding in general does not support write access to its binding @see getSupportedValueTypes @see supportsType diff --git a/offapi/com/sun/star/form/component/CheckBox.idl b/offapi/com/sun/star/form/component/CheckBox.idl index 57acd34180e6..b793bc4f0f01 100644 --- a/offapi/com/sun/star/form/component/CheckBox.idl +++ b/offapi/com/sun/star/form/component/CheckBox.idl @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ published service CheckBox service com::sun::star::form::FormControlModel; - /** can be used to reset the control to it's default state. + /** can be used to reset the control to its default state. @see CheckBox::DefaultState */ diff --git a/offapi/com/sun/star/form/component/ComboBox.idl b/offapi/com/sun/star/form/component/ComboBox.idl index 1a7f03b4f213..33c4e5e9db8c 100644 --- a/offapi/com/sun/star/form/component/ComboBox.idl +++ b/offapi/com/sun/star/form/component/ComboBox.idl @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ published service ComboBox service com::sun::star::form::FormControlModel; - /** can be used to reset the control to it's default text. + /** can be used to reset the control to its default text. @see ComboBox::DefaultText */ diff --git a/offapi/com/sun/star/form/component/CurrencyField.idl b/offapi/com/sun/star/form/component/CurrencyField.idl index 9c4fbde41c59..a5c35ae09cb9 100644 --- a/offapi/com/sun/star/form/component/CurrencyField.idl +++ b/offapi/com/sun/star/form/component/CurrencyField.idl @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ published service CurrencyField service com::sun::star::form::FormControlModel; - /** can be used to reset the control to it's default state. + /** can be used to reset the control to its default state. @see CurrencyField::DefaultValue */ diff --git a/offapi/com/sun/star/form/component/DataForm.idl b/offapi/com/sun/star/form/component/DataForm.idl index 18afb4463493..c3aa6e5ccecb 100644 --- a/offapi/com/sun/star/form/component/DataForm.idl +++ b/offapi/com/sun/star/form/component/DataForm.idl @@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ published service DataForm <p>You can add your component as com::sun::star::form::XDatabaseParameterListener to a form to get notified whenever the form needs parameter values to be filled in<br/> - In a first approach, the form tries to fill any parameters from it's master-detail relation + In a first approach, the form tries to fill any parameters from its master-detail relation (if any). All values which can't be filled are then passed to all listeners, which can fill them by their own choice.</p> diff --git a/offapi/com/sun/star/form/component/FileControl.idl b/offapi/com/sun/star/form/component/FileControl.idl index 31d8ffa33048..0e5c977f83b8 100644 --- a/offapi/com/sun/star/form/component/FileControl.idl +++ b/offapi/com/sun/star/form/component/FileControl.idl @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ published service FileControl service com::sun::star::form::FormControlModel; - /** can be used to reset the control to it's default text. + /** can be used to reset the control to its default text. @see FileControl::DefaultText */ diff --git a/offapi/com/sun/star/form/component/FormattedField.idl b/offapi/com/sun/star/form/component/FormattedField.idl index 9d4439b07ffe..fd9817667f8b 100644 --- a/offapi/com/sun/star/form/component/FormattedField.idl +++ b/offapi/com/sun/star/form/component/FormattedField.idl @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ published service FormattedField service com::sun::star::form::FormControlModel; - /** can be used to reset the control to it's default state. + /** can be used to reset the control to its default state. @see com::sun::star::awt::UnoControlFormattedFieldModel::EffectiveValue @see com::sun::star::awt::UnoControlFormattedFieldModel::EffectiveDefault diff --git a/offapi/com/sun/star/form/component/ListBox.idl b/offapi/com/sun/star/form/component/ListBox.idl index e1efae6552b1..48f754435e70 100644 --- a/offapi/com/sun/star/form/component/ListBox.idl +++ b/offapi/com/sun/star/form/component/ListBox.idl @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ published service ListBox service com::sun::star::form::FormControlModel; - /** can be used to reset the control to it's default state. + /** can be used to reset the control to its default state. @see ListBox::DefaultSelection */ diff --git a/offapi/com/sun/star/form/component/NumericField.idl b/offapi/com/sun/star/form/component/NumericField.idl index a9d442547125..dac2ae6a6b06 100644 --- a/offapi/com/sun/star/form/component/NumericField.idl +++ b/offapi/com/sun/star/form/component/NumericField.idl @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ published service NumericField service com::sun::star::form::FormControlModel; - /** can be used to reset the control to it's default value. + /** can be used to reset the control to its default value. @see NumericField::DefaultValue */ diff --git a/offapi/com/sun/star/form/component/PatternField.idl b/offapi/com/sun/star/form/component/PatternField.idl index 91a79b5c4029..b9083c552dfd 100644 --- a/offapi/com/sun/star/form/component/PatternField.idl +++ b/offapi/com/sun/star/form/component/PatternField.idl @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ published service PatternField service com::sun::star::form::FormControlModel; - /** can be used to reset the control to it's default text. + /** can be used to reset the control to its default text. @see PatternField::DefaultText */ diff --git a/offapi/com/sun/star/form/component/RadioButton.idl b/offapi/com/sun/star/form/component/RadioButton.idl index b99bffb04fed..664221d2b227 100644 --- a/offapi/com/sun/star/form/component/RadioButton.idl +++ b/offapi/com/sun/star/form/component/RadioButton.idl @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ published service RadioButton service com::sun::star::form::FormControlModel; - /** can be used to reset the control to it's default text. + /** can be used to reset the control to its default text. @see RadioButton::DefaultState */ diff --git a/offapi/com/sun/star/form/component/TextField.idl b/offapi/com/sun/star/form/component/TextField.idl index f641d55a05ec..733edc45d861 100644 --- a/offapi/com/sun/star/form/component/TextField.idl +++ b/offapi/com/sun/star/form/component/TextField.idl @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ published service TextField */ [optional] service RichTextControl; - /** can be used to reset the control to it's default text. + /** can be used to reset the control to its default text. @see TextField::DefaultText */ diff --git a/offapi/com/sun/star/form/control/InteractionGridControl.idl b/offapi/com/sun/star/form/control/InteractionGridControl.idl index f8daf141b9de..8b56d599098a 100644 --- a/offapi/com/sun/star/form/control/InteractionGridControl.idl +++ b/offapi/com/sun/star/form/control/InteractionGridControl.idl @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ module com { module sun { module star { module form { module control { -/** is an extended grid control, which allows the user to customize some of it's user interface's aspects. +/** is an extended grid control, which allows the user to customize some of its user interface's aspects. */ published service InteractionGridControl { diff --git a/offapi/com/sun/star/form/validation/ValidatableControlModel.idl b/offapi/com/sun/star/form/validation/ValidatableControlModel.idl index 1ebe7eb31ba1..3865ff951328 100644 --- a/offapi/com/sun/star/form/validation/ValidatableControlModel.idl +++ b/offapi/com/sun/star/form/validation/ValidatableControlModel.idl @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ service ValidatableControlModel <p>As soon as a validator is set via XValidatable::setValidator(), the validatable control model registers itself as listener. If the validity constraint of the validator changes, the ValidatableControlModel re-validates its current valid, and - broadcasts any resuling changes to all its XFormComponentValidityListener, if + broadcasts any resulting changes to all its XFormComponentValidityListener, if necessary.</p> */ interface XValidityConstraintListener; diff --git a/offapi/com/sun/star/frame/SessionListener.idl b/offapi/com/sun/star/frame/SessionListener.idl index 5e4d15f3e091..d33859fd8cbc 100644 --- a/offapi/com/sun/star/frame/SessionListener.idl +++ b/offapi/com/sun/star/frame/SessionListener.idl @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ /** - This was created from it's sole place of use, so it might be incomplete. + This was created from its sole place of use, so it might be incomplete. @since LibreOffice 4.1 */ diff --git a/offapi/com/sun/star/frame/XModule.idl b/offapi/com/sun/star/frame/XModule.idl index bc31b6d4ba64..978332fb0f7e 100644 --- a/offapi/com/sun/star/frame/XModule.idl +++ b/offapi/com/sun/star/frame/XModule.idl @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ module com { module sun { module star { module frame { /** can be used to overrule identification of office modules. <p> - Normally an office module will be identified by it's service name + Normally an office module will be identified by its service name in combination with a set of configuration data. But sometimes whole existing office modules will be used as black box components to implement a different office module on top of it. Patching a service name diff --git a/offapi/com/sun/star/linguistic2/DictionaryListEvent.idl b/offapi/com/sun/star/linguistic2/DictionaryListEvent.idl index ab8c9f614e03..fa455371a656 100644 --- a/offapi/com/sun/star/linguistic2/DictionaryListEvent.idl +++ b/offapi/com/sun/star/linguistic2/DictionaryListEvent.idl @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ module com { module sun { module star { module linguistic2 { <P>This structure is used by the dictionary-list to inform its listeners about certain events. Since the dictionary-list is able to collect several single - events before broadcasting them to it's listeners the + events before broadcasting them to its listeners the integer argument may be a combination (logical or) of several event types. If more specific information about the events is requested by a diff --git a/offapi/com/sun/star/rendering/XGraphicDevice.idl b/offapi/com/sun/star/rendering/XGraphicDevice.idl index a21b2dea9bc1..f3b37a2fe393 100644 --- a/offapi/com/sun/star/rendering/XGraphicDevice.idl +++ b/offapi/com/sun/star/rendering/XGraphicDevice.idl @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ interface XBufferController; rendered. For a typical windowing system, the graphic device is equivalent - to a distinct OS window, with it's own clipped output area, + to a distinct OS window, with its own clipped output area, fullscreen and double-buffering attributes. That is, even if one can have multiple canvases per system window, they all share the same graphic device and thus e.g. fullscreen state. If the OS diff --git a/offapi/com/sun/star/sdb/ContentLoader.idl b/offapi/com/sun/star/sdb/ContentLoader.idl index 51ab799a8e39..85cb69e66f9d 100644 --- a/offapi/com/sun/star/sdb/ContentLoader.idl +++ b/offapi/com/sun/star/sdb/ContentLoader.idl @@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ published service ContentLoader The parameters passed to the com::sun::star::frame::XFrameLoader::load() are forwarded to the object being created, - in particular to it's + in particular to its com::sun::star::lang::XInitialization interface. **/ diff --git a/offapi/com/sun/star/sdb/ReportDesign.idl b/offapi/com/sun/star/sdb/ReportDesign.idl index 65bad910ed0f..bf7426cf599b 100644 --- a/offapi/com/sun/star/sdb/ReportDesign.idl +++ b/offapi/com/sun/star/sdb/ReportDesign.idl @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ module com { module sun { module star { module sdb { /** - This interface could be incomplete since I derived it from it's sole place of use. + This interface could be incomplete since I derived it from its sole place of use. @since LibreOffice 4.1 */ diff --git a/offapi/com/sun/star/sdb/RowSet.idl b/offapi/com/sun/star/sdb/RowSet.idl index f6b343f49ef0..02dd45e7ad1f 100644 --- a/offapi/com/sun/star/sdb/RowSet.idl +++ b/offapi/com/sun/star/sdb/RowSet.idl @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ published interface XParametersSupplier; </p> <h3>Notifications</h3> - <p>A row set is able to be operated in various ways, and additionally it notifies various changes in it's + <p>A row set is able to be operated in various ways, and additionally it notifies various changes in its state. Clients of this service can rely on a fixed order of notifications, depending on how they operate on the component.<br> The following describes the general order of all possible notifications which you can encounter when @@ -228,7 +228,7 @@ published service RowSet */ [optional] interface com::sun::star::sdbc::XResultSetUpdate; - /** is the interface for deleting more than one row, identified by it's bookmark. + /** is the interface for deleting more than one row, identified by its bookmark. <p>The optional support of this interface is already implied with the support of the com::sun::star::sdbcx::ResultSet service.</p> diff --git a/offapi/com/sun/star/sdbcx/ResultSet.idl b/offapi/com/sun/star/sdbcx/ResultSet.idl index 6cfde97a789f..cffdcff004fa 100644 --- a/offapi/com/sun/star/sdbcx/ResultSet.idl +++ b/offapi/com/sun/star/sdbcx/ResultSet.idl @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ published service ResultSet interface XRowLocate; - /** is the interface for deleting more than one row, identified by it's bookmark. + /** is the interface for deleting more than one row, identified by its bookmark. The implementation is optional. */ [optional] interface XDeleteRows; diff --git a/offapi/com/sun/star/sdbcx/ViewDescriptor.idl b/offapi/com/sun/star/sdbcx/ViewDescriptor.idl index 0ccc5c5f3cfa..13ae38f2a781 100644 --- a/offapi/com/sun/star/sdbcx/ViewDescriptor.idl +++ b/offapi/com/sun/star/sdbcx/ViewDescriptor.idl @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ published service ViewDescriptor [property] string SchemaName; - /** is the command for creating the view. After appending a view to it's + /** is the command for creating the view. After appending a view to its container, the command may be empty. This is typically a SQL Select-Statement. */ diff --git a/offapi/com/sun/star/setup/UpdateCheckConfig.idl b/offapi/com/sun/star/setup/UpdateCheckConfig.idl index d2354d820383..f8e29e4bddcc 100644 --- a/offapi/com/sun/star/setup/UpdateCheckConfig.idl +++ b/offapi/com/sun/star/setup/UpdateCheckConfig.idl @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ module com { module sun { module star { module setup { /** - This was created from it's places of use, so it may be incomplete. + This was created from its places of use, so it may be incomplete. @since LibreOffice 4.1 */ diff --git a/offapi/com/sun/star/ucb/DuplicateCommandIdentifierException.idl b/offapi/com/sun/star/ucb/DuplicateCommandIdentifierException.idl index 44b44ee86f3b..62daab09f4d3 100644 --- a/offapi/com/sun/star/ucb/DuplicateCommandIdentifierException.idl +++ b/offapi/com/sun/star/ucb/DuplicateCommandIdentifierException.idl @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ module com { module sun { module star { module ucb { /** is thrown by XCommandProcessor::execute() to indicate that the same command identifier was used for two threads. - <p>Each thread must use it's own command identifier, which must be obtained + <p>Each thread must use its own command identifier, which must be obtained using XCommandProcessor::createCommandIdentifier(). Command identifier <code>0</code>, which indicates that the command shall never be aborted by a client, can be used by any thread. diff --git a/offapi/com/sun/star/ui/theWindowContentFactoryManager.idl b/offapi/com/sun/star/ui/theWindowContentFactoryManager.idl index 541c40eda820..334ecf7b8c87 100644 --- a/offapi/com/sun/star/ui/theWindowContentFactoryManager.idl +++ b/offapi/com/sun/star/ui/theWindowContentFactoryManager.idl @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ module com { module sun { module star { module ui { /** - This interface could be incomplete since I derived it from it's sole place of use. + This interface could be incomplete since I derived it from its sole place of use. Prior to LibreOffice 4.3, this singleton was only available as a (single-instance) WindowContentFactoryManager service. diff --git a/offapi/type_reference/typelibrary_history.txt b/offapi/type_reference/typelibrary_history.txt index 7e6d197d6582..02b7fee0af53 100644 --- a/offapi/type_reference/typelibrary_history.txt +++ b/offapi/type_reference/typelibrary_history.txt @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ 01/20/2005 (JSC): BugID=i40985 change const value com.sun.star.configuration.backend.NodeAttribute:MASK to - 0x7F00 insterad of 0xFF00. Necessary because of a bug fix in idlc and possible + 0x7F00 instead of 0xFF00. Necessary because of a bug fix in idlc and possible because only 3 bits are masked. 02/18/05 (JSC/TL): BugID=i42890 diff --git a/officecfg/registry/schema/org/openoffice/Office/Histories.xcs b/officecfg/registry/schema/org/openoffice/Office/Histories.xcs index ad38ba69a44e..23095a8ebb66 100644 --- a/officecfg/registry/schema/org/openoffice/Office/Histories.xcs +++ b/officecfg/registry/schema/org/openoffice/Office/Histories.xcs @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ <templates> <group oor:name="HistoryItem"> <info> - <desc>Describe an history item in it's details. Use URL as node name.</desc> + <desc>Describe an history item in its details. Use URL as node name.</desc> </info> <prop oor:name="Filter" oor:type="xs:string"> <info> diff --git a/officecfg/registry/schema/org/openoffice/Office/Linguistic.xcs b/officecfg/registry/schema/org/openoffice/Office/Linguistic.xcs index 27c2db1c0a7b..c8e0f00fdb29 100644 --- a/officecfg/registry/schema/org/openoffice/Office/Linguistic.xcs +++ b/officecfg/registry/schema/org/openoffice/Office/Linguistic.xcs @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ </prop> <prop oor:name="Locales" oor:type="oor:string-list"> <info> - <desc>Bind a dictionary to it's supported list of locales.</desc> + <desc>Bind a dictionary to its supported list of locales.</desc> <label>Dictionary locales</label> </info> </prop> diff --git a/officecfg/registry/schema/org/openoffice/Office/Paths.xcs b/officecfg/registry/schema/org/openoffice/Office/Paths.xcs index e34360c94e8c..02f6f21dc73c 100644 --- a/officecfg/registry/schema/org/openoffice/Office/Paths.xcs +++ b/officecfg/registry/schema/org/openoffice/Office/Paths.xcs @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ <templates> <group oor:name="MultiPath"> <info> - <desc>Describe a path in it's details.</desc> + <desc>Describe a path in its details.</desc> </info> <prop oor:name="Unused" oor:type="xs:string"> <info> diff --git a/onlineupdate/source/libmar/verify/cryptox.c b/onlineupdate/source/libmar/verify/cryptox.c index 1de9891d5011..c5bef7387514 100644 --- a/onlineupdate/source/libmar/verify/cryptox.c +++ b/onlineupdate/source/libmar/verify/cryptox.c @@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ CyprtoAPI_VerifySignature(HCRYPTHASH *hash, /** * Obtains the public key for the passed in cert data * - * @param provider The cryto provider + * @param provider The crypto provider * @param certData Data of the certificate to extract the public key from * @param sizeOfCertData The size of the certData buffer * @param certStore Pointer to the handle of the certificate store to use diff --git a/onlineupdate/source/libmar/verify/mar_verify.c b/onlineupdate/source/libmar/verify/mar_verify.c index c07ca20f88a3..ff0909a16f29 100644 --- a/onlineupdate/source/libmar/verify/mar_verify.c +++ b/onlineupdate/source/libmar/verify/mar_verify.c @@ -155,7 +155,7 @@ mar_verify_signatures(MarFile *mar, } if (CryptoX_Failed(CryptoX_InitCryptoProvider(&provider))) { - fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: Could not init crytpo library.\n"); + fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: Could not init crypto library.\n"); goto failure; } diff --git a/onlineupdate/source/update/common/updatehelper.cxx b/onlineupdate/source/update/common/updatehelper.cxx index 7ccc319d39f5..fef3a70a7526 100644 --- a/onlineupdate/source/update/common/updatehelper.cxx +++ b/onlineupdate/source/update/common/updatehelper.cxx @@ -715,7 +715,7 @@ GetDWORDValue(HKEY key, LPCWSTR valueName, DWORD &retValue) /** * Determines if the the system's elevation type allows - * unprmopted elevation. + * unprompted elevation. * * @param isUnpromptedElevation Out parameter which specifies if unprompted * elevation is allowed. diff --git a/onlineupdate/source/update/inc/mozilla/UniquePtr.h b/onlineupdate/source/update/inc/mozilla/UniquePtr.h index 28b5794e4469..6fad8d1cfb8a 100644 --- a/onlineupdate/source/update/inc/mozilla/UniquePtr.h +++ b/onlineupdate/source/update/inc/mozilla/UniquePtr.h @@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ namespace mozilla { * and move-assigned, not only from itself but from "derived" UniquePtr<U, E> * instantiations where U converts to T and E converts to D. If you want to use * this, you're going to have to specify a deletion policy for both UniquePtr - * instantations, and T pretty much has to have a virtual destructor. In other + * instantiations, and T pretty much has to have a virtual destructor. In other * words, this doesn't work: * * struct Base { virtual ~Base() {} }; diff --git a/onlineupdate/source/update/updater/nsWindowsRestart.cxx b/onlineupdate/source/update/updater/nsWindowsRestart.cxx index 27fe249e429f..fff40808af1b 100644 --- a/onlineupdate/source/update/updater/nsWindowsRestart.cxx +++ b/onlineupdate/source/update/updater/nsWindowsRestart.cxx @@ -310,7 +310,7 @@ static int ArgStrLen(const wchar_t *s) BOOL addDoubleQuotes = wcspbrk(s, L" \t") != nullptr; if (addDoubleQuotes) { - i += 2; // initial and final duoblequote + i += 2; // initial and final doublequote } if (hasDoubleQuote) { diff --git a/onlineupdate/source/update/updater/updater.cxx b/onlineupdate/source/update/updater/updater.cxx index 3066b2b716d0..5e88dff4e2a1 100644 --- a/onlineupdate/source/update/updater/updater.cxx +++ b/onlineupdate/source/update/updater/updater.cxx @@ -1829,7 +1829,7 @@ LaunchCallbackApp(const NS_tchar *workingDir, WinLaunchChild(argv[0], argc, argv, nullptr); } #else -# warning "Need implementaton of LaunchCallbackApp" +# warning "Need implementation of LaunchCallbackApp" #endif } @@ -2698,7 +2698,7 @@ int NS_main(int argc, NS_tchar **argv) } } - // Make sure the service registry entries for the instsallation path + // Make sure the service registry entries for the installation path // are available. If not don't use the service. if (useService) { WCHAR maintenanceServiceKey[MAX_PATH + 1]; diff --git a/oox/source/ole/axcontrol.cxx b/oox/source/ole/axcontrol.cxx index f883cd61ee56..18a700e2b163 100644 --- a/oox/source/ole/axcontrol.cxx +++ b/oox/source/ole/axcontrol.cxx @@ -693,7 +693,7 @@ sal_uInt32 ComCtlModelBase::getDataPartId() const case COMCTL_VERSION_50: return mnDataPartId5; case COMCTL_VERSION_60: return mnDataPartId6; } - OSL_FAIL( "ComCtlObjectBase::getDataPartId - unxpected version" ); + OSL_FAIL( "ComCtlObjectBase::getDataPartId - unexpected version" ); return SAL_MAX_UINT32; } diff --git a/oox/source/ppt/pptimport.cxx b/oox/source/ppt/pptimport.cxx index a059d6710718..2cfe35593207 100644 --- a/oox/source/ppt/pptimport.cxx +++ b/oox/source/ppt/pptimport.cxx @@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ sal_Bool SAL_CALL PowerPointImport::filter( const Sequence< PropertyValue >& rDe return true; if( isExportFilter() ) { - Reference< XExporter > xExporter( Reference<css::lang::XMultiServiceFactory>(getComponentContext()->getServiceManager(), UNO_QUERY_THROW)->createInstance( "com.sun.star.comp.Impress.oox.PowerPointExport" ), UNO_QUERY );; + Reference< XExporter > xExporter( Reference<css::lang::XMultiServiceFactory>(getComponentContext()->getServiceManager(), UNO_QUERY_THROW)->createInstance( "com.sun.star.comp.Impress.oox.PowerPointExport" ), UNO_QUERY ); if( xExporter.is() ) { Reference< XComponent > xDocument( getModel(), UNO_QUERY ); diff --git a/oox/source/ppt/timenode.cxx b/oox/source/ppt/timenode.cxx index 149f7f053616..6c068aca6468 100644 --- a/oox/source/ppt/timenode.cxx +++ b/oox/source/ppt/timenode.cxx @@ -568,7 +568,7 @@ namespace oox { namespace ppt { const Reference< XAnimationNode >& rxNode ) { try { - Reference< XAnimationNode > xNode( Reference<css::lang::XMultiServiceFactory>(rFilter.getComponentContext()->getServiceManager(), UNO_QUERY_THROW)->createInstance( rServiceName ), UNO_QUERY_THROW );; + Reference< XAnimationNode > xNode( Reference<css::lang::XMultiServiceFactory>(rFilter.getComponentContext()->getServiceManager(), UNO_QUERY_THROW)->createInstance( rServiceName ), UNO_QUERY_THROW ); Reference< XTimeContainer > xParentContainer( rxNode, UNO_QUERY_THROW ); xParentContainer->appendChild( xNode ); diff --git a/package/source/xstor/xstorage.cxx b/package/source/xstor/xstorage.cxx index 0ce08dffbd84..669d8075d2cd 100644 --- a/package/source/xstor/xstorage.cxx +++ b/package/source/xstor/xstorage.cxx @@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ void OStorage_Impl::completeStorageStreamCopy_Impl( if ( !xSourceInStream.is() ) throw io::IOException( THROW_WHERE ); - // TODO: headers of encripted streams should be copied also + // TODO: headers of encrypted streams should be copied also ::comphelper::OStorageHelper::CopyInputToOutput( xSourceInStream, xDestOutStream ); uno::Sequence<OUString> aPropNames { "Compressed" }; diff --git a/pyuno/qa/pytests/insertremovecells.py b/pyuno/qa/pytests/insertremovecells.py index 0c9626caa7d2..9c521f27cf4d 100644 --- a/pyuno/qa/pytests/insertremovecells.py +++ b/pyuno/qa/pytests/insertremovecells.py @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ class InsertRemoveCells(unittest.TestCase): addr = area.getRangeAddress() # 2 = intended to shift cells right, but I don't know where to find - # the ENUM to put in it's place. Corrections welcome. + # the ENUM to put in its place. Corrections welcome. sheet.insertCells( addr, 2 ) # basically, the insertCells call is the test: it should not crash diff --git a/pyuno/source/module/uno.py b/pyuno/source/module/uno.py index 4c78595cd8d0..a899c7050f59 100644 --- a/pyuno/source/module/uno.py +++ b/pyuno/source/module/uno.py @@ -190,7 +190,7 @@ class Char: # def __repr__(self): # return "<ByteSequence instance %s>" % str.__repr__(self) - # for a little bit compatitbility; setting value is not possible as + # for a little bit compatibility; setting value is not possible as # strings are immutable # def _get_value(self): # return self diff --git a/qadevOOo/runner/helper/OfficeWatcher.java b/qadevOOo/runner/helper/OfficeWatcher.java index 50765a867ab0..924a9e4af6d3 100644 --- a/qadevOOo/runner/helper/OfficeWatcher.java +++ b/qadevOOo/runner/helper/OfficeWatcher.java @@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ public class OfficeWatcher extends Thread implements share.Watcher { " seconds, it probably hangs and is killed NOW."); ph.kill(); } else { - dbg("reaeched timeout but ProcessHandler is NULL"); + dbg("reached timeout but ProcessHandler is NULL"); } util.utils.pause(timeOut == 0 ? 30000 : timeOut); dbg("finished"); diff --git a/qadevOOo/runner/helper/ProcessHandler.java b/qadevOOo/runner/helper/ProcessHandler.java index 607c1f21a2c2..60b31b09b34e 100644 --- a/qadevOOo/runner/helper/ProcessHandler.java +++ b/qadevOOo/runner/helper/ProcessHandler.java @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ import lib.TestParameters; import util.PropertyName; import util.utils; -/** +/* * Class collect information from input stream in * background (separate thread) and outputs it to * some log stream. I helps to avoid buffer overflow @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ import util.utils; * in case when handling stdout from external * <code>Process</code>) * - * This class is currently used by ProcesHandler + * This class is currently used by ProcessHandler * internally only. */ class Pump extends Thread @@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ public class ProcessHandler * @param envVars The specified environment variables are * set for the new process. * If log stream is null, logging is printed to stdout. - * @param timeOut When started sychronisly, the maximum time the + * @param timeOut When started synchronously, the maximum time the * process will live. When the process being destroyed * a log will be written out. It can be asked on * <code>isTimedOut()</code> if it has been terminated. diff --git a/qadevOOo/runner/util/DBTools.java b/qadevOOo/runner/util/DBTools.java index 4410bf2a1cf6..cc6549432154 100644 --- a/qadevOOo/runner/util/DBTools.java +++ b/qadevOOo/runner/util/DBTools.java @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ import java.sql.DriverManager; /** * Provides useful methods for working with SOffice databases. -* Database creation, data transferring, outputting infromation. +* Database creation, data transferring, outputting information. */ public class DBTools { diff --git a/qadevOOo/runner/util/SOfficeFactory.java b/qadevOOo/runner/util/SOfficeFactory.java index 0150e3c035cb..43667d15d44c 100644 --- a/qadevOOo/runner/util/SOfficeFactory.java +++ b/qadevOOo/runner/util/SOfficeFactory.java @@ -175,7 +175,7 @@ public class SOfficeFactory { } // finished createChartDoc /** - * creates a simple TextTable defaultet to 2 rows and 2 columns + * creates a simple TextTable defaulted to 2 rows and 2 columns */ public static XTextTable createTextTable(XTextDocument xTextDoc) { diff --git a/qadevOOo/runner/util/WriterTools.java b/qadevOOo/runner/util/WriterTools.java index 4681a9963235..250ecbf6be45 100644 --- a/qadevOOo/runner/util/WriterTools.java +++ b/qadevOOo/runner/util/WriterTools.java @@ -104,8 +104,8 @@ public class WriterTools { oGObject); the_name.setName(name); } catch (Exception ex) { - System.out.println("Exception while insertin TextGraphic"); + System.out.println("Exception while inserting TextGraphic"); ex.printStackTrace(); } } -}
\ No newline at end of file +} diff --git a/qadevOOo/runner/util/XMLTools.java b/qadevOOo/runner/util/XMLTools.java index 6930a96bfa6a..fc821b9ffae0 100644 --- a/qadevOOo/runner/util/XMLTools.java +++ b/qadevOOo/runner/util/XMLTools.java @@ -217,7 +217,7 @@ public class XMLTools { /** * Reset all values. This is important e.g. for test of XFilter - * interface, where 'filter()' method istbstarted twice. + * interface, where 'filter()' method is started twice. */ void reset() { docStarted = false ; diff --git a/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/awt/_XTabController.java b/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/awt/_XTabController.java index 8b649780c043..8fa384497cd3 100644 --- a/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/awt/_XTabController.java +++ b/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/awt/_XTabController.java @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ import com.sun.star.awt.XTabControllerModel; * <li><code> activateTabOrder()</code></li> * <li><code> autoTabOrder()</code></li> * <li><code> getContainer()</code></li> -* <li><code> getCotrols()</code></li> +* <li><code> getControls()</code></li> * <li><code> getModel()</code></li> * <li><code> setContainer()</code></li> * <li><code> setModel()</code></li> diff --git a/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/bridge/_XUnoUrlResolver.java b/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/bridge/_XUnoUrlResolver.java index f8f32686ed56..16bbceb45456 100644 --- a/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/bridge/_XUnoUrlResolver.java +++ b/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/bridge/_XUnoUrlResolver.java @@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ public class _XUnoUrlResolver extends MultiMethodTest { try { // create a connection XConnection xCon = xAcc.accept(connectString); - // create a bridge over that conmnection + // create a bridge over that connection xBridge = xBrdgFctr.createBridge( "MyBridge", "urp", xCon, xInstProv); } catch (com.sun.star.lang.IllegalArgumentException e) { diff --git a/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/container/_XNameReplace.java b/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/container/_XNameReplace.java index f9b3283aadc8..0201bc5e16b4 100644 --- a/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/container/_XNameReplace.java +++ b/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/container/_XNameReplace.java @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ import com.sun.star.uno.UnoRuntime; * INSTANCEn are n Objectrelations so that every thread can isert it's own * object. n depends on the variable THRCNT which and comes from API.INI * Some Object-Container can't replace the first that comes belong. So in -* NAMEREPLACE you can determine a containerobject, which is replaceable. <p> +* NAMEREPLACE you can determine a container object, which is replaceable. <p> * * Test is <b> NOT </b> multithread compliant. <p> * After test completion object environment has to be recreated. diff --git a/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/datatransfer/_XDataFormatTranslator.java b/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/datatransfer/_XDataFormatTranslator.java index 3790b739f54b..93213a0d8b73 100644 --- a/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/datatransfer/_XDataFormatTranslator.java +++ b/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/datatransfer/_XDataFormatTranslator.java @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ public class _XDataFormatTranslator extends MultiMethodTest { } /** - * Gets data flavour from system data type, which was gotten + * Gets data flavor from system data type, which was gotten * from 'text/html' MIME type. <p> * Has <b>OK</b> status if DataFlavour returned has 'text/html' MIME * type. diff --git a/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/document/_XDocumentInsertable.java b/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/document/_XDocumentInsertable.java index 2b208e4537a7..7a8193bc0b15 100644 --- a/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/document/_XDocumentInsertable.java +++ b/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/document/_XDocumentInsertable.java @@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ public class _XDocumentInsertable extends MultiMethodTest { tEnv.getObjRelation("XDocumentInsertable.Checker") ; if (checker == null) { - log.println("Relaion not found, trying to query for "+ + log.println("Relation not found, trying to query for "+ "XTextRange ...") ; range = UnoRuntime.queryInterface (XTextRange.class, oObj) ; if (range == null) { diff --git a/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/form/_DataAwareControlModel.java b/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/form/_DataAwareControlModel.java index 7cd6bf913afe..60dcd7f63187 100644 --- a/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/form/_DataAwareControlModel.java +++ b/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/form/_DataAwareControlModel.java @@ -153,7 +153,7 @@ public class _DataAwareControlModel extends MultiPropertyTest { } /** - * Forces environment recreateation. + * Forces environment recreation. */ @Override public void after() { diff --git a/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/form/_XSubmit.java b/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/form/_XSubmit.java index 2d068a1ae237..1a7213a8e3fa 100644 --- a/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/form/_XSubmit.java +++ b/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/form/_XSubmit.java @@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ public class _XSubmit extends MultiMethodTest { e.printStackTrace(log); } } else { - log.println("!!! The tested compoennt doesn't support XPropertySet "); + log.println("!!! The tested component doesn't support XPropertySet "); } oObj.submit(cntrl, new MouseEvent()); diff --git a/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/frame/_XController.java b/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/frame/_XController.java index bba3d2d5b67a..20cfa71c7867 100644 --- a/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/frame/_XController.java +++ b/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/frame/_XController.java @@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ public class _XController extends MultiMethodTest { /** * At first object relation 'FirstModel' is gotten. Then test calls the * method. <p> - * Has <b> OK </b> status if string repersentation of an object, returned by + * Has <b> OK </b> status if string rapresentation of an object, returned by * the method is equal to string representation of corresponding object * relation. */ diff --git a/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/i18n/_XExtendedIndexEntrySupplier.java b/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/i18n/_XExtendedIndexEntrySupplier.java index 77e96d72fa34..ba1190d5f6cb 100644 --- a/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/i18n/_XExtendedIndexEntrySupplier.java +++ b/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/i18n/_XExtendedIndexEntrySupplier.java @@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ public class _XExtendedIndexEntrySupplier extends MultiMethodTest { for (int j = 0; j < algorithms.size(); j++) { String[] algs = algorithms.get(Integer.valueOf(j)); for (int k=0;k<algs.length;k++) { - log.println("\t Algorythm :" + + log.println("\t Algorithm :" + algs[k]); oObj.loadAlgorithm(locales[i], algs[k], CollatorOptions.CollatorOptions_IGNORE_CASE); log.println("\t\t Get: " + diff --git a/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/io/_XActiveDataControl.java b/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/io/_XActiveDataControl.java index d33239174e2c..cd5c4b26450f 100644 --- a/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/io/_XActiveDataControl.java +++ b/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/io/_XActiveDataControl.java @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ public class _XActiveDataControl extends MultiMethodTest { /** * XStreamListener implementation. Sets variables - * (<cod>estartedCalled</code>, <code>terminatedCalled</code>, etc.) to + * (<cod>startedCalled</code>, <code>terminatedCalled</code>, etc.) to * <tt>true</tt> if the appropriate method was called (for example, if * <code>started()</code> was called, the <code>startedCalled</code> * field is set). diff --git a/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/io/_XInputStream.java b/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/io/_XInputStream.java index 9bfe93b337be..90ee86afb63c 100644 --- a/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/io/_XInputStream.java +++ b/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/io/_XInputStream.java @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ public class _XInputStream extends MultiMethodTest { int bytesReady = 0 ; /** - * Before the test, the stream writer and the data are ecxtracted from + * Before the test, the stream writer and the data are extracted from * the object relations and the data is written to the stream. */ @Override diff --git a/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/script/_XEventAttacherManager.java b/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/script/_XEventAttacherManager.java index 140cb008ae05..b0375c257a6a 100644 --- a/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/script/_XEventAttacherManager.java +++ b/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/script/_XEventAttacherManager.java @@ -175,7 +175,7 @@ public class _XEventAttacherManager extends MultiMethodTest { } /** - * Method checks that array of descriptors contains the concrete desciptor. + * Method checks that array of descriptors contains the concrete descriptor. * @param container the array of descriptors * @param evt the descriptor which presence in the array is checked * @return true if the descriptor presence in the array diff --git a/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/sdb/_XSingleSelectQueryComposer.java b/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/sdb/_XSingleSelectQueryComposer.java index 717d0672d3ae..2764574bb193 100644 --- a/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/sdb/_XSingleSelectQueryComposer.java +++ b/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/sdb/_XSingleSelectQueryComposer.java @@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ public class _XSingleSelectQueryComposer extends MultiMethodTest { private XResultSet xReSet = null; /** - * Retcieves the object relations: + * Retrieves the object relations: * <ul> * <li><code>XSingleSelectQueryAnalyzer xQueryAna</code></li> * <li><code>XPropertySet xProp</code></li> diff --git a/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/sheet/_XAreaLink.java b/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/sheet/_XAreaLink.java index c5026eb692f0..51adc5ef76cb 100644 --- a/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/sheet/_XAreaLink.java +++ b/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/sheet/_XAreaLink.java @@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ public class _XAreaLink extends MultiMethodTest { } /** - * Creates a new desination CellRange address and sets it for + * Creates a new destination CellRange address and sets it for * the link object. <p> * After setting the DestArea, the link is refreshed and the area is * adjusted to the size of the source data. diff --git a/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/text/_BaseIndex.java b/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/text/_BaseIndex.java index 017d4a881f3d..006796724ad8 100644 --- a/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/text/_BaseIndex.java +++ b/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/text/_BaseIndex.java @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ public class _BaseIndex extends MultiPropertyTest { * * Comparing of set and got <code>PropertyValue</code> arrays * is difficult because values can be changed after setting - * by service miplementation. <p> + * by service implementation. <p> * * Has <b>OK</b> status if the collection again gotten, has a * new first element (i.e. lengths of the old array and the array diff --git a/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/text/_XPagePrintable.java b/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/text/_XPagePrintable.java index 7268118dd3dc..5b1f6997849e 100644 --- a/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/text/_XPagePrintable.java +++ b/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/text/_XPagePrintable.java @@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ public class _XPagePrintable extends MultiMethodTest { } /** - * Changes a property 'IsLandscape' in existsing print settings, + * Changes a property 'IsLandscape' in existing print settings, * and sets these settings back. <p> * * Has <b>OK</b> status if settings gotten again has the changed diff --git a/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/ucb/_XCachedDynamicResultSetStubFactory.java b/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/ucb/_XCachedDynamicResultSetStubFactory.java index a4ae2ba7cb76..ad7dc3aa3122 100644 --- a/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/ucb/_XCachedDynamicResultSetStubFactory.java +++ b/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/ucb/_XCachedDynamicResultSetStubFactory.java @@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ public class _XCachedDynamicResultSetStubFactory extends MultiMethodTest { /** * Creates an instance of <code>CachedDynamicResultSet</code> service * which is not connected to any stub. Then tries to connect it to - * <code>DynaminResultSet</code> created and passed as relation. + * <code>DynamicResultSet</code> created and passed as relation. * Connection is checked by retrieving and comparing of row numbers * of connected set and its source set. <p> * Has <b>OK</b> status if row numbers are equal and they are diff --git a/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/ucb/_XContentProviderFactory.java b/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/ucb/_XContentProviderFactory.java index f6cf0b7f5e62..688b2bd3567a 100644 --- a/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/ucb/_XContentProviderFactory.java +++ b/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/ucb/_XContentProviderFactory.java @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ public class _XContentProviderFactory extends MultiMethodTest { public static XContentProviderFactory oObj = null; /** - * Creates a propvider. <p> + * Creates a provider. <p> * Has <b> OK </b> status if the returned value is not * <code>null</code>. <p> */ diff --git a/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/ucb/_XContentProviderManager.java b/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/ucb/_XContentProviderManager.java index 9849f1f7f51c..3242c1071704 100644 --- a/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/ucb/_XContentProviderManager.java +++ b/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/ucb/_XContentProviderManager.java @@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ public class _XContentProviderManager extends MultiMethodTest { * @see #_queryContentProvider */ public void _registerContentProvider() { - // querying providfers info before inserting them, to verify results + // querying providers info before inserting them, to verify results initialProvidersInfo = oObj.queryContentProviders(); // GnomeVFSContentProvider or GIOContentProvider ?, typically null diff --git a/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/ucb/_XSimpleFileAccess.java b/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/ucb/_XSimpleFileAccess.java index 0d34af24ba6b..2f633122e9bd 100644 --- a/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/ucb/_XSimpleFileAccess.java +++ b/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/ucb/_XSimpleFileAccess.java @@ -520,7 +520,7 @@ public class _XSimpleFileAccess extends MultiMethodTest { if (oHandler == null) throw new StatusException - (Status.failed("Reelation InteractionHandler not found")); + (Status.failed("Relation InteractionHandler not found")); try { handler = UnoRuntime.queryInterface diff --git a/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/util/_XURLTransformer.java b/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/util/_XURLTransformer.java index 682804d7f7c8..57c5d9b2b7d3 100644 --- a/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/util/_XURLTransformer.java +++ b/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/util/_XURLTransformer.java @@ -418,7 +418,7 @@ public class _XURLTransformer extends MultiMethodTest { url.Complete = expectedCompleteFTP; log.println("getPresentation('" + expectedCompleteFTP + "', false): "); - // the password must be masqurade with <****> + // the password must be masquarade with <****> StringBuilder sb = new StringBuilder(); for (int n = 0 ; n < password.length(); n++){ sb.append("*"); diff --git a/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/view/_XScreenCursor.java b/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/view/_XScreenCursor.java index 45510f593b0d..3f28462dc17c 100644 --- a/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/view/_XScreenCursor.java +++ b/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/view/_XScreenCursor.java @@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ public class _XScreenCursor extends MultiMethodTest { * The following method tests are to be completed successfully before : * <ul> * <li> <code> screenDown() </code> : by default view is on the - * top of pag, thereby it's needed first to moved down. </li> + * top of pag, thereby its needed first to moved down. </li> * </ul> */ public void _screenUp(){ diff --git a/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/xml/sax/_XDocumentHandler.java b/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/xml/sax/_XDocumentHandler.java index d6e5a51d8ca6..8767e15f07d1 100644 --- a/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/xml/sax/_XDocumentHandler.java +++ b/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/xml/sax/_XDocumentHandler.java @@ -191,7 +191,7 @@ public class _XDocumentHandler extends MultiMethodTest { * * Has <b>OK</b> status if no exceptions occurred during * the whole transferring and if the appropriate changes - * occurred in the document where XML data was trnsfered to. + * occurred in the document where XML data was transferred to. * This check is performed by checker relation. */ public void _endDocument() { diff --git a/qadevOOo/tests/java/mod/_dbaccess/JoinViewAccessibility.java b/qadevOOo/tests/java/mod/_dbaccess/JoinViewAccessibility.java index b7d926e502e4..499779ebf629 100644 --- a/qadevOOo/tests/java/mod/_dbaccess/JoinViewAccessibility.java +++ b/qadevOOo/tests/java/mod/_dbaccess/JoinViewAccessibility.java @@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ public class JoinViewAccessibility extends TestCase { * creates two tables in database. * Creates a new query and adds it to DefinitionContainer. * Opens the QueryComponent.with loadComponentFromURL - * and gets the object with the role UNKNOWN and the Impplementation + * and gets the object with the role UNKNOWN and the implementation * name that contains ConnectionLine * @param Param test parameters * @param log writer to log information while testing diff --git a/qadevOOo/tests/java/mod/_forms/ODatabaseForm.java b/qadevOOo/tests/java/mod/_forms/ODatabaseForm.java index 77fde0139689..327790f050a4 100644 --- a/qadevOOo/tests/java/mod/_forms/ODatabaseForm.java +++ b/qadevOOo/tests/java/mod/_forms/ODatabaseForm.java @@ -793,7 +793,7 @@ public class ODatabaseForm extends TestCase { } /** - * Dummy implemetnation. Do nothing, just log + * Dummy implementation. Do nothing, just log * @param o Ignore. */ public void disposing(EventObject o) { diff --git a/qadevOOo/tests/java/mod/_forms/OGridControlModel.java b/qadevOOo/tests/java/mod/_forms/OGridControlModel.java index bc9b964fa6b0..b440f24ce28b 100644 --- a/qadevOOo/tests/java/mod/_forms/OGridControlModel.java +++ b/qadevOOo/tests/java/mod/_forms/OGridControlModel.java @@ -153,7 +153,7 @@ public class OGridControlModel extends GenericModelTest { /** - * calls <CODE>createTestEnvironment()</CODE> from it's super class + * calls <CODE>createTestEnvironment()</CODE> from its super class * @param Param the test parameter * @param log the log writer * @return lib.TestEnvironment diff --git a/qadevOOo/tests/java/mod/_forms/OListBoxModel.java b/qadevOOo/tests/java/mod/_forms/OListBoxModel.java index f482036950a0..f829da701e63 100644 --- a/qadevOOo/tests/java/mod/_forms/OListBoxModel.java +++ b/qadevOOo/tests/java/mod/_forms/OListBoxModel.java @@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ public class OListBoxModel extends GenericModelTest { } /** - * calls <CODE>createTestEnvironment()</CODE> from it's super class + * calls <CODE>createTestEnvironment()</CODE> from its super class * This test uses not the generic implementation of <CODE>checker()</CODE> of its * super class. This tests uses its own implementation of <CODE>checker()</CODE> * to test <CODE>com::sun::star::form::XUpdateBroadcaster</CODE> diff --git a/qadevOOo/tests/java/mod/_forms/ORadioButtonModel.java b/qadevOOo/tests/java/mod/_forms/ORadioButtonModel.java index be0b9f9d6485..d65c07064733 100644 --- a/qadevOOo/tests/java/mod/_forms/ORadioButtonModel.java +++ b/qadevOOo/tests/java/mod/_forms/ORadioButtonModel.java @@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ public class ORadioButtonModel extends GenericModelTest { } /** - * calls <CODE>createTestEnvironment()</CODE> from it's super class + * calls <CODE>createTestEnvironment()</CODE> from its super class * @param Param the test parameter * @param log the log writer * @return lib.TestEnvironment diff --git a/qadevOOo/tests/java/mod/_forms/OTimeModel.java b/qadevOOo/tests/java/mod/_forms/OTimeModel.java index e937e6a8816d..999ae6e606ed 100644 --- a/qadevOOo/tests/java/mod/_forms/OTimeModel.java +++ b/qadevOOo/tests/java/mod/_forms/OTimeModel.java @@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ public class OTimeModel extends GenericModelTest { } /** - * calls <CODE>createTestEnvironment()</CODE> from it's super class + * calls <CODE>createTestEnvironment()</CODE> from its super class * This test uses not the generic implementation of <CODE>checker()</CODE> of its * super class. This tests uses its own implementation of <CODE>checker()</CODE> * to test <CODE>com::sun::star::form::XUpdateBroadcaster</CODE> diff --git a/qadevOOo/tests/java/mod/_fps/FilePicker.java b/qadevOOo/tests/java/mod/_fps/FilePicker.java index 08b8e8734255..885bef0efeee 100644 --- a/qadevOOo/tests/java/mod/_fps/FilePicker.java +++ b/qadevOOo/tests/java/mod/_fps/FilePicker.java @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ public class FilePicker extends TestCase { * <ul> * <li> <code>'XInitialization.args'</code> for * {@link ifc.lang._XInitialization} : argument - * for creating dialog from teamplate. </li> + * for creating dialog from template. </li> * <li> <code>'XFilePickerControlAccess.ControlID'</code> for * {@link ifc.ui.dialogs._XFilePickerControlAccess} : here * it is identifier of check box.</li> diff --git a/qadevOOo/tests/java/mod/_sc/ScAccessiblePreviewHeaderCell.java b/qadevOOo/tests/java/mod/_sc/ScAccessiblePreviewHeaderCell.java index aefd4365b5bd..69d6a26513eb 100644 --- a/qadevOOo/tests/java/mod/_sc/ScAccessiblePreviewHeaderCell.java +++ b/qadevOOo/tests/java/mod/_sc/ScAccessiblePreviewHeaderCell.java @@ -212,7 +212,7 @@ public class ScAccessiblePreviewHeaderCell extends TestCase { } if (i == 20) { // give up after 10 sec throw new RuntimeException( - "Couldn't get AccessibleRolte.TABLE/TABLE_CELL object"); + "Couldn't get AccessibleRole.TABLE/TABLE_CELL object"); } log.println("No TABLE/TABLE_CELL found yet, retrying"); } diff --git a/qadevOOo/tests/java/mod/_sc/ScCellRangeObj.java b/qadevOOo/tests/java/mod/_sc/ScCellRangeObj.java index 3b6d0865696d..0f23744a759c 100644 --- a/qadevOOo/tests/java/mod/_sc/ScCellRangeObj.java +++ b/qadevOOo/tests/java/mod/_sc/ScCellRangeObj.java @@ -169,7 +169,7 @@ public class ScCellRangeObj extends TestCase { XPropertySet.class, oObj); tEnv.addObjRelation("PropSet", PropSet); - // XSearchable: Add a cell to make a seacrchable entry + // XSearchable: Add a cell to make a searchable entry try { tEnv.addObjRelation("XSearchable.MAKEENTRYINCELL", new XCell[] { testRange.getCellByPosition(0,0), testRange.getCellByPosition(0,1)}); diff --git a/qadevOOo/tests/java/mod/_sc/ScHeaderFieldObj.java b/qadevOOo/tests/java/mod/_sc/ScHeaderFieldObj.java index bb4ee77bd8ae..7cf49d47e207 100644 --- a/qadevOOo/tests/java/mod/_sc/ScHeaderFieldObj.java +++ b/qadevOOo/tests/java/mod/_sc/ScHeaderFieldObj.java @@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ public class ScHeaderFieldObj extends TestCase { * instance of the service <code>com.sun.star.text.TextField.Time</code> and * the instance of the service <code>com.sun.star.text.TextField.Date</code> * Obtains the text (the interface <code>XText</code>) which is printed in - * the left part of the header or footer and inserts in it's content + * the left part of the header or footer and inserts in its content * the second created instance. * Object relations created : * <ul> diff --git a/qadevOOo/tests/java/mod/_sc/ScHeaderFieldsObj.java b/qadevOOo/tests/java/mod/_sc/ScHeaderFieldsObj.java index 76de3ecdf671..945b607cde79 100644 --- a/qadevOOo/tests/java/mod/_sc/ScHeaderFieldsObj.java +++ b/qadevOOo/tests/java/mod/_sc/ScHeaderFieldsObj.java @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ public class ScHeaderFieldsObj extends TestCase { * using the property <code>'RightPageHeaderContent'</code>. Creates the * instance of the service <code>com.sun.star.text.TextField.Time</code> . * Obtains the text (the interface <code>XText</code>) which is printed in - * the left part of the header or footer and inserts in it's content + * the left part of the header or footer and inserts in its content * the created field instance. Then the tested component is obtained * through <code>XTextFieldsSupplier</code> interface of a text. * diff --git a/qadevOOo/tests/java/mod/_sc/ScModelObj.java b/qadevOOo/tests/java/mod/_sc/ScModelObj.java index 7a17e824fe7d..0b4589ddeec9 100644 --- a/qadevOOo/tests/java/mod/_sc/ScModelObj.java +++ b/qadevOOo/tests/java/mod/_sc/ScModelObj.java @@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ public class ScModelObj extends TestCase { /** * Creating a TestEnvironment for the interfaces to be tested. * Disposes the spreadsheet documents if they was created already. - * Creates two spreadsheet documents. Rertieves the current controller for + * Creates two spreadsheet documents. Retrieves the current controller for * each of them. Obtains the collection of spreadsheets, takes one of them * and takes some cell from the spreadsheet. The created documents are the instances * of the service <code>com.sun.star.sheet.SpreadsheetDocument</code>. diff --git a/qadevOOo/tests/java/mod/_sw/SwXFootnotes.java b/qadevOOo/tests/java/mod/_sw/SwXFootnotes.java index 5c11113d690c..d62e2097125f 100644 --- a/qadevOOo/tests/java/mod/_sw/SwXFootnotes.java +++ b/qadevOOo/tests/java/mod/_sw/SwXFootnotes.java @@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ public class SwXFootnotes extends TestCase { oInterface = UnoRuntime.queryInterface(XFootnotesSupplier.class, xTextDoc); oObj = oInterface.getFootnotes(); - log.println( "creating a new environment for Foontnotes object" ); + log.println( "creating a new environment for Footnotes object" ); TestEnvironment tEnv = new TestEnvironment(oObj); return tEnv; } diff --git a/registry/source/reflread.cxx b/registry/source/reflread.cxx index 310d10bf6470..9d7ce59a7eb7 100644 --- a/registry/source/reflread.cxx +++ b/registry/source/reflread.cxx @@ -1232,7 +1232,7 @@ bool TYPEREG_CALLTYPE typereg_reader_create( *result = nullptr; return true; } - typereg_Version version = entry->getVersion();; + typereg_Version version = entry->getVersion(); if (version < TYPEREG_VERSION_0 || version > maxVersion) { *result = nullptr; return true; diff --git a/registry/tools/regcompare.cxx b/registry/tools/regcompare.cxx index ee745a5f8dc2..d5e33c7977e2 100644 --- a/registry/tools/regcompare.cxx +++ b/registry/tools/regcompare.cxx @@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ void Options_Impl::printUsage_Impl() const " |S<name> is specified the comparison starts with the root key.\n" " -x<name> = name specifies the name of a key which won't be compared. All\n" " |X<name> subkeys won't be compared also. This option can be used more than once.\n" - " -f|F = force the detailed output of any diffenrences. Default\n" + " -f|F = force the detailed output of any differences. Default\n" " is that only the number of differences is returned.\n" " -c|C = make a complete check, that means any differences will be\n" " detected. Default is only a compatibility check that means\n" diff --git a/reportdesign/source/core/inc/core_resource.hxx b/reportdesign/source/core/inc/core_resource.hxx index 35063422c1dd..2652e61f8a0f 100644 --- a/reportdesign/source/core/inc/core_resource.hxx +++ b/reportdesign/source/core/inc/core_resource.hxx @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ namespace reportdesign ResourceManager() { } ~ResourceManager() { } - // we'll instantiate one static member of the following class, which, in it's dtor, + // we'll instantiate one static member of the following class, which, in its dtor, // ensures that m_pImpl will be deleted class EnsureDelete { diff --git a/reportdesign/source/ui/dlg/CondFormat.cxx b/reportdesign/source/ui/dlg/CondFormat.cxx index 175a74083f40..910f4a0aded0 100644 --- a/reportdesign/source/ui/dlg/CondFormat.cxx +++ b/reportdesign/source/ui/dlg/CondFormat.cxx @@ -434,7 +434,7 @@ namespace rptui const UndoContext aUndoContext( m_rController.getUndoManager(), sUndoAction ); try { - sal_Int32 j(0), i(0);; + sal_Int32 j(0), i(0); for ( Conditions::const_iterator cond = m_aConditions.begin(); cond != m_aConditions.end(); ++cond, ++i diff --git a/reportdesign/source/ui/dlg/GroupsSorting.cxx b/reportdesign/source/ui/dlg/GroupsSorting.cxx index b32c430d6056..990277a36f78 100644 --- a/reportdesign/source/ui/dlg/GroupsSorting.cxx +++ b/reportdesign/source/ui/dlg/GroupsSorting.cxx @@ -613,7 +613,7 @@ EditBrowseBox::RowStatus OFieldExpressionControl::GetRowStatus(long nRow) const } catch(uno::Exception&) { - OSL_FAIL("Exception cathced while try to get a group!"); + OSL_FAIL("Exception catched while try to get a group!"); } } return EditBrowseBox::CLEAN; diff --git a/reportdesign/source/ui/report/ViewsWindow.cxx b/reportdesign/source/ui/report/ViewsWindow.cxx index c85872e0b3d9..59d92af9209e 100644 --- a/reportdesign/source/ui/report/ViewsWindow.cxx +++ b/reportdesign/source/ui/report/ViewsWindow.cxx @@ -316,7 +316,7 @@ void OViewsWindow::removeSection(sal_uInt16 _nPosition) m_pParent->getReportView()->UpdatePropertyBrowserDelayed((*aNew)->getReportSection().getSectionView()); - aPos->disposeAndClear();; + aPos->disposeAndClear(); m_aSections.erase(aPos); Resize(); } diff --git a/rsc/source/res/rscmgr.cxx b/rsc/source/res/rscmgr.cxx index 3c4fdbe1a75e..9c907160e9b6 100644 --- a/rsc/source/res/rscmgr.cxx +++ b/rsc/source/res/rscmgr.cxx @@ -225,7 +225,7 @@ ERRTYPE RscMgr::WriteRcHeader( const RSCINST & rInst, RscWriteRc & rMem, } /* - // structure definitoin from which the resource is built + // structure definition from which the resource is built struct RSHEADER_TYPE{ RESOURCE_TYPE nRT; // resource type sal_uInt32 nRT; // resource type diff --git a/sal/osl/unx/time.cxx b/sal/osl/unx/time.cxx index 0764d08ea8eb..9c2332d91069 100644 --- a/sal/osl/unx/time.cxx +++ b/sal/osl/unx/time.cxx @@ -226,7 +226,7 @@ sal_Bool SAL_CALL osl_getSystemTimeFromLocalTime( const TimeValue* pLocalTimeVal atime = (time_t) pLocalTimeVal->Seconds; - /* Convert atime, which is a local time, to it's GMT equivalent. Then, get + /* Convert atime, which is a local time, to its GMT equivalent. Then, get * the timezone offset for the local time for the GMT equivalent time. Note * that we cannot directly use local time to determine the timezone offset * because GMT is the only reliable time that we can determine timezone diff --git a/sal/osl/w32/file_url.cxx b/sal/osl/w32/file_url.cxx index 74f0f97d91c8..479c1741d785 100644 --- a/sal/osl/w32/file_url.cxx +++ b/sal/osl/w32/file_url.cxx @@ -142,7 +142,7 @@ static BOOL IsValidFilePathComponent( // - Array should be const static // - Sorted array, use binary search // - More intelligent check for com1-9, lpt1-9 - // Maybe make szComponent upper case, don't search case intensitive + // Maybe make szComponent upper case, don't search case insensitive // Talked to HRO: Could be removed. Shouldn't be used in OOo, and if used for something like a filename, it will lead to an error anyway. /* if ( fValid ) diff --git a/sal/osl/w32/module.cxx b/sal/osl/w32/module.cxx index 56123917534b..e88810b61819 100644 --- a/sal/osl/w32/module.cxx +++ b/sal/osl/w32/module.cxx @@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ void* SAL_CALL osl_getSymbol(oslModule Module, rtl_uString *strSymbolName) { /* casting from a function pointer to a data pointer is invalid be in this case unavoidable because the API has to stay - compitable we need to keep this function which returns a + compatible. We need to keep this function which returns a void* by definition */ #ifdef _MSC_VER #pragma warning(push) diff --git a/sal/osl/w32/process.cxx b/sal/osl/w32/process.cxx index 0a85135a5d40..77b9e4c97c7c 100644 --- a/sal/osl/w32/process.cxx +++ b/sal/osl/w32/process.cxx @@ -279,7 +279,7 @@ static rtl_uString ** osl_createCommandArgs_Impl (int argc, char **) 0, reinterpret_cast<LPCWSTR>(ppArgs[0]->buffer), L".exe", aBuffer.getBufSizeInSymbols(), ::osl::mingw_reinterpret_cast<LPWSTR>(aBuffer), 0); if ((0 < dwResult) && (dwResult < aBuffer.getBufSizeInSymbols())) { - /* Replace argv[0] with it's absolute path */ + /* Replace argv[0] with its absolute path */ rtl_uString_newFromStr_WithLength( &(ppArgs[0]), aBuffer, dwResult); } @@ -448,7 +448,7 @@ oslProcessError SAL_CALL osl_getProcessWorkingDir( rtl_uString **pustrWorkingDir if ( dwLen && dwLen < aBuffer.getBufSizeInSymbols() ) { oslFileError eError; - rtl_uString *ustrTemp = NULL;; + rtl_uString *ustrTemp = NULL; rtl_uString_newFromStr_WithLength( &ustrTemp, aBuffer, dwLen ); eError = osl_getFileURLFromSystemPath( ustrTemp, pustrWorkingDir ); diff --git a/sal/osl/w32/profile.cxx b/sal/osl/w32/profile.cxx index a3465cacabe0..9218976934ca 100644 --- a/sal/osl/w32/profile.cxx +++ b/sal/osl/w32/profile.cxx @@ -2245,7 +2245,7 @@ static sal_Bool lookupProfile(const sal_Unicode *strPath, const sal_Unicode *str rtl_uString * strTmp = NULL; sal_Int32 nPos; - /* try to find the file in the directory of the executbale */ + /* try to find the file in the directory of the executable */ if (osl_getExecutableFile(&strTmp) != osl_Process_E_None) return sal_False; diff --git a/sal/osl/w32/signal.cxx b/sal/osl/w32/signal.cxx index 51fe5ac93b77..69c56838f3bb 100644 --- a/sal/osl/w32/signal.cxx +++ b/sal/osl/w32/signal.cxx @@ -288,7 +288,7 @@ void win_seh_translator( unsigned nSEHCode, _EXCEPTION_POINTERS* /* pExcPtrs */) case EXCEPTION_FLT_UNDERFLOW: pSEHName = "SEH Exception: FLOAT UNDERFLOW"; break; case EXCEPTION_INT_DIVIDE_BY_ZERO: pSEHName = "SEH Exception: INTEGER DIVIDE_BY_ZERO"; break; case EXCEPTION_INT_OVERFLOW: pSEHName = "SEH Exception: INTEGER OVERFLOW"; break; - case EXCEPTION_PRIV_INSTRUCTION: pSEHName = "SEH Exception: PRIVILEDGED INSTRUCTION"; break; + case EXCEPTION_PRIV_INSTRUCTION: pSEHName = "SEH Exception: PRIVILEGED INSTRUCTION"; break; case EXCEPTION_IN_PAGE_ERROR: pSEHName = "SEH Exception: IN_PAGE_ERROR"; break; case EXCEPTION_ILLEGAL_INSTRUCTION: pSEHName = "SEH Exception: ILLEGAL INSTRUCTION"; break; case EXCEPTION_NONCONTINUABLE_EXCEPTION: pSEHName = "SEH Exception: NONCONTINUABLE EXCEPTION"; break; diff --git a/sal/qa/osl/file/osl_File.cxx b/sal/qa/osl/file/osl_File.cxx index 221fd4cc893f..7d65b5089f07 100644 --- a/sal/qa/osl/file/osl_File.cxx +++ b/sal/qa/osl/file/osl_File.cxx @@ -969,7 +969,7 @@ namespace osl_FileBase checkUNXBehaviour_getFileURLFromSystemPath(sSysPath, osl::FileBase::E_INVAL, ""); checkWNTBehaviour_getFileURLFromSystemPath(sSysPath, osl::FileBase::E_INVAL, ""); } - // start with "~user", not impletment + // start with "~user", not implement // void SystemPath_FileURL::getFileURLFromSystemPath_006() // testing the method diff --git a/sal/qa/osl/pipe/osl_Pipe.cxx b/sal/qa/osl/pipe/osl_Pipe.cxx index 529c113ced76..568f0472923d 100644 --- a/sal/qa/osl/pipe/osl_Pipe.cxx +++ b/sal/qa/osl/pipe/osl_Pipe.cxx @@ -600,7 +600,7 @@ namespace osl_StreamPipe /** testing the methods: inline StreamPipe(); - inline StreamPipe(oslPipe Pipe);; + inline StreamPipe(oslPipe Pipe); inline StreamPipe(const StreamPipe& Pipe); inline StreamPipe(const ::rtl::OUString& strName, oslPipeOptions Options = osl_Pipe_OPEN); inline StreamPipe(const ::rtl::OUString& strName, oslPipeOptions Options, const Security &rSec ); diff --git a/sal/qa/rtl/digest/rtl_digest.cxx b/sal/qa/rtl/digest/rtl_digest.cxx index 4a1b2276c727..7505fd28f5bf 100644 --- a/sal/qa/rtl/digest/rtl_digest.cxx +++ b/sal/qa/rtl/digest/rtl_digest.cxx @@ -400,7 +400,7 @@ public: #if 0 // Don't remove, but instead fix the test or something // With this test case rtl_digest_SHA1 computes the wrong sum. This was confirmed - // by decrytion of a MSO encrypted document. Replacing the rtl_digest_SHA1 calculation + // by decryption of a MSO encrypted document. Replacing the rtl_digest_SHA1 calculation // with sha1 calculation from NSS was able to decrypt the document. const unsigned char aData[] = { diff --git a/sax/source/expatwrap/saxwriter.cxx b/sax/source/expatwrap/saxwriter.cxx index c9ad1222e090..09a78557c8cb 100644 --- a/sax/source/expatwrap/saxwriter.cxx +++ b/sax/source/expatwrap/saxwriter.cxx @@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ public: ~SaxWriterHelper() { OSL_ENSURE(!nCurrentPos, "cached Sequence not written"); - OSL_ENSURE(m_bStartElementFinished, "StartElement not complettly written"); + OSL_ENSURE(m_bStartElementFinished, "StartElement not completely written"); } inline void insertIndentation(sal_uInt32 m_nLevel) throw( SAXException ); diff --git a/sax/source/tools/converter.cxx b/sax/source/tools/converter.cxx index b4eb276813ee..744415ef4bc1 100644 --- a/sax/source/tools/converter.cxx +++ b/sax/source/tools/converter.cxx @@ -1559,7 +1559,7 @@ static bool lcl_parseDate( { // While W3C XMLSchema specifies years with a minimum of 4 digits, be - // leninent in what we accept for years < 1000. One digit is acceptable + // lenient in what we accept for years < 1000. One digit is acceptable // if the remainders match. bSuccess = readDateTimeComponent(string, nPos, nYear, 1, false); if (!bIgnoreInvalidOrMissingDate) diff --git a/sc/inc/document.hxx b/sc/inc/document.hxx index e8297bb4d35c..37a71a7d172b 100644 --- a/sc/inc/document.hxx +++ b/sc/inc/document.hxx @@ -315,7 +315,7 @@ private: ScFormulaCell* pFormulaTree; // formula tree (start) ScFormulaCell* pEOFormulaTree; // formula tree (end), last cell ScFormulaCell* pFormulaTrack; // BroadcastTrack (start) - ScFormulaCell* pEOFormulaTrack; // BrodcastTrack (end), last cell + ScFormulaCell* pEOFormulaTrack; // BroadcastTrack (end), last cell ScBroadcastAreaSlotMachine* pBASM; // BroadcastAreas ScChartListenerCollection* pChartListenerCollection; SvMemoryStream* pClipData; diff --git a/sc/qa/complex/sc/CalcRTL.java b/sc/qa/complex/sc/CalcRTL.java index 2da80548e387..57529e6d709f 100644 --- a/sc/qa/complex/sc/CalcRTL.java +++ b/sc/qa/complex/sc/CalcRTL.java @@ -473,7 +473,7 @@ public class CalcRTL } /* - * This method inserts a RectangleShape into the calc document xSheetDoc and returns the resultung XShape-object + * This method inserts a RectangleShape into the calc document xSheetDoc and returns the resulting XShape-object */ protected XShape getInsertedShape() { XShape insertedShape = null; diff --git a/sc/qa/unit/helper/qahelper.hxx b/sc/qa/unit/helper/qahelper.hxx index 1beb33cb866c..cce409c9adbd 100644 --- a/sc/qa/unit/helper/qahelper.hxx +++ b/sc/qa/unit/helper/qahelper.hxx @@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ SCQAHELPER_DLLPUBLIC std::ostream& operator<<(std::ostream& rStrm, const OpCode& // handling APIs? Do we really want to add arbitrary new file handling // wrappers here and there (and then having to handle the Android (and // eventually perhaps iOS) special cases here, too)? Please move this to osl, -// it sure looks gemerally useful. Or am I missing something? +// it sure looks generally useful. Or am I missing something? SCQAHELPER_DLLPUBLIC void loadFile(const OUString& aFileName, std::string& aContent); diff --git a/sc/qa/unit/ucalc.cxx b/sc/qa/unit/ucalc.cxx index ccb361942419..7435c54b63c1 100644 --- a/sc/qa/unit/ucalc.cxx +++ b/sc/qa/unit/ucalc.cxx @@ -5712,7 +5712,7 @@ void Test::testCondFormatInsertDeleteSheets() ScConditionalFormatList* pList = m_pDoc->GetCondFormList(0); CPPUNIT_ASSERT(pList); const ScConditionalFormat* pCheck = pList->GetFormat(nKey); - CPPUNIT_ASSERT_MESSAGE("Wrong condntional format instance.", pCheck == pFormat); + CPPUNIT_ASSERT_MESSAGE("Wrong conditional format instance.", pCheck == pFormat); // ... and its range is B2:B4. ScRangeList aCheckRange = pCheck->GetRange(); diff --git a/sc/qa/unit/ucalc_formula.cxx b/sc/qa/unit/ucalc_formula.cxx index a2322a238623..4b41261b153a 100644 --- a/sc/qa/unit/ucalc_formula.cxx +++ b/sc/qa/unit/ucalc_formula.cxx @@ -4194,7 +4194,7 @@ void Test::testFuncLEN() ScFormulaCell* pFC = m_pDoc->GetFormulaCell(ScAddress(1,0,0)); CPPUNIT_ASSERT(pFC); - CPPUNIT_ASSERT_MESSAGE("This formulashould be a matrix origin.", + CPPUNIT_ASSERT_MESSAGE("This formula should be a matrix origin.", pFC->GetMatrixFlag() == MM_FORMULA); // This should be a 1x3 matrix. diff --git a/sc/source/core/data/column3.cxx b/sc/source/core/data/column3.cxx index bca3d7a760ae..d66090b8b3f7 100644 --- a/sc/source/core/data/column3.cxx +++ b/sc/source/core/data/column3.cxx @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ using ::com::sun::star::i18n::LocaleDataItem; -// Err527 Workaroand +// Err527 Workaround extern const ScFormulaCell* pLastFormulaTreeTop; // in cellform.cxx using namespace formula; diff --git a/sc/source/core/data/column4.cxx b/sc/source/core/data/column4.cxx index 6134eefb77c7..09e2e38e24c8 100644 --- a/sc/source/core/data/column4.cxx +++ b/sc/source/core/data/column4.cxx @@ -903,7 +903,7 @@ private: sc::CellTextAttr& rAttr = sc::celltextattr_block::at(*aAttrPos.first->data, aAttrPos.second); if (rAttr.mnScriptType != SvtScriptType::UNKNOWN) - // Script type already deteremined. Skip it. + // Script type already determined. Skip it. return; const ScPatternAttr* pPat = mrCol.GetPattern(nRow); diff --git a/sc/source/core/data/conditio.cxx b/sc/source/core/data/conditio.cxx index 6dd4c324741c..e27a533f4ac0 100644 --- a/sc/source/core/data/conditio.cxx +++ b/sc/source/core/data/conditio.cxx @@ -781,7 +781,7 @@ void ScConditionEntry::FillCache() const SCROW nRowStart = aRange->aStart.Row(); SCTAB nTab = aRange->aStart.Tab(); - // temporary fix to workaorund slow duplicate entry + // temporary fix to workaround slow duplicate entry // conditions, prevent to use a whole row if(nRow == MAXROW) { diff --git a/sc/source/core/data/dociter.cxx b/sc/source/core/data/dociter.cxx index 8b79337ba6b5..c174d994ee48 100644 --- a/sc/source/core/data/dociter.cxx +++ b/sc/source/core/data/dociter.cxx @@ -2108,7 +2108,7 @@ bool ScHorizontalCellIterator::SkipInvalidInRow() return false; } -/// Find the next row that has some real content in one of it's columns. +/// Find the next row that has some real content in one of its columns. SCROW ScHorizontalCellIterator::FindNextNonEmptyRow() { size_t nNextRow = MAXROW+1; diff --git a/sc/source/core/data/docpool.cxx b/sc/source/core/data/docpool.cxx index f8839b9a72fc..e1eb4955e627 100644 --- a/sc/source/core/data/docpool.cxx +++ b/sc/source/core/data/docpool.cxx @@ -438,7 +438,7 @@ void ScDocumentPool::InitVersionMaps() pVersionMap3 = new sal_uInt16 [ nMap3Count ]; for ( i=0, j=nMap3Start; i < nMap3New; i++, j++ ) pVersionMap3[i] = j; - // An entry insterted ... + // An entry inserted... for ( i=nMap3New, j=nMap3Start+nMap3New+1; i < nMap3Count; i++, j++ ) pVersionMap3[i] = j; diff --git a/sc/source/core/data/documen4.cxx b/sc/source/core/data/documen4.cxx index b0b6cc9643f5..afe6469e44a2 100644 --- a/sc/source/core/data/documen4.cxx +++ b/sc/source/core/data/documen4.cxx @@ -936,7 +936,7 @@ sal_uInt16 ScDocument::RowDifferences( SCROW nThisRow, SCTAB nThisTab, if (nUsed > 0) return static_cast<sal_uInt16>((nDif*64)/nUsed); // max.256 (SC_DOCCOMP_MAXDIFF) - OSL_ENSURE(!nDif,"Diff withoud Used"); + OSL_ENSURE(!nDif,"Diff without Used"); return 0; } diff --git a/sc/source/core/data/document.cxx b/sc/source/core/data/document.cxx index 9057fa9be505..c12ea31e6102 100644 --- a/sc/source/core/data/document.cxx +++ b/sc/source/core/data/document.cxx @@ -3877,7 +3877,7 @@ bool ScDocument::CompileErrorCells(sal_uInt16 nErrCode) void ScDocument::CalcAfterLoad( bool bStartListening ) { if (bIsClip) // Excel data is loaded from the Clipboard to a Clip-Doc - return; // the clculation is then only perfromed when inserting into the real document + return; // the calculation is then only performed when inserting into the real document bCalcingAfterLoad = true; sc::CompileFormulaContext aCxt(this); @@ -6134,7 +6134,7 @@ void ScDocument::RestorePrintRanges( const ScPrintRangeSaver& rSaver ) bool ScDocument::NeedPageResetAfterTab( SCTAB nTab ) const { // The page number count restarts at a sheet, if another template is set at - // the preseding one (oly compare names) and if a pagenumber is specified (not 0) + // the preceding one (only compare names) and if a pagenumber is specified (not 0) if ( nTab + 1 < static_cast<SCTAB>(maTabs.size()) && maTabs[nTab] && maTabs[nTab+1] ) { diff --git a/sc/source/core/data/dpresfilter.cxx b/sc/source/core/data/dpresfilter.cxx index a416bc3a527e..f66e7f116766 100644 --- a/sc/source/core/data/dpresfilter.cxx +++ b/sc/source/core/data/dpresfilter.cxx @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ void ScDPResultTree::add( DimensionsType::iterator itDim = rDims.find(aUpperName); if (itDim == rDims.end()) { - // New dimenison. Insert it. + // New dimension. Insert it. std::pair<DimensionsType::iterator, bool> r = rDims.insert(DimensionsType::value_type(aUpperName, new DimensionNode)); diff --git a/sc/source/core/data/dptabres.cxx b/sc/source/core/data/dptabres.cxx index 6516bc73bf7c..2078cf6fb727 100644 --- a/sc/source/core/data/dptabres.cxx +++ b/sc/source/core/data/dptabres.cxx @@ -258,7 +258,7 @@ void ScDPInitState::AddMember( long nSourceIndex, SCROW nMember ) void ScDPInitState::RemoveMember() { - OSL_ENSURE(!maMembers.empty(), "ScDPInitState::RemoveMember: Attempt to remmove member while empty."); + OSL_ENSURE(!maMembers.empty(), "ScDPInitState::RemoveMember: Attempt to remove member while empty."); if (!maMembers.empty()) maMembers.pop_back(); } diff --git a/sc/source/core/data/formulacell.cxx b/sc/source/core/data/formulacell.cxx index fbb3d90f03a2..722c5c092de8 100644 --- a/sc/source/core/data/formulacell.cxx +++ b/sc/source/core/data/formulacell.cxx @@ -3791,7 +3791,7 @@ ScFormulaCell::CompareState ScFormulaCell::CompareByTokenArray( ScFormulaCell& r if ( GetMatrixFlag() != MM_NONE ) return NotEqual; - // are these formule at all similar ? + // are these formulas at all similar ? if ( GetHash() != rOther.GetHash() ) return NotEqual; diff --git a/sc/source/core/data/table1.cxx b/sc/source/core/data/table1.cxx index df05e2284411..2bc27053d964 100644 --- a/sc/source/core/data/table1.cxx +++ b/sc/source/core/data/table1.cxx @@ -807,7 +807,7 @@ void ScTable::GetDataArea( SCCOL& rStartCol, SCROW& rStartRow, SCCOL& rEndCol, S // Flags as modifiers: // // bIncludeOld = true ensure that the returned area contains at least the initial area, - // independently of the emptniess of rows / columns (i.e. does not allow shrinking) + // independently of the emptiness of rows / columns (i.e. does not allow shrinking) // bOnlyDown = true means extend / shrink the inputed area only down, i.e modifiy only rEndRow bool bLeft = false; diff --git a/sc/source/core/data/table4.cxx b/sc/source/core/data/table4.cxx index 7b682cd55005..7c001dee077a 100644 --- a/sc/source/core/data/table4.cxx +++ b/sc/source/core/data/table4.cxx @@ -453,7 +453,7 @@ void ScTable::FillFormula( } else { - OSL_FAIL( "FillFormula: MatrixOrigin no forumla cell with MM_FORMULA" ); + OSL_FAIL( "FillFormula: MatrixOrigin no formula cell with MM_FORMULA" ); } } else diff --git a/sc/source/core/opencl/op_addin.hxx b/sc/source/core/opencl/op_addin.hxx index 11d6eb77f2cc..d0b27e6947f8 100644 --- a/sc/source/core/opencl/op_addin.hxx +++ b/sc/source/core/opencl/op_addin.hxx @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ class OpGestep: public Normal { public: virtual void GenSlidingWindowFunction(std::stringstream &ss, - const std::string &sSymName, SubArguments &vSubArguments) override;; + const std::string &sSymName, SubArguments &vSubArguments) override; virtual std::string BinFuncName() const override { return "Gestep"; } }; diff --git a/sc/source/core/tool/chgtrack.cxx b/sc/source/core/tool/chgtrack.cxx index ced7be732aab..076a34ccf1dd 100644 --- a/sc/source/core/tool/chgtrack.cxx +++ b/sc/source/core/tool/chgtrack.cxx @@ -3472,7 +3472,7 @@ void ScChangeTrack::UpdateReference( ScChangeAction** ppFirstAction, { // Cut off inserted ranges, if Start/End is within the Delete, // but the Insert is not completely within the Delete or - // the Delete is not completelty within the Insert. + // the Delete is not completely within the Insert. // The Delete remembers which Insert it has cut off from; // it can also just be a single Insert (because Delete has // a single column/is a single row). diff --git a/sc/source/core/tool/compiler.cxx b/sc/source/core/tool/compiler.cxx index a9bbc68e237d..4c55d76d6170 100644 --- a/sc/source/core/tool/compiler.cxx +++ b/sc/source/core/tool/compiler.cxx @@ -1141,7 +1141,7 @@ struct ConventionXL static void makeExternalDocStr( OUStringBuffer& rBuffer, const OUString& rFullName, bool bEncodeUrl ) { // Format that is easier to deal with inside OOo, because we use file - // URL, and all characetrs are allowed. Check if it makes sense to do + // URL, and all characters are allowed. Check if it makes sense to do // it the way Gnumeric does it. Gnumeric doesn't use the URL form // and allows relative file path. // @@ -4932,7 +4932,7 @@ bool ScCompiler::HandleColRowName() if (!bString && aCell.isEmpty()) bString = true; // empty cell is ok if ( bString ) - { // coresponds with ScInterpreter::ScColRowNameAuto() + { // corresponds with ScInterpreter::ScColRowNameAuto() bValidName = true; if ( bColName ) { // ColName diff --git a/sc/source/core/tool/interpr1.cxx b/sc/source/core/tool/interpr1.cxx index bf3c0e2d5e43..1a1ada5a0fd1 100644 --- a/sc/source/core/tool/interpr1.cxx +++ b/sc/source/core/tool/interpr1.cxx @@ -6109,7 +6109,7 @@ void ScInterpreter::ScLookup() case svDoubleRef: { // Use the result array vector. Note that the result array is assumed - // to be a vector (i.e. 1-dimensinoal array). + // to be a vector (i.e. 1-dimensional array). ScAddress aAdr; aAdr.SetTab(nResTab); diff --git a/sc/source/core/tool/interpr3.cxx b/sc/source/core/tool/interpr3.cxx index d11d99c2829d..a2c9de0809aa 100644 --- a/sc/source/core/tool/interpr3.cxx +++ b/sc/source/core/tool/interpr3.cxx @@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ static double lcl_IterateInverse( const ScDistFunc& rFunction, double fAx, doubl { fAx = fRx; fAy = fRy; } - // if last interration brought to small advance, then do bisection next + // if last iteration brought to small advance, then do bisection next // time, for safety bHasToInterpolate = bHasToInterpolate && (fabs(fRy) * 2.0 <= fabs(fQy)); ++nCount; @@ -943,7 +943,7 @@ static double lcl_GetBetaHelperContFrac(double fX, double fA, double fB) const double fMaxIter = 50000.0; // loop security, normal cases converge in less than 100 iterations. - // FIXME: You will get so much iteratons for fX near mean, + // FIXME: You will get so much iterations for fX near mean, // I do not know a better algorithm. bool bfinished = false; do diff --git a/sc/source/core/tool/interpr5.cxx b/sc/source/core/tool/interpr5.cxx index a0933c0b93e9..2546b8b850db 100644 --- a/sc/source/core/tool/interpr5.cxx +++ b/sc/source/core/tool/interpr5.cxx @@ -2127,7 +2127,7 @@ void lcl_SolveWithLowerLeftTriangle(ScMatrixRef pMatA, /* Calculates Z = R * B * R is given in matrix A and vector VecR as obtained from the QR - * decompostion in lcl_CalculateQRdecomposition. B and Z are column vectors + * decomposition in lcl_CalculateQRdecomposition. B and Z are column vectors * given as matrix with at least index 0 to K-1; elements on index>=K are * not used. */ diff --git a/sc/source/core/tool/interpr7.cxx b/sc/source/core/tool/interpr7.cxx index 027c40391583..67e1039d82ee 100644 --- a/sc/source/core/tool/interpr7.cxx +++ b/sc/source/core/tool/interpr7.cxx @@ -227,7 +227,7 @@ void ScInterpreter::ScEncodeURL() OString aUtf8Str( aStr.toUtf8()); const sal_Int32 nLen = aUtf8Str.getLength(); - OStringBuffer aUrlBuf( nLen );; + OStringBuffer aUrlBuf( nLen ); for ( int i = 0; i < nLen; i++ ) { sal_Char c = aUtf8Str[ i ]; diff --git a/sc/source/core/tool/queryentry.cxx b/sc/source/core/tool/queryentry.cxx index fb35163f1664..1a5c47145dcf 100644 --- a/sc/source/core/tool/queryentry.cxx +++ b/sc/source/core/tool/queryentry.cxx @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ /* * dialog returns the special field values "empty"/"not empty" * as constants SC_EMPTYFIELDS and SC_NONEMPTYFIELDS respectively in nVal in - * conjuctions with the flag bQueryByString = FALSE. + * conjunctions with the flag bQueryByString = FALSE. */ #define SC_EMPTYFIELDS ((double)0x0042) diff --git a/sc/source/core/tool/reffind.cxx b/sc/source/core/tool/reffind.cxx index 6c99d837cf3c..b1883232bc07 100644 --- a/sc/source/core/tool/reffind.cxx +++ b/sc/source/core/tool/reffind.cxx @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ sal_Int32 FindEndPosR1C1(const sal_Unicode* p, sal_Int32 nStartPos, sal_Int32 nE } /** - * Find last character position that is considred text, from the specified + * Find last character position that is considered text, from the specified * start position. */ sal_Int32 FindEndPos(const sal_Unicode* p, sal_Int32 nStartPos, sal_Int32 nEndPos, diff --git a/sc/source/core/tool/token.cxx b/sc/source/core/tool/token.cxx index 8e62a267d1f5..ee6e305aa583 100644 --- a/sc/source/core/tool/token.cxx +++ b/sc/source/core/tool/token.cxx @@ -2303,7 +2303,7 @@ namespace { void GetExternalTableData(const ScDocument* pOldDoc, const ScDocument* pNewDoc, const SCTAB nTab, OUString& rTabName, sal_uInt16& rFileId) { - OUString aFileName = pOldDoc->GetFileURL();; + OUString aFileName = pOldDoc->GetFileURL(); rFileId = pNewDoc->GetExternalRefManager()->getExternalFileId(aFileName); rTabName = pOldDoc->GetCopyTabName(nTab); if (rTabName.isEmpty()) diff --git a/sc/source/filter/excel/xicontent.cxx b/sc/source/filter/excel/xicontent.cxx index 3e48f3526ab4..9cf9841a3adf 100644 --- a/sc/source/filter/excel/xicontent.cxx +++ b/sc/source/filter/excel/xicontent.cxx @@ -1212,7 +1212,7 @@ void XclImpDocProtectBuffer::Apply() const if (mnPassHash) { - // 16-bit password pash. + // 16-bit password hash. Sequence<sal_Int8> aPass(2); aPass[0] = (mnPassHash >> 8) & 0xFF; aPass[1] = mnPassHash & 0xFF; diff --git a/sc/source/filter/excel/xistream.cxx b/sc/source/filter/excel/xistream.cxx index a5eda2c50d6b..9b9fe1b2d990 100644 --- a/sc/source/filter/excel/xistream.cxx +++ b/sc/source/filter/excel/xistream.cxx @@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ uno::Sequence< beans::NamedValue > XclImpBiff5Decrypter::OnVerifyPassword( const *aIt = static_cast< sal_uInt16 >( rPassword[nInd] ); uno::Sequence< sal_Int8 > aDocId = ::comphelper::DocPasswordHelper::GenerateRandomByteSequence( 16 ); - OSL_ENSURE( aDocId.getLength() == 16, "Unexpected length of the senquence!" ); + OSL_ENSURE( aDocId.getLength() == 16, "Unexpected length of the sequence!" ); ::msfilter::MSCodec_Std97 aCodec97; aCodec97.InitKey( &aPassVect.front(), reinterpret_cast<sal_uInt8 const *>(aDocId.getConstArray()) ); diff --git a/sc/source/filter/excel/xlpivot.cxx b/sc/source/filter/excel/xlpivot.cxx index a70308a1eb68..3ca6b13442d2 100644 --- a/sc/source/filter/excel/xlpivot.cxx +++ b/sc/source/filter/excel/xlpivot.cxx @@ -263,7 +263,7 @@ void XclPCNumGroupInfo::SetXclDataType( sal_uInt16 nXclType ) XclImpStream& operator>>( XclImpStream& rStrm, XclPCNumGroupInfo& rInfo ) { rInfo.mnFlags = rStrm.ReaduInt16(); - return rStrm;; + return rStrm; } XclExpStream& operator<<( XclExpStream& rStrm, const XclPCNumGroupInfo& rInfo ) diff --git a/sc/source/filter/inc/autofilterbuffer.hxx b/sc/source/filter/inc/autofilterbuffer.hxx index 21f3bab6ea71..639960e625a1 100644 --- a/sc/source/filter/inc/autofilterbuffer.hxx +++ b/sc/source/filter/inc/autofilterbuffer.hxx @@ -142,7 +142,7 @@ public: virtual ApiFilterSettings finalizeImport( sal_Int32 nMaxCount ) override; private: - /** Appends the passed filter criteriom, if it contains valid settings. */ + /** Appends the passed filter criterion, if it contains valid settings. */ void appendCriterion( const FilterCriterionModel& rCriterion ); private: diff --git a/sc/source/filter/inc/formulabase.hxx b/sc/source/filter/inc/formulabase.hxx index 174190f0f51c..8fa5bbb42bd2 100644 --- a/sc/source/filter/inc/formulabase.hxx +++ b/sc/source/filter/inc/formulabase.hxx @@ -787,7 +787,7 @@ public: @param orTokens (input/output parameter) Expects a single string token in this token sequence (whitespace tokens are allowed). The string is split into substrings. A list of string tokens separated with - parameter separator tokens is returned in this psrameter. + parameter separator tokens is returned in this parameter. @param cStringSep The separator character used to split the input string. diff --git a/sc/source/filter/inc/fprogressbar.hxx b/sc/source/filter/inc/fprogressbar.hxx index 03bceec92d09..ad0f9924876e 100644 --- a/sc/source/filter/inc/fprogressbar.hxx +++ b/sc/source/filter/inc/fprogressbar.hxx @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ const sal_Int32 SCF_INV_SEGMENT = -1; /** Progress bar for complex progress representation. - The progress bar contains one or more segments, each with customable + The progress bar contains one or more segments, each with customizable size. Each segment is represented by a unique identifier. While showing the progress bar, several segments can be started simultaneously. The progress bar displays the sum of all started segments on screen. diff --git a/sc/source/filter/inc/pivotcachebuffer.hxx b/sc/source/filter/inc/pivotcachebuffer.hxx index a18c2addf6f1..3bf5406c62f3 100644 --- a/sc/source/filter/inc/pivotcachebuffer.hxx +++ b/sc/source/filter/inc/pivotcachebuffer.hxx @@ -166,7 +166,7 @@ struct PCSharedItemsModel bool mbHasMixed; /// True = has [(string|bool|error) and (number|date)] or (number and date). bool mbIsNumeric; /// True = has numeric item(s), maybe other types except date. bool mbIsInteger; /// True = has numeric item(s) with only integers, maybe other types except date. - bool mbHasLongText; /// True = contains strings with >255 charascters. + bool mbHasLongText; /// True = contains strings with >255 characters. bool mbHasLongIndexes; /// True = indexes to shared items are 16-bit (BIFF only). explicit PCSharedItemsModel(); diff --git a/sc/source/filter/inc/scflt.hxx b/sc/source/filter/inc/scflt.hxx index 216dc4f41e52..a6878c34c8ec 100644 --- a/sc/source/filter/inc/scflt.hxx +++ b/sc/source/filter/inc/scflt.hxx @@ -480,7 +480,7 @@ struct Sc10GraphHeader sal_Int16 CarretX; // Cell Position of Grafik sal_Int16 CarretY; sal_Int16 CarretZ; - sal_Int32 x; // x,y distance to cell border in pixels (pixels, as Grafics are stored in window) + sal_Int32 x; // x,y distance to cell border in pixels (pixels, as Graphics are stored in window) sal_Int32 y; sal_Int32 w; // w,h width and height in pixels sal_Int32 h; diff --git a/sc/source/filter/inc/xelink.hxx b/sc/source/filter/inc/xelink.hxx index b269e29e43a5..0a606f3e9572 100644 --- a/sc/source/filter/inc/xelink.hxx +++ b/sc/source/filter/inc/xelink.hxx @@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ private: void CalcSortedIndexes(); private: - /** Data structure with infoemation about one Calc sheet. */ + /** Data structure with information about one Calc sheet. */ struct XclExpTabInfoEntry { OUString maScName; diff --git a/sc/source/filter/inc/xiescher.hxx b/sc/source/filter/inc/xiescher.hxx index eb27f388ea7d..74e14666543d 100644 --- a/sc/source/filter/inc/xiescher.hxx +++ b/sc/source/filter/inc/xiescher.hxx @@ -292,7 +292,7 @@ protected: /** Reads fil data, line data, and frame flags. */ void ReadFrameData( XclImpStream& rStrm ); - /** Converts fill formatting, line formattind, and frame style. */ + /** Converts fill formatting, line formatting, and frame style. */ void ConvertRectStyle( SdrObject& rSdrObj ) const; /** Reads the contents of the a BIFF3 OBJ record from the passed stream. */ diff --git a/sc/source/filter/oox/formulaparser.cxx b/sc/source/filter/oox/formulaparser.cxx index 3e8dd034fdc5..8748ffee4db3 100644 --- a/sc/source/filter/oox/formulaparser.cxx +++ b/sc/source/filter/oox/formulaparser.cxx @@ -618,7 +618,7 @@ void FormulaParserImpl::initializeImport( const CellAddress& rBaseAddr, FormulaT break; case FORMULATYPE_DEFINEDNAME: mbRelativeAsOffset = true; - // BIFF2-BIFF4: convert 2D referebces to absolute 3D references + // BIFF2-BIFF4: convert 2D references to absolute 3D references mb2dRefsAs3dRefs = (getFilterType() == FILTER_BIFF) && (getBiff() <= BIFF4); break; } diff --git a/sc/source/filter/qpro/qpro.cxx b/sc/source/filter/qpro/qpro.cxx index 1ca679cd1885..76019722becd 100644 --- a/sc/source/filter/qpro/qpro.cxx +++ b/sc/source/filter/qpro/qpro.cxx @@ -153,7 +153,7 @@ FltError ScQProReader::import( ScDocument *pDoc ) { switch( getId() ) { - case 0x0000: // Begginning of file + case 0x0000: // Beginning of file mpStream->ReadUInt16( nVersion ); break; diff --git a/sc/source/filter/xml/xmlcelli.cxx b/sc/source/filter/xml/xmlcelli.cxx index 9d691ed2e35e..1af0794e956d 100644 --- a/sc/source/filter/xml/xmlcelli.cxx +++ b/sc/source/filter/xml/xmlcelli.cxx @@ -876,7 +876,7 @@ void ScXMLTableRowCellContext::SetAnnotation(const ScAddress& rPos) "ScXMLTableRowCellContext::SetAnnotation - shape without drawing page" ); if( mxAnnotationData->mxShape.is() && mxAnnotationData->mxShapes.is() ) { - OSL_ENSURE( mxAnnotationData->mxShapes.get() == xShapes.get(), "ScXMLTableRowCellContext::SetAnnotation - diffenet drawing pages" ); + OSL_ENSURE( mxAnnotationData->mxShapes.get() == xShapes.get(), "ScXMLTableRowCellContext::SetAnnotation - different drawing pages" ); SdrObject* pObject = ::GetSdrObjectFromXShape( mxAnnotationData->mxShape ); OSL_ENSURE( pObject, "ScXMLTableRowCellContext::SetAnnotation - cannot get SdrObject from shape" ); diff --git a/sc/source/filter/xml/xmlfilti.cxx b/sc/source/filter/xml/xmlfilti.cxx index f9b96b3107a6..ab70483ee29e 100644 --- a/sc/source/filter/xml/xmlfilti.cxx +++ b/sc/source/filter/xml/xmlfilti.cxx @@ -513,7 +513,7 @@ SvXMLImportContext* ScXMLSetItemContext::CreateChildContext( sal_uInt16 nPrefix, const OUString& rLName, const Reference<XAttributeList>& /*xAttrList*/ ) { - return new SvXMLImportContext( GetImport(), nPrefix, rLName );; + return new SvXMLImportContext( GetImport(), nPrefix, rLName ); } ScXMLSetItemContext::~ScXMLSetItemContext() diff --git a/sc/source/filter/xml/xmlnexpi.cxx b/sc/source/filter/xml/xmlnexpi.cxx index 99f5def87f61..37dcb0246c50 100644 --- a/sc/source/filter/xml/xmlnexpi.cxx +++ b/sc/source/filter/xml/xmlnexpi.cxx @@ -218,7 +218,7 @@ SvXMLImportContext *ScXMLNamedExpressionContext::CreateChildContext( sal_uInt16 const css::uno::Reference< css::xml::sax::XAttributeList>& /* xAttrList */ ) { - return new SvXMLImportContext( GetImport(), nPrefix, rLName );; + return new SvXMLImportContext( GetImport(), nPrefix, rLName ); } void ScXMLNamedExpressionContext::EndElement() diff --git a/sc/source/filter/xml/xmlstyli.cxx b/sc/source/filter/xml/xmlstyli.cxx index a0956de1799e..55916f10e75a 100644 --- a/sc/source/filter/xml/xmlstyli.cxx +++ b/sc/source/filter/xml/xmlstyli.cxx @@ -314,7 +314,7 @@ SvXMLImportContext* XMLTableCellPropsContext::CreateChildContext( sal_uInt16 nPr { // no need for a custom context or indeed a SvXMLTokenMap to grab just the // single attribute ( href ) that we are interested in. - // still though, we will check namesspaces etc. + // still though, we will check namespaces etc. if ( ( XML_NAMESPACE_STYLE == nPrefix) && IsXMLToken(rLocalName, XML_HYPERLINK ) ) { diff --git a/sc/source/ui/app/inputwin.cxx b/sc/source/ui/app/inputwin.cxx index d30805a2e14a..4c4e81147d68 100644 --- a/sc/source/ui/app/inputwin.cxx +++ b/sc/source/ui/app/inputwin.cxx @@ -236,7 +236,7 @@ ScInputWindow::ScInputWindow( vcl::Window* pParent, SfxBindings* pBind ) : // If the input row was hidden while editing (e.g. when editing a formula // and then switching to another document or the help), display the text // we just edited from the InputHandler - aTextWindow.SetTextString( pInputHdl->GetEditString() ); // Dispaly text + aTextWindow.SetTextString( pInputHdl->GetEditString() ); // Display text if ( pInputHdl->IsTopMode() ) pInputHdl->SetMode( SC_INPUT_TABLE ); // Focus ends up at the bottom anyways } diff --git a/sc/source/ui/condformat/condformatdlg.cxx b/sc/source/ui/condformat/condformatdlg.cxx index 9e91618e2c5f..0c3e05dbc076 100644 --- a/sc/source/ui/condformat/condformatdlg.cxx +++ b/sc/source/ui/condformat/condformatdlg.cxx @@ -502,7 +502,7 @@ void ScCondFormatDlg::RefInputDone( bool bForced ) ScAnyRefDlg::RefInputDone(bForced); // ScAnyRefModalDlg::RefInputDone resets the title back - // to it's original state. + // to its original state. // I.e. if we open the dialog normally, and then click into the sheet // to modify the selection, the title is updated such that the range // is only a single cell (e.g. $A$1), after which the dialog switches diff --git a/sc/source/ui/docshell/dbdocfun.cxx b/sc/source/ui/docshell/dbdocfun.cxx index f14f1e957c01..89b2d26f493f 100644 --- a/sc/source/ui/docshell/dbdocfun.cxx +++ b/sc/source/ui/docshell/dbdocfun.cxx @@ -1176,7 +1176,7 @@ bool checkNewOutputRange(ScDPObject& rDPObj, ScDocShell& rDocShell, ScRange& rNe const ScSheetSourceDesc* pSheetDesc = rDPObj.GetSheetDesc(); if (pSheetDesc && pSheetDesc->GetSourceRange().Intersects(rNewOut)) { - // New output range intersepts with the source data. Move it up to + // New output range intersteps with the source data. Move it up to // where the old range is and see if that works. ScRange aOldRange = rDPObj.GetOutRange(); SCsROW nDiff = aOldRange.aStart.Row() - rNewOut.aStart.Row(); diff --git a/sc/source/ui/docshell/docsh4.cxx b/sc/source/ui/docshell/docsh4.cxx index 0a0a7c394b0d..3ca38ac018cf 100644 --- a/sc/source/ui/docshell/docsh4.cxx +++ b/sc/source/ui/docshell/docsh4.cxx @@ -2194,7 +2194,7 @@ bool ScDocShell::DdeSetData( const OUString& rItem, } // Address in DDE function must be always parsed as CONV_OOO so that it - // would always work regardless of current address convension. We do this + // would always work regardless of current address conversion. We do this // because the address item in a DDE entry is *not* normalized when saved // into ODF. ScRange aRange; diff --git a/sc/source/ui/inc/namemgrtable.hxx b/sc/source/ui/inc/namemgrtable.hxx index 9d5f4e1958cd..aa7e5af437f1 100644 --- a/sc/source/ui/inc/namemgrtable.hxx +++ b/sc/source/ui/inc/namemgrtable.hxx @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ private: // should be const because we should not modify it here const std::map<OUString, std::unique_ptr<ScRangeName>>& m_RangeMap; // for performance, save which entries already have the formula entry - // otherwise opening the dialog with a lot of range names is extremelly slow because + // otherwise opening the dialog with a lot of range names is extremely slow because // we would calculate all formula strings during opening std::map<SvTreeListEntry*, bool> maCalculatedFormulaEntries; const ScAddress maPos; diff --git a/sc/source/ui/miscdlgs/inscodlg.cxx b/sc/source/ui/miscdlgs/inscodlg.cxx index 5a29f2e8852c..31f3ea3f486f 100644 --- a/sc/source/ui/miscdlgs/inscodlg.cxx +++ b/sc/source/ui/miscdlgs/inscodlg.cxx @@ -121,8 +121,8 @@ ScInsertContentsDlg::ScInsertContentsDlg( vcl::Window* pParent, mpBtnInsAll->SetClickHdl( LINK( this, ScInsertContentsDlg, InsAllHdl ) ); mpBtnLink->SetClickHdl( LINK( this, ScInsertContentsDlg, LinkBtnHdl ) ); - mpBtnShortCutPasteValuesOnly->SetClickHdl( LINK( this, ScInsertContentsDlg, ShortCutHdl ) );; - mpBtnShortCutPasteValuesFormats->SetClickHdl( LINK( this, ScInsertContentsDlg, ShortCutHdl ) );; + mpBtnShortCutPasteValuesOnly->SetClickHdl( LINK( this, ScInsertContentsDlg, ShortCutHdl ) ); + mpBtnShortCutPasteValuesFormats->SetClickHdl( LINK( this, ScInsertContentsDlg, ShortCutHdl ) ); mpBtnShortCutPasteTranspose->SetClickHdl( LINK( this, ScInsertContentsDlg, ShortCutHdl ) ); } diff --git a/sc/source/ui/src/scstring.src b/sc/source/ui/src/scstring.src index fd15cf13d101..82e5e62b222d 100644 --- a/sc/source/ui/src/scstring.src +++ b/sc/source/ui/src/scstring.src @@ -848,7 +848,7 @@ String STR_DEL_AUTOFORMAT_TITLE String STR_DEL_AUTOFORMAT_MSG { - Text [ en-US ] = "Do you really want to delete the # AutoFomat?" ; + Text [ en-US ] = "Do you really want to delete the # AutoFormat?" ; }; String STR_BTN_AUTOFORMAT_CLOSE diff --git a/sc/source/ui/unoobj/condformatuno.cxx b/sc/source/ui/unoobj/condformatuno.cxx index ef9542e5ea83..ae121a45aed0 100644 --- a/sc/source/ui/unoobj/condformatuno.cxx +++ b/sc/source/ui/unoobj/condformatuno.cxx @@ -366,7 +366,7 @@ void ScCondFormatsObj::removeByID(const sal_Int32 nID) throw(uno::RuntimeException, std::exception) { SolarMutexGuard aGuard; - ScConditionalFormatList* pFormatList = getCoreObject();; + ScConditionalFormatList* pFormatList = getCoreObject(); pFormatList->erase(nID); } @@ -374,7 +374,7 @@ uno::Sequence<uno::Reference<sheet::XConditionalFormat> > ScCondFormatsObj::getC throw(uno::RuntimeException, std::exception) { SolarMutexGuard aGuard; - ScConditionalFormatList* pFormatList = getCoreObject();; + ScConditionalFormatList* pFormatList = getCoreObject(); size_t n = pFormatList->size(); uno::Sequence<uno::Reference<sheet::XConditionalFormat> > aCondFormats(n); sal_Int32 i = 0; @@ -390,8 +390,8 @@ sal_Int32 ScCondFormatsObj::getLength() throw(uno::RuntimeException, std::exception) { SolarMutexGuard aGuard; - ScConditionalFormatList* pFormatList = getCoreObject();; - return pFormatList->size();; + ScConditionalFormatList* pFormatList = getCoreObject(); + return pFormatList->size(); } ScConditionalFormatList* ScCondFormatsObj::getCoreObject() diff --git a/sc/source/ui/vba/excelvbahelper.hxx b/sc/source/ui/vba/excelvbahelper.hxx index c62f5bf0beb8..d98a1be171c1 100644 --- a/sc/source/ui/vba/excelvbahelper.hxx +++ b/sc/source/ui/vba/excelvbahelper.hxx @@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ template < typename ImplObject > if ( xTunnel.is() ) pObj = reinterpret_cast<ImplObject*>( xTunnel->getSomething(ImplObject::getUnoTunnelId())); if ( bThrow && !pObj ) - throw css::uno::RuntimeException("Internal error, can't exctract implementation object", rxWrapperIf ); + throw css::uno::RuntimeException("Internal error, can't extract implementation object", rxWrapperIf ); return pObj; } diff --git a/sc/source/ui/vba/vbaapplication.cxx b/sc/source/ui/vba/vbaapplication.cxx index a57f136500ef..3a984d1cb6e5 100644 --- a/sc/source/ui/vba/vbaapplication.cxx +++ b/sc/source/ui/vba/vbaapplication.cxx @@ -412,7 +412,7 @@ ScVbaApplication::setStatusBar( const uno::Any& _statusbar ) throw (uno::Runtime } } else - throw uno::RuntimeException("Invalid prarameter. It should be a string or False" ); + throw uno::RuntimeException("Invalid parameter. It should be a string or False" ); } ::sal_Int32 SAL_CALL @@ -599,7 +599,7 @@ ScVbaApplication::GoTo( const uno::Any& Reference, const uno::Any& Scroll ) thro ScGridWindow* gridWindow = static_cast<ScGridWindow*>(pShell->GetWindow()); if ( xVbaRange.is() ) { - //TODO bScroll should be using. An this time, it does not have effection + //TODO bScroll should be used. At this time, it does not have effect if( bScroll ) { xVbaRange->Select(); diff --git a/sc/source/ui/vba/vbawindow.cxx b/sc/source/ui/vba/vbawindow.cxx index ec58bc901a3f..081400cafb16 100644 --- a/sc/source/ui/vba/vbawindow.cxx +++ b/sc/source/ui/vba/vbawindow.cxx @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ ScVbaWindow::init() still zero. The implementation of ActivePane() uses a UNO reference of this (to set this window as parent of the pane object). This requires the own refcount to be non-zero, otherwise this instance will be - desctructed immediately! Guard the call to ActivePane() in try/catch to + destructed immediately! Guard the call to ActivePane() in try/catch to not miss the decrementation of the reference count on exception. */ osl_atomic_increment( &m_refCount ); try diff --git a/sc/source/ui/vba/vbaworkbook.cxx b/sc/source/ui/vba/vbaworkbook.cxx index 0160826d043c..2bd237a327a7 100644 --- a/sc/source/ui/vba/vbaworkbook.cxx +++ b/sc/source/ui/vba/vbaworkbook.cxx @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ #include "docoptio.hxx" #include "unonames.hxx" -// Much of the impl. for the equivalend UNO module is +// Much of the impl. for the equivalent UNO module is // sc/source/ui/unoobj/docuno.cxx, viewuno.cxx using namespace ::ooo::vba; diff --git a/sc/source/ui/view/gridwin.cxx b/sc/source/ui/view/gridwin.cxx index bb1ae4311d43..fe96a0e982e9 100644 --- a/sc/source/ui/view/gridwin.cxx +++ b/sc/source/ui/view/gridwin.cxx @@ -5236,7 +5236,7 @@ void ScGridWindow::RFMouseMove( const MouseEvent& rMEvt, bool bUp ) } if ( bUp ) - aNew.PutInOrder(); // For ButtonUp agin in the proper order + aNew.PutInOrder(); // For ButtonUp again in the proper order if ( aNew != aOld ) { diff --git a/sc/source/ui/view/output.cxx b/sc/source/ui/view/output.cxx index 16e24992f9fd..523349fd4959 100644 --- a/sc/source/ui/view/output.cxx +++ b/sc/source/ui/view/output.cxx @@ -338,7 +338,7 @@ void ScOutputData::DrawGrid(vcl::RenderContext& rRenderContext, bool bGrid, bool // * when bWorksInPixels is false: these are in the logic units // // This is where all the confusion comes from, ultimately we want them - // always in the logic units (100th of milimiters), but we need to get + // always in the logic units (100th of millimiters), but we need to get // there gradually (get rid of setting MAP_PIXEL first), otherwise we'd // break all the drawing by one change. // So until that happens, we need to special case. diff --git a/sc/source/ui/view/tabcont.cxx b/sc/source/ui/view/tabcont.cxx index 7926f724d16a..7b34af1c1d86 100644 --- a/sc/source/ui/view/tabcont.cxx +++ b/sc/source/ui/view/tabcont.cxx @@ -289,7 +289,7 @@ void ScTabControl::Select() // SetReference onlw when the consolidate dialog is open // (for referenzes over multiple sheets) - // for others this is only uneeded fidgeting + // for others this is only needed fidgeting if ( bRefMode && pViewData->GetRefType() == SC_REFTYPE_REF ) if ( pViewData->GetViewShell()->GetViewFrame()->HasChildWindow(SID_OPENDLG_CONSOLIDATE) ) diff --git a/sc/source/ui/view/tabview.cxx b/sc/source/ui/view/tabview.cxx index 914c68483258..cf82bf897559 100644 --- a/sc/source/ui/view/tabview.cxx +++ b/sc/source/ui/view/tabview.cxx @@ -1060,7 +1060,7 @@ IMPL_LINK_TYPED( ScTabView, ScrollHdl, ScrollBar*, pScroll, void ) /* Convert scrollbar mouse position to screen position. If RTL mode of scrollbar differs from RTL mode of its parent, then the direct call to Window::OutputToNormalizedScreenPixel() will - give unusable results, because calcualtion of screen position + give unusable results, because calculation of screen position is based on parent orientation and expects equal orientation of the child position. Need to mirror mouse position before. */ Point aMousePos = pScroll->GetPointerPosPixel(); diff --git a/sc/source/ui/view/tabview3.cxx b/sc/source/ui/view/tabview3.cxx index 8e6d1432f30a..7bdeeae35f62 100644 --- a/sc/source/ui/view/tabview3.cxx +++ b/sc/source/ui/view/tabview3.cxx @@ -758,7 +758,7 @@ void ScTabView::AlignToCursor( SCsCOL nCurX, SCsROW nCurY, ScFollowMode eMode, // when for instance a search dialog is open, don't put the cursor behind the dialog // if possible, put the row with the cursor above or below the dialog - //! not if already complelely visible + //! not if already completely visible if ( eMode == SC_FOLLOW_JUMP ) { diff --git a/sc/source/ui/view/tabview5.cxx b/sc/source/ui/view/tabview5.cxx index d48fde82131d..76b8562b883a 100644 --- a/sc/source/ui/view/tabview5.cxx +++ b/sc/source/ui/view/tabview5.cxx @@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ void ScTabView::Init() pTabControl->SetStyle(pTabControl->GetStyle() | WB_SIZEABLE); /* #i97900# The tab control has to remain in RTL mode if GUI is RTL, this - is needed to draw the 3D effect correctly. The base TabBar implementes + is needed to draw the 3D effect correctly. The base TabBar implements mirroring independent from the GUI direction. Have to set RTL mode explicitly because the parent frame window is already RTL disabled. */ pTabControl->EnableRTL( AllSettings::GetLayoutRTL() ); diff --git a/scripting/examples/basic/SearchAndReplace.xba b/scripting/examples/basic/SearchAndReplace.xba index fb7c60bd4f22..24c61d8e9a40 100644 --- a/scripting/examples/basic/SearchAndReplace.xba +++ b/scripting/examples/basic/SearchAndReplace.xba @@ -82,13 +82,13 @@ Sub getInfoFromDialog Dim oFoundCursor As Object Dim oSearchText as Object Dim oReplaceText as Object - + ' Create a document object for the current document then create text and ' cursor objects oDocument = StarDesktop.ActiveFrame.Controller.Model oSearch = oDocument.createSearchDescriptor - ' Replace all instances of the search string with the replavce string + ' Replace all instances of the search string with the replace string oSearch.SearchString = getSearchKey() oSearch.ReplaceString = getReplaceKey() oDocument.replaceAll(oSearch) @@ -123,4 +123,4 @@ Function getReplaceKey() as String oReplaceText = oDialog.GetControl("ReplaceKeyTextBox") sReplace = oReplaceText.Text getReplaceKey = sReplace -End Function</script:module>
\ No newline at end of file +End Function</script:module> diff --git a/scripting/examples/java/Newsgroup/PostNewsgroup.java b/scripting/examples/java/Newsgroup/PostNewsgroup.java index 8c76331abd87..6c6ecdf3729d 100644 --- a/scripting/examples/java/Newsgroup/PostNewsgroup.java +++ b/scripting/examples/java/Newsgroup/PostNewsgroup.java @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ public class PostNewsgroup extends JFrame { }); Container container = getContentPane(); - container.setLayout(new GridBagLayout());; + container.setLayout(new GridBagLayout()); GridBagConstraints constraints = new GridBagConstraints(); constraints.fill = GridBagConstraints.BOTH; diff --git a/scripting/java/com/sun/star/script/framework/browse/ProviderBrowseNode.java b/scripting/java/com/sun/star/script/framework/browse/ProviderBrowseNode.java index 17064de55830..91c2566be5ae 100644 --- a/scripting/java/com/sun/star/script/framework/browse/ProviderBrowseNode.java +++ b/scripting/java/com/sun/star/script/framework/browse/ProviderBrowseNode.java @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ public class ProviderBrowseNode extends PropertySet implements creatable = false; } } - // TODO propage errors + // TODO propagate errors catch (com.sun.star.uno.Exception e) { LogUtils.DEBUG("Caught exception in creation of ProviderBrowseNode "); LogUtils.DEBUG(LogUtils.getTrace(e)); diff --git a/scripting/java/com/sun/star/script/framework/io/XStorageHelper.java b/scripting/java/com/sun/star/script/framework/io/XStorageHelper.java index 669c7b70c97d..7d5b9001e8dc 100644 --- a/scripting/java/com/sun/star/script/framework/io/XStorageHelper.java +++ b/scripting/java/com/sun/star/script/framework/io/XStorageHelper.java @@ -241,7 +241,7 @@ public class XStorageHelper implements XEventListener { try { xTrans.commit(); } catch (Exception e) { - LogUtils.DEBUG("Something went bellyup exception: " + e); + LogUtils.DEBUG("Something went belly up exception: " + e); } } } diff --git a/scripting/java/com/sun/star/script/framework/provider/ScriptProvider.java b/scripting/java/com/sun/star/script/framework/provider/ScriptProvider.java index dcf173ab4aba..9e7c4b63d7b8 100644 --- a/scripting/java/com/sun/star/script/framework/provider/ScriptProvider.java +++ b/scripting/java/com/sun/star/script/framework/provider/ScriptProvider.java @@ -243,7 +243,7 @@ public abstract class ScriptProvider implements LogUtils.DEBUG("isPkgProvider is: " + isPkgProvider); // TODO should all be done in this class instead of - // deleagation???? + // delegation???? m_xBrowseNodeProxy = new ProviderBrowseNode(this, m_container, m_xContext); diff --git a/scripting/java/com/sun/star/script/framework/provider/beanshell/PlainSourceView.java b/scripting/java/com/sun/star/script/framework/provider/beanshell/PlainSourceView.java index 4d97d43c4718..945b3bc00a91 100644 --- a/scripting/java/com/sun/star/script/framework/provider/beanshell/PlainSourceView.java +++ b/scripting/java/com/sun/star/script/framework/provider/beanshell/PlainSourceView.java @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ public class PlainSourceView extends JScrollPane implements try { ta.setCaretPosition(pos); } catch (IllegalArgumentException iae) { - // do nothing and allow JTextArea to set it's own position + // do nothing and allow JTextArea to set its own position } } diff --git a/scripting/source/provider/MasterScriptProvider.cxx b/scripting/source/provider/MasterScriptProvider.cxx index e63236f5ef17..1f1ad5cc788b 100644 --- a/scripting/source/provider/MasterScriptProvider.cxx +++ b/scripting/source/provider/MasterScriptProvider.cxx @@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ throw ( Exception, RuntimeException, std::exception ) { // from the arguments, we were able to deduce a model. That alone doesn't // suffice, we also need an XEmbeddedScripts which actually indicates support - // for embeddeding scripts + // for embedding scripts Reference< XEmbeddedScripts > xScripts( m_xModel, UNO_QUERY ); if ( !xScripts.is() ) { diff --git a/scripting/source/provider/ScriptImpl.cxx b/scripting/source/provider/ScriptImpl.cxx index 5fa3d5ea833e..b3cb96f29cbc 100644 --- a/scripting/source/provider/ScriptImpl.cxx +++ b/scripting/source/provider/ScriptImpl.cxx @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ throw ( RuntimeException ) : m_RunTimeManager( runtimeMgr, UNO_SET_THROW ), m_ScriptURI( scriptURI ) { - SAL_INFO("scripting.provider", "<!constucting a ScriptImpl>" ); + SAL_INFO("scripting.provider", "<!constructing a ScriptImpl>" ); } diff --git a/scripting/source/pyprov/msgbox.py b/scripting/source/pyprov/msgbox.py index 16405f719412..3f2be64f4d13 100644 --- a/scripting/source/pyprov/msgbox.py +++ b/scripting/source/pyprov/msgbox.py @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ # file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. # -# prepare pythoin environnement - Add the path of this class +# prepare Python environment - Add the path of this class from os import path from sys import modules from sys import path as syspath @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ from com.sun.star.awt.TextAlign import RIGHT as right from com.sun.star.awt import XActionListener class MsgBox(unohelper.Base): - """Inspect UNO object, link to sdk and recusrsive calls""" + """Inspect UNO object, link to sdk and recursive calls""" def __init__(self, aContext): """acontext : a Valid UNO context diff --git a/scripting/source/pyprov/pythonscript.py b/scripting/source/pyprov/pythonscript.py index c62c22872f9c..a2fc4f055a10 100644 --- a/scripting/source/pyprov/pythonscript.py +++ b/scripting/source/pyprov/pythonscript.py @@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ def getLogTarget(): systemPath = uno.fileUrlToSystemPath( userInstallation + "/Scripts/python/log.txt" ) ret = open( systemPath , "a" ) except: - print("Exception during creation of pythonscript logfile: "+ lastException2String() + "\n, delagating log to stdout\n") + print("Exception during creation of pythonscript logfile: "+ lastException2String() + "\n, delegating log to stdout\n") return ret class Logger(LogLevel): diff --git a/sd/qa/unit/export-tests.cxx b/sd/qa/unit/export-tests.cxx index 32175f4d5efe..3ddde53113b7 100644 --- a/sd/qa/unit/export-tests.cxx +++ b/sd/qa/unit/export-tests.cxx @@ -242,7 +242,7 @@ void SdExportTest::testBnc870233_1() const SdrPage *pPage = GetPage( 1, xDocShRef ); - // The problem was all shapes had the same font (the last parsed font attribues overwrote all previous ones) + // The problem was all shapes had the same font (the last parsed font attributes overwrote all previous ones) // First shape has red, bold font { diff --git a/sd/source/core/drawdoc3.cxx b/sd/source/core/drawdoc3.cxx index 0a3502e64815..b326667387cf 100644 --- a/sd/source/core/drawdoc3.cxx +++ b/sd/source/core/drawdoc3.cxx @@ -1467,7 +1467,7 @@ void SdDrawDocument::SetMasterPage(sal_uInt16 nSdPageNum, DBG_ASSERT(pMaster, "MasterPage (Standard page) not found"); DBG_ASSERT(pNotesMaster, "MasterPage (Notes page) not found"); - // this should not happen, but looking at crashreports, it does + // this should not happen, but looking at crash reports, it does if( (pMaster == nullptr) || (pNotesMaster == nullptr) ) { // so take the first MasterPage diff --git a/sd/source/core/sdiocmpt.cxx b/sd/source/core/sdiocmpt.cxx index 3795a4adef82..a6eee5d70dad 100644 --- a/sd/source/core/sdiocmpt.cxx +++ b/sd/source/core/sdiocmpt.cxx @@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ SdIOCompat::SdIOCompat(SvStream& rNewStream, StreamMode nNewMode, sal_uInt16 nVe if (nNewMode == StreamMode::WRITE) { DBG_ASSERT(nVer != SDIOCOMPAT_VERSIONDONTKNOW, - "can´t write unknown version"); + "can't write unknown version"); rNewStream.WriteUInt16( nVersion ); } else if (nNewMode == StreamMode::READ) diff --git a/sd/source/filter/eppt/epptso.cxx b/sd/source/filter/eppt/epptso.cxx index 91a9cde63e94..901a1c0354d4 100644 --- a/sd/source/filter/eppt/epptso.cxx +++ b/sd/source/filter/eppt/epptso.cxx @@ -820,7 +820,7 @@ void PPTWriter::ImplWritePortions( SvStream& rOut, TextObj& rTextObj ) { sal_uInt32 nBackgroundColor = 0xffffff; - if ( !nCharColor ) // special threatment for + if ( !nCharColor ) // special treatment for nCharColor = 0xffffff; // black fontcolor css::uno::Any aAny; @@ -3006,7 +3006,7 @@ void PPTWriter::ImplWritePage( const PHLayout& rLayout, EscherSolverContainer& a mpExEmbed->WriteUInt32( EPP_ExEmbedAtom << 16 ) .WriteUInt32( 8 ) .WriteUInt32( 0 ) // follow colorscheme : 0->do not follow - // 1->follow collorscheme + // 1->follow colorscheme // 2->follow text and background scheme .WriteUChar( 1 ) // (bool)set if embedded server can not be locked .WriteUChar( 0 ) // (bool)do not need to send dimension diff --git a/sd/source/filter/eppt/pptexanimations.cxx b/sd/source/filter/eppt/pptexanimations.cxx index 2dcea0df8a8d..3ca397048a8e 100644 --- a/sd/source/filter/eppt/pptexanimations.cxx +++ b/sd/source/filter/eppt/pptexanimations.cxx @@ -909,7 +909,7 @@ void AnimationExporter::GetUserData( const Sequence< NamedValue >& rUserData, co } else if ( p->Name == "master-element" ) { - pAny[ DFF_ANIM_AFTEREFFECT ] = &(p->Value);; + pAny[ DFF_ANIM_AFTEREFFECT ] = &(p->Value); } p++; } diff --git a/sd/source/filter/html/pubdlg.cxx b/sd/source/filter/html/pubdlg.cxx index 214d5bf816af..084bfd432850 100644 --- a/sd/source/filter/html/pubdlg.cxx +++ b/sd/source/filter/html/pubdlg.cxx @@ -1578,7 +1578,7 @@ bool SdPublishingDlg::Save() sal_uInt16 aCheck = nMagic; pStream->WriteUInt16( aCheck ); - // Destroys the SdIOCompat before the Stream is being destributed + // Destroys the SdIOCompat before the Stream is being distributed { SdIOCompat aIO(*pStream, StreamMode::WRITE, 0); diff --git a/sd/source/filter/ppt/pptin.cxx b/sd/source/filter/ppt/pptin.cxx index 4d6535545d64..4d4d96510419 100644 --- a/sd/source/filter/ppt/pptin.cxx +++ b/sd/source/filter/ppt/pptin.cxx @@ -1864,7 +1864,7 @@ void ImplSdPPTImport::ImportPageEffect( SdPage* pPage, const bool bNewAnimations for( ;aIter != aEnd; ++aIter ) { - Ppt97AnimationPtr pPpt97Animation = (*aIter).second;; + Ppt97AnimationPtr pPpt97Animation = (*aIter).second; if( pPpt97Animation.get() ) pPpt97Animation->createAndSetCustomAnimationEffect( (*aIter).first ); } diff --git a/sd/source/ui/accessibility/AccessibleDrawDocumentView.cxx b/sd/source/ui/accessibility/AccessibleDrawDocumentView.cxx index 9706c33bc2f1..28c606216431 100644 --- a/sd/source/ui/accessibility/AccessibleDrawDocumentView.cxx +++ b/sd/source/ui/accessibility/AccessibleDrawDocumentView.cxx @@ -694,7 +694,7 @@ bool return bRet; } -/** Select or delselect the specified shapes. The corresponding accessible +/** Select or deselect the specified shapes. The corresponding accessible shapes are notified over the selection change listeners registered with the XSelectionSupplier of the controller. */ diff --git a/sd/source/ui/animations/CustomAnimationDialog.cxx b/sd/source/ui/animations/CustomAnimationDialog.cxx index 86c6723da8a8..7e90868080c4 100644 --- a/sd/source/ui/animations/CustomAnimationDialog.cxx +++ b/sd/source/ui/animations/CustomAnimationDialog.cxx @@ -1132,7 +1132,7 @@ CustomAnimationEffectTabPage::CustomAnimationEffectTabPage( vcl::Window* pParent mpFTProperty1->Enable( mpLBProperty1->IsEnabled() ); - // accelerate & deccelerate + // accelerate & decelerate if( pSet->getPropertyState( nHandleAccelerate ) == STLPropertyState_DIRECT ) { diff --git a/sd/source/ui/controller/displaymodecontroller.cxx b/sd/source/ui/controller/displaymodecontroller.cxx index a603a0372766..749ce71cf10d 100644 --- a/sd/source/ui/controller/displaymodecontroller.cxx +++ b/sd/source/ui/controller/displaymodecontroller.cxx @@ -270,7 +270,7 @@ void DisplayModeController::setToolboxItemImage( sal_uInt16 nImage ) OUString SAL_CALL DisplayModeController::getImplementationName() throw( RuntimeException, std::exception ) { - return OUString( "com.sun.star.comp.sd.DisplayModeController" );; + return OUString( "com.sun.star.comp.sd.DisplayModeController" ); } Sequence< OUString > SAL_CALL DisplayModeController::getSupportedServiceNames( ) throw( RuntimeException, std::exception ) diff --git a/sd/source/ui/dlg/dlgass.cxx b/sd/source/ui/dlg/dlgass.cxx index c6687cad1dcf..f4ba7956d4f0 100644 --- a/sd/source/ui/dlg/dlgass.cxx +++ b/sd/source/ui/dlg/dlgass.cxx @@ -1611,7 +1611,7 @@ uno::Sequence < beans::NamedValue > AssistentDlgImpl::GetPassword( const OUStrin if(pEntry->maPath == rPath) return pEntry->aEncryptionData; } - return uno::Sequence < beans::NamedValue > ();; + return uno::Sequence < beans::NamedValue > (); } void AssistentDlgImpl::DeletePasswords() diff --git a/sd/source/ui/framework/configuration/ConfigurationUpdater.cxx b/sd/source/ui/framework/configuration/ConfigurationUpdater.cxx index 060727fbc1fc..3cf708074154 100644 --- a/sd/source/ui/framework/configuration/ConfigurationUpdater.cxx +++ b/sd/source/ui/framework/configuration/ConfigurationUpdater.cxx @@ -326,7 +326,7 @@ void ConfigurationUpdater::CheckPureAnchors ( if (bDeactiveCurrentResource) { - SAL_INFO("sd.fwk", OSL_THIS_FUNC << ": deactiving pure anchor " << + SAL_INFO("sd.fwk", OSL_THIS_FUNC << ": deactivating pure anchor " << OUStringToOString( FrameworkHelper::ResourceIdToString(xResourceId), RTL_TEXTENCODING_UTF8).getStr() << "because it has no children"); diff --git a/sd/source/ui/inc/AccessibleDrawDocumentView.hxx b/sd/source/ui/inc/AccessibleDrawDocumentView.hxx index d8ff9e469392..0da01c7b8083 100644 --- a/sd/source/ui/inc/AccessibleDrawDocumentView.hxx +++ b/sd/source/ui/inc/AccessibleDrawDocumentView.hxx @@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ protected: @param nAccessibleChildIndex Index of the child to select or deselect. If the parameter has the value ACCESSIBLE_SELECTION_CHILD_ALL then all children are - selected or deslected. + selected or deselected. @param bSelect Indicates whether to select or deselect the specified child reps. children. diff --git a/sd/source/ui/inc/WindowUpdater.hxx b/sd/source/ui/inc/WindowUpdater.hxx index 0ea8a356deef..e444353850ee 100644 --- a/sd/source/ui/inc/WindowUpdater.hxx +++ b/sd/source/ui/inc/WindowUpdater.hxx @@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ public: nothing is done. @param pDocument When given a pointer to a document then tell it to reformat all - text objects. This refromatting is necessary for the new values + text objects. This refomatting is necessary for the new values to take effect. */ void Update (OutputDevice* pDevice, SdDrawDocument* pDocument=nullptr) const; @@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ private: tWindowList maWindowList; /** The central method of this class. Update the given output device. - It is the task of the caller to initiate a refrormatting of the + It is the task of the caller to initiate a reformatting of the document that is rendered on this device to reflect the changes. @param pWindow The output device to update. When it is <null/> then the call diff --git a/sd/source/ui/inc/framework/Configuration.hxx b/sd/source/ui/inc/framework/Configuration.hxx index d916d61cb83d..23c32f8832ac 100644 --- a/sd/source/ui/inc/framework/Configuration.hxx +++ b/sd/source/ui/inc/framework/Configuration.hxx @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ namespace sd { namespace framework { instance. For resources, like panes, that are unique with respect to an application frame, that does not mean much of a difference. For other resources like views, that may have more than one instance per - application frame, this is different. To identify them unambigously a + application frame, this is different. To identify them unambiguously a second URL, one of a unique resource, is necessary. This second URL is called the anchor of the first. The two types of resources are called unique and linked respectively. diff --git a/sd/source/ui/inc/fuconstr.hxx b/sd/source/ui/inc/fuconstr.hxx index b50e31f31a01..5e30eb1e3f9f 100644 --- a/sd/source/ui/inc/fuconstr.hxx +++ b/sd/source/ui/inc/fuconstr.hxx @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ public: void SetStyleSheet(SfxItemSet& rAttr, SdrObject* pObj); // SJ: setting stylesheet, the use of a filled or unfilled style - // is determinded by the parameters bUseFillStyle and bUseNoFillStyle : + // is determined by the parameters bUseFillStyle and bUseNoFillStyle : void SetStyleSheet( SfxItemSet& rAttr, SdrObject* pObj, const bool bUseFillStyle, const bool bUseNoFillStyle ); diff --git a/sd/source/ui/inc/fupoor.hxx b/sd/source/ui/inc/fupoor.hxx index 41da005bf6d3..b4be259eef2c 100644 --- a/sd/source/ui/inc/fupoor.hxx +++ b/sd/source/ui/inc/fupoor.hxx @@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ protected: next layer. If it is negative then select a previous one. An offset or zero does not change the current layer. If the resulting index lies outside the valid range of indices then it - is set to either the minimal or maximal valid index, whitchever + is set to either the minimal or maximal valid index, whichever is nearer. */ void SwitchLayer (sal_Int32 nOffset); diff --git a/sd/source/ui/inc/strings.hrc b/sd/source/ui/inc/strings.hrc index 06cc14c9531e..cbcf702da290 100644 --- a/sd/source/ui/inc/strings.hrc +++ b/sd/source/ui/inc/strings.hrc @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ /* * Dummy-Strings, these ResourceIDs: should not be assigned to other strings * as they're used for popup-menus (a popup-menu and its - * configurationsstring should have identical ResourceID's!). + * configurations string should have identical ResourceID's!). * See also: res_bmp.hrc, popup.src */ diff --git a/sd/source/ui/inc/tools/IdleDetection.hxx b/sd/source/ui/inc/tools/IdleDetection.hxx index a5c4639b871a..49bc318da711 100644 --- a/sd/source/ui/inc/tools/IdleDetection.hxx +++ b/sd/source/ui/inc/tools/IdleDetection.hxx @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ namespace vcl { class Window; } namespace sd { namespace tools { /** Detect whether the system is idle and some time consuming operation may - be carried out. This class ditinguishes between different states of + be carried out. This class distinguishes between different states of idle-ness. */ class IdleDetection diff --git a/sd/source/ui/presenter/PresenterCanvas.cxx b/sd/source/ui/presenter/PresenterCanvas.cxx index 43d5b7b28684..19953dac43fe 100644 --- a/sd/source/ui/presenter/PresenterCanvas.cxx +++ b/sd/source/ui/presenter/PresenterCanvas.cxx @@ -919,7 +919,7 @@ void SAL_CALL PresenterCustomSprite::move ( mpCanvas->MergeViewState(rViewState, mpCanvas->GetOffset(mxBaseWindow)), rRenderState); // Clip sprite against window bounds. This call is necessary because - // sprite clipping is done in the corrdinate system of the sprite. + // sprite clipping is done in the coordinate system of the sprite. // Therefore, after each change of the sprites location the window // bounds have to be transformed into the sprites coordinate system. clip(nullptr); diff --git a/sd/source/ui/remotecontrol/BluetoothServer.cxx b/sd/source/ui/remotecontrol/BluetoothServer.cxx index 7c1e4e898aa4..b29ce38d926b 100644 --- a/sd/source/ui/remotecontrol/BluetoothServer.cxx +++ b/sd/source/ui/remotecontrol/BluetoothServer.cxx @@ -1204,8 +1204,8 @@ void SAL_CALL BluetoothServer::run() // We don't need to listen to adapter changes anymore -- profile // registration is done globally for the entirety of bluez, so we only - // need adapters when setting discovereability, which can be done - // dyanmically without the need to listen for changes. + // need adapters when setting discoverability, which can be done + // dynamically without the need to listen for changes. // TODO: exit on SD deinit // Probably best to do that in SdModule::~SdModule? diff --git a/sd/source/ui/slideshow/slideshow.cxx b/sd/source/ui/slideshow/slideshow.cxx index c18c3880b2e4..e2b737efedfe 100644 --- a/sd/source/ui/slideshow/slideshow.cxx +++ b/sd/source/ui/slideshow/slideshow.cxx @@ -739,7 +739,7 @@ void SAL_CALL SlideShow::end() if( pViewShell ) { // invalidate the view shell so the presentation slot will be re-enabled - // and the rehersing will be updated + // and the rehearsing will be updated pViewShell->Invalidate(); if( xController->meAnimationMode ==ANIMATIONMODE_SHOW ) diff --git a/sd/source/ui/slideshow/slideshowimpl.cxx b/sd/source/ui/slideshow/slideshowimpl.cxx index d4817e3d8a59..07287a08e996 100644 --- a/sd/source/ui/slideshow/slideshowimpl.cxx +++ b/sd/source/ui/slideshow/slideshowimpl.cxx @@ -1452,7 +1452,7 @@ void SAL_CALL SlideshowImpl::resume() throw (RuntimeException, std::exception) } else { - mbIsPaused = false;; + mbIsPaused = false; if( mxShow.is() ) { mxShow->pause(sal_False); @@ -1762,7 +1762,7 @@ IMPL_LINK_NOARG_TYPED(SlideshowImpl, ReadyForNextInputHdl, Timer *, void) } /** if I catch someone someday who calls this method by hand - and not by using the timer, I will personaly punish this + and not by using the timer, I will personally punish this person seriously, even if this person is me. */ IMPL_LINK_NOARG_TYPED(SlideshowImpl, updateHdl, Timer *, void) diff --git a/sd/source/ui/slidesorter/inc/controller/SlsClipboard.hxx b/sd/source/ui/slidesorter/inc/controller/SlsClipboard.hxx index 01d4bb3795f0..8b37209808cd 100644 --- a/sd/source/ui/slidesorter/inc/controller/SlsClipboard.hxx +++ b/sd/source/ui/slidesorter/inc/controller/SlsClipboard.hxx @@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ private: */ sal_Int32 PasteTransferable (sal_Int32 nInsertPosition); - /** Select a range of pages of the model. Typicall usage is the + /** Select a range of pages of the model. Typically usage is the selection of newly inserted pages. @param nFirstIndex The index of the first page to select. diff --git a/sd/source/ui/slidesorter/inc/controller/SlsPageSelector.hxx b/sd/source/ui/slidesorter/inc/controller/SlsPageSelector.hxx index d084044f7a08..5811df235a6a 100644 --- a/sd/source/ui/slidesorter/inc/controller/SlsPageSelector.hxx +++ b/sd/source/ui/slidesorter/inc/controller/SlsPageSelector.hxx @@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ public: void GetCoreSelection(); /** Update the selection state of the SdPage objects to be the same as - that of the correspinding page descriptors. + that of the corresponding page descriptors. */ void SetCoreSelection(); diff --git a/sd/source/ui/slidesorter/inc/controller/SlsProperties.hxx b/sd/source/ui/slidesorter/inc/controller/SlsProperties.hxx index bda279596a98..4d4d9919b90e 100644 --- a/sd/source/ui/slidesorter/inc/controller/SlsProperties.hxx +++ b/sd/source/ui/slidesorter/inc/controller/SlsProperties.hxx @@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ public: Color GetHighlightColor() const { return maHighlightColor;} void SetHighlightColor (const Color& rColor); - /** The UI can be set to be read only indepently from the model status. + /** The UI can be set to be read only independently from the model status. Used for instance in the presenter view. */ bool IsUIReadOnly() const { return mbIsUIReadOnly;} diff --git a/sd/source/ui/slidesorter/view/SlsFramePainter.cxx b/sd/source/ui/slidesorter/view/SlsFramePainter.cxx index 2c8813c43e0e..638a215e7c95 100644 --- a/sd/source/ui/slidesorter/view/SlsFramePainter.cxx +++ b/sd/source/ui/slidesorter/view/SlsFramePainter.cxx @@ -208,7 +208,7 @@ void FramePainter::OffsetBitmap::PaintSide ( } else { - // Diagonal sides indicatee an error. + // Diagonal sides indicates an error. OSL_ASSERT(false); } } diff --git a/sd/source/ui/unoidl/unoobj.cxx b/sd/source/ui/unoidl/unoobj.cxx index 508555afdd13..42c02bdfe690 100644 --- a/sd/source/ui/unoidl/unoobj.cxx +++ b/sd/source/ui/unoidl/unoobj.cxx @@ -1510,7 +1510,7 @@ uno::Any SAL_CALL SdUnoEventsAccess::getByName( const OUString& aName ) if ( SfxApplication::IsXScriptURL( pInfo->GetBookmark() ) ) { // Scripting Framework URL - aAny <<= maStrScript;; + aAny <<= maStrScript; pProperties->Name = maStrEventType; pProperties->Handle = -1; pProperties->Value = aAny; @@ -1527,7 +1527,7 @@ uno::Any SAL_CALL SdUnoEventsAccess::getByName( const OUString& aName ) else { // Old Basic macro URL - aAny <<= maStrStarBasic;; + aAny <<= maStrStarBasic; pProperties->Name = maStrEventType; pProperties->Handle = -1; pProperties->Value = aAny; diff --git a/sd/source/ui/view/Outliner.cxx b/sd/source/ui/view/Outliner.cxx index 72d7bce2756e..69ec22274a1f 100644 --- a/sd/source/ui/view/Outliner.cxx +++ b/sd/source/ui/view/Outliner.cxx @@ -1343,7 +1343,7 @@ void Outliner::SetViewMode (PageKind ePageKind) // Force (well, request) a synchronous update of the configuration. // In a better world we would handle the asynchronous view update - // instead. But that would involve major restucturing of the + // instead. But that would involve major restructuring of the // Outliner code. framework::FrameworkHelper::Instance(rBase)->RequestSynchronousUpdate(); SetViewShell(rBase.GetMainViewShell()); diff --git a/sd/source/ui/view/ToolBarManager.cxx b/sd/source/ui/view/ToolBarManager.cxx index 93b9340a7200..6ccf7bc083f6 100644 --- a/sd/source/ui/view/ToolBarManager.cxx +++ b/sd/source/ui/view/ToolBarManager.cxx @@ -1427,7 +1427,7 @@ void ToolBarShellList::UpdateShells ( rpManager->ActivateSubShell(*rpMainViewShell, iShell->mnId); } - // The maNewList now refelects the current state and thus is made + // The maNewList now reflects the current state and thus is made // maCurrentList. maCurrentList = maNewList; } diff --git a/sd/source/ui/view/drviewsj.cxx b/sd/source/ui/view/drviewsj.cxx index f056d621905e..0773fc9ebbce 100644 --- a/sd/source/ui/view/drviewsj.cxx +++ b/sd/source/ui/view/drviewsj.cxx @@ -279,7 +279,7 @@ void DrawViewShell::GetMenuStateSel( SfxItemSet &rSet ) // multi-selection else if( nMarkCount > 1 ) { - // distribure dialog for 3+n objects + // distribute dialog for 3+n objects if(nMarkCount <= 2) rSet.DisableItem(SID_DISTRIBUTE_DLG); diff --git a/sd/source/ui/view/outlnvsh.cxx b/sd/source/ui/view/outlnvsh.cxx index c81906ba648e..2391a02c4618 100644 --- a/sd/source/ui/view/outlnvsh.cxx +++ b/sd/source/ui/view/outlnvsh.cxx @@ -1776,7 +1776,7 @@ sal_uLong OutlineViewShell::Read(SvStream& rInput, const OUString& rBaseURL, sal bRet = rOutl.Read( rInput, rBaseURL, eFormat, GetDocSh()->GetHeaderAttributes() ); - SdPage* pPage = GetDoc()->GetSdPage( GetDoc()->GetSdPageCount(PK_STANDARD) - 1, PK_STANDARD );; + SdPage* pPage = GetDoc()->GetSdPage( GetDoc()->GetSdPageCount(PK_STANDARD) - 1, PK_STANDARD ); SfxStyleSheet* pTitleSheet = pPage->GetStyleSheetForPresObj( PRESOBJ_TITLE ); SfxStyleSheet* pOutlSheet = pPage->GetStyleSheetForPresObj( PRESOBJ_OUTLINE ); diff --git a/sd/source/ui/view/sdview2.cxx b/sd/source/ui/view/sdview2.cxx index 5caafe9165e2..598faf4e9fa7 100644 --- a/sd/source/ui/view/sdview2.cxx +++ b/sd/source/ui/view/sdview2.cxx @@ -933,7 +933,7 @@ void ImplProcessObjectList(SdrObject* pObj, SdrObjectVector& rVector ) SdrModel* View::GetMarkedObjModel() const { - return FmFormView::GetMarkedObjModel();; + return FmFormView::GetMarkedObjModel(); } bool View::Paste( diff --git a/sd/source/ui/view/sdview3.cxx b/sd/source/ui/view/sdview3.cxx index 7e5ec285e6c1..5b89c81f0d94 100644 --- a/sd/source/ui/view/sdview3.cxx +++ b/sd/source/ui/view/sdview3.cxx @@ -763,7 +763,7 @@ bool View::InsertData( const TransferableDataHelper& rDataHelper, if(pSdrGrafObj) { - // If we have a graphic as source object, use it's graphic + // If we have a graphic as source object, use its graphic // content as fill style aSet.Put(XFillStyleItem(drawing::FillStyle_BITMAP)); aSet.Put(XFillBitmapItem(&mrDoc.GetPool(), pSdrGrafObj->GetGraphic())); diff --git a/sdext/source/pdfimport/xpdfwrapper/pdfioutdev_gpl.hxx b/sdext/source/pdfimport/xpdfwrapper/pdfioutdev_gpl.hxx index 68a291c11c5c..ae49deaf98fc 100644 --- a/sdext/source/pdfimport/xpdfwrapper/pdfioutdev_gpl.hxx +++ b/sdext/source/pdfimport/xpdfwrapper/pdfioutdev_gpl.hxx @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ namespace pdfi size(0.0) {} - // xdpf goo stuff is so totally borked... + // xpdf goo stuff is so totally borked... // ...need to hand-code assignment FontAttributes( const FontAttributes& rSrc ) : familyName(), diff --git a/sdext/source/presenter/PresenterPaneBase.cxx b/sdext/source/presenter/PresenterPaneBase.cxx index e6c827ff06e9..f698dd9175b1 100644 --- a/sdext/source/presenter/PresenterPaneBase.cxx +++ b/sdext/source/presenter/PresenterPaneBase.cxx @@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ Reference<drawing::framework::XPaneBorderPainter> void PresenterPaneBase::SetCalloutAnchor (const css::awt::Point& rCalloutAnchor) { mbHasCallout = true; - // Anchor is given in the coorindate system of the parent window. + // Anchor is given in the coordinate system of the parent window. // Transform it into the local coordinate system. maCalloutAnchor = rCalloutAnchor; const awt::Rectangle aBorderBox (mxBorderWindow->getPosSize()); diff --git a/sdext/source/presenter/PresenterSlideShowView.cxx b/sdext/source/presenter/PresenterSlideShowView.cxx index a39c20ffdbeb..8ea2068f8fe3 100644 --- a/sdext/source/presenter/PresenterSlideShowView.cxx +++ b/sdext/source/presenter/PresenterSlideShowView.cxx @@ -362,7 +362,7 @@ geometry::AffineMatrix2D SAL_CALL PresenterSlideShowView::getTransformation() // optimizations the avoid updates when the transformation is // unchanged (when the window size changes then due to the constant // aspect ratio the size of the preview may remain the same while - // the position changes. The position, however, is repesented by + // the position changes. The position, however, is rapresented by // the position of the view window. This transformation is given // relative to the view window and therefore does not contain the // position.) diff --git a/sdext/source/presenter/PresenterTimer.cxx b/sdext/source/presenter/PresenterTimer.cxx index 340a2a01f876..acb42e2c9d26 100644 --- a/sdext/source/presenter/PresenterTimer.cxx +++ b/sdext/source/presenter/PresenterTimer.cxx @@ -219,7 +219,7 @@ void TimerScheduler::CancelTask (const sal_Int32 nTaskId) mpCurrentTask->mbIsCanceled = true; } - // Let the main-loop cleanup in it's own time + // Let the main-loop cleanup in its own time } void SAL_CALL TimerScheduler::run() diff --git a/sdext/source/presenter/PresenterToolBar.hxx b/sdext/source/presenter/PresenterToolBar.hxx index 9418a79ebc37..949a697a4c1d 100644 --- a/sdext/source/presenter/PresenterToolBar.hxx +++ b/sdext/source/presenter/PresenterToolBar.hxx @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ namespace sdext { namespace presenter { /** A simple tool bar that can display bitmapped buttons and labels. At the moment there are buttons for moving to the next and previous slide and - to the next effect. A label displayes the index of the current slide + to the next effect. A label displays the index of the current slide and the total number of slides. */ class PresenterToolBar diff --git a/sfx2/source/appl/appopen.cxx b/sfx2/source/appl/appopen.cxx index 3119d6df5a3e..da0a92c697ad 100644 --- a/sfx2/source/appl/appopen.cxx +++ b/sfx2/source/appl/appopen.cxx @@ -1080,7 +1080,7 @@ void SfxApplication::OpenDocExec_Impl( SfxRequest& rReq ) xTrans->parseStrict( aURL ); Reference < XDispatchProvider > xProv( xTargetFrame, UNO_QUERY ); - Reference < XDispatch > xDisp = xProv.is() ? xProv->queryDispatch( aURL, aTarget, FrameSearchFlag::ALL ) : Reference < XDispatch >();; + Reference < XDispatch > xDisp = xProv.is() ? xProv->queryDispatch( aURL, aTarget, FrameSearchFlag::ALL ) : Reference < XDispatch >(); if ( xDisp.is() ) xDisp->dispatch( aURL, aArgs ); } diff --git a/sfx2/source/appl/workwin.cxx b/sfx2/source/appl/workwin.cxx index 0e9d3d6d0039..04cf8602e203 100644 --- a/sfx2/source/appl/workwin.cxx +++ b/sfx2/source/appl/workwin.cxx @@ -769,7 +769,7 @@ SvBorder SfxWorkWindow::Arrange_Impl() // First, we assume that there is room for the window. pCli->nVisible |= SfxChildVisibility::FITS_IN; - // Skip invisiable windows + // Skip invisible windows if (pCli->nVisible != SfxChildVisibility::VISIBLE) continue; @@ -2305,7 +2305,7 @@ bool SfxWorkWindow::RequestTopToolSpacePixel_Impl( SvBorder aBorder ) aClientArea.GetHeight() < aBorder.Top() + aBorder.Bottom() ) return false; else - return true;; + return true; } void SfxWorkWindow::SaveStatus_Impl(SfxChildWindow *pChild, const SfxChildWinInfo &rInfo) diff --git a/sfx2/source/bastyp/fltlst.cxx b/sfx2/source/bastyp/fltlst.cxx index 6a3da70264cd..f3afe49cccc6 100644 --- a/sfx2/source/bastyp/fltlst.cxx +++ b/sfx2/source/bastyp/fltlst.cxx @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ class SfxRefreshListener : public ::cppu::WeakImplHelper<css::util::XRefreshList on right FilterFactory-Service for all changes and synchronize right SfxFilterContainer with corresponding framework-cache. We use given "sFactory" value to decide which query must be used to fill "pContainer" with new values. - Given "pContainer" hold us alive as uno reference and we use it to syschronize it with framework caches. + Given "pContainer" hold us alive as uno reference and we use it to synchronize it with framework caches. We will die, if he die! see dtor for further information. @seealso dtor diff --git a/sfx2/source/control/bindings.cxx b/sfx2/source/control/bindings.cxx index 41b5194953fd..aa62415c34d1 100644 --- a/sfx2/source/control/bindings.cxx +++ b/sfx2/source/control/bindings.cxx @@ -1711,7 +1711,7 @@ sal_uInt16 SfxBindings::EnterRegistrations(const char *pFile, int nLine) pImp->nCachedFunc1 = 0; pImp->nCachedFunc2 = 0; - // Mark if the all of the Caches have dissapered. + // Mark if the all of the Caches have disappeared. pImp->bCtrlReleased = false; } diff --git a/sfx2/source/control/request.cxx b/sfx2/source/control/request.cxx index 770d70d29dc8..a98579171530 100644 --- a/sfx2/source/control/request.cxx +++ b/sfx2/source/control/request.cxx @@ -451,7 +451,7 @@ void SfxRequest::Done set */ bool bKeep /* true (default) - 'rSet' is saved and GetArgs() queriable. + 'rSet' is saved and GetArgs() queryable. false 'rSet' is not copied (faster) */ diff --git a/sfx2/source/dialog/backingcomp.cxx b/sfx2/source/dialog/backingcomp.cxx index 052784d9fca8..d62f23d371ff 100644 --- a/sfx2/source/dialog/backingcomp.cxx +++ b/sfx2/source/dialog/backingcomp.cxx @@ -167,7 +167,7 @@ BackingComp::~BackingComp() Some interfaces are supported by his class directly, but some other ones are used by aggregation. An instance of this class must provide some window interfaces. But it must represent a VCL window behind such interfaces too! So we use an internal - saved window member to ask it for it's interfaces and return it. But we must be aware then, + saved window member to ask it for its interfaces and return it. But we must be aware then, that it can be destroyed from outside too ... @param aType @@ -348,7 +348,7 @@ css::uno::Sequence< OUString > SAL_CALL BackingComp::getSupportedServiceNames() xBackingComp); // attach controller to the frame - // We will use it's container window, to create + // We will use its container window, to create // the component window. From now we offer the window interfaces! xBackingComp.attachFrame(xFrame); diff --git a/sfx2/source/dialog/dockwin.cxx b/sfx2/source/dialog/dockwin.cxx index 99ab5232f06b..788f7c06c244 100644 --- a/sfx2/source/dialog/dockwin.cxx +++ b/sfx2/source/dialog/dockwin.cxx @@ -1120,7 +1120,7 @@ void SfxDockingWindow::Initialize(SfxChildWinInfo *pInfo) { //?????? Currently not supported // Window is docked individually; size is calculated. - // It must therefore be initialized with the DloatingSize if + // It must therefore be initialized with the FloatingSize if // someone relies on it that a reasonable size is set SetSizePixel(GetFloatingSize()); SetSizePixel(CalcDockingSize(GetAlignment())); diff --git a/sfx2/source/dialog/filedlghelper.cxx b/sfx2/source/dialog/filedlghelper.cxx index 540f8c2c9623..92a8d02b44d6 100644 --- a/sfx2/source/dialog/filedlghelper.cxx +++ b/sfx2/source/dialog/filedlghelper.cxx @@ -788,7 +788,7 @@ ErrCode FileDialogHelper_Impl::getGraphic( Graphic& rGraphic ) const // rhbz#1079672 do not return maGraphic, it need not be the selected file - OUString aPath;; + OUString aPath; Sequence<OUString> aPathSeq = mxFileDlg->getFiles(); if (aPathSeq.getLength() == 1) @@ -2131,7 +2131,7 @@ void FileDialogHelper_Impl::loadConfig() void FileDialogHelper_Impl::setDefaultValues() { - // when no filter is set, we set the curentFilter to <all> + // when no filter is set, we set the currentFilter to <all> if ( maCurFilter.isEmpty() && !maSelectFilter.isEmpty() ) { uno::Reference< XFilterManager > xFltMgr( mxFileDlg, UNO_QUERY ); diff --git a/sfx2/source/dialog/filtergrouping.cxx b/sfx2/source/dialog/filtergrouping.cxx index 69e9dababfa9..203c665e4233 100644 --- a/sfx2/source/dialog/filtergrouping.cxx +++ b/sfx2/source/dialog/filtergrouping.cxx @@ -520,7 +520,7 @@ namespace sfx2 FillClassGroup( rGlobalFilters, _rGlobalClassesRef ) ); // now we have: - // in rGlobalFilters: a list of FilterDescriptor's, where each's discriptor's display name is set to the name of a class + // in rGlobalFilters: a list of FilterDescriptor's, where each's descriptor's display name is set to the name of a class // in aGlobalClassesRef: a mapping from logical filter names to positions within rGlobalFilters // this way, if we encounter an arbitrary filter, we can easily (and efficient) check if it belongs to a global class // and modify the descriptor for this class accordingly @@ -672,7 +672,7 @@ namespace sfx2 ); - // add the filter to it's group + // add the filter to its group // for this, check if the filter is part of a local filter FilterGroupEntryReferrer::iterator aBelongsToLocal = aLocalClassesRef.find( sFilterName ); diff --git a/sfx2/source/doc/SfxDocumentMetaData.cxx b/sfx2/source/doc/SfxDocumentMetaData.cxx index 98776d2c7d37..2cab0ea97fc3 100644 --- a/sfx2/source/doc/SfxDocumentMetaData.cxx +++ b/sfx2/source/doc/SfxDocumentMetaData.cxx @@ -1746,7 +1746,7 @@ SfxDocumentMetaData::setDocumentStatistics( std::vector<std::pair<const char *, OUString> > attributes; for (sal_Int32 i = 0; i < the_value.getLength(); ++i) { const OUString name = the_value[i].Name; - // inefficently search for matching attribute + // inefficiently search for matching attribute for (size_t j = 0; s_stdStats[j] != nullptr; ++j) { if (name.equalsAscii(s_stdStats[j])) { const css::uno::Any any = the_value[i].Value; diff --git a/sfx2/source/doc/docfile.cxx b/sfx2/source/doc/docfile.cxx index a9a5df0633e7..bbca97044bde 100644 --- a/sfx2/source/doc/docfile.cxx +++ b/sfx2/source/doc/docfile.cxx @@ -3466,7 +3466,7 @@ void SfxMedium::CreateTempFile( bool bReplace ) if ( !bTransferSuccess && pImp->m_pInStream ) { - // the case when there is no URL-access available or this is a remote protocoll + // the case when there is no URL-access available or this is a remote protocol // but there is an input stream GetOutStream(); if ( pImp->m_pOutStream ) diff --git a/sfx2/source/doc/doctempl.cxx b/sfx2/source/doc/doctempl.cxx index 542a1d745a1b..1b0b5c58ff39 100644 --- a/sfx2/source/doc/doctempl.cxx +++ b/sfx2/source/doc/doctempl.cxx @@ -820,7 +820,7 @@ bool SfxDocumentTemplates::CopyFrom } else { - uno::Reference< XDesktop2 > xDesktop = Desktop::create( ::comphelper::getProcessComponentContext() );; + uno::Reference< XDesktop2 > xDesktop = Desktop::create( ::comphelper::getProcessComponentContext() ); Sequence< PropertyValue > aArgs( 1 ); aArgs[0].Name = "Hidden"; diff --git a/sfx2/source/doc/doctemplates.cxx b/sfx2/source/doc/doctemplates.cxx index 8cd3f576a453..e493e5a4aca5 100644 --- a/sfx2/source/doc/doctemplates.cxx +++ b/sfx2/source/doc/doctemplates.cxx @@ -615,7 +615,7 @@ bool SfxDocTplService_Impl::needsUpdate() aValue >>= bNeedsUpdate; // the old template component also checks this state, but it is initialized from this component - // so if this componend was already updated the old component does not need such an update + // so if this component was already updated the old component does not need such an update ::svt::TemplateFolderCache aTempCache; if ( !bNeedsUpdate ) bNeedsUpdate = aTempCache.needsUpdate(); @@ -802,7 +802,7 @@ bool SfxDocTplService_Impl::createFolder( const OUString& rNewFolderURL, // if the parent doesn't exists and bCreateParent is set to true, // we try to create the parent and if this was successful, we // try to create the new folder again ( but this time, we set - // bCreateParent to false to avoid endless recusions ) + // bCreateParent to false to avoid endless recursions ) if ( ( aParentURL.getSegmentCount() >= 1 ) && createFolder( aParentURL.GetMainURL( INetURLObject::NO_DECODE ), bCreateParent, bFsysFolder, aParent ) ) { diff --git a/sfx2/source/doc/objmisc.cxx b/sfx2/source/doc/objmisc.cxx index 1e740d7cb0bc..aca0fbd616d7 100644 --- a/sfx2/source/doc/objmisc.cxx +++ b/sfx2/source/doc/objmisc.cxx @@ -1013,7 +1013,7 @@ void SfxObjectShell::SetProgress_Impl { DBG_ASSERT( ( !pImp->pProgress && pProgress ) || ( pImp->pProgress && !pProgress ), - "Progress activation/deacitivation mismatch" ); + "Progress activation/deactivation mismatch" ); pImp->pProgress = pProgress; } @@ -1303,7 +1303,7 @@ void SfxObjectShell::TemplateDisconnectionAfterLoad() else { // !TODO/LATER: what's this?! - // Interactiv ( DClick, Contextmenu ) no long name is included + // Interactive ( DClick, Contextmenu ) no long name is included aTemplateName = getDocProperties()->getTitle(); if ( aTemplateName.isEmpty() ) { @@ -1410,7 +1410,7 @@ bool SfxObjectShell::IsLoading() const void SfxObjectShell::CancelTransfers() /* [Description] - Here can Transfers get canceled, which were not regestered + Here can Transfers get canceled, which were not registered by RegisterTransfer. */ { diff --git a/sfx2/source/doc/objserv.cxx b/sfx2/source/doc/objserv.cxx index d27db019168c..4482ca88fbfb 100644 --- a/sfx2/source/doc/objserv.cxx +++ b/sfx2/source/doc/objserv.cxx @@ -563,7 +563,7 @@ void SfxObjectShell::ExecFile_Impl(SfxRequest &rReq) rReq.AppendItem( SfxBoolItem( SID_SAVETO, true ) ); } - // TODO/LATER: do the following GUI related actions in standalown method + // TODO/LATER: do the following GUI related actions in standalone method // Introduce a status indicator for GUI operation const SfxUnoAnyItem* pStatusIndicatorItem = rReq.GetArg<SfxUnoAnyItem>(SID_PROGRESS_STATUSBAR_CONTROL); diff --git a/sfx2/source/doc/objstor.cxx b/sfx2/source/doc/objstor.cxx index 68dff6ccf873..b18793361be5 100644 --- a/sfx2/source/doc/objstor.cxx +++ b/sfx2/source/doc/objstor.cxx @@ -1784,7 +1784,7 @@ bool SfxObjectShell::DisconnectStorage_Impl( SfxMedium& rSrcMedium, SfxMedium& r // the process of saving a file rSrcMedium.DisableUnlockWebDAV(); rSrcMedium.Close(); - // see comment on the previou third row + // see comment on the previous third row rSrcMedium.DisableUnlockWebDAV( false ); // now try to create the backup @@ -1926,7 +1926,7 @@ bool SfxObjectShell::DoSaveObjectAs( SfxMedium& rMedium, bool bCommit ) } catch( uno::Exception& ) { - SAL_WARN( "sfx.doc", "The strotage was not committed on DoSaveAs!" ); + SAL_WARN( "sfx.doc", "The storage was not committed on DoSaveAs!" ); } } diff --git a/sfx2/source/doc/sfxbasemodel.cxx b/sfx2/source/doc/sfxbasemodel.cxx index e78f955f62f5..3442c94603e2 100644 --- a/sfx2/source/doc/sfxbasemodel.cxx +++ b/sfx2/source/doc/sfxbasemodel.cxx @@ -4209,7 +4209,7 @@ SfxViewFrame* SfxBaseModel::FindOrCreateViewFrame_Impl( const Reference< XFrame if ( ( pCheckFrame->GetCurrentViewFrame() != nullptr ) || ( pCheckFrame->GetCurrentDocument() != nullptr ) ) - // Note that it is perfectly letgitimate that during loading into an XFrame which already contains + // Note that it is perfectly legitimate that during loading into an XFrame which already contains // a document, there exist two SfxFrame instances bound to this XFrame - the old one, which will be // destroyed later, and the new one, which we're going to create continue; diff --git a/sfx2/source/menu/thessubmenu.hxx b/sfx2/source/menu/thessubmenu.hxx index 08a0cd4ea891..8953537b26e5 100644 --- a/sfx2/source/menu/thessubmenu.hxx +++ b/sfx2/source/menu/thessubmenu.hxx @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ public: // returns the Locale to be used for the selected text when the thesaurus is to be called static void GetLocale( css::lang::Locale /*out */ &rLocale, const OUString &rLookUpString, sal_Int32 nDelimPos ); - // returns true if the locale is supported by the theasaurus + // returns true if the locale is supported by the thesaurus bool IsSupportedLocale( const css::lang::Locale & rLocale ) const; // get the first nMax Synonym entries, even if different meanings need to be evaluated diff --git a/sfx2/source/menu/virtmenu.cxx b/sfx2/source/menu/virtmenu.cxx index e1452ece8498..f356b7cde568 100644 --- a/sfx2/source/menu/virtmenu.cxx +++ b/sfx2/source/menu/virtmenu.cxx @@ -812,7 +812,7 @@ IMPL_LINK_TYPED( SfxVirtualMenu, Activate, Menu *, pMenu, bool ) { // update window list ::std::vector< OUString > aNewWindowListVector; - Reference< XDesktop2 > xDesktop = Desktop::create( ::comphelper::getProcessComponentContext() );; + Reference< XDesktop2 > xDesktop = Desktop::create( ::comphelper::getProcessComponentContext() ); sal_uInt16 nActiveItemId = 0; sal_uInt16 nItemId = START_ITEMID_WINDOWLIST; diff --git a/sfx2/source/view/frame.cxx b/sfx2/source/view/frame.cxx index ffebf56ccfff..e1f8c2618afa 100644 --- a/sfx2/source/view/frame.cxx +++ b/sfx2/source/view/frame.cxx @@ -326,7 +326,7 @@ SfxDispatcher* SfxFrame::GetDispatcher_Impl() const bool SfxFrame::IsAutoLoadLocked_Impl() const { - // Its own Docucument is locked? + // Its own Document is locked? const SfxObjectShell* pObjSh = GetCurrentDocument(); if ( !pObjSh || !pObjSh->IsAutoLoadLocked() ) return false; diff --git a/sfx2/source/view/sfxbasecontroller.cxx b/sfx2/source/view/sfxbasecontroller.cxx index 58fa19d92599..6d9d0b4457ef 100644 --- a/sfx2/source/view/sfxbasecontroller.cxx +++ b/sfx2/source/view/sfxbasecontroller.cxx @@ -618,7 +618,7 @@ sal_Bool SAL_CALL SfxBaseController::suspend( sal_Bool bSuspend ) throw( Runtime { SolarMutexGuard aGuard; - // ignore dublicate calls, which doesn't change anything real + // ignore duplicate calls, which doesn't change anything real if (bool(bSuspend) == m_pData->m_bSuspendState) return sal_True; diff --git a/sfx2/source/view/viewfrm.cxx b/sfx2/source/view/viewfrm.cxx index 79bf6cc064eb..87f31489ea83 100644 --- a/sfx2/source/view/viewfrm.cxx +++ b/sfx2/source/view/viewfrm.cxx @@ -1668,7 +1668,7 @@ void SfxViewFrame::Enable( bool bEnable ) /* [Description] - This method makes the Frame-Window visible and before transmitts the + This method makes the Frame-Window visible and before transmits the window name. In addition, the document is held. In general one can never show the window directly! */ @@ -2223,7 +2223,7 @@ void SfxViewFrame::ExecView_Impl { pViewShell->DoVerb( pItem->GetValue() ); rReq.Done(); - break;; + break; } } } diff --git a/sfx2/source/view/viewsh.cxx b/sfx2/source/view/viewsh.cxx index 392f68d347d2..f0a09e436be3 100644 --- a/sfx2/source/view/viewsh.cxx +++ b/sfx2/source/view/viewsh.cxx @@ -1355,7 +1355,7 @@ SdrView* SfxViewShell::GetDrawView() const /* [Description] - This virtual Method has to be overloded by the sub classes, to be able + This virtual Method has to be overloaded by the sub classes, to be able make the Property-Editor available. The default implementation does always return zero. diff --git a/solenv/bin/concat-deps.c b/solenv/bin/concat-deps.c index 2b5956f5227f..d15ed44ab92f 100644 --- a/solenv/bin/concat-deps.c +++ b/solenv/bin/concat-deps.c @@ -273,7 +273,7 @@ void* data; /* =============================================== - * Hash implementation custumized to be just tracking + * Hash implementation customized to be just tracking * a unique list of string (i.e no data associated * with the key, no need for retrieval, etc.. * diff --git a/solenv/doc/gbuild/solenv/gbuild/gbuild.mk b/solenv/doc/gbuild/solenv/gbuild/gbuild.mk index bf89091b9a61..6f2839f3d4a7 100644 --- a/solenv/doc/gbuild/solenv/gbuild/gbuild.mk +++ b/solenv/doc/gbuild/solenv/gbuild/gbuild.mk @@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ namespace gb static const List<String> CPUDEFS; /// default c++ compilation compiler flags static const List<String> CXXFLAGS; - /// platform- and compilerindependent default defines + /// platform- and compilerin dependent default defines static const List<String> GLOBALDEFS; /// default objective c++ compilation compiler flags static const List<String> OBJCXXFLAGS; diff --git a/solenv/gbuild/platform/WNT_INTEL_GCC.mk b/solenv/gbuild/platform/WNT_INTEL_GCC.mk index a0ff3109d285..3f0567449bb3 100644 --- a/solenv/gbuild/platform/WNT_INTEL_GCC.mk +++ b/solenv/gbuild/platform/WNT_INTEL_GCC.mk @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ include $(GBUILDDIR)/platform/windows.mk ifeq ($(COM_IS_CLANG),) # This has to do something with calling conventions, which are different # for x86 and x64. Don't put it in the common part since it is breaking -# and conde that uses boost::bind +# any code that uses boost::bind gb_GccLess470 := $(shell expr $(GCC_VERSION) \< 407) # Until GCC 4.6, MinGW used __cdecl by default, and BOOST_MEM_FN_ENABLE_CDECL diff --git a/soltools/cpp/Test.txt b/soltools/cpp/Test.txt index cbf1ea2905b6..484d150c1afa 100644 --- a/soltools/cpp/Test.txt +++ b/soltools/cpp/Test.txt @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ args(t1, (args(t2, (x, y)))) // t1 (t2 (x, y)) #define __ ARGS int foo __((int x)); // int foo (int x); -/* Concatinations */ +/* Concatenations */ #define tail _Test // Txt_##tail // Txt_##_Test diff --git a/soltools/cpp/_lex.c b/soltools/cpp/_lex.c index 4a9dcc7dddc5..fde7605e8354 100644 --- a/soltools/cpp/_lex.c +++ b/soltools/cpp/_lex.c @@ -528,7 +528,7 @@ continue2: else { runelen = 1; - s->lineinc = 0;; + s->lineinc = 0; tp->type = COMMENT; tp->flag |= XTWS; } diff --git a/sot/source/sdstor/stgcache.cxx b/sot/source/sdstor/stgcache.cxx index a92180ad2940..e7e40cf453cf 100644 --- a/sot/source/sdstor/stgcache.cxx +++ b/sot/source/sdstor/stgcache.cxx @@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ StgCache::~StgCache() void StgCache::SetPhysPageSize( short n ) { - OSL_ENSURE( n >= 512, "Unexpecte page size is provided!" ); + OSL_ENSURE( n >= 512, "Unexpected page size is provided!" ); if ( n >= 512 ) { m_nPageSize = n; diff --git a/sot/source/sdstor/ucbstorage.cxx b/sot/source/sdstor/ucbstorage.cxx index 8428604e3169..aa00eda5e570 100644 --- a/sot/source/sdstor/ucbstorage.cxx +++ b/sot/source/sdstor/ucbstorage.cxx @@ -2155,7 +2155,7 @@ sal_Int16 UCBStorage_Impl::Commit() nLocalRet = pElement->m_xStream->Commit(); if ( pElement->m_xStream->m_bIsOLEStorage ) { - // OLE storage should be stored encrytped, if the storage uses encryption + // OLE storage should be stored encrypted, if the storage uses encryption pElement->m_xStream->m_aContentType = "application/vnd.sun.star.oleobject"; Any aValue; aValue <<= true; diff --git a/starmath/inc/cursor.hxx b/starmath/inc/cursor.hxx index 6962cf5d89c3..761415fb99d0 100644 --- a/starmath/inc/cursor.hxx +++ b/starmath/inc/cursor.hxx @@ -329,7 +329,7 @@ private: /** Patch a line list after modification, merge SmTextNode, remove SmPlaceNode etc. * * @param pLineList The line list to patch - * @param aIter Iterator pointing to the element that needs to be patched with it's previous. + * @param aIter Iterator pointing to the element that needs to be patched with its previous. * * When the list is patched text nodes before and after aIter will be merged. * If there's an, in the context, inappropriate SmPlaceNode before or after aIter it will also be diff --git a/starmath/inc/node.hxx b/starmath/inc/node.hxx index c526d96dcdbe..cf6e47212371 100644 --- a/starmath/inc/node.hxx +++ b/starmath/inc/node.hxx @@ -528,7 +528,7 @@ public: * * This node is used with commands: oper, uoper and boper. * E.g. in "A boper op B", "op" will be an instance of SmGlyphSpecialNode. - * "boper" simply inteprets "op", the following token, as an binary operator. + * "boper" simply interprets "op", the following token, as an binary operator. * The command "uoper" interprets the following token as unary operator. * For these commands an instance of SmGlyphSpecialNode is used for the * operator token, following the command. diff --git a/starmath/source/document.cxx b/starmath/source/document.cxx index 9657bf6b89d4..f1c799b5f7ba 100644 --- a/starmath/source/document.cxx +++ b/starmath/source/document.cxx @@ -513,7 +513,7 @@ SmPrinterAccess::SmPrinterAccess( SmDocShell &rDocShell ) { // if it is an embedded object (without it's own printer) // we change the MapMode temporarily. - //!If it is a document with it's own printer the MapMode should + //!If it is a document with its own printer the MapMode should //!be set correct (once) elsewhere(!), in order to avoid numerous //!superfluous pushing and poping of the MapMode when using //!this class. @@ -538,7 +538,7 @@ SmPrinterAccess::SmPrinterAccess( SmDocShell &rDocShell ) { // if it is an embedded object (without it's own printer) // we change the MapMode temporarily. - //!If it is a document with it's own printer the MapMode should + //!If it is a document with its own printer the MapMode should //!be set correct (once) elsewhere(!), in order to avoid numerous //!superfluous pushing and poping of the MapMode when using //!this class. diff --git a/starmath/source/mathmlexport.cxx b/starmath/source/mathmlexport.cxx index 2492d26d916a..83f6b2996c5b 100644 --- a/starmath/source/mathmlexport.cxx +++ b/starmath/source/mathmlexport.cxx @@ -734,7 +734,7 @@ void SmXMLExport::ExportTable(const SmNode *pNode, int nLevel) sal_uInt16 nSize = pNode->GetNumSubNodes(); //If the list ends in newline then the last entry has - //no subnodes, the newline is superfulous so we just drop + //no subnodes, the newline is superfluous so we just drop //the last node, inclusion would create a bad MathML //table if (nSize >= 1) diff --git a/starmath/source/node.cxx b/starmath/source/node.cxx index a6cd4e88330a..518db5659e03 100644 --- a/starmath/source/node.cxx +++ b/starmath/source/node.cxx @@ -2373,7 +2373,7 @@ void SmTextNode::CreateTextFromNode(OUString &rText) if ((GetToken().eType == TIDENT) && (GetFontDesc() == FNT_FUNCTION)) { - //Search for existing functions and remove extraenous keyword + //Search for existing functions and remove extraneous keyword rText += "func "; } else if (bQuoted) @@ -2506,7 +2506,7 @@ void SmMatrixNode::Arrange(OutputDevice &rDev, const SmFormat &rFormat) } } - // norm distance from which the following two are calcutated + // norm distance from which the following two are calculated const long nNormDist = 3 * GetFont().GetSize().Height(); // define horizontal and vertical minimal distances that separate diff --git a/starmath/source/parse.cxx b/starmath/source/parse.cxx index dded5750985d..33499be9186e 100644 --- a/starmath/source/parse.cxx +++ b/starmath/source/parse.cxx @@ -1414,7 +1414,7 @@ void SmParser::DoTerm(bool bGroupNumberIdent) if (m_aCurToken.eType != TNUMBER && m_aCurToken.eType != TIDENT) { - // Neither a number nor an indentifier. We just moved to + // Neither a number nor an identifier. We just moved to // the next token, so no need to do that again. moveToNextToken = false; break; @@ -1737,7 +1737,7 @@ void SmParser::DoUnOper() pSNode->SetScaleMode(SCALE_HEIGHT); // build nodes for left & right lines - // (text, group, level of the used token are of no interrest here) + // (text, group, level of the used token are of no interest here) // we'll use row & column of the keyword for abs aNodeToken.eType = TABS; diff --git a/starmath/source/view.cxx b/starmath/source/view.cxx index ebcf144ed79e..a808a6868a5f 100644 --- a/starmath/source/view.cxx +++ b/starmath/source/view.cxx @@ -354,7 +354,7 @@ void SmGraphicWindow::SetCursor(const Rectangle &rRect) } const SmNode * SmGraphicWindow::SetCursorPos(sal_uInt16 nRow, sal_uInt16 nCol) - // looks for a VISIBLE node in the formula tree with it's token at + // looks for a VISIBLE node in the formula tree with its token at // (or around) the position 'nRow', 'nCol' in the edit window // (row and column numbering starts with 1 there!). // If there is such a node the formula-cursor is set to cover that nodes diff --git a/stoc/source/defaultregistry/defaultregistry.cxx b/stoc/source/defaultregistry/defaultregistry.cxx index c57b8c8e4eb8..2b5aa51cf35f 100644 --- a/stoc/source/defaultregistry/defaultregistry.cxx +++ b/stoc/source/defaultregistry/defaultregistry.cxx @@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ protected: }; -// class NestedKeyImpl the implenetation of interface XRegistryKey +// class NestedKeyImpl the implementation of interface XRegistryKey class NestedKeyImpl : public WeakImplHelper< XRegistryKey > { diff --git a/stoc/test/testsmgr_cpnt.cxx b/stoc/test/testsmgr_cpnt.cxx index 8540061650f5..e754b1038ee0 100644 --- a/stoc/test/testsmgr_cpnt.cxx +++ b/stoc/test/testsmgr_cpnt.cxx @@ -236,7 +236,7 @@ extern "C" void SAL_CALL test_ServiceManager() // getImplementations() check Sequence<OUString> seqImpl = xInst->getImplementations(OUString("com.sun.star.loader.SharedLibrary"), atUModule2); - OSL_ENSURE( seqImpl.getLength() == 1, "count of implementantions is wrong" ); + OSL_ENSURE( seqImpl.getLength() == 1, "count of implementations is wrong" ); OSL_ENSURE( seqImpl.getConstArray()[0] == "com.sun.star.DummyService.V10", "implementation name is not equal" ); diff --git a/svgio/source/svgreader/svgcharacternode.cxx b/svgio/source/svgreader/svgcharacternode.cxx index b2b127fd1d37..2fd439cfd854 100644 --- a/svgio/source/svgreader/svgcharacternode.cxx +++ b/svgio/source/svgreader/svgcharacternode.cxx @@ -448,7 +448,7 @@ namespace svgio || TextDecoration_overline == aDeco || TextDecoration_line_through == aDeco) { - // get the fill for decroation as described by SVG. We cannot + // get the fill for decoration as described by SVG. We cannot // have different stroke colors/definitions for those, though const SvgStyleAttributes* pDecoDef = rSvgStyleAttributes.getTextDecorationDefiningSvgStyleAttributes(); const basegfx::BColor aDecoColor(pDecoDef && pDecoDef->getFill() ? *pDecoDef->getFill() : aFill); diff --git a/svgio/source/svgreader/svgnode.cxx b/svgio/source/svgreader/svgnode.cxx index f08d2b2e36f1..4e90d511d910 100644 --- a/svgio/source/svgreader/svgnode.cxx +++ b/svgio/source/svgreader/svgnode.cxx @@ -211,7 +211,7 @@ namespace svgio if(maCssStyleVector.empty()) { - // return given original if no CssStlyes found + // return given original if no CssStyles found return &rOriginal; } else diff --git a/svgio/source/svgreader/svgstylenode.cxx b/svgio/source/svgreader/svgstylenode.cxx index 42cc554a654e..61497fcde94a 100644 --- a/svgio/source/svgreader/svgstylenode.cxx +++ b/svgio/source/svgreader/svgstylenode.cxx @@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ namespace svgio void SvgStyleNode::addCssStyleSheet(const OUString& aSelectors, const SvgStyleAttributes& rNewStyle) { // aSelectors: CssStyle selectors, any combination, no comma separations, no spaces at start/end - // rNewStyle: the already preapared style to register on that name + // rNewStyle: the already prepared style to register on that name if(!aSelectors.isEmpty()) { std::vector< OUString > aSelectorParts; diff --git a/svgio/source/svgreader/svgsvgnode.cxx b/svgio/source/svgreader/svgsvgnode.cxx index bc61a4514418..79697c16a455 100644 --- a/svgio/source/svgreader/svgsvgnode.cxx +++ b/svgio/source/svgreader/svgsvgnode.cxx @@ -299,7 +299,7 @@ namespace svgio drawinglayer::primitive2d::Primitive2DContainer aSequence; // #i125258# check now if we need to init some style settings locally. Do not do this - // in the constructor, there is not yet informatikon e.g. about existing CssStyles. + // in the constructor, there is not yet information e.g. about existing CssStyles. // Here all nodes are read and interpreted const_cast< SvgSvgNode* >(this)->initializeStyleAttributes(); @@ -590,7 +590,7 @@ namespace svgio // no clip needed, but an invisible HiddenGeometryPrimitive2D // to allow getting the full Svg range using the primitive mechanisms. // This is needed since e.g. an SdrObject using this as graphic will - // create a mapping transformation to exactly map the content to it's + // create a mapping transformation to exactly map the content to its // real life size const drawinglayer::primitive2d::Primitive2DReference xLine( new drawinglayer::primitive2d::PolygonHairlinePrimitive2D( diff --git a/svl/source/items/nranges.cxx b/svl/source/items/nranges.cxx index bc8990eb53d8..7bd5c8895153 100644 --- a/svl/source/items/nranges.cxx +++ b/svl/source/items/nranges.cxx @@ -155,7 +155,7 @@ SfxUShortRanges::SfxUShortRanges( sal_uInt16 nWhich1, sal_uInt16 nWhich2 ) } /** - * Constcurts an SfxUShortRanges-instance from an sorted ranges of sal_uInt16s, + * Constructs an SfxUShortRanges-instance from an sorted ranges of sal_uInt16s, * terminates with on 0. * * Precondition: for each n >= 0 && n < (sizeof(pArr)-1) @@ -486,7 +486,7 @@ SfxUShortRanges& SfxUShortRanges::operator -= // right side if( u1 > u2 ) // anything left at all { - // reduce minuend interval, try again (minuend might be affected by other subtrahend itnervals ) + // reduce minuend interval, try again (minuend might be affected by other subtrahend intervals ) _pRanges[ nPos1 ] = u2 + 1; } diff --git a/svl/source/misc/inettype.cxx b/svl/source/misc/inettype.cxx index fbf6180e8ce9..15ca63f9f89c 100644 --- a/svl/source/misc/inettype.cxx +++ b/svl/source/misc/inettype.cxx @@ -410,7 +410,7 @@ Registration::~Registration() // static TypeNameMapEntry * Registration::getExtensionEntry(OUString const & rTypeName) { - OUString aTheTypeName = rTypeName.toAsciiLowerCase();; + OUString aTheTypeName = rTypeName.toAsciiLowerCase(); Registration &rRegistration = theRegistration::get(); TypeNameMap::iterator it = rRegistration.m_aTypeNameMap.find(aTheTypeName); if (it != rRegistration.m_aTypeNameMap.end()) diff --git a/svl/source/numbers/supservs.hxx b/svl/source/numbers/supservs.hxx index ff498a991ece..1a0c50c8a576 100644 --- a/svl/source/numbers/supservs.hxx +++ b/svl/source/numbers/supservs.hxx @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ /** * SvNumberFormatsSupplierServiceObject - a number formats supplier which * - can be instantiated as an service - * - works with it's own SvNumberFormatter instance + * - works with its own SvNumberFormatter instance * - can be initialized (css::lang::XInitialization) * with a specific language (i.e. css::lang::Locale) */ diff --git a/svl/source/numbers/zforlist.cxx b/svl/source/numbers/zforlist.cxx index 078d566b2da9..71bfb54c48b4 100644 --- a/svl/source/numbers/zforlist.cxx +++ b/svl/source/numbers/zforlist.cxx @@ -3492,7 +3492,7 @@ bool SvNumberFormatter::GetNewCurrencySymbolString( sal_uInt32 nFormat, OUString if ( ppEntry ) { bool bFoundBank = false; - // we definiteley need an entry matching the format code string + // we definitely need an entry matching the format code string const NfCurrencyEntry* pFoundEntry = GetCurrencyEntry( bFoundBank, aSymbol, aExtension, pFormat->GetLanguage(), true ); diff --git a/svl/unx/source/svdde/ddedummy.cxx b/svl/unx/source/svdde/ddedummy.cxx index 4926df3e6319..fb9446115137 100644 --- a/svl/unx/source/svdde/ddedummy.cxx +++ b/svl/unx/source/svdde/ddedummy.cxx @@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ const OUString DdeConnection::GetServiceName() const OUString DdeConnection::GetTopicName() { - return OUString();; + return OUString(); } DdeTransaction::DdeTransaction( DdeConnection& rConnection, const OUString&, long ) diff --git a/svtools/source/config/fontsubstconfig.cxx b/svtools/source/config/fontsubstconfig.cxx index 6437788eb113..0ebdb68eb6cc 100644 --- a/svtools/source/config/fontsubstconfig.cxx +++ b/svtools/source/config/fontsubstconfig.cxx @@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ void SvtFontSubstConfig::Apply() { OutputDevice::BeginFontSubstitution(); - // remove old substitions + // remove old substitutions sal_uInt16 nOldCount = OutputDevice::GetFontSubstituteCount(); while (nOldCount) diff --git a/svtools/source/contnr/treelistbox.cxx b/svtools/source/contnr/treelistbox.cxx index 0397aed3c281..05ee850a4933 100644 --- a/svtools/source/contnr/treelistbox.cxx +++ b/svtools/source/contnr/treelistbox.cxx @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ /* TODO: - delete anchor in SelectionEngine when selecting manually - - SelectAll( false ) => only repaint the delselected entries + - SelectAll( false ) => only repaint the deselected entries */ #include <svtools/treelistbox.hxx> diff --git a/svtools/source/control/ctrltool.cxx b/svtools/source/control/ctrltool.cxx index a973ebdf9e07..fcaac738b646 100644 --- a/svtools/source/control/ctrltool.cxx +++ b/svtools/source/control/ctrltool.cxx @@ -733,7 +733,7 @@ const sal_IntPtr* FontList::GetSizeAry( const FontMetric& rInfo ) const const_cast<FontList*>(this)->mpSizeAry = nullptr; } - // use standarad sizes if no name + // use standard sizes if no name if ( rInfo.GetName().isEmpty() ) return aStdSizeAry; diff --git a/svtools/source/dialogs/wizardmachine.cxx b/svtools/source/dialogs/wizardmachine.cxx index f987cbd28b80..b1f08ef15160 100644 --- a/svtools/source/dialogs/wizardmachine.cxx +++ b/svtools/source/dialogs/wizardmachine.cxx @@ -357,7 +357,7 @@ namespace svt // reset the WB_DEFBUTTON for every window which is a button implResetDefault(this); - // set it's new style + // set its new style if (_pNewDefButton) _pNewDefButton->SetStyle(_pNewDefButton->GetStyle() | WB_DEFBUTTON); } diff --git a/svtools/source/filter/exportdialog.cxx b/svtools/source/filter/exportdialog.cxx index 6ae9509b8025..227f83d47b84 100644 --- a/svtools/source/filter/exportdialog.cxx +++ b/svtools/source/filter/exportdialog.cxx @@ -586,7 +586,7 @@ ExportDialog::ExportDialog(FltCallDialogParameter& rPara, GetGraphicSource(); get(mpInfo, "information"); - get(mpFtEstimatedSize, "estsizeft");; + get(mpFtEstimatedSize, "estsizeft"); get(mpBtnOK, "ok"); diff --git a/svtools/source/graphic/grfmgr.cxx b/svtools/source/graphic/grfmgr.cxx index eef174cba873..40b601ea09ce 100644 --- a/svtools/source/graphic/grfmgr.cxx +++ b/svtools/source/graphic/grfmgr.cxx @@ -823,7 +823,7 @@ Graphic GraphicObject::GetTransformedGraphic( const Size& rDestSize, const MapMo && aSrcSizePixel.Width()) { // the size in pixels calculated from Graphic's internal MapMode (aTransGraphic.GetPrefMapMode()) - // and it's internal size (aTransGraphic.GetPrefSize()) is different from it's real pixel size. + // and it's internal size (aTransGraphic.GetPrefSize()) is different from its real pixel size. // This can be interpreted as this values to be set wrong, but needs to be corrected since e.g. // existing cropping is calculated based on this logic values already. // aBitmapEx.Scale(aSrcSizePixel); diff --git a/svtools/source/misc/transfer.cxx b/svtools/source/misc/transfer.cxx index e8a900d8b4fc..0371ea8276eb 100644 --- a/svtools/source/misc/transfer.cxx +++ b/svtools/source/misc/transfer.cxx @@ -1585,7 +1585,7 @@ bool TransferableDataHelper::GetString( const DataFlavor& rFlavor, OUString& rSt const sal_Char* pChars = reinterpret_cast< const sal_Char* >( aSeq.getConstArray() ); sal_Int32 nLen = aSeq.getLength(); - //JP 10.10.2001: 92930 - don't copy the last zero characterinto the string. + //JP 10.10.2001: 92930 - don't copy the last zero character into the string. //DVO 2002-05-27: strip _all_ trailing zeros while( nLen && ( 0 == *( pChars + nLen - 1 ) ) ) --nLen; diff --git a/svtools/source/svhtml/parhtml.cxx b/svtools/source/svhtml/parhtml.cxx index 3f156b7f8629..801e4e00ae68 100644 --- a/svtools/source/svhtml/parhtml.cxx +++ b/svtools/source/svhtml/parhtml.cxx @@ -1445,7 +1445,7 @@ const HTMLOptions& HTMLParser::GetOptions( sal_uInt16 *pNoConvertToken ) // Actually only certain characters allowed. // Netscape only looks for "=" and white space (c.f. - // Mozilla: PA_FetchRequestedNameValues in lipparse/pa_mdl.c) + // Mozilla: PA_FetchRequestedNameValues in libparse/pa_mdl.c) while( nPos < aToken.getLength() && '=' != (cChar=aToken[nPos]) && HTML_ISPRINTABLE(cChar) && !HTML_ISSPACE(cChar) ) nPos++; diff --git a/svtools/source/table/tablecontrol.cxx b/svtools/source/table/tablecontrol.cxx index 1f5061153597..b30d5836504e 100644 --- a/svtools/source/table/tablecontrol.cxx +++ b/svtools/source/table/tablecontrol.cxx @@ -315,7 +315,7 @@ namespace svt { namespace table aRetText = "ColumnHeaderBar"; break; case TCTYPE_TABLECELL: - //the name of the cell constists of column name and row name if defined + //the name of the cell consists of column name and row name if defined //if the name is equal to cell content, it'll be read twice if(GetModel()->hasColumnHeaders()) { diff --git a/svtools/source/table/tablecontrol_impl.hxx b/svtools/source/table/tablecontrol_impl.hxx index eb34cda6d2fe..0a71f8e44960 100644 --- a/svtools/source/table/tablecontrol_impl.hxx +++ b/svtools/source/table/tablecontrol_impl.hxx @@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ namespace svt { namespace table the row position which should be visibleMust be non-negative, and smaller than the row count. @param _bAcceptPartialVisibility - <TRUE/> if it's okay that the given cooordinate is only partially visible + <TRUE/> if it's okay that the given coordinate is only partially visible */ void ensureVisible( ColPos _nColumn, RowPos _nRow, bool _bAcceptPartialVisibility ); diff --git a/svtools/source/uno/unoiface.cxx b/svtools/source/uno/unoiface.cxx index 7946fda76724..f8a7b3f1e7da 100644 --- a/svtools/source/uno/unoiface.cxx +++ b/svtools/source/uno/unoiface.cxx @@ -514,7 +514,7 @@ void SAL_CALL VCLXMultiLineEdit::setFocus( ) throw(css::uno::RuntimeException, SolarMutexGuard aGuard; // don't grab the focus if we already have it. Reason is that the only thing which the edit - // does is forwarding the focus to it's text window. This text window then does a "select all". + // does is forwarding the focus to its text window. This text window then does a "select all". // So if the text window already has the focus, and we give the focus to the multi line // edit, then all which happens is that everything is selected. // #i27072# @@ -907,7 +907,7 @@ void SVTXFormattedField::setProperty( const OUString& PropertyName, const css::u // no double if (Value.hasValue()) { // but a value - // try if it is something converitble + // try if it is something convertible sal_Int32 nValue = 0; if (!(Value >>= nValue)) throw css::lang::IllegalArgumentException(); diff --git a/svx/source/accessibility/AccessibleControlShape.cxx b/svx/source/accessibility/AccessibleControlShape.cxx index ab768d742fc9..22c47fa580db 100644 --- a/svx/source/accessibility/AccessibleControlShape.cxx +++ b/svx/source/accessibility/AccessibleControlShape.cxx @@ -685,7 +685,7 @@ void SAL_CALL AccessibleControlShape::disposing() m_xUnoControl.clear(); - // let the base do it's stuff + // let the base do its stuff AccessibleShape::disposing(); } diff --git a/svx/source/accessibility/AccessibleEmptyEditSource.cxx b/svx/source/accessibility/AccessibleEmptyEditSource.cxx index 58ce8a299b06..6d7954c8dd09 100644 --- a/svx/source/accessibility/AccessibleEmptyEditSource.cxx +++ b/svx/source/accessibility/AccessibleEmptyEditSource.cxx @@ -153,7 +153,7 @@ namespace accessibility // a switch to a real EditSource, too. Fortunately, the // AccessibleEditableTextPara implementation currently always // calls GetEditViewForwarder(true) before doing - // changes. Thus, we rely on this behabviour here (problem + // changes. Thus, we rely on this behaviour here (problem // when that changes: via accessibility API, it would no // longer be possible to enter text in previously empty // shapes). diff --git a/svx/source/customshapes/EnhancedCustomShape2d.cxx b/svx/source/customshapes/EnhancedCustomShape2d.cxx index 1d00f00b0229..e65e60cdc7c7 100644 --- a/svx/source/customshapes/EnhancedCustomShape2d.cxx +++ b/svx/source/customshapes/EnhancedCustomShape2d.cxx @@ -708,8 +708,8 @@ EnhancedCustomShape2d::EnhancedCustomShape2d( SdrObject* pAObj ) : ClearItem( SDRATTR_TEXTDIRECTION ); //SJ: vertical writing is not required, by removing this item no outliner is created - // #i105323# For 2D AtoShapes, the shadow attribute does not need to be applied to any - // of the constucted helper SdrObjects. This would lead to problems since the shadow + // #i105323# For 2D AutoShapes, the shadow attribute does not need to be applied to any + // of the constructed helper SdrObjects. This would lead to problems since the shadow // of one helper object would fall on one helper object behind it (e.g. with the // eyes of the smiley shape). This is not wanted; instead a single shadow 'behind' // the AutoShape visualisation is wanted. This is done with primitive functionailty diff --git a/svx/source/customshapes/EnhancedCustomShape3d.cxx b/svx/source/customshapes/EnhancedCustomShape3d.cxx index 1f802b8bc49e..11f5747ce5d0 100644 --- a/svx/source/customshapes/EnhancedCustomShape3d.cxx +++ b/svx/source/customshapes/EnhancedCustomShape3d.cxx @@ -305,7 +305,7 @@ SdrObject* EnhancedCustomShape3d::Create3DObject( const SdrObject* pShape2d, con // created visualisation helper model shape individually. The shadow itself // will then be rendered from the 3D renderer correctly for the whole 3D scene // (and thus behind all objects of which the visualisation may be built). So, - // dio NOT remove it from the ItemSet here. + // do NOT remove it from the ItemSet here. // aSet.ClearItem(SDRATTR_SHADOW); std::vector< E3dCompoundObject* > aPlaceholderObjectList; diff --git a/svx/source/dialog/dlgctl3d.cxx b/svx/source/dialog/dlgctl3d.cxx index 482a89d794ba..7bbc18f6cf2a 100644 --- a/svx/source/dialog/dlgctl3d.cxx +++ b/svx/source/dialog/dlgctl3d.cxx @@ -591,7 +591,7 @@ void Svx3DLightControl::Tracking( const TrackingEvent& rTEvt ) if(mbMouseMoved) { - // was change dinteractively + // was change interactively } else { diff --git a/svx/source/dialog/hdft.cxx b/svx/source/dialog/hdft.cxx index aca7ecdf70c8..b6092da8607a 100644 --- a/svx/source/dialog/hdft.cxx +++ b/svx/source/dialog/hdft.cxx @@ -643,7 +643,7 @@ IMPL_LINK_NOARG_TYPED(SvxHFPage, BackgroundHdl, Button*, void) if(SfxItemState::SET == GetItemSet().GetItemState(GetWhich(nId), false, &pItem)) { // If a SfxItemSet from the SetItem for SID_ATTR_PAGE_HEADERSET or - // SID_ATTR_PAGE_FOOTERSET exists, use it's content + // SID_ATTR_PAGE_FOOTERSET exists, use its content pBBSet->Put(static_cast<const SvxSetItem*>(pItem)->GetItemSet()); } else diff --git a/svx/source/dialog/ucsubset.src b/svx/source/dialog/ucsubset.src index e520e77e25d8..06630ccb12a8 100644 --- a/svx/source/dialog/ucsubset.src +++ b/svx/source/dialog/ucsubset.src @@ -461,7 +461,7 @@ Resource RID_SUBSETMAP }; String RID_SUBSETSTR_CANADIAN_ABORIGINAL { - Text [ en-US ] = "Canadan Aboriginal Syllables"; + Text [ en-US ] = "Canadian Aboriginal Syllables"; }; String RID_SUBSETSTR_MONGOLIAN { diff --git a/svx/source/engine3d/camera3d.cxx b/svx/source/engine3d/camera3d.cxx index ef2e4d711c9f..5d3383032604 100644 --- a/svx/source/engine3d/camera3d.cxx +++ b/svx/source/engine3d/camera3d.cxx @@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ void Camera3D::SetBankAngle(double fAngle) } } - // Calculate from aDiff to uppwards pointing View-Up-Vector + // Calculate from aDiff to upwards pointing View-Up-Vector // duplicated line is intentional! aPrj = aPrj.getPerpendicular(aDiff); aPrj = aPrj.getPerpendicular(aDiff); diff --git a/svx/source/engine3d/helperminimaldepth3d.hxx b/svx/source/engine3d/helperminimaldepth3d.hxx index 93896707b58a..698af3d4e6f2 100644 --- a/svx/source/engine3d/helperminimaldepth3d.hxx +++ b/svx/source/engine3d/helperminimaldepth3d.hxx @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ class E3dCompoundObject; -/** support extracting the minimal depth of a 3d object in it's scene +/** support extracting the minimal depth of a 3d object in its scene @param rObject The 3D Object from which the minimal depth needs to be calculated. The scene @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ class E3dCompoundObject; means the transformations (esp. rotation) of the scene are taken into account */ -// support extracting the minimal depth of a 3d object in it's scene +// support extracting the minimal depth of a 3d object in its scene double getMinimalDepthInViewCoordinates(const E3dCompoundObject& rObject); diff --git a/svx/source/engine3d/obj3d.cxx b/svx/source/engine3d/obj3d.cxx index cd553f6111c6..66ef3b7d1bf6 100644 --- a/svx/source/engine3d/obj3d.cxx +++ b/svx/source/engine3d/obj3d.cxx @@ -284,7 +284,7 @@ void E3dObject::TakeObjInfo(SdrObjTransformInfoRec& rInfo) const // At first not only possible, because the creation of a group of // 2D polygons would be required which need to be sorted by depth, // ie at intersections be cut relative to each other. Also the texture - // coorinates were an unsolved problem. + // coordinates were an unsolved problem. rInfo.bCanConvToPoly = false; rInfo.bCanConvToContour = false; rInfo.bCanConvToPathLineToArea = false; @@ -453,7 +453,7 @@ void E3dObject::RecalcSnapRect() } // Inform the parent about insertion of a 3D object, so that the parent is able -// treat the particualar objects in a special way (eg Light / Label in E3dScene) +// treat the particular objects in a special way (eg Light / Label in E3dScene) void E3dObject::NewObjectInserted(const E3dObject* p3DObj) { diff --git a/svx/source/engine3d/scene3d.cxx b/svx/source/engine3d/scene3d.cxx index 7ca48718a07d..2d077494383e 100644 --- a/svx/source/engine3d/scene3d.cxx +++ b/svx/source/engine3d/scene3d.cxx @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ Imp3DDepthRemapper::Imp3DDepthRemapper(E3dScene& rScene) } } - // now, we need to sort the maVector by it's members minimal depth. The + // now, we need to sort the maVector by its members minimal depth. The // smaller, the nearer to the viewer. ::std::sort(maVector.begin(), maVector.end()); } diff --git a/svx/source/engine3d/view3d.cxx b/svx/source/engine3d/view3d.cxx index eadcd53b83db..206284248cb9 100644 --- a/svx/source/engine3d/view3d.cxx +++ b/svx/source/engine3d/view3d.cxx @@ -271,7 +271,7 @@ void E3dView::DrawMarkedObj(OutputDevice& rOut) const SdrObject *pObj = GetMarkedObjectByIndex(nObjs); if(pObj && dynamic_cast< const E3dCompoundObject*>(pObj) != nullptr) { - // relatated scene + // related scene pScene = static_cast<E3dCompoundObject*>(pObj)->GetScene(); if(pScene) pScene->SetSelected(false); diff --git a/svx/source/fmcomp/fmgridcl.cxx b/svx/source/fmcomp/fmgridcl.cxx index 2e5c50ce9006..ddd6a7046b62 100644 --- a/svx/source/fmcomp/fmgridcl.cxx +++ b/svx/source/fmcomp/fmgridcl.cxx @@ -1802,7 +1802,7 @@ Sequence< Any> FmGridControl::getSelectionBookmarks() // navigation bar and the grid. The latter itself will result in SeekRow calls. So after (successfully) returning // from the moveRelative the getPosition returns an invalid value. And so the SeekCursor fails. // In the consequence ALL parts of code where two calls to the seek cursor are done, while the second call _relys_ on - // the first one, should be secured against recursion, with a broad-minded interpretion of "recursion": if any of these + // the first one, should be secured against recursion, with a broad-minded interpretation of "recursion": if any of these // code parts is executed, no other should be accessible. But this sounds very difficult to achieve... // ) diff --git a/svx/source/fmcomp/fmgridif.cxx b/svx/source/fmcomp/fmgridif.cxx index 041825e5a55f..3cef94fd240c 100644 --- a/svx/source/fmcomp/fmgridif.cxx +++ b/svx/source/fmcomp/fmgridif.cxx @@ -495,7 +495,7 @@ void SAL_CALL FmXGridControl::createPeer(const Reference< css::awt::XToolkit >& // consider the following ugly scenario: updateFromModel leads to a propertiesChanges on the Control, // which determines, dat a "critical" property has changed (e.g. "Border") and therefore starts a new - // Peer, which lands again here in createPeerm we also start a second FmXGridPeer and initialise it. + // Peer, which lands again here in createPeer we also start a second FmXGridPeer and initialise it. // Then we exit from the first incarnation's updateFromModel and continue working with the pPeer, // that is in fact now already obsolete (as another peer is being started in the second incarnation). // Therefore the effort with the PeerCreationLevel, which ensures that we really use the Peer @@ -1776,7 +1776,7 @@ void FmXGridPeer::elementReplaced(const ContainerEvent& evt) throw( RuntimeExcep // set the model of the new column DbGridColumn* pCol = pGrid->GetColumns().at( nNewPos ); - // for initializong this grid column, we need the fields of the grid's data source + // for initializing this grid column, we need the fields of the grid's data source Reference< XColumnsSupplier > xSuppColumns; CursorWrapper* pGridDataSource = pGrid->getDataSource(); if ( pGridDataSource ) @@ -2093,7 +2093,7 @@ void FmXGridPeer::dispose() throw( RuntimeException, std::exception ) // tell the interceptor it has a new (means no) predecessor xInterceptor->setMasterDispatchProvider( nullptr ); - // ask for it's successor + // ask for its successor Reference< XDispatchProvider > xSlave = xInterceptor->getSlaveDispatchProvider(); // and give it the new (means no) successoert xInterceptor->setSlaveDispatchProvider( nullptr ); diff --git a/svx/source/form/fmshimp.cxx b/svx/source/form/fmshimp.cxx index 746ed8f73bac..3c56f853e57e 100644 --- a/svx/source/form/fmshimp.cxx +++ b/svx/source/form/fmshimp.cxx @@ -2019,7 +2019,7 @@ bool FmXFormShell::setCurrentSelection( const InterfaceBag& _rSelection ) OSL_ENSURE( xThisRoundsForm.is(), "FmXFormShell::setCurrentSelection: *everything* should belong to a form!" ); if ( !xNewCurrentForm.is() ) - { // the first form we encounterd + { // the first form we encountered xNewCurrentForm = xThisRoundsForm; } else if ( xNewCurrentForm != xThisRoundsForm ) @@ -2338,7 +2338,7 @@ IMPL_LINK_TYPED(FmXFormShell, OnSearchContextRequest, FmSearchContext&, rfmscCon // The alternative to this (ugly but certainly not entirely fixable) solution would be // to renounce the caching of the SdrObjects, which would lead to significant extra // work in OnFoundData (since there I'd have to get the SdrObject first thing every - // time). But since OnFoundData is usually called more often than ExecuteSeearch, I'll + // time). But since OnFoundData is usually called more often than ExecuteSearch, I'll // do that here. Reference< XNameAccess> xValidFormFields; @@ -2792,7 +2792,7 @@ void FmXFormShell::SetDesignMode(bool bDesign) pFormView->ChangeDesignMode(bDesign); - // notify listensers + // notify listeners FmDesignModeChangedHint aChangedHint( bDesign ); m_pShell->Broadcast(aChangedHint); diff --git a/svx/source/form/fmsrcimp.cxx b/svx/source/form/fmsrcimp.cxx index ac5f78dbd59f..519dced6d46c 100644 --- a/svx/source/form/fmsrcimp.cxx +++ b/svx/source/form/fmsrcimp.cxx @@ -847,11 +847,11 @@ void FmSearchEngine::Init(const OUString& sVisibleFields) xMeta = xConn->getMetaData(); OSL_ENSURE( xMeta.is(), "FmSearchEngine::Init: very strange cursor (could not derive connection meta data from it)!" ); - bool bCaseSensitiveIdentifiers = true; // assume case sensivity + bool bCaseSensitiveIdentifiers = true; // assume case sensitivity if ( xMeta.is() ) bCaseSensitiveIdentifiers = xMeta->supportsMixedCaseQuotedIdentifiers(); - // now that we have this information, we need a collator which is able to case (in)sentively compare strings + // now that we have this information, we need a collator which is able to case (in)sensitivity compare strings m_aStringCompare.loadDefaultCollator( SvtSysLocale().GetLanguageTag().getLocale(), bCaseSensitiveIdentifiers ? 0 : css::i18n::CollatorOptions::CollatorOptions_IGNORE_CASE ); diff --git a/svx/source/form/fmvwimp.cxx b/svx/source/form/fmvwimp.cxx index a81b2044123c..9c0cc8b60adb 100644 --- a/svx/source/form/fmvwimp.cxx +++ b/svx/source/form/fmvwimp.cxx @@ -957,7 +957,7 @@ IMPL_LINK_NOARG_TYPED(FmXFormView, OnAutoFocus, void*, void) { m_nAutoFocusEvent = nullptr; - // go to the first form of our page, examine it's TabController, go to it's first (in terms of the tab order) + // go to the first form of our page, examine it's TabController, go to its first (in terms of the tab order) // control, give it the focus SdrPageView *pPageView = m_pView ? m_pView->GetSdrPageView() : nullptr; @@ -1110,7 +1110,7 @@ IMPL_LINK_NOARG_TYPED( FmXFormView, OnStartControlWizard, void*, void ) try { Reference<XComponentContext> xContext = comphelper::getProcessComponentContext(); - xWizard.set( xContext->getServiceManager()->createInstanceWithArgumentsAndContext( OUString::createFromAscii(pWizardAsciiName), aWizardArgs.getWrappedPropertyValues(), xContext ), UNO_QUERY);; + xWizard.set( xContext->getServiceManager()->createInstanceWithArgumentsAndContext( OUString::createFromAscii(pWizardAsciiName), aWizardArgs.getWrappedPropertyValues(), xContext ), UNO_QUERY); } catch (const Exception&) { diff --git a/svx/source/form/formcontroller.cxx b/svx/source/form/formcontroller.cxx index ce7fa4d60649..3b3fe6edbde3 100644 --- a/svx/source/form/formcontroller.cxx +++ b/svx/source/form/formcontroller.cxx @@ -3380,7 +3380,7 @@ void FormController::stopFiltering() Reference< XControl > xControl = pControls[--i]; if (xControl.is()) { - // now enable eventhandling again + // now enable event handling again addToEventAttacher(xControl); Reference< XModeSelector > xSelector(xControl, UNO_QUERY); @@ -4224,7 +4224,7 @@ void FormController::deleteInterceptor(const Reference< XDispatchProviderInterce return; } - // log off the interception from it's interception object + // log off the interception from its interception object DispatchInterceptionMultiplexer* pInterceptorImpl = *aIter; pInterceptorImpl->dispose(); pInterceptorImpl->release(); diff --git a/svx/source/form/navigatortree.cxx b/svx/source/form/navigatortree.cxx index d3c8f9783470..29d6d8711e86 100644 --- a/svx/source/form/navigatortree.cxx +++ b/svx/source/form/navigatortree.cxx @@ -801,7 +801,7 @@ namespace svxform // 0) the root entry is part of the list (can't DnD the root!) // 1) one of the draged entries is to be dropped onto it's own parent // 2) - " - is to be dropped onto itself - // 3) - " - is a Form and to be dropped onto one of it's descendants + // 3) - " - is a Form and to be dropped onto one of its descendants // 4) one of the entries is a control and to be dropped onto the root // 5) a control or form will be dropped onto a control which is _not_ a sibling (dropping onto a sibling // means moving the control) @@ -1358,7 +1358,7 @@ namespace svxform } catch ( const Exception& ) { - OSL_FAIL("NavigatorTree::NewForm : could not set esssential properties !"); + OSL_FAIL("NavigatorTree::NewForm : could not set essential properties!"); } @@ -1844,7 +1844,7 @@ namespace svxform { // actually i would have to test, if parent is part of m_arr_CurrentSelection ... // but if it's selected, than it's in m_arrCurrentSelection - // or one of it's ancestors, which was selected earlier. + // or one of its ancestors, which was selected earlier. // In both cases IsSelected is enough if (IsSelected(pParentLoop)) break; @@ -1915,11 +1915,11 @@ namespace svxform } // now SelectList contains only entries, which have to be selected - // two possabilities : 1) run through SelectList, get SvTreeListEntry for every entry and select it (is more intuitive) + // two possibilities : 1) run through SelectList, get SvTreeListEntry for every entry and select it (is more intuitive) // 2) run through my SvLBoxEntries and select those, i can find in the SelectList // 1) needs =(k*n) (k=length of SelectList, n=number of entries), // plus the fact, that FindEntry uses extensive IsEqualWithoutChilden instead of comparing pointer to UserData - // 2) needs =(n*log k), dublicates some code from FindEntry + // 2) needs =(n*log k), duplicates some code from FindEntry // This may be a frequently used code ( at every change in mark of the view!), // so i use latter one SvTreeListEntry* pLoop = First(); diff --git a/svx/source/inc/charmapacc.hxx b/svx/source/inc/charmapacc.hxx index 330002007863..79fd3987e60c 100644 --- a/svx/source/inc/charmapacc.hxx +++ b/svx/source/inc/charmapacc.hxx @@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ namespace svx // - SvxShowCharSetAcc - - /** The table implemtentation of the vcl control. + /** The table implementation of the vcl control. */ class SvxShowCharSetAcc : public ::comphelper::OAccessibleSelectionHelper, diff --git a/svx/source/inc/docrecovery.hxx b/svx/source/inc/docrecovery.hxx index bd7647c649bf..9160b0e1503b 100644 --- a/svx/source/inc/docrecovery.hxx +++ b/svx/source/inc/docrecovery.hxx @@ -423,7 +423,7 @@ class SaveProgressDialog : public ModalDialog is used automatically. @param pCore - used to start emegrency save. + used to start emergency save. */ SaveProgressDialog(vcl::Window* pParent, RecoveryCore* pCore ); diff --git a/svx/source/inc/fmshimp.hxx b/svx/source/inc/fmshimp.hxx index ec9ce901de85..d5138b3f0196 100644 --- a/svx/source/inc/fmshimp.hxx +++ b/svx/source/inc/fmshimp.hxx @@ -344,7 +344,7 @@ protected: FmFormArray& _out_rForms, ::std::vector< OUString >& _out_rNames ); - /** checks whether the instance is already disposed, if so, this is reported as assertion error (debug + /** checks whenever the instance is already disposed, if so, this is reported as assertion error (debug builds only) and <TRUE/> is returned. */ SAL_DLLPRIVATE bool impl_checkDisposed() const; @@ -422,7 +422,7 @@ public: SAL_DLLPRIVATE static PopupMenu* GetConversionMenu(); // ein Menue, das alle ControlConversion-Eintraege enthaelt - /// checks whethere a given control conversion slot can be applied to the current selection + /// checks whether a given control conversion slot can be applied to the current selection SAL_DLLPRIVATE bool canConvertCurrentSelectionToControl( sal_Int16 nConversionSlot ); /// enables or disables all conversion slots in a menu, according to the current selection SAL_DLLPRIVATE void checkControlConversionSlotsForCurrentSelection( Menu& rMenu ); diff --git a/svx/source/sdr/contact/objectcontactofpageview.cxx b/svx/source/sdr/contact/objectcontactofpageview.cxx index 30b69edf61b3..997b265a5239 100644 --- a/svx/source/sdr/contact/objectcontactofpageview.cxx +++ b/svx/source/sdr/contact/objectcontactofpageview.cxx @@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ namespace sdr } } - // Process the whole displaying. Only use given DsiplayInfo, do not access other + // Process the whole displaying. Only use given DisplayInfo, do not access other // OutputDevices then the given ones. void ObjectContactOfPageView::DoProcessDisplay(DisplayInfo& rDisplayInfo) { diff --git a/svx/source/sdr/contact/viewcontactofsdrobjcustomshape.cxx b/svx/source/sdr/contact/viewcontactofsdrobjcustomshape.cxx index b17ae54fa2a2..20dcb4092964 100644 --- a/svx/source/sdr/contact/viewcontactofsdrobjcustomshape.cxx +++ b/svx/source/sdr/contact/viewcontactofsdrobjcustomshape.cxx @@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ namespace sdr { // text range needs to be corrected by // aObjectRange.getCenter() - aRotObjectRange.getCenter() since it's - // defined differenly by using rotation around object center. Start + // defined differently by using rotation around object center. Start // with positive part basegfx::B2DVector aTranslation(aObjectRange.getCenter()); diff --git a/svx/source/sdr/contact/viewobjectcontact.cxx b/svx/source/sdr/contact/viewobjectcontact.cxx index 7162d8b1cd2b..03fbd573e82c 100644 --- a/svx/source/sdr/contact/viewobjectcontact.cxx +++ b/svx/source/sdr/contact/viewobjectcontact.cxx @@ -192,7 +192,7 @@ ViewObjectContact::~ViewObjectContact() // take care of remembered ObjectContact. Remove from // OC first. The VC removal (below) CAN trigger a StopGettingViewed() - // which (depending of it's implementation) may destroy other OCs. This + // which (depending of its implementation) may destroy other OCs. This // can trigger the deletion of the helper OC of a page visualising object // which IS the OC of this object. Eventually StopGettingViewed() needs // to get asynchron later diff --git a/svx/source/sdr/overlay/overlaymanagerbuffered.cxx b/svx/source/sdr/overlay/overlaymanagerbuffered.cxx index cba94c6f9091..f68d7eafdc57 100644 --- a/svx/source/sdr/overlay/overlaymanagerbuffered.cxx +++ b/svx/source/sdr/overlay/overlaymanagerbuffered.cxx @@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ namespace sdr vcl::Region aPaintRegionPixel = rWindow.LogicToPixel(rWindow.GetPaintRegion()); aRegion.Intersect(aPaintRegionPixel); - // #i72754# Make sure content is completetly rendered, the window + // #i72754# Make sure content is completely rendered, the window // will be used as source of a DrawOutDev soon rWindow.Flush(); } @@ -337,7 +337,7 @@ namespace sdr } // VCL hack for transparent child windows - // Problem is e.g. a radiobuttion form control in life mode. The used window + // Problem is e.g. a radiobutton form control in life mode. The used window // is a transparence vcl childwindow. This flag only allows the parent window to // paint into the child windows area, but there is no mechanism which takes // care for a repaint of the child window. A transparent child window is NOT diff --git a/svx/source/sdr/primitive2d/sdrdecompositiontools.cxx b/svx/source/sdr/primitive2d/sdrdecompositiontools.cxx index 5e7148814a5b..67081e899083 100644 --- a/svx/source/sdr/primitive2d/sdrdecompositiontools.cxx +++ b/svx/source/sdr/primitive2d/sdrdecompositiontools.cxx @@ -434,7 +434,7 @@ namespace drawinglayer if(0.0 != aAnimationList.getDuration()) { - // create a new Primitive2DContainer containing the animated text in it's scaled only state. + // create a new Primitive2DContainer containing the animated text in its scaled only state. // use the decomposition to force to simple text primitives, those will no longer // need the outliner for formatting (alternatively it is also possible to just add // pNew to aNewPrimitiveSequence) diff --git a/svx/source/sdr/primitive3d/sdrattributecreator3d.cxx b/svx/source/sdr/primitive3d/sdrattributecreator3d.cxx index 25ec9740305e..16acdb1021c7 100644 --- a/svx/source/sdr/primitive3d/sdrattributecreator3d.cxx +++ b/svx/source/sdr/primitive3d/sdrattributecreator3d.cxx @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ namespace drawinglayer aNormalsKind = css::drawing::NormalsKind_SPHERE; } - // get NoermalsInvert flag + // get NormalsInvert flag const bool bInvertNormals(static_cast<const SfxBoolItem&>(rSet.Get(SDRATTR_3DOBJ_NORMALS_INVERT)).GetValue()); // get TextureProjectionX diff --git a/svx/source/sdr/properties/defaultproperties.cxx b/svx/source/sdr/properties/defaultproperties.cxx index 338cfedf1ec3..faac610e4043 100644 --- a/svx/source/sdr/properties/defaultproperties.cxx +++ b/svx/source/sdr/properties/defaultproperties.cxx @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ namespace sdr { mpItemSet = rProps.mpItemSet->Clone(); - // do not keep parent info, this may be changed by later construrtors. + // do not keep parent info, this may be changed by later constructors. // This class just copies the ItemSet, ignore parent. if(mpItemSet && mpItemSet->GetParent()) { diff --git a/svx/source/sidebar/nbdtmg.cxx b/svx/source/sidebar/nbdtmg.cxx index 1052a825de8a..142739b97c4f 100644 --- a/svx/source/sidebar/nbdtmg.cxx +++ b/svx/source/sidebar/nbdtmg.cxx @@ -1581,8 +1581,8 @@ sal_uInt16 OutlineTypeMgr::GetNBOIndexForNumRule(SvxNumRule& aNum,sal_uInt16 /*m bool bIsMatch = false; if (pBrsh1==pBrsh2) bIsMatch = true; if (pBrsh1 && pBrsh2) { - const Graphic* pGrf1 = pBrsh1->GetGraphic();; - const Graphic* pGrf2 = pBrsh2->GetGraphic();; + const Graphic* pGrf1 = pBrsh1->GetGraphic(); + const Graphic* pGrf2 = pBrsh2->GetGraphic(); if (pGrf1==pGrf2) bIsMatch = true; if (pGrf1 && pGrf2) { if ( pGrf1->GetBitmap().IsEqual(pGrf2->GetBitmap()) && @@ -1774,7 +1774,7 @@ bool OutlineTypeMgr::ApplyNumRule(SvxNumRule& aNum, sal_uInt16 nIndex, sal_uInt1 if (isResetSize) aFmt.SetBulletRelSize(45); }else if ((aFmt.GetNumberingType()&(~LINK_TOKEN)) == SVX_NUM_BITMAP ) { if (pLevelSettings->pBrushItem) { - const Graphic* pGrf = pLevelSettings->pBrushItem->GetGraphic();; + const Graphic* pGrf = pLevelSettings->pBrushItem->GetGraphic(); Size aSize = pLevelSettings->aSize; sal_Int16 eOrient = text::VertOrientation::LINE_CENTER; if (!isResetSize && aFmt.GetGraphicSize()!=Size(0,0)) aSize=aFmt.GetGraphicSize(); diff --git a/svx/source/svdraw/sdrhittesthelper.cxx b/svx/source/svdraw/sdrhittesthelper.cxx index 9a01cb62c181..3c2b4353a922 100644 --- a/svx/source/svdraw/sdrhittesthelper.cxx +++ b/svx/source/svdraw/sdrhittesthelper.cxx @@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ SdrObject* SdrObjectPrimitiveHit( } else { - // not a single 3D object; Check in first PageWindow using prmitives (only SC + // not a single 3D object; Check in first PageWindow using primitives (only SC // with split views uses multiple PageWindows nowadays) if(rSdrPageView.PageWindowCount()) { diff --git a/svx/source/svdraw/svddrgmt.cxx b/svx/source/svdraw/svddrgmt.cxx index 182a708bdc1e..b1e8db07e9b2 100644 --- a/svx/source/svdraw/svddrgmt.cxx +++ b/svx/source/svdraw/svddrgmt.cxx @@ -2852,7 +2852,7 @@ void SdrDragCrook::TakeSdrDragComment(OUString& rStr) const rStr += ImpGetResStr(STR_EditWithCopy); } -// These defines parameterize the created raster +// These defines parametrize the created raster // for interactions #define DRAG_CROOK_RASTER_MINIMUM (4) #define DRAG_CROOK_RASTER_MAXIMUM (15) @@ -3960,7 +3960,7 @@ bool SdrDragCrop::EndSdrDrag(bool /*bCopy*/) // the following old code uses aOldRect/aNewRect to calculate the crop change for // the crop item. It implies unrotated objects, so create the unrotated original - // erctangle and the unrotated modified rectangle. Latter can in case of shear and/or + // rectangle and the unrotated modified rectangle. Latter can in case of shear and/or // rotation not be fetched by using //Rectangle aNewRect( pObj->GetLogicRect() ); diff --git a/svx/source/svdraw/svdoedge.cxx b/svx/source/svdraw/svdoedge.cxx index b20487920a1f..b2865b684bbc 100644 --- a/svx/source/svdraw/svdoedge.cxx +++ b/svx/source/svdraw/svdoedge.cxx @@ -571,7 +571,7 @@ void SdrEdgeObj::ImpRecalcEdgeTrack() { // #i123048# If layouting was ever suppressed, it needs to be done once // and the attr need to be set at EdgeInfo, else these attr *will be lost* - // in the following call to ImpSetEdgeInfoToAttr() sice they were never + // in the following call to ImpSetEdgeInfoToAttr() since they were never // set before (!) *pEdgeTrack=ImpCalcEdgeTrack(*pEdgeTrack,aCon1,aCon2,&aEdgeInfo); ImpSetAttrToEdgeInfo(); diff --git a/svx/source/svdraw/svdouno.cxx b/svx/source/svdraw/svdouno.cxx index 1f2b33e909f0..a13c042c6945 100644 --- a/svx/source/svdraw/svdouno.cxx +++ b/svx/source/svdraw/svdouno.cxx @@ -319,7 +319,7 @@ void SdrUnoObj::NbcResize(const Point& rRef, const Fraction& xFact, const Fracti if (aGeo.nShearAngle!=0 || aGeo.nRotationAngle!=0) { - // small correctures + // small correctors if (aGeo.nRotationAngle>=9000 && aGeo.nRotationAngle<27000) { maRect.Move(maRect.Left()-maRect.Right(),maRect.Top()-maRect.Bottom()); diff --git a/svx/source/table/accessibletableshape.cxx b/svx/source/table/accessibletableshape.cxx index aa24c1bf10ca..66b01f0a8e92 100644 --- a/svx/source/table/accessibletableshape.cxx +++ b/svx/source/table/accessibletableshape.cxx @@ -434,7 +434,7 @@ void SAL_CALL AccessibleTableShape::disposing() { mxImpl->dispose(); - // let the base do it's stuff + // let the base do its stuff AccessibleShape::disposing(); } diff --git a/svx/source/tbxctrls/linectrl.cxx b/svx/source/tbxctrls/linectrl.cxx index 6f66d5cd4226..9efab7a52054 100644 --- a/svx/source/tbxctrls/linectrl.cxx +++ b/svx/source/tbxctrls/linectrl.cxx @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ using namespace ::com::sun::star::frame; using namespace ::com::sun::star::lang; using namespace ::com::sun::star; -// For End Line Controlleer +// For End Line Controller #define MAX_LINES 12 SFX_IMPL_TOOLBOX_CONTROL( SvxLineStyleToolBoxControl, XLineStyleItem ); diff --git a/svx/source/tbxctrls/tbcontrl.cxx b/svx/source/tbxctrls/tbcontrl.cxx index 7d8daf348c37..67e2ab6b525f 100644 --- a/svx/source/tbxctrls/tbcontrl.cxx +++ b/svx/source/tbxctrls/tbcontrl.cxx @@ -840,7 +840,7 @@ IMPL_LINK_TYPED(SvxStyleBox_Impl, CalcOptimalExtraUserWidth, VclWindowEvent&, ev // return is always the Font-Color // when both light or dark, change the Contrast // in other case do not change the origin color -// when the color is R=G=B=128 the DecreaseContast make 128 the need a exception +// when the color is R=G=B=128 the DecreaseContrast make 128 the need a exception Color SvxStyleBox_Impl::TestColorsVisible(const Color &FontCol, const Color &BackCol) { const sal_uInt8 ChgVal = 60; // increase/decrease the Contrast diff --git a/svx/source/unodraw/unoprov.cxx b/svx/source/unodraw/unoprov.cxx index 98472cf36e4f..704e2e8e6f93 100644 --- a/svx/source/unodraw/unoprov.cxx +++ b/svx/source/unodraw/unoprov.cxx @@ -1179,7 +1179,7 @@ bool SvxUnoConvertResourceString( int nSourceResIds, int nDestResIds, int nCount // these have to be in front of others // It would be nice to: -// - evtl. organize these in a single array with 2-dimensional inner to elliminate +// - evtl. organize these in a single array with 2-dimensional inner to eliminate // the possibility to define it wrong // - change the compare to also work when a shorter name is in front of a longer one diff --git a/svx/source/unodraw/unoshape.cxx b/svx/source/unodraw/unoshape.cxx index 0b682a624cbf..7653b263f4c9 100644 --- a/svx/source/unodraw/unoshape.cxx +++ b/svx/source/unodraw/unoshape.cxx @@ -1898,7 +1898,7 @@ css::uno::Sequence< css::uno::Any > SAL_CALL SvxShape::getPropertyValues( const const OUString* pNames = aPropertyNames.getConstArray(); uno::Sequence< uno::Any > aRet( nCount ); - uno::Any* pValue = aRet.getArray();; + uno::Any* pValue = aRet.getArray(); if( mpImpl->mpMaster ) { diff --git a/sw/inc/crsskip.hxx b/sw/inc/crsskip.hxx index a1ed1027eabf..97ec004df2ee 100644 --- a/sw/inc/crsskip.hxx +++ b/sw/inc/crsskip.hxx @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ // define for cursor travelling normally in western text cells and chars do // the same, but in complex text cell skip over legatures and char skip // into it. -// These defines exist only to cut off the dependicies to I18N project. +// These defines exist only to cut off the dependencies to I18N project. const sal_uInt16 CRSR_SKIP_CHARS = 0; const sal_uInt16 CRSR_SKIP_CELLS = 1; const sal_uInt16 CRSR_SKIP_HIDDEN = 2; diff --git a/sw/inc/editsh.hxx b/sw/inc/editsh.hxx index f786d84a8d83..6a48ab001d9b 100644 --- a/sw/inc/editsh.hxx +++ b/sw/inc/editsh.hxx @@ -303,7 +303,7 @@ public: * GetXXX(i) returns i-th xxx (ERR_RAISE if beyond range!). * DelXXX(i) deletes i-th xxx (ERR_RAISE if beyond range!). * GetCurXXX() returns xxx that is valid at cursor or in ranges. - * returns 0, if not unanimuous. + * returns 0, if not unanimous. * SetXXX() sets xxx at cursor or in ranges. * MakeXXX() makes a xxx, derived from pDerivedFrom. */ diff --git a/sw/inc/fesh.hxx b/sw/inc/fesh.hxx index f0367287daf2..0c3f2ab1ae93 100644 --- a/sw/inc/fesh.hxx +++ b/sw/inc/fesh.hxx @@ -387,7 +387,7 @@ public: Point FindAnchorPos( const Point &rAbsPos, bool bMoveIt = false ); /** Determines whether a frame or its environment is vertically formatted and right-to-left. - also determines, if frame or its environmane is in mongolianlayout (vertical left-to-right) + also determines, if frame or its environment is in mongolianlayout (vertical left-to-right) - add output parameter <bVertL2R> */ bool IsFrameVertical(const bool bEnvironment, bool& bRightToLeft, bool& bVertL2R) const; diff --git a/sw/inc/ndtxt.hxx b/sw/inc/ndtxt.hxx index 4a58a1e3560e..c603430c2e26 100644 --- a/sw/inc/ndtxt.hxx +++ b/sw/inc/ndtxt.hxx @@ -757,7 +757,7 @@ public: to economize notifications */ bool IsNotificationEnabled() const; - /// Checks a temporary notification blocker and the global conditons of IsNotificationEnabled() + /// Checks a temporary notification blocker and the global conditions of IsNotificationEnabled() bool IsNotifiable() const; void SetListRestart( bool bRestart ); diff --git a/sw/inc/swtypes.hxx b/sw/inc/swtypes.hxx index 5d99dae0ce41..eb17dbe47156 100644 --- a/sw/inc/swtypes.hxx +++ b/sw/inc/swtypes.hxx @@ -256,7 +256,7 @@ enum PrepareHint PREP_POS_CHGD, // Position of Frame has changed. // (Check for Fly-break). In void* of Prepare() // a sal_Bool& is passed. If this is sal_True, - // it indicateds that a format has been executed. + // it indicates that a format has been executed. PREP_UL_SPACE, // UL-Space has changed, TextFrames have to // re-calculate line space. PREP_MUST_FIT, // Make frm fit (split) even if the attributes do diff --git a/sw/inc/tblafmt.hxx b/sw/inc/tblafmt.hxx index f08a5cdc3bcb..129e358053da 100644 --- a/sw/inc/tblafmt.hxx +++ b/sw/inc/tblafmt.hxx @@ -199,7 +199,7 @@ For example, in a 2x3 table, the 4 lines will be [0, 1, 1, 1]. In each line, the [0, 1, 2, 5]. As you can see, property extraction/application is lossless for tables that are 4x4 or smaller -(and in fact has a bit of redundnacy). For larger tables, we lose any individual cell formatting +(and in fact has a bit of redundancy). For larger tables, we lose any individual cell formatting for the range [(3,rows - 1) -> (3, cols - 1)]. That formatting is replaced by formatting from the saved cells: diff --git a/sw/inc/tox.hxx b/sw/inc/tox.hxx index 89f117b22794..541df563bcc8 100644 --- a/sw/inc/tox.hxx +++ b/sw/inc/tox.hxx @@ -418,7 +418,7 @@ class SW_DLLPUBLIC SwTOXBase : public SwClient protected: // Add a data member, for record the TOC field expression of MS Word binary format - // For keeping fidality and may giving a better exporting performance + // For keeping fidelity and may giving a better exporting performance OUString maMSTOCExpression; bool mbKeepExpression; diff --git a/sw/inc/viewsh.hxx b/sw/inc/viewsh.hxx index bd1a0b5457ea..7069de10e2cf 100644 --- a/sw/inc/viewsh.hxx +++ b/sw/inc/viewsh.hxx @@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ class SW_DLLPUBLIC SwViewShell : public sw::Ring<SwViewShell> VclPtr<vcl::Window> mpWin; ///< = 0 during printing or pdf export VclPtr<OutputDevice> mpOut; ///< Window, Printer, VirtDev, ... - VclPtr<OutputDevice> mpTmpRef; // Temporariy reference device. Is used + VclPtr<OutputDevice> mpTmpRef; // Temporary reference device. Is used // during (printer depending) prospect // and page preview printing // (because a scaling has to be set at diff --git a/sw/qa/extras/inc/swmodeltestbase.hxx b/sw/qa/extras/inc/swmodeltestbase.hxx index ce02b3e51cf3..b761116180d4 100644 --- a/sw/qa/extras/inc/swmodeltestbase.hxx +++ b/sw/qa/extras/inc/swmodeltestbase.hxx @@ -375,7 +375,7 @@ protected: if (!mpXmlBuffer) dumpLayout(); - return xmlParseMemory(reinterpret_cast<const char*>(xmlBufferContent(mpXmlBuffer)), xmlBufferLength(mpXmlBuffer));; + return xmlParseMemory(reinterpret_cast<const char*>(xmlBufferContent(mpXmlBuffer)), xmlBufferLength(mpXmlBuffer)); } /** diff --git a/sw/qa/extras/ooxmlexport/ooxmlexport3.cxx b/sw/qa/extras/ooxmlexport/ooxmlexport3.cxx index 759ccf1327e6..059eabf9d9fa 100644 --- a/sw/qa/extras/ooxmlexport/ooxmlexport3.cxx +++ b/sw/qa/extras/ooxmlexport/ooxmlexport3.cxx @@ -702,7 +702,7 @@ DECLARE_OOXMLEXPORT_TEST(testCellGridSpan, "cell-grid-span.docx") { // The problem was during export gridSpan value for 1st & 2nd cells for test document // used to get set wrongly to 5 and 65532 respectively which was the reason for crash during save operation - // Varifying gridSpan element is not present in RoundTriped Document (As it's Default value is 1). + // Varifying gridSpan element is not present in RoundTripped Document (As it's Default value is 1). xmlDocPtr pXmlDoc = parseExport(); if (!pXmlDoc) return; @@ -759,7 +759,7 @@ DECLARE_OOXMLEXPORT_TEST(testPNGImageCrop, "test_PNG_ImageCrop.docx") #if !defined(MACOSX) /* The problem was image cropping information was not getting saved * after roundtrip. - * Check for presenece of cropping parameters in exported file. + * Check for presence of cropping parameters in exported file. */ uno::Reference<drawing::XShape> image = getShape(1); uno::Reference<beans::XPropertySet> imageProperties(image, uno::UNO_QUERY); diff --git a/sw/qa/extras/ooxmlexport/ooxmlexport6.cxx b/sw/qa/extras/ooxmlexport/ooxmlexport6.cxx index 55474d751a2b..c01a4e3c4d64 100644 --- a/sw/qa/extras/ooxmlexport/ooxmlexport6.cxx +++ b/sw/qa/extras/ooxmlexport/ooxmlexport6.cxx @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ DECLARE_OOXMLEXPORT_TEST(testDMLSolidfillAlpha, "dml-solidfill-alpha.docx") { // Problem was that the transparency was not exported (a:alpha). // RGB color (a:srgbClr) - uno::Reference<beans::XPropertySet> xShape(getShape(1), uno::UNO_QUERY);; + uno::Reference<beans::XPropertySet> xShape(getShape(1), uno::UNO_QUERY); CPPUNIT_ASSERT_EQUAL(sal_Int16(70), getProperty<sal_Int16>(xShape, "FillTransparence")); // Theme color (a:schemeClr) diff --git a/sw/qa/extras/ooxmlexport/ooxmlfieldexport.cxx b/sw/qa/extras/ooxmlexport/ooxmlfieldexport.cxx index 90daf422b8ab..09c0840fad08 100644 --- a/sw/qa/extras/ooxmlexport/ooxmlfieldexport.cxx +++ b/sw/qa/extras/ooxmlexport/ooxmlfieldexport.cxx @@ -216,7 +216,7 @@ DECLARE_OOXMLEXPORT_TEST(testFDO77715,"FDO77715.docx") DECLARE_OOXMLEXPORT_TEST(testTOCFlag_u,"testTOCFlag_u.docx") { - // DOCX contaning TOC should preserve code field '\u'. + // DOCX containing TOC should preserve code field '\u'. xmlDocPtr pXmlDoc = parseExport("word/document.xml"); if (!pXmlDoc) return; diff --git a/sw/qa/extras/rtfimport/rtfimport.cxx b/sw/qa/extras/rtfimport/rtfimport.cxx index ba78b9a3428d..5e1749fc12ec 100644 --- a/sw/qa/extras/rtfimport/rtfimport.cxx +++ b/sw/qa/extras/rtfimport/rtfimport.cxx @@ -1553,7 +1553,7 @@ DECLARE_RTFIMPORT_TEST(testFdo69384, "hello.rtf") paste("fdo69384-paste.rtf", xEnd); // Import got interrupted in the middle of style sheet table import, - // resuling in missing styles and text. + // resulting in missing styles and text. getStyles("ParagraphStyles")->getByName("Text body justified"); } diff --git a/sw/qa/python/check_table.py b/sw/qa/python/check_table.py index 1e361cfa5cd7..e92044f0e83c 100644 --- a/sw/qa/python/check_table.py +++ b/sw/qa/python/check_table.py @@ -506,7 +506,7 @@ class CheckTable(unittest.TestCase): xDispatcher.executeDispatch(xDocFrame, '.uno:InsertText', '', 0, (PropertyValue('Text', 0, '15-10-30', 0),)) xDispatcher.executeDispatch(xDocFrame, '.uno:JumpToNextCell', '', 0, ()) - # Without number recognition 15-10-30 should not be interperated as a date + # Without number recognition 15-10-30 should not be interpretated as a date self.assertEquals(xTable.getCellByPosition(0,0).getString(), '15-10-30') self.assertEquals(xTable.getCellByPosition(0,0).getValue(), 0) # Activate number recognition diff --git a/sw/sdi/_textsh.sdi b/sw/sdi/_textsh.sdi index cbbffb3c157d..0994e644c5d7 100644 --- a/sw/sdi/_textsh.sdi +++ b/sw/sdi/_textsh.sdi @@ -1448,7 +1448,7 @@ interface BaseText ] SID_ATTR_CHAR_LANGUAGE // status(final|play) [ - ExecMethod = ExecTextCtrl;; + ExecMethod = ExecTextCtrl; StateMethod = GetTextFontCtrlState; DisableFlags="SW_DISABLE_ON_PROTECTED_CURSOR"; ] diff --git a/sw/source/core/SwNumberTree/SwNumberTree.cxx b/sw/source/core/SwNumberTree/SwNumberTree.cxx index 459cf5425718..a6863fe3ff72 100644 --- a/sw/source/core/SwNumberTree/SwNumberTree.cxx +++ b/sw/source/core/SwNumberTree/SwNumberTree.cxx @@ -483,7 +483,7 @@ void SwNumberTreeNode::AddChild( SwNumberTreeNode * pChild, mChildren.upper_bound(pChild); OSL_ENSURE(! (aInsertDeepIt != mChildren.end() && - (*aInsertDeepIt)->IsPhantom()), " unexspected phantom"); + (*aInsertDeepIt)->IsPhantom()), " unexpected phantom"); if (aInsertDeepIt == mChildren.begin()) { diff --git a/sw/source/core/bastyp/init.cxx b/sw/source/core/bastyp/init.cxx index f82193b32177..274fd3a9d9a2 100644 --- a/sw/source/core/bastyp/init.cxx +++ b/sw/source/core/bastyp/init.cxx @@ -515,7 +515,7 @@ void _InitCore() aAttrTab[ RES_CHRATR_HIGHLIGHT - POOLATTR_BEGIN ] = new SvxBrushItem( RES_CHRATR_HIGHLIGHT ); aAttrTab[ RES_CHRATR_GRABBAG - POOLATTR_BEGIN ] = new SfxGrabBagItem( RES_CHRATR_GRABBAG ); -// CharakterAttr - MSWord weak char direction/script override emulation +// CharacterAttr - MSWord weak char direction/script override emulation aAttrTab[ RES_CHRATR_BIDIRTL - POOLATTR_BEGIN ] = new SfxInt16Item( RES_CHRATR_BIDIRTL, sal_Int16(-1) ); aAttrTab[ RES_CHRATR_IDCTHINT - POOLATTR_BEGIN ] = new SfxInt16Item( RES_CHRATR_IDCTHINT, sal_Int16(-1) ); diff --git a/sw/source/core/bastyp/swcache.cxx b/sw/source/core/bastyp/swcache.cxx index c6216cd771ed..54d361e984e9 100644 --- a/sw/source/core/bastyp/swcache.cxx +++ b/sw/source/core/bastyp/swcache.cxx @@ -302,7 +302,7 @@ void SwCache::DeleteObj( SwCacheObj *pObj ) (nCurMax <= (m_aCacheObjects.size() - aFreePositions.size())) ) { // Shrink if possible.To do so we need enough free positions. - // Unpleasent side effect: positions will be moved and the owner of + // Unpleasant side effect: positions will be moved and the owner of // these might not find them afterwards for ( size_t i = 0; i < m_aCacheObjects.size(); ++i ) { diff --git a/sw/source/core/crsr/crstrvl.cxx b/sw/source/core/crsr/crstrvl.cxx index f9ce84c17371..7e57d314efed 100644 --- a/sw/source/core/crsr/crstrvl.cxx +++ b/sw/source/core/crsr/crstrvl.cxx @@ -850,7 +850,7 @@ SwField* SwCursorShell::GetCurField( const bool bIncludeInputFieldAtStart ) cons return nullptr; } - SwField* pCurField = GetFieldAtCursor( pCursor, bIncludeInputFieldAtStart );; + SwField* pCurField = GetFieldAtCursor( pCursor, bIncludeInputFieldAtStart ); if ( pCurField != nullptr && RES_TABLEFLD == pCurField->GetTyp()->Which() ) { diff --git a/sw/source/core/crsr/findtxt.cxx b/sw/source/core/crsr/findtxt.cxx index abd3763b47e6..caa436bc2702 100644 --- a/sw/source/core/crsr/findtxt.cxx +++ b/sw/source/core/crsr/findtxt.cxx @@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ lcl_CleanStr(const SwTextNode& rNd, sal_Int32 const nStart, sal_Int32& rEnd, const bool bEmpty = ( pHt->Which() != RES_TXTATR_FIELD && pHt->Which() != RES_TXTATR_ANNOTATION ) - || (static_txtattr_cast<SwTextField const*>(pHt)->GetFormatField().GetField()->ExpandField(true).isEmpty());; + || (static_txtattr_cast<SwTextField const*>(pHt)->GetFormatField().GetField()->ExpandField(true).isEmpty()); if ( bEmpty && nStart == nAkt ) { rArr.push_back( nAkt ); diff --git a/sw/source/core/doc/DocumentRedlineManager.cxx b/sw/source/core/doc/DocumentRedlineManager.cxx index e9988c7606db..9f7620878e02 100644 --- a/sw/source/core/doc/DocumentRedlineManager.cxx +++ b/sw/source/core/doc/DocumentRedlineManager.cxx @@ -1294,7 +1294,7 @@ bool DocumentRedlineManager::AppendRedline( SwRangeRedline* pNewRedl, bool bCall { // it may be necessary to split the existing redline in // two. In this case, pRedl will be changed to cover - // only part of it's former range, and pNew will cover + // only part of its former range, and pNew will cover // the remainder. SwRangeRedline* pNew = nullptr; diff --git a/sw/source/core/doc/DocumentStylePoolManager.cxx b/sw/source/core/doc/DocumentStylePoolManager.cxx index 40e2e69fe231..f9137bc4b791 100644 --- a/sw/source/core/doc/DocumentStylePoolManager.cxx +++ b/sw/source/core/doc/DocumentStylePoolManager.cxx @@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ namespace #define HTML_PARSPACE GetMetricVal( CM_05 ) static const sal_uInt16 aHeadlineSizes[ 2 * MAXLEVEL ] = { - // we do everything procentual now: + // we do everything percentual now: 130, 115, 101, 95, 85, 85, 80, 80, 75, 75, // normal PT_24, PT_18, PT_14, PT_12, PT_10, diff --git a/sw/source/core/doc/docedt.cxx b/sw/source/core/doc/docedt.cxx index c0b5d3656fee..4b8b9770d58c 100644 --- a/sw/source/core/doc/docedt.cxx +++ b/sw/source/core/doc/docedt.cxx @@ -211,7 +211,7 @@ void DelFlyInRange( const SwNodeIndex& rMkNdIdx, } else { - // If the Fly is deleted, all Flys in it's content have to be deleted too. + // If the Fly is deleted, all Flys in its content have to be deleted too. const SwFormatContent &rContent = pFormat->GetContent(); if( rContent.GetContentIdx() ) { diff --git a/sw/source/core/doc/docfld.cxx b/sw/source/core/doc/docfld.cxx index e0c6b2bc86df..cd25942f9be4 100644 --- a/sw/source/core/doc/docfld.cxx +++ b/sw/source/core/doc/docfld.cxx @@ -344,7 +344,7 @@ _HashStr::_HashStr( const OUString& rName, const OUString& rText, pNext = pNxt; } -/// Look up the Name, if it is present, return it's String, otherwise return an empty String +/// Look up the Name, if it is present, return its String, otherwise return an empty String OUString LookString( SwHash** ppTable, sal_uInt16 nSize, const OUString& rName, sal_uInt16* pPos ) { diff --git a/sw/source/core/doc/docfmt.cxx b/sw/source/core/doc/docfmt.cxx index 5c0f91413d0b..298b50882cff 100644 --- a/sw/source/core/doc/docfmt.cxx +++ b/sw/source/core/doc/docfmt.cxx @@ -1991,7 +1991,7 @@ namespace docfunc { bool HasOutlineStyleToBeWrittenAsNormalListStyle( SwDoc& rDoc ) { - // If a parent paragraph style of one of the parargraph styles, which + // If a parent paragraph style of one of the paragraph styles, which // are assigned to the list levels of the outline style, has a list style // set or inherits a list style from its parent style, the outline style // has to be written as a normal list style to the OpenDocument file diff --git a/sw/source/core/doc/doclay.cxx b/sw/source/core/doc/doclay.cxx index a9d6835d58f3..6c5dfdd0433e 100644 --- a/sw/source/core/doc/doclay.cxx +++ b/sw/source/core/doc/doclay.cxx @@ -677,7 +677,7 @@ lcl_InsertLabel(SwDoc & rDoc, SwTextFormatColls *const pTextFormatCollTable, bTable = true; // no break here case LTYPE_FLY: - // At the FlySection's Beginning/End insert the corresponding Node with it's Field. + // At the FlySection's Beginning/End insert the corresponding Node with its Field. // The Frame is created automatically. { SwStartNode *pSttNd = rDoc.GetNodes()[nNdIdx]->GetStartNode(); diff --git a/sw/source/core/doc/poolfmt.cxx b/sw/source/core/doc/poolfmt.cxx index 3244fb725729..722ba67f5e7a 100644 --- a/sw/source/core/doc/poolfmt.cxx +++ b/sw/source/core/doc/poolfmt.cxx @@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ void SetAllScriptItem( SfxItemSet& rSet, const SfxPoolItem& rItem ) rSet.Put( rItem, nWhCTL ); } -/// Return the AutoCollection by it's Id. If it doesn't +/// Return the AutoCollection by its Id. If it doesn't /// exist yet, create it. /// If the String pointer is defined, then only query for /// the Attribute descriptions. It doesn't create a style! diff --git a/sw/source/core/doc/tblrwcl.cxx b/sw/source/core/doc/tblrwcl.cxx index 4a7cb666d23a..eca9a38f8170 100644 --- a/sw/source/core/doc/tblrwcl.cxx +++ b/sw/source/core/doc/tblrwcl.cxx @@ -1026,7 +1026,7 @@ bool SwTable::DeleteSel( size_t const nIdx = rBoxes.size() - 1 - n; // First adapt the data-sequence for chart if necessary - // (needed to move the implementation cursor properly to it's new + // (needed to move the implementation cursor properly to its new // position which can't be done properly if the cell is already gone) if (pPCD && pTableNd) pPCD->DeleteBox( &pTableNd->GetTable(), *rBoxes[nIdx] ); diff --git a/sw/source/core/docnode/finalthreadmanager.cxx b/sw/source/core/docnode/finalthreadmanager.cxx index a5a8802c89cd..e99dc554c513 100644 --- a/sw/source/core/docnode/finalthreadmanager.cxx +++ b/sw/source/core/docnode/finalthreadmanager.cxx @@ -335,7 +335,7 @@ void SAL_CALL FinalThreadManager::cancelAllJobs() throw (css::uno::RuntimeExcept if ( mpCancelJobsThread == nullptr ) { - mpCancelJobsThread = new CancelJobsThread( aThreads );; + mpCancelJobsThread = new CancelJobsThread( aThreads ); if ( !mpCancelJobsThread->create() ) { delete mpCancelJobsThread; diff --git a/sw/source/core/docnode/ndcopy.cxx b/sw/source/core/docnode/ndcopy.cxx index 61c64da53c9d..6953bf44054b 100644 --- a/sw/source/core/docnode/ndcopy.cxx +++ b/sw/source/core/docnode/ndcopy.cxx @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ SwContentNode* SwTextNode::MakeCopy( SwDoc* pDoc, const SwNodeIndex& rIdx ) cons // the Copy-Textnode is the Node with the Text, the Copy-Attrnode is the // node with the collection and hard attributes. Normally is the same // node, but if insert a glossary without formatting, then the Attrnode - // is the prev node of the destionation position in dest. document. + // is the prev node of the destination position in dest. document. SwTextNode* pCpyTextNd = const_cast<SwTextNode*>(this); SwTextNode* pCpyAttrNd = pCpyTextNd; diff --git a/sw/source/core/docnode/ndsect.cxx b/sw/source/core/docnode/ndsect.cxx index e9d44141fbf5..419d0fb37e62 100644 --- a/sw/source/core/docnode/ndsect.cxx +++ b/sw/source/core/docnode/ndsect.cxx @@ -1022,7 +1022,7 @@ SwFrame *SwSectionNode::MakeFrame( SwFrame *pSib ) return new SwSectionFrame( *m_pSection, pSib ); } -// Creates all Document Views for the precedeing Node. +// Creates all Document Views for the preceding Node. // The created ContentFrames are attached to the corresponding Layout void SwSectionNode::MakeFrames(const SwNodeIndex & rIdx ) { diff --git a/sw/source/core/docnode/section.cxx b/sw/source/core/docnode/section.cxx index 613721391863..77863891d5f3 100644 --- a/sw/source/core/docnode/section.cxx +++ b/sw/source/core/docnode/section.cxx @@ -498,7 +498,7 @@ void SwSection::Modify( const SfxPoolItem* pOld, const SfxPoolItem* pNew ) return; case RES_COL: - // Is handeled by the Layout, if appropriate + // Is handled by the Layout, if appropriate break; case RES_FTN_AT_TXTEND: diff --git a/sw/source/core/draw/dcontact.cxx b/sw/source/core/draw/dcontact.cxx index b8304cb75f42..bc7b4f8c54e9 100644 --- a/sw/source/core/draw/dcontact.cxx +++ b/sw/source/core/draw/dcontact.cxx @@ -2048,7 +2048,7 @@ namespace sdr if(rCandidate.GetViewContact().GetObjectCount()) { - // is a group object itself, call resursively + // is a group object itself, call recursively impAddPrimitivesFromGroup(rCandidate, rOffsetMatrix, rDisplayInfo, rxTarget); } else diff --git a/sw/source/core/edit/autofmt.cxx b/sw/source/core/edit/autofmt.cxx index 3db4de004081..c6c35cf71aa3 100644 --- a/sw/source/core/edit/autofmt.cxx +++ b/sw/source/core/edit/autofmt.cxx @@ -1353,7 +1353,7 @@ void SwAutoFormat::BuildEnum( sal_uInt16 nLvl, sal_uInt16 nDigitLevel ) bool bBreak = true; // first, determine current indentation and frame width - SwTwips nFrameWidth = m_pCurTextFrame->Prt().Width();; + SwTwips nFrameWidth = m_pCurTextFrame->Prt().Width(); SwTwips nLeftTextPos; { sal_Int32 nPos(0); @@ -2244,7 +2244,7 @@ SwAutoFormat::SwAutoFormat( SwEditShell* pEdShell, SvxSwAutoFormatFlags& rFlags, ( 0 != (nSz = pLRSpace->GetTextFirstLineOfst()) || 0 != pLRSpace->GetTextLeft() ) ) { - // exception: numbering/enumation can have an indentation + // exception: numbering/enumeration can have an indentation if( IsEnumericChar( *m_pCurTextNd )) { nLevel = CalcLevel( *m_pCurTextNd, &nDigitLvl ); diff --git a/sw/source/core/frmedt/feshview.cxx b/sw/source/core/frmedt/feshview.cxx index e55d8cd60971..20e373aaba00 100644 --- a/sw/source/core/frmedt/feshview.cxx +++ b/sw/source/core/frmedt/feshview.cxx @@ -697,7 +697,7 @@ long SwFEShell::EndDrag( const Point *, bool ) // #50778# Bug during dragging: In StartAction a HideShowXor is called. // In EndDragObj() this is reversed, for no reason and even wrong. - // To restore consistancy we should bring up the Xor again. + // To restore consistency we should bring up the Xor again. // Reanimation from the hack #50778 to fix bug #97057 // May be not the best solution, but the one with lowest risc at the moment. diff --git a/sw/source/core/frmedt/fetab.cxx b/sw/source/core/frmedt/fetab.cxx index a03f227e55a6..ad4c056bfa90 100644 --- a/sw/source/core/frmedt/fetab.cxx +++ b/sw/source/core/frmedt/fetab.cxx @@ -1333,7 +1333,7 @@ size_t SwFEShell::GetCurTabColNum() const { long nX = (pFrame->Frame().*fnRect->fnGetRight)() - (pPage->Frame().*fnRect->fnGetLeft)(); - const long nRight = aTabCols.GetLeftMin() + aTabCols.GetRight();; + const long nRight = aTabCols.GetLeftMin() + aTabCols.GetRight(); if ( !::IsSame( nX, nRight ) ) { diff --git a/sw/source/core/inc/rolbck.hxx b/sw/source/core/inc/rolbck.hxx index 3d137e0c1471..14ccafe418c2 100644 --- a/sw/source/core/inc/rolbck.hxx +++ b/sw/source/core/inc/rolbck.hxx @@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ public: class SwHistorySetTextField : public SwHistoryHint { - //!! beware of the order for the declation of the unique_ptrs. + //!! beware of the order for the declaration of the unique_ptrs. //!! If they get destroyed in the wrong order sw may crash (namely mail-merge as well) ::std::unique_ptr<SwFieldType> m_pFieldType; const ::std::unique_ptr<SwFormatField> m_pField; diff --git a/sw/source/core/inc/scriptinfo.hxx b/sw/source/core/inc/scriptinfo.hxx index 6d3c05cb0bf7..d6f467558c87 100644 --- a/sw/source/core/inc/scriptinfo.hxx +++ b/sw/source/core/inc/scriptinfo.hxx @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ typedef std::list< sal_Int32 > PositionList; #define SPACING_PRECISION_FACTOR 100 -// encapsultes information about script changes +// encapsulates information about script changes class SwScriptInfo { public: diff --git a/sw/source/core/inc/swfont.hxx b/sw/source/core/inc/swfont.hxx index 1df9c22ba665..60c2eed78c76 100644 --- a/sw/source/core/inc/swfont.hxx +++ b/sw/source/core/inc/swfont.hxx @@ -385,7 +385,7 @@ public: /** * Calculate the shadow space on the specified side dependent from - * the orientation and connection with neightbours. + * the orientation and connection with neighbours. * @see shaditem.hxx for integer constants of sides * * @param[in] nShadow specify the side diff --git a/sw/source/core/layout/calcmove.cxx b/sw/source/core/layout/calcmove.cxx index 94358bd3057e..aa4e4a5106da 100644 --- a/sw/source/core/layout/calcmove.cxx +++ b/sw/source/core/layout/calcmove.cxx @@ -1210,7 +1210,7 @@ void SwContentFrame::MakeAll(vcl::RenderContext* /*pRenderContext*/) } } - // If a Follow sits next to it's Master and doesn't fit, we know it can + // If a Follow sits next to its Master and doesn't fit, we know it can // be moved right now. if ( lcl_Prev( this ) && static_cast<SwTextFrame*>(this)->IsFollow() && IsMoveable() ) { @@ -1822,7 +1822,7 @@ bool SwContentFrame::_WouldFit( SwTwips nSpace, bool bTstMove, const bool bObjsInNewUpper ) { - // To have the footnote select it's place carefully, it needs + // To have the footnote select its place carefully, it needs // to be moved in any case if there is at least one page/column // between the footnote and the new Upper. SwFootnoteFrame* pFootnoteFrame = nullptr; diff --git a/sw/source/core/layout/findfrm.cxx b/sw/source/core/layout/findfrm.cxx index 38dd5a78c7ff..3c30c4c1560c 100644 --- a/sw/source/core/layout/findfrm.cxx +++ b/sw/source/core/layout/findfrm.cxx @@ -562,7 +562,7 @@ const SwPageFrame* SwRootFrame::GetPageAtPos( const Point& rPt, const Size* pSiz pPage = pPage->GetNext(); } - OSL_ENSURE( GetPageNum() <= maPageRects.size(), "number of pages differes from page rect array size" ); + OSL_ENSURE( GetPageNum() <= maPageRects.size(), "number of pages differs from page rect array size" ); size_t nPageIdx = 0; while ( pPage && !pRet ) diff --git a/sw/source/core/layout/flowfrm.cxx b/sw/source/core/layout/flowfrm.cxx index 850fc4e303be..7b6693076274 100644 --- a/sw/source/core/layout/flowfrm.cxx +++ b/sw/source/core/layout/flowfrm.cxx @@ -1087,7 +1087,7 @@ bool SwFlowFrame::IsPrevObjMove() const |* If bAct is set to true, this function returns true if |* there's a PageBreak. |* Of course, we don't evaluate the hard page break for follows. -|* The page break is in it's own FrameFormat (BEFORE) or in the FrameFormat of the +|* The page break is in its own FrameFormat (BEFORE) or in the FrameFormat of the |* predecessor (AFTER). If there's no predecessor on the page, we don't |* need to think further. |* Also, a page break (or the need for one) is also present if @@ -1146,7 +1146,7 @@ bool SwFlowFrame::IsPageBreak( bool bAct ) const |* If bAct is set to true, we return true if there's a ColBreak. |* Of course, we don't evaluate the hard column break for follows. |* -|* The column break is in it's own FrameFormat (BEFORE) or in the FrameFormat of the +|* The column break is in its own FrameFormat (BEFORE) or in the FrameFormat of the |* predecessor (AFTER). If there's no predecessor in the column, we don't |* need to think further. |* The implementation works only on ContentFrames! - the definition @@ -1561,7 +1561,7 @@ SwTwips SwFlowFrame::_GetUpperSpaceAmountConsideredForPageGrid( return nUpperSpaceAmountConsideredForPageGrid; } -/** method to determent the upper space amount, which is considered for +/** method to determine the upper space amount, which is considered for the previous frame OD 2004-03-11 #i11860# diff --git a/sw/source/core/layout/fly.cxx b/sw/source/core/layout/fly.cxx index 57c7d1d036be..5a08f6dbde82 100644 --- a/sw/source/core/layout/fly.cxx +++ b/sw/source/core/layout/fly.cxx @@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ SwFlyFrame::SwFlyFrame( SwFlyFrameFormat *pFormat, SwFrame* pSib, SwFrame *pAnch void SwFlyFrame::Chain( SwFrame* _pAnch ) { - // Connect to chain neighboors. + // Connect to chain neighbours. // No problem, if a neighboor doesn't exist - the construction of the // neighboor will make the connection const SwFormatChain& rChain = GetFormat()->GetChain(); diff --git a/sw/source/core/layout/flylay.cxx b/sw/source/core/layout/flylay.cxx index 9088d5601b08..ddee9c7bac43 100644 --- a/sw/source/core/layout/flylay.cxx +++ b/sw/source/core/layout/flylay.cxx @@ -399,7 +399,7 @@ void SwFlyFreeFrame::CheckClip( const SwFormatFrameSize &rSz ) // the environment of the ole object does not have to be valid // at this moment, or even worse, it does not have to have a // reasonable size. In this case we do not want to change to - // attributes permanentely. Maybe one day somebody dares to remove + // attributes permanently. Maybe one day somebody dares to remove // this code. if ( aFrameRect.HasArea() && static_cast<SwContentFrame*>(Lower())->GetNode()->GetOLENode() && diff --git a/sw/source/core/layout/frmtool.cxx b/sw/source/core/layout/frmtool.cxx index 844b65241e59..6f8d05c390ac 100644 --- a/sw/source/core/layout/frmtool.cxx +++ b/sw/source/core/layout/frmtool.cxx @@ -1231,7 +1231,7 @@ void _InsertCnt( SwLayoutFrame *pLay, SwDoc *pDoc, //In the generation of the Layout bPages=true will be handed over. //Then will be new pages generated all x paragraphs already times in advance. - //On breaks and/or pagedescriptorchanges the correspondig will be generated + //On breaks and/or pagedescriptorchanges the corresponding will be generated //immediately. //The advantage is, that on one hand already a nearly realistic number of //pages are created, but above all there are no almost endless long chain diff --git a/sw/source/core/layout/layact.cxx b/sw/source/core/layout/layact.cxx index 38f0f71384a6..62a64a4eea2f 100644 --- a/sw/source/core/layout/layact.cxx +++ b/sw/source/core/layout/layact.cxx @@ -205,7 +205,7 @@ inline bool SwLayAction::_PaintContent( const SwContentFrame *pContent, } /** - * Depending of the type, the Content is output according to it's changes, or the area + * Depending of the type, the Content is output according to its changes, or the area * to be outputted is registered with the region, respectively. */ void SwLayAction::PaintContent( const SwContentFrame *pCnt, diff --git a/sw/source/core/layout/newfrm.cxx b/sw/source/core/layout/newfrm.cxx index 15d406983491..37984804ca18 100644 --- a/sw/source/core/layout/newfrm.cxx +++ b/sw/source/core/layout/newfrm.cxx @@ -559,7 +559,7 @@ void SwRootFrame::DestroyImpl() // Object ownership in writer and esp. in layout are a mess: Before the // document/layout split SwDoc and SwRootFrame were essentially one object // and magically/uncleanly worked around their common destruction by call - // to SwDoc::IsInDtor() -- even from the layout. As of now destuction of + // to SwDoc::IsInDtor() -- even from the layout. As of now destruction of // the layout proceeds forward through the frames. Since SwTextFootnote::DelFrames // also searches backwards to find the master of footnotes, they must be // considered to be owned by the SwRootFrame and also be destroyed here, diff --git a/sw/source/core/layout/ssfrm.cxx b/sw/source/core/layout/ssfrm.cxx index b20fadb93cbd..0465936332ec 100644 --- a/sw/source/core/layout/ssfrm.cxx +++ b/sw/source/core/layout/ssfrm.cxx @@ -597,7 +597,7 @@ const SwRect SwFrame::PaintArea() const bLeft = false; bRight = false; } - else if( pTmp->IsColumnFrame() ) // nobody enters neightbour columns + else if( pTmp->IsColumnFrame() ) // nobody enters neighbour columns { bool bR2L = pTmp->IsRightToLeft(); // the first column has _no_ influence to the left range diff --git a/sw/source/core/layout/tabfrm.cxx b/sw/source/core/layout/tabfrm.cxx index 236ac881d9d7..a45a1f4059d0 100644 --- a/sw/source/core/layout/tabfrm.cxx +++ b/sw/source/core/layout/tabfrm.cxx @@ -3297,7 +3297,7 @@ bool SwTabFrame::ShouldBwdMoved( SwLayoutFrame *pNewUpper, bool, bool &rReformat // the tabfrm may not have a correct position. Therefore // it is possible that pNewUpper->Prt().Height == 0. In this // case the above calculation of nSpace might give wrong - // results and we really do not want to MoveBackwrd into a + // results and we really do not want to MoveBackward into a // 0 height frame. If nTmpSpace is already <= 0, we take this // value: const SwTwips nTmpSpace = (aRect.*fnRectX->fnGetHeight)(); diff --git a/sw/source/core/layout/trvlfrm.cxx b/sw/source/core/layout/trvlfrm.cxx index c955254f9116..c8f4911924a5 100644 --- a/sw/source/core/layout/trvlfrm.cxx +++ b/sw/source/core/layout/trvlfrm.cxx @@ -267,7 +267,7 @@ bool SwPageFrame::GetCursorOfst( SwPosition *pPos, Point &rPoint, else { /* In order to provide a selection as accurable as possible when we have both - * text and brackground object, then we compute the distance between both + * text and background object, then we compute the distance between both * would-be positions and the click point. The shortest distance wins. */ double nTextDistance = 0; diff --git a/sw/source/core/layout/wsfrm.cxx b/sw/source/core/layout/wsfrm.cxx index 032177a40d31..c3bc3479663d 100644 --- a/sw/source/core/layout/wsfrm.cxx +++ b/sw/source/core/layout/wsfrm.cxx @@ -582,7 +582,7 @@ void SwFrame::InsertBehind( SwLayoutFrame *pParent, SwFrame *pBefore ) } } -/** Insert a chain of SwFrames into an existing struction +/** Insert a chain of SwFrames into an existing structure * * Currently, this method is used to insert a SectionFrame (which may have some siblings) into an * existing structure. If the third parameter is NULL, this method is (besides handling the diff --git a/sw/source/core/ole/ndole.cxx b/sw/source/core/ole/ndole.cxx index 608e79248f95..b9049d7f9cbd 100644 --- a/sw/source/core/ole/ndole.cxx +++ b/sw/source/core/ole/ndole.cxx @@ -487,7 +487,7 @@ bool SwOLENode::IsInGlobalDocSection() const } // pAnchorNd contains the most recently found Section Node, which - // now must fulfill the prerequesites for the GlobalDoc + // now must fulfill the prerequisites for the GlobalDoc pSectNd = static_cast<const SwSectionNode*>(pAnchorNd); return FILE_LINK_SECTION == pSectNd->GetSection().GetType() && pSectNd->GetIndex() > nEndExtraIdx; diff --git a/sw/source/core/table/swnewtable.cxx b/sw/source/core/table/swnewtable.cxx index 83a6a82cb9ca..1103e651f73b 100644 --- a/sw/source/core/table/swnewtable.cxx +++ b/sw/source/core/table/swnewtable.cxx @@ -1145,7 +1145,7 @@ static void lcl_FillSelBoxes( SwSelBoxes &rBoxes, SwTableLine &rLine ) rBoxes.insert( rLine.GetTabBoxes()[i] ); } -/** SwTable::InsertSpannedRow(..) inserts "superfluous" rows, i.e. rows containig +/** SwTable::InsertSpannedRow(..) inserts "superfluous" rows, i.e. rows containing overlapped cells only. This is a preparation for an upcoming split. */ diff --git a/sw/source/core/text/guess.cxx b/sw/source/core/text/guess.cxx index 939fe331b2c9..f401fcbb489b 100644 --- a/sw/source/core/text/guess.cxx +++ b/sw/source/core/text/guess.cxx @@ -513,7 +513,7 @@ bool SwTextGuess::Guess( const SwTextPortion& rPor, SwTextFormatInfo &rInf, return false; } -// returns true if word at position nPos has a diffenrent spelling +// returns true if word at position nPos has a different spelling // if hyphenated at this position (old german spelling) bool SwTextGuess::AlternativeSpelling( const SwTextFormatInfo &rInf, const sal_Int32 nPos ) diff --git a/sw/source/core/text/inftxt.hxx b/sw/source/core/text/inftxt.hxx index e1f36662845b..2ffce5e372e1 100644 --- a/sw/source/core/text/inftxt.hxx +++ b/sw/source/core/text/inftxt.hxx @@ -689,7 +689,7 @@ public: * For the text replacement and restoration of SwTextSizeInfo. * The way this is done is a bit of a hack: Although rInf is const we change it * anyway. - * Because rInf is restorated again in the DTOR, we can do this. + * Because rInf is restored again in the DTOR, we can do this. * You could call it a "logical const", if you wish. */ class SwTextSlot diff --git a/sw/source/core/text/itratr.cxx b/sw/source/core/text/itratr.cxx index 03f80de1164c..5a413efa353f 100644 --- a/sw/source/core/text/itratr.cxx +++ b/sw/source/core/text/itratr.cxx @@ -706,7 +706,7 @@ void SwTextNode::GetMinMaxSize( sal_uLong nIndex, sal_uLong& rMin, sal_uLong &rM if( RES_FLYFRMFMT == pFrameFormat->Which() && rTmpSize.GetWidthPercent() ) { - // This is a hack for the wollowing situation: In the paragraph there's a + // This is a hack for the following situation: In the paragraph there's a // text frame with relative size. Then let's take 0.5 cm as minimum width // and USHRT_MAX as maximum width // It were cleaner and maybe necessary later on to iterate over the content diff --git a/sw/source/core/text/itrcrsr.cxx b/sw/source/core/text/itrcrsr.cxx index 79f2e1e79c9e..b1ddd9397925 100644 --- a/sw/source/core/text/itrcrsr.cxx +++ b/sw/source/core/text/itrcrsr.cxx @@ -655,7 +655,7 @@ void SwTextCursor::_GetCharRect( SwRect* pOrig, const sal_Int32 nOfst, { pLastBidiPor = static_cast<SwBidiPortion*>(pPor); nLastBidiPorWidth = pLastBidiPor->Width() + - pLastBidiPor->CalcSpacing( nSpaceAdd, aInf );; + pLastBidiPor->CalcSpacing( nSpaceAdd, aInf ); } } diff --git a/sw/source/core/text/itrform2.cxx b/sw/source/core/text/itrform2.cxx index f23245979ba0..9e6df3550d4d 100644 --- a/sw/source/core/text/itrform2.cxx +++ b/sw/source/core/text/itrform2.cxx @@ -1345,7 +1345,7 @@ SwLinePortion *SwTextFormatter::NewPortion( SwTextFormatInfo &rInf ) // #127428# Abandon dec. tab position if line is full // We have a decimal tab portion in the line and the next character has to be // aligned at the tab stop position. We store the width from the beginning of - // the tab stop portion up to the portion containint the decimal separator: + // the tab stop portion up to the portion containing the decimal separator: if ( GetTextFrame()->GetTextNode()->getIDocumentSettingAccess()->get(DocumentSettingId::TAB_COMPAT) /*rInf.GetVsh()->IsTabCompat();*/ && POR_TABDECIMAL == pLastTabPortion->GetWhichPor() ) { diff --git a/sw/source/core/text/porfld.cxx b/sw/source/core/text/porfld.cxx index d28a18be387c..f72820b50544 100644 --- a/sw/source/core/text/porfld.cxx +++ b/sw/source/core/text/porfld.cxx @@ -409,7 +409,7 @@ bool SwFieldPortion::Format( SwTextFormatInfo &rInf ) SetHasFollow( true ); // For a newly created field, nNextOffset contains the Offset - // of it's start of the original string + // of its start of the original string // If a FollowField is created when formatting, this FollowField's // Offset is being held in nNextOffset nNextOffset = nNextOffset + nNextOfst; diff --git a/sw/source/core/text/porlay.cxx b/sw/source/core/text/porlay.cxx index e29d93f485a7..06a30aa41b31 100644 --- a/sw/source/core/text/porlay.cxx +++ b/sw/source/core/text/porlay.cxx @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ static bool lcl_HasStrongLTR ( const OUString& rText, sal_Int32 nStart, sal_Int } // class SwLineLayout: This is the layout of a single line, which is made -// up of it's dimension, the character count and the word spacing in the line. +// up of its dimension, the character count and the word spacing in the line. // Line objects are managed in an own pool, in order to store them continuously // in memory so that they are paged out together and don't fragment memory. SwLineLayout::~SwLineLayout() diff --git a/sw/source/core/text/pormulti.cxx b/sw/source/core/text/pormulti.cxx index 53219bf4ca28..f720384413d5 100644 --- a/sw/source/core/text/pormulti.cxx +++ b/sw/source/core/text/pormulti.cxx @@ -256,7 +256,7 @@ SwDoubleLinePortion::SwDoubleLinePortion(SwDoubleLinePortion& rDouble, sal_Int32 // This constructor uses the textattribute to get the right brackets. // The textattribute could be a 2-line-attribute or a character- or -// internetstyle, which contains the 2-line-attribute. +// internet style, which contains the 2-line-attribute. SwDoubleLinePortion::SwDoubleLinePortion(const SwMultiCreator& rCreate, sal_Int32 nEnd) : SwMultiPortion(nEnd) , pBracket(new SwBracket()) @@ -1599,7 +1599,7 @@ static bool lcl_ExtractFieldFollow( SwLineLayout* pLine, SwLinePortion* &rpField } // If a multi portion completely has to go to the -// next line, this function is called to trunctate +// next line, this function is called to truncate // the rest of the remaining multi portion static void lcl_TruncateMultiPortion( SwMultiPortion& rMulti, SwTextFormatInfo& rInf, sal_Int32 nStartIdx ) diff --git a/sw/source/core/text/txtftn.cxx b/sw/source/core/text/txtftn.cxx index c9169818a3c5..8082dd29e45e 100644 --- a/sw/source/core/text/txtftn.cxx +++ b/sw/source/core/text/txtftn.cxx @@ -1208,7 +1208,7 @@ sal_Int32 SwTextFormatter::FormatQuoVadis( const sal_Int32 nOffset ) /** * This function creates a Line that reaches to the other Page Margin. - * DummyLines or DummyPortions make sure, that osicllations stop, because + * DummyLines or DummyPortions make sure, that oscillations stop, because * there's no way to flow back. * They are used for Footnotes in paragraph-bound Frames and for Footnote * oscillations diff --git a/sw/source/core/txtnode/fntcache.cxx b/sw/source/core/txtnode/fntcache.cxx index 1b5ebbde0ade..0fe25b3f53c2 100644 --- a/sw/source/core/txtnode/fntcache.cxx +++ b/sw/source/core/txtnode/fntcache.cxx @@ -553,7 +553,7 @@ void SwFntObj::GuessLeading( const SwViewShell& } else { - // If all else fails, take 15% of the height, as emprically + // If all else fails, take 15% of the height, as empirically // determined by CL nGuessedLeading = (nWinHeight * 15) / 100; } diff --git a/sw/source/core/txtnode/ndhints.cxx b/sw/source/core/txtnode/ndhints.cxx index 5e4baaa09a36..3d355a0b2b3c 100644 --- a/sw/source/core/txtnode/ndhints.cxx +++ b/sw/source/core/txtnode/ndhints.cxx @@ -252,7 +252,7 @@ bool SwpHints::Check(bool bPortionsMerged) const ->GetSortNumber() != static_txtattr_cast<const SwTextCharFormat *>(pHtLast) ->GetSortNumber()) - ) // multiple CHARFMT on same range need distinct sortnr + ) // multiple CHARFMT on same range need distinct sortner ) || (pHtThis->GetStart() == *pHtThis->End()), // this empty "HintsCheck: Portion inconsistency. " diff --git a/sw/source/core/txtnode/swfont.cxx b/sw/source/core/txtnode/swfont.cxx index 989e7d94bc54..06b524eb7e1c 100644 --- a/sw/source/core/txtnode/swfont.cxx +++ b/sw/source/core/txtnode/swfont.cxx @@ -391,7 +391,7 @@ sal_uInt16 MapDirection( sal_uInt16 nDir, const bool bVertFormat ) return nDir; } -// maps the absolute direction set at the font to its logical conterpart +// maps the absolute direction set at the font to its logical counterpart // in the rotated environment sal_uInt16 UnMapDirection( sal_uInt16 nDir, const bool bVertFormat ) { diff --git a/sw/source/core/unocore/unochart.cxx b/sw/source/core/unocore/unochart.cxx index 45372893af17..5a251dd334d1 100644 --- a/sw/source/core/unocore/unochart.cxx +++ b/sw/source/core/unocore/unochart.cxx @@ -1624,7 +1624,7 @@ void SwChartDataProvider::DisposeAllDataSequences( const SwTable *pTable ) * SwChartDataProvider::AddRowCols tries to notify charts of added columns * or rows and extends the value sequence respectively (if possible). * If those can be added to the end of existing value data-sequences those - * sequences get mofdified accordingly and will send a modification + * sequences get modified accordingly and will send a modification * notification (calling 'setModified * * Since this function is a work-around for non existent Writer core functionality diff --git a/sw/source/core/unocore/unoframe.cxx b/sw/source/core/unocore/unoframe.cxx index 0b253ed59152..36d69e20a3f6 100644 --- a/sw/source/core/unocore/unoframe.cxx +++ b/sw/source/core/unocore/unoframe.cxx @@ -1206,7 +1206,7 @@ SwXFrame::SwXFrame(FlyCntType eSet, const ::SfxItemPropertySet* pSet, SwDoc *pDo // get the property set for the default style data // First get the model uno::Reference < XModel > xModel = pDoc->GetDocShell()->GetBaseModel(); - // Ask the model for it's family supplier interface + // Ask the model for its family supplier interface uno::Reference < XStyleFamiliesSupplier > xFamilySupplier ( xModel, uno::UNO_QUERY ); // Get the style families uno::Reference < XNameAccess > xFamilies = xFamilySupplier->getStyleFamilies(); @@ -3563,7 +3563,7 @@ void SAL_CALL SwXTextEmbeddedObject::release()throw() ::uno::Any SAL_CALL SwXTextEmbeddedObject::queryInterface( const uno::Type& aType ) throw( uno::RuntimeException, std::exception) { - ::uno::Any aRet = SwXFrame::queryInterface(aType);; + ::uno::Any aRet = SwXFrame::queryInterface(aType); if(aRet.getValueType() == cppu::UnoType<void>::get()) aRet = SwXTextEmbeddedObjectBaseClass::queryInterface(aType); return aRet; diff --git a/sw/source/core/unocore/unoparagraph.cxx b/sw/source/core/unocore/unoparagraph.cxx index 8cf08e4f741b..f8d31c57cbb7 100644 --- a/sw/source/core/unocore/unoparagraph.cxx +++ b/sw/source/core/unocore/unoparagraph.cxx @@ -821,7 +821,7 @@ throw (uno::RuntimeException, std::exception) SwPosition aPos( rTextNode ); SwPaM aPam( aPos ); // handle properties that are not part of the attribute - // and thus only pretendend to be paragraph attributes + // and thus only pretended to be paragraph attributes beans::PropertyState eTemp; const bool bDone = SwUnoCursorHelper::getCursorPropertyValue( diff --git a/sw/source/core/unocore/unostyle.cxx b/sw/source/core/unocore/unostyle.cxx index 48c3c9c68809..7227aed09d34 100644 --- a/sw/source/core/unocore/unostyle.cxx +++ b/sw/source/core/unocore/unostyle.cxx @@ -3581,7 +3581,7 @@ uno::Sequence< uno::Any > SAL_CALL SwXPageStyle::GetPropertyValues_Impl( // TextLeft returns the left content if there is one, // Text and TextRight return the master content. // TextRight does the same as Text and is for - // comptability only. + // compatability only. if( bLeft && !bShare ) { pFrameFormat = &pDesc->GetLeft(); diff --git a/sw/source/core/view/pagepreviewlayout.cxx b/sw/source/core/view/pagepreviewlayout.cxx index 05519c54f4a6..10df5f5c3873 100644 --- a/sw/source/core/view/pagepreviewlayout.cxx +++ b/sw/source/core/view/pagepreviewlayout.cxx @@ -579,7 +579,7 @@ void SwPagePreviewLayout::_CalcPreviewPages() sal_uInt16 nCurrCol = mnPaintStartCol; sal_uInt16 nConsideredRows = 0; Point aCurrPaintOffset = aInitialPaintOffset; - // loop on pages to determine preview background retangles + // loop on pages to determine preview background rectangles while ( pPage && (!mbDoesLayoutRowsFitIntoWindow || nConsideredRows < mnRows) && aCurrPaintOffset.Y() < maWinSize.Height() diff --git a/sw/source/filter/html/css1atr.cxx b/sw/source/filter/html/css1atr.cxx index 202020f083f0..e37125aa0ad3 100644 --- a/sw/source/filter/html/css1atr.cxx +++ b/sw/source/filter/html/css1atr.cxx @@ -223,7 +223,7 @@ void SwHTMLWriter::OutCSS1_Property( const sal_Char *pProp, sOut.append("<" OOO_STRING_SVTOOLS_HTML_style " " OOO_STRING_SVTOOLS_HTML_O_type "=\"text/css\">"); // Optional CSS2 code for dot leaders (dotted line between the Table of Contents titles and page numbers): - // (More inforation: http://www.w3.org/Style/Examples/007/leaders.en.html) + // (More information: http://www.w3.org/Style/Examples/007/leaders.en.html) // // p.leaders { // /* FIXME: @@ -2723,7 +2723,7 @@ static Writer& OutCSS1_SvxFontWeight( Writer& rWrt, const SfxPoolItem& rHt ) break; case WEIGHT_ULTRABOLD: pStr = sCSS1_PV_extra_bold; break; default: - pStr = sCSS1_PV_normal;; + pStr = sCSS1_PV_normal; } if( pStr ) diff --git a/sw/source/filter/html/htmltab.cxx b/sw/source/filter/html/htmltab.cxx index 0559b5f81a40..02dfb42cd009 100644 --- a/sw/source/filter/html/htmltab.cxx +++ b/sw/source/filter/html/htmltab.cxx @@ -428,7 +428,7 @@ class HTMLTable bool bHasToFly; bool bFixedCols; bool bColSpec; // where there COL(GROUP)-elements? - bool bPrcWidth; // width is declarated in % + bool bPrcWidth; // width is declared in % SwHTMLParser *pParser; // the current parser HTMLTable *pTopTable; // the table on the Top-Level diff --git a/sw/source/filter/html/swhtml.cxx b/sw/source/filter/html/swhtml.cxx index 6b168eceb677..e208f06daf6c 100644 --- a/sw/source/filter/html/swhtml.cxx +++ b/sw/source/filter/html/swhtml.cxx @@ -3060,7 +3060,7 @@ bool SwHTMLParser::EndAttr( _HTMLAttr* pAttr, _HTMLAttr **ppDepAttr, nEndCnt != pAttr->GetSttCnt() ) { bInsert = true; - // We do some optimization for script depenedent attributes here. + // We do some optimization for script dependent attributes here. if( *pEndIdx == pAttr->GetSttPara() ) { bool bFont = false; diff --git a/sw/source/filter/inc/wwstyles.hxx b/sw/source/filter/inc/wwstyles.hxx index efb11063fc02..c091ec2e7025 100644 --- a/sw/source/filter/inc/wwstyles.hxx +++ b/sw/source/filter/inc/wwstyles.hxx @@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ namespace ww /** Find the WinWord english name from a sti index - Map the word style index to it's english name + Map the word style index to its english name @param sti the Style index diff --git a/sw/source/filter/ww8/docxattributeoutput.cxx b/sw/source/filter/ww8/docxattributeoutput.cxx index 4c5851e373e2..7958bf7eb315 100644 --- a/sw/source/filter/ww8/docxattributeoutput.cxx +++ b/sw/source/filter/ww8/docxattributeoutput.cxx @@ -971,7 +971,7 @@ void DocxAttributeOutput::EndParagraphProperties(const SfxItemSet& rParagraphMar // Call the 'Redline' function. This will add redline (change-tracking) information that regards to paragraph properties. // This includes changes like 'Bold', 'Underline', 'Strikethrough' etc. - // If there is RedlineData present, call WriteCollectedParagraphProperties() for writting pPr before calling Redline(). + // If there is RedlineData present, call WriteCollectedParagraphProperties() for writing pPr before calling Redline(). // As there will be another pPr for redline and LO might mix both. if(pRedlineData) WriteCollectedParagraphProperties(); @@ -5619,7 +5619,7 @@ static OString impl_NumberingType( sal_uInt16 nNumberingType ) return aType; } -// Convertig Level Numbering Format Code to string +// Converting Level Numbering Format Code to string static OString impl_LevelNFC( sal_uInt16 nNumberingType , const SfxItemSet *pOutSet) { OString aType; diff --git a/sw/source/filter/ww8/rtfattributeoutput.cxx b/sw/source/filter/ww8/rtfattributeoutput.cxx index f3c0409729ae..8a3b3948c063 100644 --- a/sw/source/filter/ww8/rtfattributeoutput.cxx +++ b/sw/source/filter/ww8/rtfattributeoutput.cxx @@ -183,8 +183,8 @@ void RtfAttributeOutput::RTLAndCJKState(bool bIsRTL, sal_uInt16 nScript) You would have thought that m_rExport.Strm() << (bIsRTL ? OOO_STRING_SVTOOLS_RTF_RTLCH : OOO_STRING_SVTOOLS_RTF_LTRCH); would be sufficient here , but looks like word needs to see the other directional token to be - satisified that all is kosher, otherwise it seems in ver 2003 to go and - semi-randomlyly stick strike through about the place. Perhaps + satisfied that all is kosher, otherwise it seems in ver 2003 to go and + semi-randomly stick strike through about the place. Perhaps strikethrough is some ms developers "something is wrong signal" debugging code that we're triggering ? */ @@ -776,7 +776,7 @@ void RtfAttributeOutput::TableDefaultBorders(ww8::WW8TableNodeInfoInner::Pointer OOO_STRING_SVTOOLS_RTF_CLBRDRT, OOO_STRING_SVTOOLS_RTF_CLBRDRL, OOO_STRING_SVTOOLS_RTF_CLBRDRB, OOO_STRING_SVTOOLS_RTF_CLBRDRR }; //Yes left and top are swapped with eachother for cell padding! Because - //that's what the thunderingly annoying rtf export/import word xp does. + //that's what the thundering annoying rtf export/import word xp does. static const char* aCellPadNames[] = { OOO_STRING_SVTOOLS_RTF_CLPADL, OOO_STRING_SVTOOLS_RTF_CLPADT, OOO_STRING_SVTOOLS_RTF_CLPADB, OOO_STRING_SVTOOLS_RTF_CLPADR diff --git a/sw/source/filter/ww8/rtfstringbuffer.hxx b/sw/source/filter/ww8/rtfstringbuffer.hxx index f917347d8872..dd9300657f5f 100644 --- a/sw/source/filter/ww8/rtfstringbuffer.hxx +++ b/sw/source/filter/ww8/rtfstringbuffer.hxx @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ public: sal_Int32 getLength() const; /// Writes the contents of the buffer directly to the supplied stream. void makeStringAndClear(RtfAttributeOutput* pAttributeOutput); - /// Returns the bufferent strings as a string (ignores graphic elements!) + /// Returns the buffered strings as a string (ignores graphic elements!) OString makeStringAndClear(); /// Access to the last buffer. OStringBuffer& getLastBuffer(); diff --git a/sw/source/filter/ww8/writerhelper.hxx b/sw/source/filter/ww8/writerhelper.hxx index 6c60d7760492..5be0823fed39 100644 --- a/sw/source/filter/ww8/writerhelper.hxx +++ b/sw/source/filter/ww8/writerhelper.hxx @@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ namespace ww8 In word all frames are effectively anchored to character or as character. This is nice and simple, writer is massively complex in this area, so this ww8::Frame simplifies matters by providing a single unified - view of the multitute of elements in writer and their differing quirks. + view of the multitude of elements in writer and their differing quirks. A ww8::Frame wraps a writer frame and is guaranteed to have a suitable anchor position available from it. It hides much of the needless diff --git a/sw/source/filter/ww8/writerwordglue.cxx b/sw/source/filter/ww8/writerwordglue.cxx index d42389f93633..aeeced99907d 100644 --- a/sw/source/filter/ww8/writerwordglue.cxx +++ b/sw/source/filter/ww8/writerwordglue.cxx @@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ namespace myImplHelpers /* SwTextFormatColl and SwCharFormat are quite distinct types and how they are - gotten is also distinct, but the algorithm to match word's eqivalents into + gotten is also distinct, but the algorithm to match word's equivalents into them is the same, so we put the different stuff into two separate helper implementations and a core template that uses the helpers that uses the same algorithm to do the work. We'll make the helpers specializations of a @@ -500,7 +500,7 @@ namespace sw All we want to do is ensure for now is that if a charfmt exist in the character properties that it rises to the top and is exported first. In the future we might find more ordering - depandancies for export, in which case this is the place to do + dependencies for export, in which case this is the place to do it */ if (nA == nB) diff --git a/sw/source/filter/ww8/writerwordglue.hxx b/sw/source/filter/ww8/writerwordglue.hxx index 4e09a0a2bfc2..0e8ec8558822 100644 --- a/sw/source/filter/ww8/writerwordglue.hxx +++ b/sw/source/filter/ww8/writerwordglue.hxx @@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ namespace sw else is the same. So this function compares two writer page fmts and sees if the - follow frame and the title frame are the same from word persecptive + follow frame and the title frame are the same from word perspective except for the content of their headers. @return true if the rTitleFormat followed by rFollowFormat could be diff --git a/sw/source/filter/ww8/wrtw8nds.cxx b/sw/source/filter/ww8/wrtw8nds.cxx index e0958e332da2..c3d46f15e441 100644 --- a/sw/source/filter/ww8/wrtw8nds.cxx +++ b/sw/source/filter/ww8/wrtw8nds.cxx @@ -2164,7 +2164,7 @@ void MSWordExportBase::OutputTextNode( const SwTextNode& rNode ) AppendAnnotationMarks( rNode, nAktPos, nNextAttr - nAktPos ); // At the moment smarttags are only written for paragraphs, at the - // begining of the paragraph. + // beginning of the paragraph. if (nAktPos == 0) AppendSmartTags(rNode); diff --git a/sw/source/filter/ww8/wrtww8.hxx b/sw/source/filter/ww8/wrtww8.hxx index f32281d3f584..e2ef06c19573 100644 --- a/sw/source/filter/ww8/wrtww8.hxx +++ b/sw/source/filter/ww8/wrtww8.hxx @@ -580,7 +580,7 @@ public: /// Iterate through the nodes and call the appropriate OutputNode() on them. void WriteText(); - /// Return whether cuurently exported node is in table. + /// Return whether currently exported node is in table. bool IsInTable() const; /// Set the pCurPam appropriately and call WriteText(). diff --git a/sw/source/filter/ww8/ww8graf2.cxx b/sw/source/filter/ww8/ww8graf2.cxx index 194e2105d511..23599896699e 100644 --- a/sw/source/filter/ww8/ww8graf2.cxx +++ b/sw/source/filter/ww8/ww8graf2.cxx @@ -336,7 +336,7 @@ void SwWW8ImplReader::ReplaceObj(const SdrObject &rReplaceObj, rSubObj.SetLayer(rReplaceObj.GetLayer()); // remove old object from group-list and add new one - // (this also exchanges it in the drwaing page) + // (this also exchanges it in the drawing page) pObjectList->ReplaceObject(&rSubObj, rReplaceObj.GetOrdNum()); } else diff --git a/sw/source/filter/ww8/ww8par.cxx b/sw/source/filter/ww8/ww8par.cxx index 04203c352cd3..2dae4927f2c4 100644 --- a/sw/source/filter/ww8/ww8par.cxx +++ b/sw/source/filter/ww8/ww8par.cxx @@ -752,7 +752,7 @@ SdrObject* SwMSDffManager::ProcessObj(SvStream& rSt, ); } - // Distance of Textbox to it's surrounding Autoshape + // Distance of Textbox to its surrounding Autoshape sal_Int32 nTextLeft = GetPropertyValue( DFF_Prop_dxTextLeft, 91440L); sal_Int32 nTextRight = GetPropertyValue( DFF_Prop_dxTextRight, 91440L ); sal_Int32 nTextTop = GetPropertyValue( DFF_Prop_dyTextTop, 45720L ); @@ -6293,7 +6293,7 @@ bool SwMSDffManager::GetOLEStorageName(long nOLEId, OUString& rStorageName, if (rReader.m_pStg) { // Via the TextBox-PLCF we get the right char Start-End positions - // We should then find the EmbedField and the corresponding Sprms + // We should then find the EmbeddedField and the corresponding Sprms // in that Area. // We only need the Sprm for the Picture Id. long nOldPos = rReader.m_pStrm->Tell(); diff --git a/sw/source/filter/ww8/ww8par.hxx b/sw/source/filter/ww8/ww8par.hxx index 65632bd9d90b..425b32388d82 100644 --- a/sw/source/filter/ww8/ww8par.hxx +++ b/sw/source/filter/ww8/ww8par.hxx @@ -1131,7 +1131,7 @@ private: as they are encountered, and so their end point is normally unimportant. But hyperlink fields need to be applied as attributes to text and it is far easier and safer to set the end point of an attribute when we - encounter the end marker of the field instead of caculating in advance + encounter the end marker of the field instead of calculating in advance where the end point will fall, to do so fully correctly duplicates the main logic of the filter itself. */ diff --git a/sw/source/filter/ww8/ww8par2.cxx b/sw/source/filter/ww8/ww8par2.cxx index 3501d63d1911..27b82a46c63d 100644 --- a/sw/source/filter/ww8/ww8par2.cxx +++ b/sw/source/filter/ww8/ww8par2.cxx @@ -2143,7 +2143,7 @@ void WW8TabDesc::CalcDefaults() // 2. pass: Detect number of writer columns. This can exceed the count // of columns in WW by 2, because SW in constrast to WW does not provide // fringed left and right borders and has to fill with empty boxes. - // Non exisitent cells can reduce the number of columns. + // Non existent cells can reduce the number of columns. // 3. pass: Replace border with defaults if needed nConvertedLeft = nMinLeft; @@ -2884,7 +2884,7 @@ bool WW8TabDesc::SetPamInCell(short nWwCol, bool bPam) pIo->SetLowerSpacing(*pIo->m_pPaM, 0); //We need to set the pPaM on the first cell, invalid - //or not so that we can collect paragraph proproties over + //or not so that we can collect paragraph properties over //all the cells, but in that case on the valid cell we do not //want to reset the fmt properties sal_uLong nSttNd = pTabBox->GetSttIdx() + 1, diff --git a/sw/source/filter/ww8/ww8par5.cxx b/sw/source/filter/ww8/ww8par5.cxx index d04418b3b0d6..b8457e713cc7 100644 --- a/sw/source/filter/ww8/ww8par5.cxx +++ b/sw/source/filter/ww8/ww8par5.cxx @@ -2495,7 +2495,7 @@ eF_ResT SwWW8ImplReader::Read_F_DBNum( WW8FieldDesc*, OUString& ) /* EQ , only the usage for a. Combined Characters supported, must be exactly in the form that word - only accepts as combined charactersm, i.e. + only accepts as combined characters, i.e. eq \o(\s\up Y(XXX),\s\do Y(XXX)) b. Ruby Text supported, must be in the form that word recognizes as being ruby text diff --git a/sw/source/filter/ww8/ww8par6.cxx b/sw/source/filter/ww8/ww8par6.cxx index 2a9da61281e7..092f5650f3eb 100644 --- a/sw/source/filter/ww8/ww8par6.cxx +++ b/sw/source/filter/ww8/ww8par6.cxx @@ -2522,7 +2522,7 @@ void SwWW8ImplReader::StopApo() { //If the last anchor pos is here, then clear the anchor pos. //This "last anchor pos" is only used for fixing up the - //postions of things anchored to page breaks and here + //positions of things anchored to page breaks and here //we are removing the last paragraph of a frame, so there //cannot be a page break at this point so we can //safely reset m_pLastAnchorPos to avoid any dangling diff --git a/sw/source/filter/ww8/ww8scan.cxx b/sw/source/filter/ww8/ww8scan.cxx index 3dda138a172b..66c18b14fecc 100644 --- a/sw/source/filter/ww8/ww8scan.cxx +++ b/sw/source/filter/ww8/ww8scan.cxx @@ -1839,7 +1839,7 @@ static bool WW8GetFieldPara(WW8PLCFspecial& rPLCF, WW8FieldDesc& rF) } rF.nLen = rF.nLRes - rF.nSCode + 2; // nLRes is still the final position rF.nLRes -= rF.nSRes; // now: nLRes = length - rF.nSRes++; // Endpos encluding Markers + rF.nSRes++; // Endpos including Markers rF.nLRes--; }else{ rF.nLRes = 0; // no result found @@ -6856,7 +6856,7 @@ WW8Fonts::WW8Fonts( SvStream& rSt, WW8Fib& rFib ) nMax = nCalcMax; else { - //newer versions include purportive count of fonts, so take min of that + //newer versions include supportive count of fonts, so take min of that //and calced max nMax = std::min(nMax, nCalcMax); } diff --git a/sw/source/filter/ww8/ww8toolbar.cxx b/sw/source/filter/ww8/ww8toolbar.cxx index 2a2eaab5fd2e..e1180b3c6a64 100644 --- a/sw/source/filter/ww8/ww8toolbar.cxx +++ b/sw/source/filter/ww8/ww8toolbar.cxx @@ -684,7 +684,7 @@ SwTBC::ImportToolBarControl( SwCTBWrapper& rWrapper, const css::uno::Reference< SAL_INFO("sw.ww8","cmt is cmtAllocated [???] 0x" << std::hex << arg2); break; case 7: - SAL_INFO("sw.ww8","cmt is cmNill no-phing 0x" << std::hex << arg2); + SAL_INFO("sw.ww8","cmt is cmNill no-thing 0x" << std::hex << arg2); break; default: SAL_INFO("sw.ww8","illegal 0x" << std::hex << cmt); diff --git a/sw/source/filter/xml/XMLRedlineImportHelper.cxx b/sw/source/filter/xml/XMLRedlineImportHelper.cxx index af85125689db..7333d3f36a5d 100644 --- a/sw/source/filter/xml/XMLRedlineImportHelper.cxx +++ b/sw/source/filter/xml/XMLRedlineImportHelper.cxx @@ -424,7 +424,7 @@ void XMLRedlineImportHelper::Add( { // 3b) we already have a redline with this name: hierarchical redlines // insert pInfo as last element in the chain. - // (hierarchy sanity checking happens on insertino into the document) + // (hierarchy sanity checking happens on inserting into the document) // find last element RedlineInfo* pInfoChain; diff --git a/sw/source/filter/xml/swxml.cxx b/sw/source/filter/xml/swxml.cxx index cae28ea0f8fd..7c9b2412a65b 100644 --- a/sw/source/filter/xml/swxml.cxx +++ b/sw/source/filter/xml/swxml.cxx @@ -918,7 +918,7 @@ sal_uLong XMLReader::Read( SwDoc &rDoc, const OUString& rBaseURL, SwPaM &rPaM, c // ... restore redline mode // (First set bogus mode to make sure the mode in getIDocumentRedlineAccess().SetRedlineMode() - // is different from it's previous mode.) + // is different from its previous mode.) rDoc.getIDocumentRedlineAccess().SetRedlineMode_intern((RedlineMode_t)( ~nRedlineMode )); rDoc.getIDocumentRedlineAccess().SetRedlineMode( (RedlineMode_t)( nRedlineMode )); diff --git a/sw/source/filter/xml/xmlimp.cxx b/sw/source/filter/xml/xmlimp.cxx index 9a34e8f00b28..f74e3f2fb441 100644 --- a/sw/source/filter/xml/xmlimp.cxx +++ b/sw/source/filter/xml/xmlimp.cxx @@ -860,7 +860,7 @@ void SwXMLImport::endDocument() GetTextImport()->ResetCursor(); - m_pSttNdIdx.reset();; + m_pSttNdIdx.reset(); // SJ: #i49801# -> now permitting repaints if ( pDoc ) diff --git a/sw/source/filter/xml/xmltbli.cxx b/sw/source/filter/xml/xmltbli.cxx index a5ec78a33e5f..eda3db88f092 100644 --- a/sw/source/filter/xml/xmltbli.cxx +++ b/sw/source/filter/xml/xmltbli.cxx @@ -2259,7 +2259,7 @@ SwTableLine *SwXMLTableContext::MakeTableLine( SwTableBox *pUpper, } else { - // No subtabels: We use the new table model. + // No subtables: we use the new table model. SwXMLTableCell_Impl *pCell = GetCell(nTopRow,nCol); // #i95726# - some fault tolerance @@ -2332,7 +2332,7 @@ SwTableLine *SwXMLTableContext::MakeTableLine( SwTableBox *pUpper, // column, and the remaining fragment could be divided // into lines. Anyway, it could be that this applies to // the next column, too. That for, we check the next - // column but rememeber the current one as a good place to + // column but remember the current one as a good place to // split. nSplitCol = nCol + 1UL; } diff --git a/sw/source/ui/chrdlg/break.cxx b/sw/source/ui/chrdlg/break.cxx index 49e4b3433b00..4f53dff41419 100644 --- a/sw/source/ui/chrdlg/break.cxx +++ b/sw/source/ui/chrdlg/break.cxx @@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ SwBreakDlg::SwBreakDlg( vcl::Window *pParent, SwWrtShell &rS ) m_pColumnBtn->SetClickHdl( aLk ); m_pPageCollBox->SetSelectHdl( LINK(this,SwBreakDlg,SelectHdl) ); - get<OKButton>("ok")->SetClickHdl(LINK(this,SwBreakDlg,OkHdl));; + get<OKButton>("ok")->SetClickHdl(LINK(this,SwBreakDlg,OkHdl)); m_pPageNumBox->SetClickHdl(LINK(this,SwBreakDlg,PageNumHdl)); m_pPageNumEdit->SetModifyHdl(LINK(this,SwBreakDlg,PageNumModifyHdl)); diff --git a/sw/source/ui/fldui/fldvar.cxx b/sw/source/ui/fldui/fldvar.cxx index 81e38b8aaf3d..7696748ff8e1 100644 --- a/sw/source/ui/fldui/fldvar.cxx +++ b/sw/source/ui/fldui/fldvar.cxx @@ -864,7 +864,7 @@ IMPL_LINK_NOARG_TYPED(SwFieldVarPage, ModifyHdl, Edit&, void) case TYP_DDEFLD: if( nLen ) { - // is there already a corrensponding type + // is there already a corresponding type bInsert = bApply = true; SwFieldType* pType = GetFieldMgr().GetFieldType(RES_DDEFLD, sName); diff --git a/sw/source/ui/misc/glossary.cxx b/sw/source/ui/misc/glossary.cxx index 4a6f61d0a953..7107511a2fdb 100644 --- a/sw/source/ui/misc/glossary.cxx +++ b/sw/source/ui/misc/glossary.cxx @@ -384,7 +384,7 @@ IMPL_LINK_TYPED( SwGlossaryDlg, NameModify, Edit&, rEdit, void ) const bool bNotFound = !DoesBlockExist(aName, bNameED ? OUString() : rEdit.GetText()); if(bNameED) { - // did the text get in to the Listbbox in the Edit with a click? + // did the text get in to the Listbox in the Edit with a click? if(bNotFound) { m_pShortNameEdit->SetText( lcl_GetValidShortCut( aName ) ); diff --git a/sw/source/ui/misc/titlepage.cxx b/sw/source/ui/misc/titlepage.cxx index ce0f1adfd61e..08e3e30c0f0a 100644 --- a/sw/source/ui/misc/titlepage.cxx +++ b/sw/source/ui/misc/titlepage.cxx @@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ namespace } } - // If we want a new descriptior then set it, otherwise reuse the existing one + // If we want a new descriptor then set it, otherwise reuse the existing one if (!pNewDesc) { SwFormatPageDesc aPageFormatDesc(pPageFormatDesc ? *pPageFormatDesc : &rCurrentDesc); diff --git a/sw/source/ui/vba/vbaheadersfooters.cxx b/sw/source/ui/vba/vbaheadersfooters.cxx index b53e91630e28..9c27b04059e9 100644 --- a/sw/source/ui/vba/vbaheadersfooters.cxx +++ b/sw/source/ui/vba/vbaheadersfooters.cxx @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ public: // XIndexAccess virtual sal_Int32 SAL_CALL getCount( ) throw (uno::RuntimeException, std::exception) override { - // first page, evenpages and primary page + // first page, even pages and primary page return 3; } virtual uno::Any SAL_CALL getByIndex( sal_Int32 Index ) throw (lang::IndexOutOfBoundsException, lang::WrappedTargetException, uno::RuntimeException, std::exception) override diff --git a/sw/source/uibase/app/docstyle.cxx b/sw/source/uibase/app/docstyle.cxx index cedea9b48b8c..74cb5591f81a 100644 --- a/sw/source/uibase/app/docstyle.cxx +++ b/sw/source/uibase/app/docstyle.cxx @@ -1077,7 +1077,7 @@ bool SwDocStyleSheet::SetParent( const OUString& rStr) break; case SFX_STYLE_FAMILY_PARA : - OSL_ENSURE( pColl, "Collektion missing!"); + OSL_ENSURE( pColl, "Collection missing!"); if( nullptr != ( pFormat = pColl ) && !rStr.isEmpty() ) pParent = lcl_FindParaFormat( rDoc, rStr ); break; diff --git a/sw/source/uibase/config/modcfg.cxx b/sw/source/uibase/config/modcfg.cxx index 2e40ba7c94fb..956b074517ca 100644 --- a/sw/source/uibase/config/modcfg.cxx +++ b/sw/source/uibase/config/modcfg.cxx @@ -1362,7 +1362,7 @@ void SwCompareConfig::Load() switch(nProp) { - case 0 : eCmpMode = (SvxCompareMode) nVal; break;; + case 0 : eCmpMode = (SvxCompareMode) nVal; break; case 1 : bUseRsid = *static_cast<sal_Bool const *>(pValues[nProp].getValue()); break; case 2 : bIgnorePieces = *static_cast<sal_Bool const *>(pValues[nProp].getValue()); break; case 3 : nPieceLen = nVal; break; diff --git a/sw/source/uibase/fldui/fldmgr.cxx b/sw/source/uibase/fldui/fldmgr.cxx index 1386ba25ef19..a4891b49626d 100644 --- a/sw/source/uibase/fldui/fldmgr.cxx +++ b/sw/source/uibase/fldui/fldmgr.cxx @@ -1035,7 +1035,7 @@ bool SwFieldMgr::InsertField( pField = new SwDBField(pTyp); pField->SetSubType(nSubType); - if( !(nSubType & nsSwExtendedSubType::SUB_OWN_FMT) ) // determinee database format + if( !(nSubType & nsSwExtendedSubType::SUB_OWN_FMT) ) // determine database format { Reference< XDataSource> xSource; rData.m_aDBDataSource >>= xSource; diff --git a/sw/source/uibase/fldui/fldwrap.cxx b/sw/source/uibase/fldui/fldwrap.cxx index 0501e0e602f3..5c35092b4cdb 100644 --- a/sw/source/uibase/fldui/fldwrap.cxx +++ b/sw/source/uibase/fldui/fldwrap.cxx @@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ SFX_IMPL_CHILDWINDOW(SwFieldDataOnlyDlgWrapper, FN_INSERT_FIELD_DATA_ONLY) SfxChildWinInfo SwFieldDataOnlyDlgWrapper::GetInfo() const { SfxChildWinInfo aInfo = SfxChildWindow::GetInfo(); -// prevent instatiation of dialog other than by calling +// prevent instantiation of dialog other than by calling // the mail merge dialog aInfo.bVisible = false; return aInfo; diff --git a/sw/source/uibase/inc/fldmgr.hxx b/sw/source/uibase/inc/fldmgr.hxx index 71ed0882e44c..9d9972da4300 100644 --- a/sw/source/uibase/inc/fldmgr.hxx +++ b/sw/source/uibase/inc/fldmgr.hxx @@ -190,7 +190,7 @@ public: sal_uLong GetDefaultFormat(sal_uInt16 nTypeId, bool bIsText, SvNumberFormatter* pFormatter, double* pVal = nullptr); // turn off evaluation of expression fields for insertation - // of many expressino fields (see labels) + // of many expression fields (see labels) inline void SetEvalExpFields(bool bEval); void EvalExpFields(SwWrtShell* pSh = nullptr); diff --git a/sw/source/uibase/inc/frmpage.hxx b/sw/source/uibase/inc/frmpage.hxx index 1a0594d8abc3..03908be3d687 100644 --- a/sw/source/uibase/inc/frmpage.hxx +++ b/sw/source/uibase/inc/frmpage.hxx @@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ class SwFramePage: public SfxTabPage bool m_bNew; bool m_bNoModifyHdl; bool m_bIsVerticalFrame; //current frame is in vertical environment - strings are exchanged - // --> OD 2009-08-31 #mongolianlayou# + // --> OD 2009-08-31 #mongolianlayout# bool m_bIsVerticalL2R; bool m_bIsInRightToLeft; // current frame is in right-to-left environment - strings are exchanged bool m_bHtmlMode; diff --git a/sw/source/uibase/inc/pview.hxx b/sw/source/uibase/inc/pview.hxx index df7045b9aec5..cf198c0a4b15 100644 --- a/sw/source/uibase/inc/pview.hxx +++ b/sw/source/uibase/inc/pview.hxx @@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ class SW_DLLPUBLIC SwPagePreview: public SfxViewShell // ViewWindow and handle to core // current dispatcher shell VclPtr<SwPagePreviewWin> pViewWin; - //viewdata of the previous SwView and the new crsrposition + //viewdata of the previous SwView and the new cursor position OUString sSwViewData; //and the new cursor position if the user double click in the PagePreview OUString sNewCursorPos; diff --git a/sw/source/uibase/inc/wrtsh.hxx b/sw/source/uibase/inc/wrtsh.hxx index d5fd8817bb34..40f0730d6413 100644 --- a/sw/source/uibase/inc/wrtsh.hxx +++ b/sw/source/uibase/inc/wrtsh.hxx @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ namespace nsSelectionType const SelectionType SEL_DRW_TXT = 0x000400; // draw-textobjects in edit mode const SelectionType SEL_BEZ = 0x000800; // edit ornament objects const SelectionType SEL_DRW_FORM = 0x001000; // drawing objects: DB-Forms - const SelectionType SEL_FOC_FRM_CTRL = 0x002000; // a form control is focused. Neither set nor evaluated by the SwWrtShell itself, only by it's clients. + const SelectionType SEL_FOC_FRM_CTRL = 0x002000; // a form control is focused. Neither set nor evaluated by the SwWrtShell itself, only by its clients. const SelectionType SEL_MEDIA = 0x004000; // Media object const SelectionType SEL_EXTRUDED_CUSTOMSHAPE = 0x008000; // extruded custom shape const SelectionType SEL_FONTWORK = 0x010000; // fontwork diff --git a/sw/source/uibase/lingu/hhcwrp.cxx b/sw/source/uibase/lingu/hhcwrp.cxx index 95d2ece08aff..fde324abb0f0 100644 --- a/sw/source/uibase/lingu/hhcwrp.cxx +++ b/sw/source/uibase/lingu/hhcwrp.cxx @@ -436,7 +436,7 @@ void SwHHCWrapper::ReplaceUnit( //!! back to false we do it now manually in order for the selection //!! to be done properly in the following call to Left. // We didn't fix it in Delete and Insert since it is currently - // unclear if someone depends on this incorrect behvaiour + // unclear if someone depends on this incorrect behaviour // of the flag. m_rWrtShell.EndSelect(); diff --git a/sw/source/uibase/uiview/viewdraw.cxx b/sw/source/uibase/uiview/viewdraw.cxx index bdda3e628d55..628eaf51b5bd 100644 --- a/sw/source/uibase/uiview/viewdraw.cxx +++ b/sw/source/uibase/uiview/viewdraw.cxx @@ -557,7 +557,7 @@ bool SwView::BeginTextEdit(SdrObject* pObj, SdrPageView* pPV, vcl::Window* pWin, } // To allow editing the referenced object from a SwDrawVirtObj here - // the original needs to be fetched evenually. This ATM activates the + // the original needs to be fetched eventually. This ATM activates the // text edit mode for the original object. SdrObject* pToBeActivated = pObj; diff --git a/sw/source/uibase/uiview/viewprt.cxx b/sw/source/uibase/uiview/viewprt.cxx index dee0f3ccd5e7..6a915277d92f 100644 --- a/sw/source/uibase/uiview/viewprt.cxx +++ b/sw/source/uibase/uiview/viewprt.cxx @@ -229,7 +229,7 @@ void SwView::ExecutePrint(SfxRequest& rReq) } } - //#i61455# if master documentes are printed silently without loaded links then update the links now + //#i61455# if master documents are printed silently without loaded links then update the links now if( bSilent && pSh->IsGlobalDoc() && !pSh->IsGlblDocSaveLinks() ) { pSh->GetLinkManager().UpdateAllLinks( false, false ); diff --git a/sw/source/uibase/wrtsh/move.cxx b/sw/source/uibase/wrtsh/move.cxx index 904c76697f20..e1070bb27adf 100644 --- a/sw/source/uibase/wrtsh/move.cxx +++ b/sw/source/uibase/wrtsh/move.cxx @@ -550,7 +550,7 @@ bool SwWrtShell::PageCursor(SwTwips lOffset, bool bSelect) // no updating of the display of the cursor position takes place. // The CursorShell-Actionparentheses cannot be used, because it // always leads to displaying the cursor, thus also, - // if after the scroll scrolled in a region without a valid postition. + // if after the scroll scrolled in a region without a valid position. // SwViewShell::StartAction(); PageMove eDir = lOffset > 0? MV_PAGE_DOWN: MV_PAGE_UP; // Change of direction and stack present diff --git a/swext/mediawiki/src/com/sun/star/wiki/WikiEditorImpl.java b/swext/mediawiki/src/com/sun/star/wiki/WikiEditorImpl.java index 4c1b340af65a..a7d4a48cdf06 100644 --- a/swext/mediawiki/src/com/sun/star/wiki/WikiEditorImpl.java +++ b/swext/mediawiki/src/com/sun/star/wiki/WikiEditorImpl.java @@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ public final class WikiEditorImpl extends WeakBase { String urlstring = url.Complete; m_statusListeners.put( urlstring, listener ); - // synchroneous callback required!!! + // synchronous callback required!!! callStatusListener( urlstring ); } diff --git a/sysui/desktop/man/libreoffice.1 b/sysui/desktop/man/libreoffice.1 index f91101b7d346..5291d8492e9b 100644 --- a/sysui/desktop/man/libreoffice.1 +++ b/sysui/desktop/man/libreoffice.1 @@ -201,7 +201,7 @@ If a file name contains spaces, then it must be enclosed in quotation marks. .TP \fB\-\-quickstart \fB\-\-quickstart=no -Starts LO with it's quick starter. +Starts LO with its quick starter. \fB\-\-quickstart disable the quick starter. Does not work with \-\-invisible or \-\-headless. diff --git a/test/source/sheet/xnamedrange.cxx b/test/source/sheet/xnamedrange.cxx index 1ce6d989abd3..ee82169abbbd 100644 --- a/test/source/sheet/xnamedrange.cxx +++ b/test/source/sheet/xnamedrange.cxx @@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ void XNamedRange::testSetType() OUString aTestedNamedRangeString("initial1"); uno::Reference< sheet::XNamedRange > xNamedRange = getNamedRange(aTestedNamedRangeString); - sal_Int32 nType = ::sheet::NamedRangeFlag::ROW_HEADER;; + sal_Int32 nType = ::sheet::NamedRangeFlag::ROW_HEADER; xNamedRange->setType(nType); CPPUNIT_ASSERT_MESSAGE("Wrong expected Type ROW_HEADER after setting it", xNamedRange->getType() == nType); diff --git a/testtools/qa/cli/readme.txt b/testtools/qa/cli/readme.txt index d0a55beae98b..88ad4bd30b12 100644 --- a/testtools/qa/cli/readme.txt +++ b/testtools/qa/cli/readme.txt @@ -1,26 +1,26 @@ This test is for Windows only! -The cli test uses .NET assemblies: -cli_types.dll, -cli_basetypes.dll, -cli_ure.dll, +The cli test uses .NET assemblies: +cli_types.dll, +cli_basetypes.dll, +cli_ure.dll, cli_cppuhelper.dll. -When an office is properly installed then these assemblies can be found in the -global assebly cache (GAC), for example in c:\windows\assembly. +When an office is properly installed then these assemblies can be found in the +global assembly cache (GAC), for example in c:\windows\assembly. -When the test is run then the assemblies are used from the GAC. That is +When the test is run then the assemblies are used from the GAC. That is one has to make sure that one has the respective office installed. -The test can also be run without an installed office. Then the assemblies are used +The test can also be run without an installed office. Then the assemblies are used which reside next to the executable. The testtools project copies the assemblies from the build environment into the wntmscixx\bin folder. -However, if for some reason an assembly remains in the GAC than it is used no matter +However, if for some reason an assembly remains in the GAC than it is used no matter what. -The qa test simply executes the cli_bridgetest_inprocess.exe. All console output is decarded. -When the test fails one should directly run that executable. Then one may see the cause +The qa test simply executes the cli_bridgetest_inprocess.exe. All console output is descarded. +When the test fails one should directly run that executable. Then one may see the cause of the failure in the console. diff --git a/testtools/source/bridgetest/cli/cli_cs_bridgetest.cs b/testtools/source/bridgetest/cli/cli_cs_bridgetest.cs index ed4f483efbbc..9d629e062c49 100644 --- a/testtools/source/bridgetest/cli/cli_cs_bridgetest.cs +++ b/testtools/source/bridgetest/cli/cli_cs_bridgetest.cs @@ -966,7 +966,7 @@ static bool raiseException(XBridgeTest xLBT ) private void perform_test( XBridgeTest xLBT ) { - bool bRet= true;; + bool bRet= true; bRet = check( performTest( xLBT ), "standard test" ) && bRet; bRet = check( raiseException( xLBT ) , "exception test" )&& bRet; bRet = check( raiseOnewayException( xLBT ), "oneway exception test" ) && bRet; diff --git a/testtools/source/cliversioning/readme.txt b/testtools/source/cliversioning/readme.txt index 81a0a1747860..c2878c3836f5 100644 --- a/testtools/source/cliversioning/readme.txt +++ b/testtools/source/cliversioning/readme.txt @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ GAC and if the policy files are correct. The office must be installed with compl system integration. That is, one does not use setup /a for starting the installation. -In OOo 3.0 there was a breanking change so that the test created for previous +In OOo 3.0 there was a breaking change so that the test created for previous version do not work anymore. To use these old tests one needs to install a version of OOo less than v 3.0. Then one needs to check out the cli_ure module for that version. The tests are contained in cli_ure/qa/versioning. @@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ because it puts out more information. Creating a new version_xxx.dll ============================== When a version of our assemblies changes then one should provide a new version dll which test exactly the assemblies with the changed version. This is easily done: -1. set the build environment in which the new versions are effectiv. +1. set the build environment in which the new versions are effective. 2 call: dmake name=version_xxx.dll 3. copy the new version dll from the output tree into qa/versioning/version_libs 4. commit the new version.dll using the -kb switch (only when creating the new file : cvs new -kb version_3_1_0.dll) diff --git a/toolkit/qa/complex/toolkit/GridControl.java b/toolkit/qa/complex/toolkit/GridControl.java index 7441767714a0..bde63aa2fc67 100644 --- a/toolkit/qa/complex/toolkit/GridControl.java +++ b/toolkit/qa/complex/toolkit/GridControl.java @@ -296,7 +296,7 @@ public class GridControl removeColumnIndex, removalIndex ); } - // calling addColumn with a column not created by the given model/implementatoion should not succeed + // calling addColumn with a column not created by the given model/implementation should not succeed boolean caughtExpected = false; try { diff --git a/toolkit/source/awt/vclxtoolkit.cxx b/toolkit/source/awt/vclxtoolkit.cxx index af5b603afa7d..13e79821e925 100644 --- a/toolkit/source/awt/vclxtoolkit.cxx +++ b/toolkit/source/awt/vclxtoolkit.cxx @@ -1010,7 +1010,7 @@ vcl::Window* VCLXToolkit::ImplCreateWindow( VCLXWindow** ppNewComp, *ppNewComp = new VCLXRadioButton; // by default, disable RadioCheck - // Since the VCLXRadioButton really cares for it's RadioCheck settings, this is important: + // Since the VCLXRadioButton really cares for its RadioCheck settings, this is important: // if we enable it, the VCLXRadioButton will use RadioButton::Check instead of RadioButton::SetState // This leads to a strange behaviour if the control is newly created: when settings the initial // state to "checked", the RadioButton::Check (called because RadioCheck=sal_True) will uncheck diff --git a/toolkit/source/controls/unocontrol.cxx b/toolkit/source/controls/unocontrol.cxx index 050b0aa61ed9..856ea4cd2005 100644 --- a/toolkit/source/controls/unocontrol.cxx +++ b/toolkit/source/controls/unocontrol.cxx @@ -620,8 +620,8 @@ void UnoControl::ImplModelPropertiesChanged( const Sequence< PropertyChangeEvent { SolarMutexGuard aVclGuard; // and now this is the final withdrawal: - // I have no other idea than locking the SolarMutex here .... - // I really hate the fact that VCL is not theadsafe .... + // I have no other idea than locking the SolarMutex here.... + // I really hate the fact that VCL is not threadsafe.... // Doesn't work for Container! getPeer()->dispose(); diff --git a/toolkit/source/controls/unocontrols.cxx b/toolkit/source/controls/unocontrols.cxx index 46b4ceab96af..366b9e4d51db 100644 --- a/toolkit/source/controls/unocontrols.cxx +++ b/toolkit/source/controls/unocontrols.cxx @@ -1327,7 +1327,7 @@ void UnoRadioButtonControl::itemStateChanged( const awt::ItemEvent& rEvent ) thr // Nowadays, since the listener handling changed a lot towards 1.1 (the VCLXWindow reacts on more // basic events from the VCL-windows, not anymore on the Link-based events like in 1.0.x), this // isn't the case anymore: For instance, this method here gets called for the radio button - // which is being implicitily _de_selected, too. This is pretty bad for compatibility. + // which is being implicitly _de_selected, too. This is pretty bad for compatibility. // Thus, we suppress all events with a new state other than "1". This is unlogical, and weird, when looking // from a pure API perspective, but it's _compatible_ with older product versions, and this is // all which matters here. diff --git a/toolkit/test/accessibility/QueuedTopWindowListener.java b/toolkit/test/accessibility/QueuedTopWindowListener.java index 96778c718fae..2ac5c7849da5 100644 --- a/toolkit/test/accessibility/QueuedTopWindowListener.java +++ b/toolkit/test/accessibility/QueuedTopWindowListener.java @@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ class QueuedTopWindowListener public void windowDeactivated (final com.sun.star.lang.EventObject aEvent) throws RuntimeException { - System.out.println ("QueuedTopWindowListener: Top window deactived: " + aEvent); + System.out.println ("QueuedTopWindowListener: Top window deactivated: " + aEvent); } public void disposing( final EventObject aEvent) diff --git a/tools/source/generic/poly.cxx b/tools/source/generic/poly.cxx index ada70516d1ea..8dc2e21e9947 100644 --- a/tools/source/generic/poly.cxx +++ b/tools/source/generic/poly.cxx @@ -1325,7 +1325,7 @@ Rectangle Polygon::GetBoundRect() const // Removing the assert. Bezier curves have the attribute that each single // curve segment defined by four points can not exit the four-point polygon // defined by that points. This allows to say that the curve segment can also - // never leave the Range of it's defining points. + // never leave the Range of its defining points. // The result is that Polygon::GetBoundRect() may not create the minimal // BoundRect of the Polygon (to get that, use basegfx::B2DPolygon classes), // but will always create a valid BoundRect, at least as long as this method diff --git a/tools/source/misc/pathutils.cxx b/tools/source/misc/pathutils.cxx index 0b3f172ee3ed..577e5491b5ca 100644 --- a/tools/source/misc/pathutils.cxx +++ b/tools/source/misc/pathutils.cxx @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ WCHAR * buildPath( { // Remove leading ".." segments in the second path together with matching // segments in the first path that are neither empty nor "." nor ".." nor - // end in ":" (which is not foolprove, as it can erroneously erase the start + // end in ":" (which is not foolproof, as it can erroneously erase the start // of a UNC path, but only if the input is bad data): while (backLength >= 2 && backBegin[0] == L'.' && backBegin[1] == L'.' && (backLength == 2 || backBegin[2] == L'\\')) diff --git a/tools/source/stream/stream.cxx b/tools/source/stream/stream.cxx index 479657ab1d57..b0976ddf89c0 100644 --- a/tools/source/stream/stream.cxx +++ b/tools/source/stream/stream.cxx @@ -1818,7 +1818,7 @@ sal_Size SvMemoryStream::PutData( const void* pData, sal_Size nCount ) else { // lacking memory is larger than nResize, - // resize by (nCoount-nMaxCount) + resize offset + // resize by (nCount-nMaxCount) + resize offset if( !ReAllocateMemory( nCount-nMaxCount+nNewResize ) ) { nCount = 0; diff --git a/ucb/qa/complex/tdoc/CheckContentProvider.java b/ucb/qa/complex/tdoc/CheckContentProvider.java index 0f0639c9b5a6..2214ff53aa0f 100644 --- a/ucb/qa/complex/tdoc/CheckContentProvider.java +++ b/ucb/qa/complex/tdoc/CheckContentProvider.java @@ -304,7 +304,7 @@ public class CheckContentProvider { xChild.oObj = UnoRuntime.queryInterface(XChild.class, xContent); // hasParent determines if this content has a parent assertNotNull("getParent()", xChild._getParent(hasParent)); - // parameter does dermine, if this function is supported: generally not supported with tdcp content + // parameter does determine, if this function is supported: generally not supported with tdcp content assertNotNull("setParent()", xChild._setParent(false)); // check the XPropertyChangeNotifier interface diff --git a/ucb/source/cacher/cachedcontentresultsetstub.cxx b/ucb/source/cacher/cachedcontentresultsetstub.cxx index aa0d9ce01a0b..ee8b470b600d 100644 --- a/ucb/source/cacher/cachedcontentresultsetstub.cxx +++ b/ucb/source/cacher/cachedcontentresultsetstub.cxx @@ -350,7 +350,7 @@ void SAL_CALL CachedContentResultSetStub ::impl_propagateFetchSizeAndDirection( sal_Int32 nFetchSize, bool bFetchDirection ) throw ( RuntimeException ) { - //this is done only for the case, that there is another CachedContentResultSet in the chain of underlying ResulSets + //this is done only for the case, that there is another CachedContentResultSet in the chain of underlying ResultSets //we do not propagate the property 'FetchSize' or 'FetchDirection' via 'setPropertyValue' from the above CachedContentResultSet to save remote calls diff --git a/ucb/source/ucp/file/shell.hxx b/ucb/source/ucp/file/shell.hxx index c629d65c59fc..4b5e3162acb5 100644 --- a/ucb/source/ucp/file/shell.hxx +++ b/ucb/source/ucp/file/shell.hxx @@ -546,7 +546,7 @@ namespace fileaccess { css::uno::Sequence< css::ucb::CommandInfo > m_sCommandInfo; public: - // Misceancellous: + // Miscellaneous: // Methods for "writeComponentInfo" and "createComponentFactory" static void SAL_CALL getScheme( OUString& Scheme ); diff --git a/ucb/source/ucp/ftp/ftpresultsetI.cxx b/ucb/source/ucp/ftp/ftpresultsetI.cxx index 2456e8a80540..7c2b5c002362 100644 --- a/ucb/source/ucp/ftp/ftpresultsetI.cxx +++ b/ucb/source/ucp/ftp/ftpresultsetI.cxx @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ ResultSetI::ResultSetI(const Reference<XComponentContext>& rxContext, for( size_t i = 0; i < dirvec.size(); ++i) m_aPath.push_back(dirvec[i].m_aURL); - // m_aIdents holds the contentidentifiers + // m_aIdents holds the content identifiers m_aItems.resize( m_aPath.size() ); m_aIdents.resize( m_aPath.size() ); diff --git a/ucb/source/ucp/tdoc/tdoc_content.cxx b/ucb/source/ucp/tdoc/tdoc_content.cxx index 6438156c5767..d28f750576ab 100644 --- a/ucb/source/ucp/tdoc/tdoc_content.cxx +++ b/ucb/source/ucp/tdoc/tdoc_content.cxx @@ -2048,7 +2048,7 @@ void Content::transfer( ucbhelper::cancelCommandExecution( uno::makeAny( lang::IllegalArgumentException( OUString( "Invalid source URI! " - "Unabale to determine source type!" ), + "Unable to determine source type!" ), static_cast< cppu::OWeakObject * >( this ), -1 ) ), xEnv ); diff --git a/ucb/source/ucp/webdav-neon/webdavcontent.cxx b/ucb/source/ucp/webdav-neon/webdavcontent.cxx index 85ef1ed9eaef..b9bf065030f1 100644 --- a/ucb/source/ucp/webdav-neon/webdavcontent.cxx +++ b/ucb/source/ucp/webdav-neon/webdavcontent.cxx @@ -3010,7 +3010,7 @@ void Content::lock( // since it mostly happens on read/only part of webdav, this appears to be the most correct exception available throw ucb::InteractiveNetworkWriteException( - OUString( "Authentication error while tring to lock! Write only WebDAV perhaps?" ), + OUString( "Authentication error while trying to lock! Write only WebDAV perhaps?" ), static_cast< cppu::OWeakObject * >( this ), task::InteractionClassification_ERROR, e.getData() ); diff --git a/ucbhelper/source/client/interceptedinteraction.cxx b/ucbhelper/source/client/interceptedinteraction.cxx index 8dff80345afd..fdd26ce72cc2 100644 --- a/ucbhelper/source/client/interceptedinteraction.cxx +++ b/ucbhelper/source/client/interceptedinteraction.cxx @@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ void InterceptedInteraction::impl_handleDefault(const css::uno::Reference< css:: case E_NO_CONTINUATION_FOUND: { // Runtime error! The defined continuation could not be located - // inside the set of available containuations of the incoming request. + // inside the set of available continuations of the incoming request. // Whats wrong - the interception list or the request? OSL_FAIL("InterceptedInteraction::handle()\nCould intercept this interaction request - but can't locate the right continuation!"); } diff --git a/udkapi/com/sun/star/io/XPersistObject.idl b/udkapi/com/sun/star/io/XPersistObject.idl index b3b2686ee7be..fbfa1da88aea 100644 --- a/udkapi/com/sun/star/io/XPersistObject.idl +++ b/udkapi/com/sun/star/io/XPersistObject.idl @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ module com { module sun { module star { module io { <p> The object needs to be created before it deserializes itself again (by using the read method). Therefore it must be - createable by name via a factory, which is in general + creatable by name via a factory, which is in general the global service manager. The create and read mechanism is implemented by the com::sun::star::io::ObjectInputStream. diff --git a/udkapi/com/sun/star/reflection/XIdlClass.idl b/udkapi/com/sun/star/reflection/XIdlClass.idl index 4509411f8429..0495070522b3 100644 --- a/udkapi/com/sun/star/reflection/XIdlClass.idl +++ b/udkapi/com/sun/star/reflection/XIdlClass.idl @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ published interface XIdlClass: com::sun::star::uno::XInterface field (/interface attribute) by name. <br> If the reflected type is not an interface, struct or union or the - interace, struct or union does not have a field (/interface attribute) + interface, struct or union does not have a field (/interface attribute) with the demanded name, then a null-reference is returned. @param aName diff --git a/unotest/source/java/org/openoffice/test/FileHelper.java b/unotest/source/java/org/openoffice/test/FileHelper.java index 0f21684db290..0b5c102ab816 100644 --- a/unotest/source/java/org/openoffice/test/FileHelper.java +++ b/unotest/source/java/org/openoffice/test/FileHelper.java @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ public class FileHelper /* * Concat a _sRelativePathToAdd to a _sPath and append a '/' to the _sPath only if need. * - * @return a right concated path + * @return a right concatened path */ public static String appendPath(String _sPath, String _sRelativePathToAdd) { diff --git a/unotest/source/java/org/openoffice/test/tools/OfficeDocumentView.java b/unotest/source/java/org/openoffice/test/tools/OfficeDocumentView.java index f7f9a5e6b90d..3624c22f79d4 100644 --- a/unotest/source/java/org/openoffice/test/tools/OfficeDocumentView.java +++ b/unotest/source/java/org/openoffice/test/tools/OfficeDocumentView.java @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ public class OfficeDocumentView { XDispatch xReturn = null; - // go get the dispatch provider of it's frame + // go get the dispatch provider of its frame XDispatchProvider xProvider = UnoRuntime.queryInterface( XDispatchProvider.class, m_controller.getFrame() ); if ( null != xProvider ) { diff --git a/unotools/source/i18n/localedatawrapper.cxx b/unotools/source/i18n/localedatawrapper.cxx index f52065540ee5..6a9ec1cc17fa 100644 --- a/unotools/source/i18n/localedatawrapper.cxx +++ b/unotools/source/i18n/localedatawrapper.cxx @@ -900,7 +900,7 @@ DateFormat LocaleDataWrapper::scanDateFormatImpl( const OUString& rCode ) { if (areChecksEnabled()) { - OUString aMsg( "LocaleDataWrapper::scanDateFormat: no magic applycable" ); + OUString aMsg( "LocaleDataWrapper::scanDateFormat: no magic applicable" ); outputCheckMessage( appendLocaleInfo( aMsg ) ); } return DMY; diff --git a/unoxml/source/dom/attr.cxx b/unoxml/source/dom/attr.cxx index d6ee2ef72b84..fa8eb9af9791 100644 --- a/unoxml/source/dom/attr.cxx +++ b/unoxml/source/dom/attr.cxx @@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ namespace DOM sal_Bool SAL_CALL CAttr::getSpecified() throw (RuntimeException, std::exception) { - // FIXME if this DOM implemenatation supported DTDs it would need + // FIXME if this DOM implementation supported DTDs it would need // to check that this attribute is not default or something return sal_True; } diff --git a/unoxml/source/dom/node.cxx b/unoxml/source/dom/node.cxx index c0c28e148c96..197512072710 100644 --- a/unoxml/source/dom/node.cxx +++ b/unoxml/source/dom/node.cxx @@ -952,7 +952,7 @@ namespace DOM void SAL_CALL CNode::setNodeValue(const OUString& /*nodeValue*/) throw (RuntimeException, DOMException, std::exception) { - // use specific node implememntation + // use specific node implementation // if we end up down here, something went wrong DOMException e; e.Code = DOMExceptionType_NO_MODIFICATION_ALLOWED_ERR; diff --git a/unoxml/source/events/eventdispatcher.cxx b/unoxml/source/events/eventdispatcher.cxx index b58e67f454b8..7fd7a48685c9 100644 --- a/unoxml/source/events/eventdispatcher.cxx +++ b/unoxml/source/events/eventdispatcher.cxx @@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ namespace DOM { namespace events { } // the capture vector now holds the node path from target to root - // first we must search for capture listernes in order root to + // first we must search for capture listeners in order root to // to target. after that, any target listeners have to be called // then bubbeling phase listeners are called in target to root // order diff --git a/unoxml/source/xpath/xpathapi.cxx b/unoxml/source/xpath/xpathapi.cxx index 937ac4f9af47..6452a42addfb 100644 --- a/unoxml/source/xpath/xpathapi.cxx +++ b/unoxml/source/xpath/xpathapi.cxx @@ -220,7 +220,7 @@ namespace XPath } /** - * same as selectNodeList but registers all name space decalratiosn found on namespaceNode + * same as selectNodeList but registers all name space declarations found on namespaceNode */ Reference< XNodeList > SAL_CALL CXPathAPI::selectNodeListNS( const Reference< XNode >& contextNode, diff --git a/vcl/README.lifecycle b/vcl/README.lifecycle index 4bf17fb96cb5..6ef91ccfce51 100644 --- a/vcl/README.lifecycle +++ b/vcl/README.lifecycle @@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ or: This is an interim measure while we are migrating, such that it is possible to delete an object conventionally and ensure that its dispose method gets called. In the 'end' we would - instead assert that a Window has been disposed in it's + instead assert that a Window has been disposed in its destructor, and elide these calls. As the object's vtable is altered as we go down the diff --git a/vcl/generic/print/text_gfx.cxx b/vcl/generic/print/text_gfx.cxx index 8f46d9c72c8b..3bf390d5f9ef 100644 --- a/vcl/generic/print/text_gfx.cxx +++ b/vcl/generic/print/text_gfx.cxx @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ namespace psp { /* container for a font and its helper fonts: 1st is the font itself - 2nd is a fallback font, usually a font with unicode glyph repertoir (e.g. andale) + 2nd is a fallback font, usually a font with unicode glyph repertoire (e.g. andale) symbol fonts (adobe-fontspecific) may need special glyphmapping (symbol page vc. latin page) */ diff --git a/vcl/inc/fontmanager.hxx b/vcl/inc/fontmanager.hxx index 0e54e9b51855..d2d9c59dacc7 100644 --- a/vcl/inc/fontmanager.hxx +++ b/vcl/inc/fontmanager.hxx @@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ enum type { /* * the difference between FastPrintFontInfo and PrintFontInfo * is that the information in FastPrintFontInfo can usually - * be gathered without openening either the font file or + * be gathered without opening either the font file or * an afm metric file. they are gathered from fonts.dir alone. * if only FastPrintFontInfo is gathered and PrintFontInfo * on demand and for less fonts, then performance in startup diff --git a/vcl/inc/sft.hxx b/vcl/inc/sft.hxx index 7d4a88db3708..a891bb8c40ea 100644 --- a/vcl/inc/sft.hxx +++ b/vcl/inc/sft.hxx @@ -182,7 +182,7 @@ namespace vcl sal_uInt16 macStyle; /**< macstyle bits from 'HEAD' table */ int weight; /**< value of WeightClass or 0 if can't be determined */ int width; /**< value of WidthClass or 0 if can't be determined */ - int pitch; /**< 0: proportianal font, otherwise: monospaced */ + int pitch; /**< 0: proportional font, otherwise: monospaced */ int italicAngle; /**< in counter-clockwise degrees * 65536 */ int xMin; /**< global bounding box: xMin */ int yMin; /**< global bounding box: yMin */ @@ -196,7 +196,7 @@ namespace vcl int vdescent; /**< typographic descent for vertical writing mode */ int typoAscender; /**< OS/2 portable typographic ascender */ int typoDescender; /**< OS/2 portable typographic descender */ - int typoLineGap; /**< OS/2 portable typographc line gap */ + int typoLineGap; /**< OS/2 portable typographic line gap */ int winAscent; /**< ascender metric for Windows */ int winDescent; /**< descender metric for Windows */ bool symbolEncoded; /**< true: MS symbol encoded */ diff --git a/vcl/opengl/win/WinDeviceInfo.cxx b/vcl/opengl/win/WinDeviceInfo.cxx index 2f3ec80e16e4..11a11d35e456 100644 --- a/vcl/opengl/win/WinDeviceInfo.cxx +++ b/vcl/opengl/win/WinDeviceInfo.cxx @@ -621,7 +621,7 @@ void WinOpenGLDeviceInfo::GetData() /* DeviceKey is "reserved" according to MSDN so we'll be careful with it */ /* check that DeviceKey begins with DEVICE_KEY_PREFIX */ - /* some systems have a DeviceKey starting with \REGISTRY\Machine\ so we need to compare case insenstively */ + /* some systems have a DeviceKey starting with \REGISTRY\Machine\ so we need to compare case insensitively */ if (_wcsnicmp(displayDevice.DeviceKey, DEVICE_KEY_PREFIX, ArrayLength(DEVICE_KEY_PREFIX)-1) != 0) { SAL_WARN("vcl.opengl", "incorrect DeviceKey"); diff --git a/vcl/opengl/win/gdiimpl.cxx b/vcl/opengl/win/gdiimpl.cxx index 9ca266a6604a..7fbf8f787639 100644 --- a/vcl/opengl/win/gdiimpl.cxx +++ b/vcl/opengl/win/gdiimpl.cxx @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ void WinOpenGLSalGraphicsImpl::Init() ( mpContext->getOpenGLWindow().hWnd != mrParent.mhWnd || mpContext->getOpenGLWindow().hDC == mrParent.mhLocalDC ) ) { - // This can legitimiately happen, SalFrame keeps 2x + // This can legitimately happen, SalFrame keeps 2x // SalGraphics which share the same hWnd and hDC. // The shape 'Area' dialog does reparenting to trigger this. SAL_WARN("vcl.opengl", "Unusual: Windows handle / DC changed without DeInit"); diff --git a/vcl/osx/clipboard.hxx b/vcl/osx/clipboard.hxx index 67e76515c52c..6ff1721a0158 100644 --- a/vcl/osx/clipboard.hxx +++ b/vcl/osx/clipboard.hxx @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ class AquaClipboard; // instance - (EventListener*)initWithAquaClipboard: (AquaClipboard*) pcb; -// Promiss resolver function +// Promise resolver function - (void)pasteboard:(NSPasteboard*)sender provideDataForType:(const NSString *)type; -(void)applicationDidBecomeActive:(NSNotification*)aNotification; diff --git a/vcl/osx/printaccessoryview.mm b/vcl/osx/printaccessoryview.mm index 075a396cb1c7..80885f82de66 100644 --- a/vcl/osx/printaccessoryview.mm +++ b/vcl/osx/printaccessoryview.mm @@ -1250,7 +1250,7 @@ static void addEdit( NSView* pCurParent, long& rCurX, long& rCurY, long nAttachO // add the accessory controller to the panel [pPrintPanel addAccessoryController: [pAccessoryController autorelease]]; - // set the current selecte tab item + // set the current selected tab item if( pState->nLastPage >= 0 && pState->nLastPage < [pTabView numberOfTabViewItems] ) [pTabView selectTabViewItemAtIndex: pState->nLastPage]; diff --git a/vcl/osx/salnativewidgets.cxx b/vcl/osx/salnativewidgets.cxx index 16ab4f67aca0..b5f738831419 100644 --- a/vcl/osx/salnativewidgets.cxx +++ b/vcl/osx/salnativewidgets.cxx @@ -422,7 +422,7 @@ bool AquaSalGraphics::drawNativeControl(ControlType nType, [NSNumber numberWithBool:NO], @"kCUIWindowFrameDrawTitleSeparatorKey", [NSNumber numberWithBool:YES], @"is.flipped", nil]), - nil);; + nil); } else { diff --git a/vcl/quartz/salgdi.cxx b/vcl/quartz/salgdi.cxx index 2403e9b8b520..9a917ec25d7a 100644 --- a/vcl/quartz/salgdi.cxx +++ b/vcl/quartz/salgdi.cxx @@ -502,7 +502,7 @@ static void FakeDirEntry( const char aTag[5], ByteCount nOfs, ByteCount nLen, } // fake a TTF or CFF font as directly accessing font file is not possible -// when only the fontid is known. This approach also handles *.dfont fonts. +// when only the fontid is known. This approach also handles *.font fonts. bool AquaSalGraphics::GetRawFontData( const PhysicalFontFace* pFontData, ByteVector& rBuffer, bool* pJustCFF ) { diff --git a/vcl/source/app/svmain.cxx b/vcl/source/app/svmain.cxx index 33d08dd5e91e..9c1851918ca2 100644 --- a/vcl/source/app/svmain.cxx +++ b/vcl/source/app/svmain.cxx @@ -538,7 +538,7 @@ void DeInitVCL() ResMgr::DestroyAllResMgr(); - // destroy all Sal interfaces before destorying the instance + // destroy all Sal interfaces before destroying the instance // and thereby unloading the plugin delete pSVData->mpSalSystem; pSVData->mpSalSystem = nullptr; diff --git a/vcl/source/bitmap/BitmapFilterStackBlur.cxx b/vcl/source/bitmap/BitmapFilterStackBlur.cxx index 6782a94ca87b..a2664b702e7c 100644 --- a/vcl/source/bitmap/BitmapFilterStackBlur.cxx +++ b/vcl/source/bitmap/BitmapFilterStackBlur.cxx @@ -521,7 +521,7 @@ void centerExtendBitmap(Bitmap& rBitmap, sal_Int32 nExtendSize, Color aColor) * Stack Blur Algorithm by Mario Klingemann <mario@quasimondo.com> * (http://www.quasimondo.com/StackBlurForCanvas/StackBlurDemo.html) * - * Additionally eferences and implementations: + * Additionally references and implementations: * - Blur.js by Jacob Kelley * (http://www.blurjs.com) * - BlurEffectForAndroidDesign by Nicolas Pomepuy diff --git a/vcl/source/control/edit.cxx b/vcl/source/control/edit.cxx index d0e4eb1a3018..31538e842d9f 100644 --- a/vcl/source/control/edit.cxx +++ b/vcl/source/control/edit.cxx @@ -858,7 +858,7 @@ void Edit::ImplInsertText( const OUString& rStr, const Selection* pNewSel, bool // take care of input-sequence-checking now if (bIsUserInput && !rStr.isEmpty()) { - DBG_ASSERT( rStr.getLength() == 1, "unexpected string length. User input is expected to providse 1 char only!" ); + DBG_ASSERT( rStr.getLength() == 1, "unexpected string length. User input is expected to provide 1 char only!" ); // determine if input-sequence-checking should be applied or not diff --git a/vcl/source/control/field.cxx b/vcl/source/control/field.cxx index 8036d1640d1d..720ebd02568d 100644 --- a/vcl/source/control/field.cxx +++ b/vcl/source/control/field.cxx @@ -1068,7 +1068,7 @@ static OUString ImplMetricGetUnitText(const OUString& rStr) return aStr.makeStringAndClear(); } -// #104355# support localized mesaurements +// #104355# support localized measurements static const OUString ImplMetricToString( FieldUnit rUnit ) { diff --git a/vcl/source/filter/graphicfilter2.cxx b/vcl/source/filter/graphicfilter2.cxx index 822452bd450e..1a3af32d54cd 100644 --- a/vcl/source/filter/graphicfilter2.cxx +++ b/vcl/source/filter/graphicfilter2.cxx @@ -292,7 +292,7 @@ bool GraphicDescriptor::ImpDetectJPG( SvStream& rStm, bool bExtendedInfo ) bScanFinished = true; break; - // per default we assume marker segments conaining a length parameter + // per default we assume marker segments containing a length parameter default : { sal_uInt16 nLength = 0; diff --git a/vcl/source/filter/jpeg/JpegReader.cxx b/vcl/source/filter/jpeg/JpegReader.cxx index 5f42009d6ca9..78e818d8d8da 100644 --- a/vcl/source/filter/jpeg/JpegReader.cxx +++ b/vcl/source/filter/jpeg/JpegReader.cxx @@ -225,7 +225,7 @@ unsigned char * JPEGReader::CreateBitmap(JPEGCreateBitmapParam& rParam) if (nSize > SAL_MAX_INT32 / (bGray?1:3)) return nullptr; - // Check if the bitmap is untypically large. + // Check if the bitmap is atypically large. if (nSize*(bGray?1:3) > MAX_BITMAP_BYTE_SIZE) { // Do not try to acquire resources for the large bitmap or to diff --git a/vcl/source/filter/sgvspln.cxx b/vcl/source/filter/sgvspln.cxx index 762e310eb55e..d58ad9d5bb82 100644 --- a/vcl/source/filter/sgvspln.cxx +++ b/vcl/source/filter/sgvspln.cxx @@ -272,7 +272,7 @@ sal_uInt16 ZyklTriDiagGS(bool rep, sal_uInt16 n, double* lower, double* diag, /* */ /* Memory for lowrow[1],..,lowrow[n-3] und ricol[1],...,ricol[n-3] */ /* should be provided separately, as this should be available to */ -/* store the decomposition matrix, which is overwritting */ +/* store the decomposition matrix, which is overwriting */ /* the 5 vectors mentioned. */ /* */ /*====================================================================*/ diff --git a/vcl/source/filter/wmf/enhwmf.cxx b/vcl/source/filter/wmf/enhwmf.cxx index 989e0aa9efeb..90ed0bde8f1b 100644 --- a/vcl/source/filter/wmf/enhwmf.cxx +++ b/vcl/source/filter/wmf/enhwmf.cxx @@ -491,7 +491,7 @@ void EnhWMFReader::ReadAndDrawPolygon(Drawer drawer, const bool skipFirst) * The \<class T> parameter is for the type of the points * nStartIndex: which is the starting index in the polygon of the first point read * nPoints: number of points - * pWMF: the stream containings the polygons + * pWMF: the stream containing the polygons * */ template <class T> tools::Polygon EnhWMFReader::ReadPolygon(sal_uInt32 nStartIndex, sal_uInt32 nPoints) diff --git a/vcl/source/filter/wmf/wmf.cxx b/vcl/source/filter/wmf/wmf.cxx index 1b3972110792..8865d3c84f53 100644 --- a/vcl/source/filter/wmf/wmf.cxx +++ b/vcl/source/filter/wmf/wmf.cxx @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ bool ConvertGDIMetaFileToWMF( const GDIMetaFile & rMTF, SvStream & rTargetStream { // #i121267# It is necessary to prepare the metafile since the export does *not* support // clip regions. This tooling method clips the geometry content of the metafile internally - // against it's own clip regions, so that the export is safe to ignore clip regions + // against its own clip regions, so that the export is safe to ignore clip regions clipMetafileContentAgainstOwnRegions(aGdiMetaFile); } @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ bool ConvertGDIMetaFileToEMF(const GDIMetaFile & rMTF, SvStream & rTargetStream) { // #i121267# It is necessary to prepare the metafile since the export does *not* support // clip regions. This tooling method clips the geometry content of the metafile internally - // against it's own clip regions, so that the export is safe to ignore clip regions + // against its own clip regions, so that the export is safe to ignore clip regions clipMetafileContentAgainstOwnRegions(aGdiMetaFile); } diff --git a/vcl/source/fontsubset/sft.cxx b/vcl/source/fontsubset/sft.cxx index 37cd963fc607..608e7dbb0280 100644 --- a/vcl/source/fontsubset/sft.cxx +++ b/vcl/source/fontsubset/sft.cxx @@ -678,7 +678,7 @@ static int GetCompoundTTOutline(TrueTypeFont *ttf, sal_uInt32 glyphID, ControlPo * but Get{Simple|Compound}GlyphOutline returns 0 in such a case. * * NOTE: glyphlist is the stack of glyphs traversed while constructing - * a composite glyph. This is a safequard against endless recursion + * a composite glyph. This is a safeguard against endless recursion * in corrupted fonts. */ static int GetTTGlyphOutline(TrueTypeFont *ttf, sal_uInt32 glyphID, ControlPoint **pointArray, TTGlyphMetrics *metrics, std::vector< sal_uInt32 >* glyphlist) @@ -1024,7 +1024,7 @@ static void GetNames(TrueTypeFont *t) } /* #i60349# sanity check psname - * psname parctically has to be 7bit ascii and should not contains spaces + * psname pratically has to be 7bit ascii and should not contains spaces * there is a class of broken fonts which do not fulfill that at all, so let's try * if the family name is 7bit ascii and take it instead if so */ @@ -1471,7 +1471,7 @@ static void allocTrueTypeFont( TrueTypeFont** ttf ) } } -/* forward declariotn for the two entry points to use*/ +/* forward declaration for the two entry points to use*/ static int doOpenTTFont( sal_uInt32 facenum, TrueTypeFont* t ); #if !defined(WIN32) diff --git a/vcl/source/gdi/bitmapex.cxx b/vcl/source/gdi/bitmapex.cxx index f390855e7d7b..7af0f149016c 100644 --- a/vcl/source/gdi/bitmapex.cxx +++ b/vcl/source/gdi/bitmapex.cxx @@ -989,7 +989,7 @@ BitmapEx BitmapEx::getTransformed( aTransform.scale(fReduceFactor, fReduceFactor); } - // invert to get transformation from target pixel coordiates to source pixels + // invert to get transformation from target pixel coordinates to source pixels aTransform.invert(); // create bitmap using source, destination and linear back-transformation diff --git a/vcl/source/gdi/gdimtf.cxx b/vcl/source/gdi/gdimtf.cxx index 21d1f112a641..8309d6b22c96 100644 --- a/vcl/source/gdi/gdimtf.cxx +++ b/vcl/source/gdi/gdimtf.cxx @@ -1664,8 +1664,8 @@ Rectangle GDIMetaFile::GetBoundRect( OutputDevice& i_rReference, Rectangle* pHai case( MetaActionType::FLOATTRANSPARENT ): { MetaFloatTransparentAction* pAct = static_cast<MetaFloatTransparentAction*>(pAction); - // MetaFloatTransparentAction is defined limiting it's content Metafile - // to it's geometry definition(Point, Size), so use these directly + // MetaFloatTransparentAction is defined limiting its content Metafile + // to its geometry definition(Point, Size), so use these directly const Rectangle aRect( pAct->GetPoint(), pAct->GetSize() ); ImplActionBounds( aBound, OutputDevice::LogicToLogic( aRect, aMapVDev->GetMapMode(), GetPrefMapMode() ), aClipStack, nullptr ); } diff --git a/vcl/source/gdi/metaact.cxx b/vcl/source/gdi/metaact.cxx index 22fa9b6f4245..ed742770a51d 100644 --- a/vcl/source/gdi/metaact.cxx +++ b/vcl/source/gdi/metaact.cxx @@ -3274,7 +3274,7 @@ void MetaCommentAction::Move( long nXMove, long nYMove ) } } -// SJ: 25.07.06 #i56656# we are not able to mirrorcertain kind of +// SJ: 25.07.06 #i56656# we are not able to mirror certain kind of // comments properly, especially the XPATHSTROKE and XPATHFILL lead to // problems, so it is better to remove these comments when mirroring // FIXME: fake comment to apply the next hunk in the right location diff --git a/vcl/source/gdi/pdfextoutdevdata.cxx b/vcl/source/gdi/pdfextoutdevdata.cxx index 8212f8534338..78304facf2f8 100644 --- a/vcl/source/gdi/pdfextoutdevdata.cxx +++ b/vcl/source/gdi/pdfextoutdevdata.cxx @@ -670,7 +670,7 @@ void PDFExtOutDevData::SetPageTransition( PDFWriter::PageTransition eType, sal_u mpGlobalSyncData->mParaInts.push_back( nPageNr == -1 ? mnPage : nPageNr ); } -/* local (page), actions have to be played synchroniously to the actions of +/* local (page), actions have to be played synchronously to the actions of of the recorded metafile (created by each xRenderable->render()) */ sal_Int32 PDFExtOutDevData::BeginStructureElement( PDFWriter::StructElement eType, const OUString& rAlias ) { diff --git a/vcl/source/gdi/pdfwriter_impl.cxx b/vcl/source/gdi/pdfwriter_impl.cxx index f9d3fbd755f5..ce3e32f1e33f 100644 --- a/vcl/source/gdi/pdfwriter_impl.cxx +++ b/vcl/source/gdi/pdfwriter_impl.cxx @@ -3768,7 +3768,7 @@ sal_Int32 PDFWriterImpl::createToUnicodeCMap( sal_uInt8* pEncoding, } aContents.append( "endbfchar\n" "endcmap\n" - "CMapName currentdict /CMap defineresource pop\n" + "CMapName currentdict /CMap define resource pop\n" "end\n" "end\n" ); #ifndef DEBUG_DISABLE_PDFCOMPRESSION @@ -5570,7 +5570,7 @@ bool PDFWriterImpl::emitWidgetAnnotations() else if( rWidget.m_nTextStyle & DrawTextFlags::Right ) aLine.append( "/Q 2\n" ); } - // appearance charactristics for terminal fields + // appearance characteristics for terminal fields // which are supposed to have an appearance constructed // by the viewer application if( !rWidget.m_aMKDict.isEmpty() ) @@ -7772,7 +7772,7 @@ sal_Int32 PDFWriterImpl::emitOutputIntent() appendLiteralStringEncrypt( aComment ,nOIObject, aLine ); aLine.append("/DestOutputProfile "); aLine.append( nICCObject ); - aLine.append( " 0 R>>\nendobj\n\n" );; + aLine.append( " 0 R>>\nendobj\n\n" ); if ( !writeBuffer( aLine.getStr(), aLine.getLength() ) ) return 0; return nOIObject; @@ -12257,7 +12257,7 @@ sal_Int32 PDFWriterImpl::setLinkURL( sal_Int32 nLinkId, const OUString& rURL ) if (!m_xTrans.is()) { uno::Reference< uno::XComponentContext > xContext( comphelper::getProcessComponentContext() ); - m_xTrans = util::URLTransformer::create(xContext);; + m_xTrans = util::URLTransformer::create(xContext); } util::URL aURL; diff --git a/vcl/source/gdi/print3.cxx b/vcl/source/gdi/print3.cxx index 781e290a6519..b839fdfa7166 100644 --- a/vcl/source/gdi/print3.cxx +++ b/vcl/source/gdi/print3.cxx @@ -1234,7 +1234,7 @@ DrawModeFlags PrinterController::removeTransparencies( GDIMetaFile& i_rIn, GDIMe } } - // convert to greysacles + // convert to greyscales if( rPrinterOptions.IsConvertToGreyscales() ) { mpImplData->mxPrinter->SetDrawMode( mpImplData->mxPrinter->GetDrawMode() | diff --git a/vcl/source/gdi/region.cxx b/vcl/source/gdi/region.cxx index c77e9cd7b374..48a5cc026031 100644 --- a/vcl/source/gdi/region.cxx +++ b/vcl/source/gdi/region.cxx @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ namespace { - /** Return <TRUE/> when the given polygon is rectiliner and oriented so that + /** Return <TRUE/> when the given polygon is rectilinear and oriented so that all sides are either horizontal or vertical. */ bool ImplIsPolygonRectilinear (const tools::PolyPolygon& rPolyPoly) diff --git a/vcl/source/glyphs/graphite_layout.cxx b/vcl/source/glyphs/graphite_layout.cxx index cb9a9629d11c..2405967e6d53 100644 --- a/vcl/source/glyphs/graphite_layout.cxx +++ b/vcl/source/glyphs/graphite_layout.cxx @@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ namespace // This is an extended vector class with methods added to enable // o Correctly filling with glyphs. // o Querying clustering relationships. -// o manipulations that affect neighouring glyphs. +// o manipulations that affect neighbouring glyphs. const int GraphiteLayout::EXTRA_CONTEXT_LENGTH = 32; diff --git a/vcl/source/outdev/font.cxx b/vcl/source/outdev/font.cxx index cdffc747b866..7732b2477551 100644 --- a/vcl/source/outdev/font.cxx +++ b/vcl/source/outdev/font.cxx @@ -1418,7 +1418,7 @@ SalLayout* OutputDevice::ImplGlyphFallbackLayout( SalLayout* pSalLayout, ImplLay if( nFallbackLevel < MAX_FALLBACK-1) { // ignore fallback font if it is the same as the original font - // unless we are looking for a substituion for 0x202F, in which + // unless we are looking for a substitution for 0x202F, in which // case we'll just use a normal space if( mpFontInstance->maFontSelData.mpFontData == aFontSelData.mpFontData && aMissingCodes.indexOf(0x202F) == -1 ) diff --git a/vcl/source/outdev/mask.cxx b/vcl/source/outdev/mask.cxx index 6223de1c0de3..739cbf18c4da 100644 --- a/vcl/source/outdev/mask.cxx +++ b/vcl/source/outdev/mask.cxx @@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ void OutputDevice::DrawDeviceMask( const Bitmap& rMask, const Color& rMaskColor, ImplLogicWidthToDevicePixel(rDestSize.Width()), ImplLogicHeightToDevicePixel(rDestSize.Height())); - // we don't want to mirror via cooridates + // we don't want to mirror via coordinates const BmpMirrorFlags nMirrFlags = AdjustTwoRect( aPosAry, pImpBmp->ImplGetSize() ); // check if output is necessary diff --git a/vcl/source/outdev/transparent.cxx b/vcl/source/outdev/transparent.cxx index 3839a3380d4b..86b0fe5b40e8 100644 --- a/vcl/source/outdev/transparent.cxx +++ b/vcl/source/outdev/transparent.cxx @@ -334,7 +334,7 @@ bool OutputDevice::DrawTransparentNatively ( const tools::PolyPolygon& rPolyPoly // CAUTION: Only non printing (pixel-renderer) VCL commands from OutputDevices // should be used when printing. Normally this is avoided by the printer being // non-AAed and thus e.g. on WIN GdiPlus calls are not used. It may be necessary - // to figure out a way of moving this code to it's own function that is + // to figure out a way of moving this code to its own function that is // overriden by the Print class, which will mean we deliberately override the // functionality and we use the fallback some lines below (which is not very good, // though. For now, WinSalGraphics::drawPolyPolygon will detect printer usage and diff --git a/vcl/source/window/dockmgr.cxx b/vcl/source/window/dockmgr.cxx index 305878e74a53..653b663b328d 100644 --- a/vcl/source/window/dockmgr.cxx +++ b/vcl/source/window/dockmgr.cxx @@ -532,7 +532,7 @@ css::uno::Reference< css::accessibility::XAccessible > ImplPopupFloatWin::Create // this is to avoid appearance of this window as standalone window in the accessibility hierarchy // as this window is only used as a helper for subtoolbars that are not teared-off, the parent toolbar // has to provide accessibility support (as implemented in the toolkit) - // so the contained toolbar should appear as child of the correponsing toolbar item of the parent toolbar + // so the contained toolbar should appear as child of the corresponding toolbar item of the parent toolbar return css::uno::Reference< css::accessibility::XAccessible >(); } diff --git a/vcl/source/window/splitwin.cxx b/vcl/source/window/splitwin.cxx index e6d62d305580..36639b1a9364 100644 --- a/vcl/source/window/splitwin.cxx +++ b/vcl/source/window/splitwin.cxx @@ -603,7 +603,7 @@ static void ImplCalcSet( ImplSplitSet* pSet, nMins = 0; while ( nSizeDelta && (nItems != nMins) ) { - // determinne which items we can calculate + // determine which items we can calculate nCalcItems = 0; while ( !nCalcItems ) { diff --git a/vcl/source/window/status.cxx b/vcl/source/window/status.cxx index c9649aaa8e77..ffd3541da964 100644 --- a/vcl/source/window/status.cxx +++ b/vcl/source/window/status.cxx @@ -1373,7 +1373,7 @@ void StatusBar::StartProgressMode( const OUString& rText ) void StatusBar::SetProgressValue( sal_uInt16 nNewPercent ) { - DBG_ASSERT( mbProgressMode, "StatusBar::SetProgressValue(): no progrss mode" ); + DBG_ASSERT( mbProgressMode, "StatusBar::SetProgressValue(): no progress mode" ); SAL_WARN_IF( nNewPercent > 100, "vcl", "StatusBar::SetProgressValue(): nPercent > 100" ); if ( mbProgressMode diff --git a/vcl/source/window/syschild.cxx b/vcl/source/window/syschild.cxx index c9b84bf9232a..d0c8e8ca375d 100644 --- a/vcl/source/window/syschild.cxx +++ b/vcl/source/window/syschild.cxx @@ -229,7 +229,7 @@ sal_IntPtr SystemChildWindow::GetParentWindowHandle( bool bUseJava ) try { ::rtl::Reference< ::jvmaccess::VirtualMachine > xVM; - uno::Reference< java::XJavaVM > xJavaVM = java::JavaVirtualMachine::create(xContext);; + uno::Reference< java::XJavaVM > xJavaVM = java::JavaVirtualMachine::create(xContext); uno::Sequence< sal_Int8 > aProcessID( 17 ); rtl_getGlobalProcessId( reinterpret_cast<sal_uInt8*>(aProcessID.getArray()) ); diff --git a/vcl/source/window/winproc.cxx b/vcl/source/window/winproc.cxx index 5227c2a97788..e61ea101dfcb 100644 --- a/vcl/source/window/winproc.cxx +++ b/vcl/source/window/winproc.cxx @@ -1600,7 +1600,7 @@ static void ImplHandlePaint( vcl::Window* pWindow, const Rectangle& rBoundRect, // #i87663# trigger possible pending resize notifications // (GetSizePixel does that for us) pWindow->GetSizePixel(); - // force drawing inmmediately + // force drawing immediately pWindow->Update(); } } diff --git a/vcl/unx/generic/app/saldisp.cxx b/vcl/unx/generic/app/saldisp.cxx index 7fe000b502c9..02efd278e573 100644 --- a/vcl/unx/generic/app/saldisp.cxx +++ b/vcl/unx/generic/app/saldisp.cxx @@ -1455,7 +1455,7 @@ KeySym SalDisplay::GetKeySym( XKeyEvent *pEvent, // For some X-servers special care is needed for Keypad keys. // For example Solaris XServer: // 2, 4, 6, 8 are classified as Cursorkeys (Up, Down, Left, Right) - // 1, 3, 5, 9 are classified as Funtionkeys (F27,F29,F33,F35) + // 1, 3, 5, 9 are classified as Functionkeys (F27,F29,F33,F35) // 0 as Keypadkey, and the decimal point key not at all (KP_Insert) KeySym nNewKeySym = XLookupKeysym( pEvent, nNumLockIndex_ ); if( nNewKeySym != NoSymbol ) diff --git a/vcl/unx/generic/dtrans/X11_selection.cxx b/vcl/unx/generic/dtrans/X11_selection.cxx index 946aaf0a3b73..1f7d39da63ec 100644 --- a/vcl/unx/generic/dtrans/X11_selection.cxx +++ b/vcl/unx/generic/dtrans/X11_selection.cxx @@ -399,7 +399,7 @@ void SelectionManager::initialize( const Sequence< Any >& arguments ) throw (css m_aWindow = XCreateSimpleWindow( m_pDisplay, DefaultRootWindow( m_pDisplay ), 10, 10, 10, 10, 0, 0, 1 ); - // initialize threshold for incremetal transfers + // initialize threshold for incremental transfers // ICCCM says it should be smaller that the max request size // which in turn is guaranteed to be at least 16k bytes m_nIncrementalThreshold = XMaxRequestSize( m_pDisplay ) - 1024; diff --git a/vcl/unx/generic/dtrans/X11_selection.hxx b/vcl/unx/generic/dtrans/X11_selection.hxx index 39034a18728f..ba897216a749 100644 --- a/vcl/unx/generic/dtrans/X11_selection.hxx +++ b/vcl/unx/generic/dtrans/X11_selection.hxx @@ -263,7 +263,7 @@ namespace x11 { // contains the XdndEnterEvent of a drop action running // with one of our targets. The data.l[0] member - // (conatining the drag source ::Window) is set + // (containing the drag source ::Window) is set // to None while that is not the case XClientMessageEvent m_aDropEnterEvent; // set to false on XdndEnter diff --git a/vcl/unx/generic/gdi/salbmp.cxx b/vcl/unx/generic/gdi/salbmp.cxx index 395da5ae5588..91c1f6fcd109 100644 --- a/vcl/unx/generic/gdi/salbmp.cxx +++ b/vcl/unx/generic/gdi/salbmp.cxx @@ -980,7 +980,7 @@ bool ImplSalDDB::ImplMatches( SalX11Screen nXScreen, long nDepth, const SalTwoRe && rTwoRect.mnDestHeight == maTwoRect.mnDestHeight ) { - // absolutely indentically + // absolutely identically bRet = true; } else if( rTwoRect.mnSrcWidth == rTwoRect.mnDestWidth diff --git a/vcl/unx/generic/gdi/x11windowprovider.cxx b/vcl/unx/generic/gdi/x11windowprovider.cxx index 5f7d289196ec..e8604ad410ee 100644 --- a/vcl/unx/generic/gdi/x11windowprovider.cxx +++ b/vcl/unx/generic/gdi/x11windowprovider.cxx @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ Display *OpenX11Display(OString& rDisplay) { /* * if a -display switch was used, we need - * to set the environment accoringly since + * to set the environment accordingly since * the clipboard build another connection * to the xserver using $DISPLAY */ diff --git a/vcl/unx/generic/printer/ppdparser.cxx b/vcl/unx/generic/printer/ppdparser.cxx index 8ae6e0139b54..823ca7034866 100644 --- a/vcl/unx/generic/printer/ppdparser.cxx +++ b/vcl/unx/generic/printer/ppdparser.cxx @@ -1243,7 +1243,7 @@ void PPDParser::parseOrderDependency(const OString& rLine) OString aSetup = GetCommandLineToken( 1, aLine ); OUString aKey(OStringToOUString(GetCommandLineToken(2, aLine), RTL_TEXTENCODING_MS_1252)); if( aKey[ 0 ] != '*' ) - return; // invalid order dependecy + return; // invalid order dependency aKey = aKey.replaceAt( 0, 1, "" ); PPDKey* pKey; diff --git a/vcl/unx/gtk/fpicker/SalGtkFilePicker.cxx b/vcl/unx/gtk/fpicker/SalGtkFilePicker.cxx index 965768d36b08..7221d92fe002 100644 --- a/vcl/unx/gtk/fpicker/SalGtkFilePicker.cxx +++ b/vcl/unx/gtk/fpicker/SalGtkFilePicker.cxx @@ -707,7 +707,7 @@ uno::Sequence<OUString> SAL_CALL SalGtkFilePicker::getFiles() throw( uno::Runtim uno::Sequence< OUString > aFiles = getSelectedFiles(); /* The previous multiselection API design was completely broken - and unimplementable for some hetrogenous pseudo-URIs eg. search: + and unimplementable for some heterogeneous pseudo-URIs eg. search: Thus crop unconditionally to a single selection. */ aFiles.realloc (1); diff --git a/vcl/unx/gtk/gtkdata.cxx b/vcl/unx/gtk/gtkdata.cxx index b5c64e05d302..5f0acfafdf6c 100644 --- a/vcl/unx/gtk/gtkdata.cxx +++ b/vcl/unx/gtk/gtkdata.cxx @@ -733,7 +733,7 @@ void GtkData::Init() #if !GTK_CHECK_VERSION(3,0,0) /* * if a -display switch was used, we need - * to set the environment accoringly since + * to set the environment accordingly since * the clipboard build another connection * to the xserver using $DISPLAY */ diff --git a/vcl/win/gdi/gdiimpl.cxx b/vcl/win/gdi/gdiimpl.cxx index 7a1bbdc66026..6cb9e3e9951f 100644 --- a/vcl/win/gdi/gdiimpl.cxx +++ b/vcl/win/gdi/gdiimpl.cxx @@ -520,7 +520,7 @@ void WinSalGraphicsImpl::copyArea( long nDestX, long nDestY, // by excluding hInvalidateRgn from the system's clip region // we will prevent bitblt from copying useless data - // epsecially now shadows from overlapping windows will appear (#i36344) + // especially now shadows from overlapping windows will appear (#i36344) hOldClipRgn = CreateRectRgn( 0, 0, 0, 0 ); nOldClipRgnType = GetClipRgn( mrParent.getHDC(), hOldClipRgn ); diff --git a/vcl/win/gdi/salfont.cxx b/vcl/win/gdi/salfont.cxx index 3a705bf20179..9decea8dc69e 100644 --- a/vcl/win/gdi/salfont.cxx +++ b/vcl/win/gdi/salfont.cxx @@ -374,7 +374,7 @@ LanguageType MapCharToLanguage( sal_UCS4 uChar ) { bFirst = false; - // use method suggested in #i97086# to determnine the systems default language + // use method suggested in #i97086# to determine the systems default language // TODO: move into i18npool or sal/osl/w32/nlsupport.c LanguageType nDefaultLang = 0; HKEY hKey = NULL; diff --git a/vcl/win/gdi/winlayout.cxx b/vcl/win/gdi/winlayout.cxx index 998865e0eb79..e7800011c8ee 100644 --- a/vcl/win/gdi/winlayout.cxx +++ b/vcl/win/gdi/winlayout.cxx @@ -861,7 +861,7 @@ bool UniscribeLayout::LayoutText( ImplLayoutArgs& rArgs ) } // prepare layout - // TODO: fix case when recyclying old UniscribeLayout object + // TODO: fix case when recycling old UniscribeLayout object mnMinCharPos = rArgs.mnMinCharPos; mnEndCharPos = rArgs.mnEndCharPos; diff --git a/vcl/win/window/salframe.cxx b/vcl/win/window/salframe.cxx index bb5f8b0ca49d..62883261dfe3 100644 --- a/vcl/win/window/salframe.cxx +++ b/vcl/win/window/salframe.cxx @@ -3338,7 +3338,7 @@ bool WinSalFrame::MapUnicodeToKeyCode( sal_Unicode aUnicode, LanguageType aLangT BYTE vkeycode = LOBYTE(scan); BYTE shiftstate = HIBYTE(scan); - // Last argument is set to FALSE, because there's no decission made + // Last argument is set to FALSE, because there's no decision made // yet which key should be assigned to MOD3 modifier on Windows. // Windows key - user's can be confused, because it should display // Windows menu (applies to both left/right key) diff --git a/winaccessibility/inc/AccObjectContainerEventListener.hxx b/winaccessibility/inc/AccObjectContainerEventListener.hxx index 94ce67cba093..6a89a117dce2 100644 --- a/winaccessibility/inc/AccObjectContainerEventListener.hxx +++ b/winaccessibility/inc/AccObjectContainerEventListener.hxx @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ public: virtual void HandleStateChangedEvent( css::uno::Any oldValue, css::uno::Any newValue) override; - //for visible data changed event, for shapes, the visiabledatachanged should be mapped to LOCATION_CHANGED + //for visible data changed event, for shapes, the visibledatachanged should be mapped to LOCATION_CHANGED virtual void HandleVisibleDataChangedEvent() override; }; diff --git a/winaccessibility/inc/AccResource.hxx b/winaccessibility/inc/AccResource.hxx index 87b429b765f1..68a384659881 100644 --- a/winaccessibility/inc/AccResource.hxx +++ b/winaccessibility/inc/AccResource.hxx @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ private: ~ResourceManager() { } - // we'll instantiate one static member of the following class, which, in it's dtor, + // we'll instantiate one static member of the following class, which, in its dtor, // ensures that m_pImpl will be deleted class EnsureDelete { diff --git a/winaccessibility/source/UAccCOM/AccHyperLink.h b/winaccessibility/source/UAccCOM/AccHyperLink.h index 5e142d2ac9f4..7f715cab0a4a 100644 --- a/winaccessibility/source/UAccCOM/AccHyperLink.h +++ b/winaccessibility/source/UAccCOM/AccHyperLink.h @@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ public: // hyperlink (group) starts. STDMETHOD(get_startIndex)(/* [retval][out] */ long __RPC_FAR *index); - // Returns the index at which the textual rerpesentation of the + // Returns the index at which the textual representation of the // hyperlink (group) ends. STDMETHOD(get_endIndex)(/* [retval][out] */ long __RPC_FAR *index); diff --git a/winaccessibility/source/UAccCOM/AccValue.cxx b/winaccessibility/source/UAccCOM/AccValue.cxx index 1dc691291369..f89bd7671629 100644 --- a/winaccessibility/source/UAccCOM/AccValue.cxx +++ b/winaccessibility/source/UAccCOM/AccValue.cxx @@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ STDMETHODIMP CAccValue::setCurrentValue(VARIANT value) default: { - // Unsupport type conversion. + // Unsupported type conversion. hRet = E_FAIL; } break; diff --git a/wizards/com/sun/star/wizards/agenda/AgendaDocument.py b/wizards/com/sun/star/wizards/agenda/AgendaDocument.py index 06cb6a33c1c0..3802732fb0c1 100644 --- a/wizards/com/sun/star/wizards/agenda/AgendaDocument.py +++ b/wizards/com/sun/star/wizards/agenda/AgendaDocument.py @@ -60,14 +60,14 @@ Tables contain *only* those pairs.<br/> 2.b. design is arbitrary.<br/> As result the following limitations:<br/> No column merge is allowed.<br/> -One compolsary Heading row.<br/> +One compulsory Heading row.<br/> <br/><br/> To let the template be flexible, we use a kind of "detection": we look where the items are read the design of each table, reaplying it after writing the table.self.xTextDocument <br/><br/> A note about threads:<br/> -Many methods here are synchronized, in order to avoid colission made by +Many methods here are synchronized, in order to avoid collision made by events fired too often. ''' class AgendaDocument(TextDocument): @@ -791,7 +791,7 @@ class Topics(object): in the preview document, in response to a change in the gui (by the user) Since the structure of the topics table is flexible, The Topics object, which analyzed the structure of the topics table upon - initialization, refreshes the approperiate cell. + initialization, refreshes the appropriate cell. ''' def writeCell(self, row, column, data): # if the whole row should be written... diff --git a/wizards/com/sun/star/wizards/agenda/TopicsControl.py b/wizards/com/sun/star/wizards/agenda/TopicsControl.py index 5c83ba39167c..149faba9c840 100644 --- a/wizards/com/sun/star/wizards/agenda/TopicsControl.py +++ b/wizards/com/sun/star/wizards/agenda/TopicsControl.py @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ Once the row is not blank (thus, the user entered data...), a new blank row is added.<br/> Once the user removes the last *unempty* row, binsertRowy deleting its data, it becomes the *last empty row* and the one after is being automatically removed.<br/><br/> -The contorl shows 5 rows at a time.<br/> +The control shows 5 rows at a time.<br/> If, for example, only 2 rows exist (from which the 2ed one is empty...) then the other three rows, which do not exist in the data model, are disabled. <br/> @@ -367,7 +367,7 @@ class TopicsControl(ControlScroller): if (guiRow + self.nscrollvalue) \ == len(self.scrollfields) - 2: self.removeLastRow() - '''now consequentially check the last two rows, + '''now consequently check the last two rows, and remove the last one if they are both empty. (actually I check always the "before last" row, because the last one is always empty... diff --git a/wizards/com/sun/star/wizards/db/DBMetaData.java b/wizards/com/sun/star/wizards/db/DBMetaData.java index 0b03f0453024..99b48405b1d1 100644 --- a/wizards/com/sun/star/wizards/db/DBMetaData.java +++ b/wizards/com/sun/star/wizards/db/DBMetaData.java @@ -363,7 +363,7 @@ public class DBMetaData WidthList[15][0] = DataType.TIME; // == 92; WidthList[16][0] = DataType.TIMESTAMP; // == 93; // NumericTypes are all types where aggregate functions can be performed on. - // Similarly to a major competitor date/time/timmestamp fields are not included + // Similarly to a major competitor date/time/timestamp fields are not included } diff --git a/wizards/com/sun/star/wizards/fax/CallWizard.py b/wizards/com/sun/star/wizards/fax/CallWizard.py index 405c2c3c62cf..ca222132f9ff 100644 --- a/wizards/com/sun/star/wizards/fax/CallWizard.py +++ b/wizards/com/sun/star/wizards/fax/CallWizard.py @@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ class CallWizard(unohelper.Base, XJobExecutor, XServiceInfo): g_ImplementationHelper.addImplementation( \ CallWizard, # UNO object class - g_implName, # implemtenation name + g_implName, # implementation name ("com.sun.star.task.Job",),) # list of implemented services # (the only service) diff --git a/wizards/com/sun/star/wizards/reportbuilder/layout/ReportBuilderLayouter.java b/wizards/com/sun/star/wizards/reportbuilder/layout/ReportBuilderLayouter.java index 9c723c5f9deb..acc05d767c3a 100644 --- a/wizards/com/sun/star/wizards/reportbuilder/layout/ReportBuilderLayouter.java +++ b/wizards/com/sun/star/wizards/reportbuilder/layout/ReportBuilderLayouter.java @@ -1561,7 +1561,7 @@ abstract public class ReportBuilderLayouter implements IReportBuilderLayouter } /** - * load the given string as a template and use it's content to paint the other + * load the given string as a template and use its content to paint the other */ public void loadAndSetBackgroundTemplate(String LayoutTemplatePath) { diff --git a/wizards/com/sun/star/wizards/ui/event/DataAware.py b/wizards/com/sun/star/wizards/ui/event/DataAware.py index 3ae8d052fe1a..74ff09415f2d 100644 --- a/wizards/com/sun/star/wizards/ui/event/DataAware.py +++ b/wizards/com/sun/star/wizards/ui/event/DataAware.py @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ It is used as listener on UI events, to keep the DataObject up to date. This class, as a base abstract class, sets a frame of functionality, delegating the data Object get/set methods to a Value object, and leaving the UI get/set methods abstract. -Note that event listenning is *not* a part of this model. +Note that event listening is *not* a part of this model. the updateData() or updateUI() methods should be porogramatically called. in child classes, the updateData() will be binded to UI event calls. <br><br> diff --git a/wizards/com/sun/star/wizards/web/AbstractErrorHandler.py b/wizards/com/sun/star/wizards/web/AbstractErrorHandler.py index 52fb229747d9..6fb858d8c742 100644 --- a/wizards/com/sun/star/wizards/web/AbstractErrorHandler.py +++ b/wizards/com/sun/star/wizards/web/AbstractErrorHandler.py @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ from com.sun.star.awt.VclWindowPeerAttribute import YES_NO, DEF_NO, DEF_YES # uses a renderer method geMessageFor(Exception, Object, int, int) # (in this class still abstract...) # to render the errors, and displays -# error messeges. +# error messages. class AbstractErrorHandler(ErrorHandler): xmsf = None diff --git a/wizards/com/sun/star/wizards/web/FTPDialog.py b/wizards/com/sun/star/wizards/web/FTPDialog.py index 673102a298db..63d3f2cb0f66 100644 --- a/wizards/com/sun/star/wizards/web/FTPDialog.py +++ b/wizards/com/sun/star/wizards/web/FTPDialog.py @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ from com.sun.star.ucb.OpenMode import FOLDERS # (*) choosing a directory on the server. # If a connection was established successfully, the user may # press OK, which will change -# the CGPublish object propertiers according the user's input. +# the CGPublish object properties according the user's input. # If no connection was established. the OK and Choose-Dir button are disabled. # See the method "disconnect()" which disables them. # diff --git a/wizards/com/sun/star/wizards/web/ImageListDialog.py b/wizards/com/sun/star/wizards/web/ImageListDialog.py index 156ea150f74f..1db10788a9f4 100644 --- a/wizards/com/sun/star/wizards/web/ImageListDialog.py +++ b/wizards/com/sun/star/wizards/web/ImageListDialog.py @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ to enable choosing images that are not in the list and so dialogs which do not need those, should set the corresponding members showDeselectButton and/or showOtherButton to false. <br/> -the consturctor should receive, among others, an Array of String resources +the constructor should receive, among others, an Array of String resources see constructor documentation for details. @author rpiterman diff --git a/wizards/com/sun/star/wizards/web/Process.py b/wizards/com/sun/star/wizards/web/Process.py index 85c8f9b97762..a3c76f98b56b 100644 --- a/wizards/com/sun/star/wizards/web/Process.py +++ b/wizards/com/sun/star/wizards/web/Process.py @@ -299,7 +299,7 @@ class Process(ProcessErrors): # copies layout files which are not .xsl files # to the target directory. - # @param ucb UCB encapsulatzion object + # @param ucb UCB encapsulation object # @param fileAccess filaAccess encapsulation object # @param settings web wizard settings # @param layout the layout object diff --git a/wizards/com/sun/star/wizards/web/ProcessErrorHandler.py b/wizards/com/sun/star/wizards/web/ProcessErrorHandler.py index 84201d323f4f..2b2d279428d5 100644 --- a/wizards/com/sun/star/wizards/web/ProcessErrorHandler.py +++ b/wizards/com/sun/star/wizards/web/ProcessErrorHandler.py @@ -19,10 +19,10 @@ from .ProcessErrors import ProcessErrors from .AbstractErrorHandler import AbstractErrorHandler from .WebWizardConst import * -# used to interact error accuring when generating the +# used to interact error occurring when generating the # web-site to the user. # This class renders the different errors, -# replaceing some strings from the resources with +# replacing some strings from the resources with # content of the given arguments, depending on the error # that accured. class ProcessErrorHandler(AbstractErrorHandler, ProcessErrors): diff --git a/wizards/com/sun/star/wizards/web/WWD_Events.py b/wizards/com/sun/star/wizards/web/WWD_Events.py index cbb4dff9f3c6..51871eb95cf8 100644 --- a/wizards/com/sun/star/wizards/web/WWD_Events.py +++ b/wizards/com/sun/star/wizards/web/WWD_Events.py @@ -278,7 +278,7 @@ class WWD_Events(WWD_Startup): # update the list to show the right selection. self.docListDA.updateUI() - # disables all the next steps, if the list of docuemnts + # disables all the next steps, if the list of documents # is empty. self.checkSteps() diff --git a/wizards/com/sun/star/wizards/web/WWD_General.py b/wizards/com/sun/star/wizards/web/WWD_General.py index 4cdbee62d68e..96d72e92c919 100644 --- a/wizards/com/sun/star/wizards/web/WWD_General.py +++ b/wizards/com/sun/star/wizards/web/WWD_General.py @@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ class WWD_General(WebWizardDialog): def enableSteps(self, enabled): if not enabled and not self.isStepEnabled(3): - #disbale steps 3-7 + #disable steps 3-7 return for i in range(3,8): @@ -294,7 +294,7 @@ class WWD_General(WebWizardDialog): ''' substitutes path variables with the corresponding values. @param path a path, which might contain OOo path variables. - @return the path, after substituing path variables. + @return the path, after substituting path variables. ''' def substitute(self, path): diff --git a/wizards/com/sun/star/wizards/web/WWD_Startup.py b/wizards/com/sun/star/wizards/web/WWD_Startup.py index 3d15335c6036..c789c19e5038 100644 --- a/wizards/com/sun/star/wizards/web/WWD_Startup.py +++ b/wizards/com/sun/star/wizards/web/WWD_Startup.py @@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ class WWD_Startup(WWD_General): check the content (documents) specified in the default session.<br/> fill the list boxes (saved sessions, styles, combobox save session). <br/> make data aware. <br/> - updateUI (refreshes the display to crrespond to the data in + updateUI (refreshes the display to correspond to the data in the default session.)<br/> fill the documents listbox. <br/> if proxies are set, disable the ftp controls in step 7. diff --git a/wizards/com/sun/star/wizards/web/data/CGDocument.py b/wizards/com/sun/star/wizards/web/data/CGDocument.py index 9ae627e7016d..59ec90dc9b6d 100644 --- a/wizards/com/sun/star/wizards/web/data/CGDocument.py +++ b/wizards/com/sun/star/wizards/web/data/CGDocument.py @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ from com.sun.star.document.UpdateDocMode import NO_UPDATE ''' About the member fields Title, Description and Author: -There is an ambiguicy in handling these fields. +There is an ambiguity in handling these fields. On the one hand, the user can set those fields to a custom value, relevant only for the web-wizard. On the other-hand, the web-wizard can read those fields automatically diff --git a/wizards/source/access2base/L10N.xba b/wizards/source/access2base/L10N.xba index 4034b0a0f3a8..661e286286d4 100644 --- a/wizards/source/access2base/L10N.xba +++ b/wizards/source/access2base/L10N.xba @@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ Dim sLocal As String Case "ERR" & ERRMETHOD : sLocal = "La méthode '%0' n'est pas applicable dans ce contexte" Case "ERR" & ERRPROPERTYINIT : sLocal = "Propriété '%0' applicable mais non initialisée" Case "ERR" & ERRFILENOTCREATED : sLocal = "Erreur de création du fichier '%0'" - Case "ERR" & ERRDIALOGNOTFOUND : sLocal = "Dialogue '%0' introuvable dans les librairies chargées actuellement" + Case "ERR" & ERRDIALOGNOTFOUND : sLocal = "Dialogue '%0' introuvable dans les libraries chargées actuellement" Case "ERR" & ERRDIALOGUNDEFINED : sLocal = "Boîte de dialogue inconnue" Case "ERR" & ERRDIALOGSTARTED : sLocal = "Dialogue déjà initialisé précédemment" Case "ERR" & ERRDIALOGNOTSTARTED : sLocal = "Dialogue '%0' non initialisé" @@ -297,4 +297,4 @@ Dim oLocale as Object End Function ' GetLocale V0.8.9 -</script:module>
\ No newline at end of file +</script:module> diff --git a/wizards/source/access2base/Utils.xba b/wizards/source/access2base/Utils.xba index dcc1b4cfe400..dd639d513e25 100644 --- a/wizards/source/access2base/Utils.xba +++ b/wizards/source/access2base/Utils.xba @@ -597,13 +597,13 @@ Private Function _PercentEncode(ByVal psChar As String) As String Dim lChar As Long, sByte1 As String, sByte2 As String, sByte3 As String lChar = Asc(psChar) - + Select Case lChar Case 48 To 57, 65 To 90, 97 To 122 ' 0-9, A-Z, a-z _PercentEncode = psChar Case Asc("-"), Asc("."), Asc("_"), Asc("~") _PercentEncode = psChar - Case Asc("!"), Asc("$"), Asc("&"), Asc("'"), Asc("("), Asc(")"), Asc("*"), Asc("+"), Asc(","), Asc(";"), Asc("=") ' Reserved characters used as delimitors in query strings + Case Asc("!"), Asc("$"), Asc("&"), Asc("'"), Asc("("), Asc(")"), Asc("*"), Asc("+"), Asc(","), Asc(";"), Asc("=") ' Reserved characters used as delimiters in query strings _PercentEncode = psChar Case Asc(" "), Asc("%") _PercentEncode = "%" & Right("00" & Hex(lChar), 2) @@ -839,4 +839,4 @@ Private Function _UTF8Encode(ByVal psChar As String) As String End Function ' _UTF8Encode V1.4.0 -</script:module>
\ No newline at end of file +</script:module> diff --git a/wizards/source/euro/Protect.xba b/wizards/source/euro/Protect.xba index 32badc3f5164..68ffc72f18ce 100644 --- a/wizards/source/euro/Protect.xba +++ b/wizards/source/euro/Protect.xba @@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ End Sub ' Reprotects the previousliy protected sheets -' The passwordinformation is stored in the List 'UnProtectList()' +' The password information is stored in the List 'UnProtectList()' Sub ReprotectSheets() Dim i as Integer Dim oProtectSheet as Object @@ -189,4 +189,4 @@ Dim bProtectedSheets as Boolean End If Next i CheckSheetProtection() = False -End Function</script:module>
\ No newline at end of file +End Function</script:module> diff --git a/wizards/source/formwizard/tools.xba b/wizards/source/formwizard/tools.xba index 3bf6322e33a2..d6f8ed419c73 100644 --- a/wizards/source/formwizard/tools.xba +++ b/wizards/source/formwizard/tools.xba @@ -227,7 +227,7 @@ Function SetNumerics(ByVal oLocObject as Object, iLocFieldType as Integer) as Ob oLocObject.DefaultTime = CurDefaultValue ' Todo: Property TimeFormat? from where? ElseIf CurControlType = cCheckBox Then -' Todo Why does this not work?: oLocObject.DefautState = CurDefaultValue +' Todo Why does this not work?: oLocObject.DefaultState = CurDefaultValue End If If oLocObject.PropertySetInfo.HasPropertybyName("FormatKey") Then On Local Error Resume Next diff --git a/wizards/source/tools/ModuleControls.xba b/wizards/source/tools/ModuleControls.xba index 749ac1476ad9..96f23ad866d4 100644 --- a/wizards/source/tools/ModuleControls.xba +++ b/wizards/source/tools/ModuleControls.xba @@ -276,7 +276,7 @@ Dim FilterIndex as Integer End If On Local Error Goto NOSAVING If FilterName = "" Then - ' Todo: Catch the case that a document that has to be overwritten is writeportected (e.g. it is open) + ' Todo: Catch the case that a document that has to be overwritten is writeprotected (e.g. it is open) oDocument.StoreAsUrl(sPath, NoArgs()) Else oStoreProperties(0).Name = "FilterName" @@ -384,4 +384,4 @@ Sub SetOVERWRITEToNever() iGeneralOverwrite = SBOVERWRITENEVER DlgOverwrite.EndExecute() End Sub -</script:module>
\ No newline at end of file +</script:module> diff --git a/wizards/source/tools/Strings.xba b/wizards/source/tools/Strings.xba index d05555fd9901..69389388251d 100644 --- a/wizards/source/tools/Strings.xba +++ b/wizards/source/tools/Strings.xba @@ -214,7 +214,7 @@ Dim a as Integer End Sub -' Searches for a String in a two-dimensional Array by querying all Searchindexex of the second dimension +' Searches for a String in a two-dimensional Array by querying all Searchindexes of the second dimension ' and delivers the specific String of the ReturnIndex in the second dimension of the Searchlist() Function StringInMultiArray(SearchList(), SearchString as String, SearchIndex as Integer, ReturnIndex as Integer, Optional MaxIndex as Integer) as String Dim i as integer diff --git a/writerfilter/documentation/KnownIssues.txt b/writerfilter/documentation/KnownIssues.txt index a13880e5fb90..6c84daf0fd90 100644 --- a/writerfilter/documentation/KnownIssues.txt +++ b/writerfilter/documentation/KnownIssues.txt @@ -16,12 +16,12 @@ # the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . # -- foonotes/endnotes: font index cannot be applied to Writer's footnote symbol +- footnotes/endnotes: font index cannot be applied to Writer's footnote symbol in the footnote area -- border types: width of border lines are changed to fit Writer's defaults, +- border types: width of border lines are changed to fit Writer's defaults, triple borders unsupported -- there are no unlocked (writeable) sections within a read only document in +- there are no unlocked (writeable) sections within a read only document in Writer -- multiple fields are either unsupported or drastically converted (see +- multiple fields are either unsupported or drastically converted (see DomainMapper_Impl.cxx) - borders cannot be applied to whole document (from sections) diff --git a/writerfilter/inc/dmapper/resourcemodel.hxx b/writerfilter/inc/dmapper/resourcemodel.hxx index 6f55b7d8437f..043c160516f0 100644 --- a/writerfilter/inc/dmapper/resourcemodel.hxx +++ b/writerfilter/inc/dmapper/resourcemodel.hxx @@ -379,7 +379,7 @@ public: #endif /** - Returns string repesentation of sprm. + Returns string representation of sprm. */ #ifdef DEBUG_WRITERFILTER virtual std::string toString() const = 0; diff --git a/writerfilter/source/dmapper/DomainMapper_Impl.cxx b/writerfilter/source/dmapper/DomainMapper_Impl.cxx index 8401be8054a2..dd51988a62d0 100644 --- a/writerfilter/source/dmapper/DomainMapper_Impl.cxx +++ b/writerfilter/source/dmapper/DomainMapper_Impl.cxx @@ -2058,7 +2058,7 @@ void DomainMapper_Impl::PopShapeContext() bool DomainMapper_Impl::IsSdtEndBefore() { - bool bIsSdtEndBefore = false;; + bool bIsSdtEndBefore = false; PropertyMapPtr pContext = GetTopContextOfType(CONTEXT_CHARACTER); if(pContext) { diff --git a/writerfilter/source/dmapper/FieldTypes.hxx b/writerfilter/source/dmapper/FieldTypes.hxx index 06bd44f0e69b..dc5eb7c559d7 100644 --- a/writerfilter/source/dmapper/FieldTypes.hxx +++ b/writerfilter/source/dmapper/FieldTypes.hxx @@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ enum FieldId */ ,FIELD_MACROBUTTON /* MERGEFIELD ColumName \b prefix \f suffix \* MERGEFORMAT -> - ww8filterimprovement: column-only API now upporterd + ww8filterimprovement: column-only API now supported */ ,FIELD_MERGEFIELD /* MERGEREC \* MERGEFORMAT -> diff --git a/writerfilter/source/dmapper/StyleSheetTable.cxx b/writerfilter/source/dmapper/StyleSheetTable.cxx index b02cefaa0625..c6d1ef3d63be 100644 --- a/writerfilter/source/dmapper/StyleSheetTable.cxx +++ b/writerfilter/source/dmapper/StyleSheetTable.cxx @@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ beans::PropertyValue StyleSheetEntry::GetInteropGrabBag() beans::PropertyValue aRet; aRet.Name = sStyleIdentifierI; - beans::PropertyValues aSeq = GetInteropGrabBagSeq();; + beans::PropertyValues aSeq = GetInteropGrabBagSeq(); aRet.Value = uno::makeAny(aSeq); return aRet; } @@ -1433,7 +1433,7 @@ OUString StyleSheetTable::ConvertStyleName( const OUString& rWWName, bool bExten { //search for the rWWName in the IdentifierD of the existing styles and convert the sStyleName member std::vector< StyleSheetEntryPtr >::iterator aIt = m_pImpl->m_aStyleSheetEntries.begin(); - //TODO: performance issue - put styles list into a map sorted by it's sStyleIdentifierD members + //TODO: performance issue - put styles list into a map sorted by its sStyleIdentifierD members while( aIt != m_pImpl->m_aStyleSheetEntries.end() ) { if( rWWName == ( *aIt )->sStyleIdentifierD ) diff --git a/writerfilter/source/ooxml/OOXMLFastContextHandler.cxx b/writerfilter/source/ooxml/OOXMLFastContextHandler.cxx index 1f09843c1a8b..e6abb85e6c0c 100644 --- a/writerfilter/source/ooxml/OOXMLFastContextHandler.cxx +++ b/writerfilter/source/ooxml/OOXMLFastContextHandler.cxx @@ -1802,7 +1802,7 @@ OOXMLFastContextHandlerWrapper::lcl_createFastChildContext // We have methods to _add_ individual tokens or whole namespaces to be // processed by writerfilter (instead of oox), but we have no method to - // filter out a single token. Just hardwire the wrap token here untill we + // filter out a single token. Just hardwire the wrap token here until we // need a more generic solution. bool bIsWrap = Element == static_cast<sal_Int32>(NMSP_vmlWord | XML_wrap); bool bSkipImages = getDocument()->IsSkipImages() && oox::getNamespace(Element) == static_cast<sal_Int32>(NMSP_dml) && diff --git a/writerfilter/source/ooxml/model.xml b/writerfilter/source/ooxml/model.xml index e3b462262f01..050a236b6654 100644 --- a/writerfilter/source/ooxml/model.xml +++ b/writerfilter/source/ooxml/model.xml @@ -9299,7 +9299,7 @@ <value>thinThick</value> <!-- Thick Line Outside Thin Line --> <value>thickThin</value> - <!-- Thck Line Between Thin Lines --> + <!-- Thick Line Between Thin Lines --> <value>thickBetweenThin</value> </choice> </define> diff --git a/xmerge/source/xmerge/java/org/openoffice/xmerge/converter/xml/sxc/DocumentMergerImpl.java b/xmerge/source/xmerge/java/org/openoffice/xmerge/converter/xml/sxc/DocumentMergerImpl.java index 33cab9fd8f87..c39c2d9d9fd3 100644 --- a/xmerge/source/xmerge/java/org/openoffice/xmerge/converter/xml/sxc/DocumentMergerImpl.java +++ b/xmerge/source/xmerge/java/org/openoffice/xmerge/converter/xml/sxc/DocumentMergerImpl.java @@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ public class DocumentMergerImpl implements DocumentMerger { if (matchingWorkSheet != null) { // need to put it into a row Iterator - // use a straight comparsion algorithm then do a merge on it + // use a straight comparision algorithm then do a merge on it Iterator i1 = new RowIterator(cc_, workSheet); Iterator i2 = new RowIterator(cc_, matchingWorkSheet); @@ -180,4 +180,4 @@ public class DocumentMergerImpl implements DocumentMerger { return matchSheet; } -}
\ No newline at end of file +} diff --git a/xmerge/source/xmerge/java/org/openoffice/xmerge/merger/Iterator.java b/xmerge/source/xmerge/java/org/openoffice/xmerge/merger/Iterator.java index c6698283f980..33db7cd3e956 100644 --- a/xmerge/source/xmerge/java/org/openoffice/xmerge/merger/Iterator.java +++ b/xmerge/source/xmerge/java/org/openoffice/xmerge/merger/Iterator.java @@ -74,12 +74,12 @@ public interface Iterator { boolean equivalent(Object obj1, Object obj2); /** - * A method to force the {@code Iterator} to transverse the tree again to + * A method to force the {@code Iterator} to traverse the tree again to * refresh the content. * - * <p>It is used mainly for {@code Iterator} objects which take a snap shot - * instead of dynamically transversing the tree. The current position will + * <p>It is used mainly for {@code Iterator} objects which take a snapshot + * instead of dynamically tranversing the tree. The current position will * be set to the beginning.</p> */ void refresh(); -}
\ No newline at end of file +} diff --git a/xmlhelp/source/cxxhelp/provider/provider.hxx b/xmlhelp/source/cxxhelp/provider/provider.hxx index e8e4968a0ed3..370bf3beeac3 100644 --- a/xmlhelp/source/cxxhelp/provider/provider.hxx +++ b/xmlhelp/source/cxxhelp/provider/provider.hxx @@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ namespace chelp { (void)aListener; } - // XConainerListener ( derive from XEventListener ) + // XContainerListener ( derive from XEventListener ) virtual void SAL_CALL disposing( const css::lang::EventObject& /*Source*/ ) diff --git a/xmloff/dtd/drawing.mod b/xmloff/dtd/drawing.mod index 42a601382129..c38da67d3376 100644 --- a/xmloff/dtd/drawing.mod +++ b/xmloff/dtd/drawing.mod @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ <!ENTITY % layerName "CDATA"> <!ENTITY % table-background "table:table-background (true | false) #IMPLIED"> -<!-- commont presentation shape attributes --> +<!-- common presentation shape attributes --> <!ENTITY % presentation-style-name "presentation:style-name %styleName; #IMPLIED"> <!ENTITY % presentation-classes "(title|outline|subtitle|text|graphic|object|chart|table|orgchart|page|notes)" > <!-- ENTITY % presentation-class "presentation:class %presentation-classes; #IMPLIED" --> diff --git a/xmloff/inc/txtflde.hxx b/xmloff/inc/txtflde.hxx index a5201845e5cc..3ce56f5ec983 100644 --- a/xmloff/inc/txtflde.hxx +++ b/xmloff/inc/txtflde.hxx @@ -190,7 +190,7 @@ public: const css::uno::Reference < css::text::XText > & rText); /// export all field declarations, or only those that have been used? - /// Calling this method will reset the list of used field declataions. + /// Calling this method will reset the list of used field declarations. void SetExportOnlyUsedFieldDeclarations( bool bExportOnlyUsed = true); diff --git a/xmloff/source/chart/SchXMLAxisContext.cxx b/xmloff/source/chart/SchXMLAxisContext.cxx index 45b8f1734d7d..03a07458e56e 100644 --- a/xmloff/source/chart/SchXMLAxisContext.cxx +++ b/xmloff/source/chart/SchXMLAxisContext.cxx @@ -462,7 +462,7 @@ void SchXMLAxisContext::CreateAxis() // Compatibility option: starting from LibreOffice 5.1 the rotated // layout is preferred to staggering for axis labels. // So the import default value for having compatibility with ODF - // documents created with erlier LibreOffice versions is `true`. + // documents created with earlier LibreOffice versions is `true`. if( GetImport().getGeneratorVersion() != SvXMLImport::ProductVersionUnknown ) m_xAxisProps->setPropertyValue("TryStaggeringFirst", aTrueBool ); diff --git a/xmloff/source/core/unointerfacetouniqueidentifiermapper.cxx b/xmloff/source/core/unointerfacetouniqueidentifiermapper.cxx index 43b36026d331..40ca17543de1 100644 --- a/xmloff/source/core/unointerfacetouniqueidentifiermapper.cxx +++ b/xmloff/source/core/unointerfacetouniqueidentifiermapper.cxx @@ -157,7 +157,7 @@ void UnoInterfaceToUniqueIdentifierMapper::insertReference( const OUString& rIde while(nLength--) { if( (*p < '0') || (*p > '9') ) - return; // a custom id, that will never conflict with genereated id's + return; // a custom id, that will never conflict with generated id's p++; } diff --git a/xmloff/source/core/xmlexp.cxx b/xmloff/source/core/xmlexp.cxx index 7f15295eaba2..ff8db668221b 100644 --- a/xmloff/source/core/xmlexp.cxx +++ b/xmloff/source/core/xmlexp.cxx @@ -1487,7 +1487,7 @@ sal_uInt32 SvXMLExport::exportDoc( enum ::xmloff::token::XMLTokenEnum eClass ) if( mnExportFlags & SvXMLExportFlags::SCRIPTS ) _ExportScripts(); - // font declerations + // font declarations if( mnExportFlags & SvXMLExportFlags::FONTDECLS ) _ExportFontDecls(); diff --git a/xmloff/source/draw/shapeexport.cxx b/xmloff/source/draw/shapeexport.cxx index 231b8bcdef75..aea70327844b 100644 --- a/xmloff/source/draw/shapeexport.cxx +++ b/xmloff/source/draw/shapeexport.cxx @@ -453,7 +453,7 @@ void XMLShapeExport::collectShapeAutoStyles(const uno::Reference< drawing::XShap // * control models are allowed to have an Align of "void" // * the Default for control model's Align is TextAlign_LEFT // * defaults for style properties are not written, but we need to write the "left", - // because we need to distiguish this "left" from the case where not align attribute + // because we need to distinguish this "left" from the case where not align attribute // is present which means "void" if ( xPropSetInfo->hasPropertyByName( "ParaAdjust" ) && ( beans::PropertyState_DEFAULT_VALUE == xPropState->getPropertyState( "ParaAdjust" ) ) diff --git a/xmloff/source/draw/ximpstyl.cxx b/xmloff/source/draw/ximpstyl.cxx index 9a8396dd66d9..6c9b6d5c9759 100644 --- a/xmloff/source/draw/ximpstyl.cxx +++ b/xmloff/source/draw/ximpstyl.cxx @@ -448,7 +448,7 @@ SdXMLPresentationPageLayoutContext::SdXMLPresentationPageLayoutContext( : SvXMLStyleContext(rImport, nPrfx, rLName, xAttrList, XML_STYLE_FAMILY_SD_PRESENTATIONPAGELAYOUT_ID), mnTypeId( 20 ) // AUTOLAYOUT_NONE { - // set family to somethiong special at SvXMLStyleContext + // set family to something special at SvXMLStyleContext // for differences in search-methods sal_Int16 nAttrCount = xAttrList.is() ? xAttrList->getLength() : 0; @@ -1269,7 +1269,7 @@ static bool canSkipReset(const OUString &rName, const XMLPropStyleContext* pProp bool bNewStyleTextAutoGrowHeight(false); property->maValue >>= bNewStyleTextAutoGrowHeight; if (bNewStyleTextAutoGrowHeight == bOldStyleTextAutoGrowHeight) - bCanSkipReset = true;; + bCanSkipReset = true; break; } } diff --git a/xmloff/source/forms/attriblistmerge.hxx b/xmloff/source/forms/attriblistmerge.hxx index a0b333d448e0..e2d24f52fe90 100644 --- a/xmloff/source/forms/attriblistmerge.hxx +++ b/xmloff/source/forms/attriblistmerge.hxx @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ namespace xmloff > OAttribListMerger_Base; /** implements the XAttributeList list by merging different source attribute lists - <p>Currently, the time behavious is O(n), though it would be possible to change it to O(log n).</p> + <p>Currently, the time behaviour is O(n), though it would be possible to change it to O(log n).</p> */ class OAttribListMerger : public OAttribListMerger_Base { diff --git a/xmloff/source/forms/elementimport.cxx b/xmloff/source/forms/elementimport.cxx index e63739088f6a..acf5c3ea5cc3 100644 --- a/xmloff/source/forms/elementimport.cxx +++ b/xmloff/source/forms/elementimport.cxx @@ -965,7 +965,7 @@ namespace xmloff if ( !m_xElement.is() ) return; - // register our control with it's id + // register our control with its id if (!m_sControlId.isEmpty()) m_rFormImport.registerControlId(m_xElement, m_sControlId); // it's allowed to have no control id. In this case we're importing a column @@ -1520,7 +1520,7 @@ namespace xmloff rtl::Reference < XMLTextImportHelper > xTextImportHelper( m_rContext.getGlobalContext().GetTextImport() ); if ( m_xCursor.is() ) { - // delete the newline which has been imported errornously + // delete the newline which has been imported erroneously // TODO (fs): stole this code somewhere - why don't we fix the text import?? m_xCursor->gotoEnd( sal_False ); m_xCursor->goLeft( 1, sal_True ); @@ -1981,7 +1981,7 @@ namespace xmloff // split up the value string if (!_rValue.isEmpty()) { - // For the moment, we build a vector instead of a Sequence. It's easier to handle because of it's + // For the moment, we build a vector instead of a Sequence. It's easier to handle because of its // push_back method ::std::vector< OUString > aElements; // estimate the number of tokens diff --git a/xmloff/source/forms/formattributes.hxx b/xmloff/source/forms/formattributes.hxx index 10b80b788df5..0a64db73d42d 100644 --- a/xmloff/source/forms/formattributes.hxx +++ b/xmloff/source/forms/formattributes.hxx @@ -253,7 +253,7 @@ namespace xmloff // entries which are special to some value types const SvXMLEnumMapEntry* pEnumMap; // the enum map, if appliable - bool bInverseSemantics; // for booleanss: attribute and property value have the same or an inverse semantics? + bool bInverseSemantics; // for booleans: attribute and property value have the same or an inverse semantics? AttributeAssignment() : pEnumMap(nullptr), bInverseSemantics(false) { } }; diff --git a/xmloff/source/forms/formcellbinding.hxx b/xmloff/source/forms/formcellbinding.hxx index 98cfd206b0bc..eb152cc05b42 100644 --- a/xmloff/source/forms/formcellbinding.hxx +++ b/xmloff/source/forms/formcellbinding.hxx @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ namespace xmloff public: /** determines whether the given control model lives in a spreadsheet document <p>If this method returns <FALSE/>, you cannot instantiate a CellBindingHelper with - this model, since then no of it's functionality will be available.</p> + this model, since then no of its functionality will be available.</p> */ static bool livesInSpreadsheetDocument( const css::uno::Reference< css::beans::XPropertySet >& _rxControlModel diff --git a/xmloff/source/forms/layerexport.hxx b/xmloff/source/forms/layerexport.hxx index 9aa4d881122c..0577a801a095 100644 --- a/xmloff/source/forms/layerexport.hxx +++ b/xmloff/source/forms/layerexport.hxx @@ -267,7 +267,7 @@ namespace xmloff /** ensures that the number format of the given control exist in our own formats supplier. - <p>The given control is examined for it's format (i.e. it's FormatKey/FormatsSupplier properties), + <p>The given control is examined for its format (i.e. it's FormatKey/FormatsSupplier properties), and the format is added (if necessary) to m_xControlNumberFormats</p>. @return diff --git a/xmloff/source/forms/officeforms.hxx b/xmloff/source/forms/officeforms.hxx index eccf2003e1d8..314b9d64cc28 100644 --- a/xmloff/source/forms/officeforms.hxx +++ b/xmloff/source/forms/officeforms.hxx @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ namespace xmloff OFormsRootImport( SvXMLImport& _rImport, sal_uInt16 _nPrfx, const OUString& _rLocalName); virtual ~OFormsRootImport(); - // SvXMLImportContext overriabled + // SvXMLImportContext overridable virtual SvXMLImportContext * CreateChildContext( sal_uInt16 nPrefix, const OUString& rLocalName, const css::uno::Reference< css::xml::sax::XAttributeList>& xAttrList ) override; virtual void StartElement( const css::uno::Reference< css::xml::sax::XAttributeList >& _rxAttrList ) override; diff --git a/xmloff/source/style/prstylei.cxx b/xmloff/source/style/prstylei.cxx index 2fe2953a8b40..44229af18de7 100644 --- a/xmloff/source/style/prstylei.cxx +++ b/xmloff/source/style/prstylei.cxx @@ -448,7 +448,7 @@ void XMLPropStyleContext::Finish( bool bOverwrite ) if( sParent != mxStyle->getParentStyle() ) { // this may except if setting the parent style forms a - // circle in the style depencies; especially if the parent + // circle in the style dependencies; especially if the parent // style is the same as the current style try { diff --git a/xmloff/source/style/xmlnumfe.cxx b/xmloff/source/style/xmlnumfe.cxx index 0895a94f303f..7f8a33e7fce5 100644 --- a/xmloff/source/style/xmlnumfe.cxx +++ b/xmloff/source/style/xmlnumfe.cxx @@ -980,7 +980,7 @@ static bool lcl_IsDefaultDateFormat( const SvNumberformat& rFormat, bool bSystem void SvXMLNumFmtExport::ExportPart_Impl( const SvNumberformat& rFormat, sal_uInt32 nKey, sal_uInt16 nPart, bool bDefPart ) { - //! for the default part, pass the coditions from the other parts! + //! for the default part, pass the conditions from the other parts! // element name diff --git a/xmloff/source/text/txtflde.cxx b/xmloff/source/text/txtflde.cxx index af5c290c6114..2e53ecfece77 100644 --- a/xmloff/source/text/txtflde.cxx +++ b/xmloff/source/text/txtflde.cxx @@ -2638,7 +2638,7 @@ void XMLTextFieldExport::ProcessDateTime(enum XMLTokenEnum eName, OUStringBuffer aBuffer; if (bIsDuration) { - // date/time durationM handle bOmitDurationIfZero + // date/time duration handle bOmitDurationIfZero if (!bOmitDurationIfZero || !::rtl::math::approxEqual(dValue, 0.0)) { ::sax::Converter::convertDuration(aBuffer, dValue); diff --git a/xmloff/source/text/txtimp.cxx b/xmloff/source/text/txtimp.cxx index 9afcb432d69f..53b6037fcbdc 100644 --- a/xmloff/source/text/txtimp.cxx +++ b/xmloff/source/text/txtimp.cxx @@ -2627,7 +2627,7 @@ void XMLTextImportHelper::ConnectFrameChains( { if((*j).equals(rFrmName)) { - // The previuous frame must exist, because it existing than + // The previous frame must exist, because it existing than // inserting the entry rFrmPropSet->setPropertyValue(s_ChainPrevName, makeAny(*i)); diff --git a/xmloff/source/text/txtparai.cxx b/xmloff/source/text/txtparai.cxx index 0d4b7e3c83e1..f2ac9f27bb14 100644 --- a/xmloff/source/text/txtparai.cxx +++ b/xmloff/source/text/txtparai.cxx @@ -2290,7 +2290,7 @@ XMLNumberedParaContext::XMLNumberedParaContext( break; case XML_TOK_TEXT_NUMBERED_PARAGRAPH_CONTINUE_NUMBERING: // this attribute is deprecated -// ContinuteNumbering = IsXMLToken(rValue, XML_TRUE); +// ContinueNumbering = IsXMLToken(rValue, XML_TRUE); break; case XML_TOK_TEXT_NUMBERED_PARAGRAPH_START_VALUE: { diff --git a/xmloff/source/xforms/TokenContext.hxx b/xmloff/source/xforms/TokenContext.hxx index eab8ae63aa54..2b7bbfffeebd 100644 --- a/xmloff/source/xforms/TokenContext.hxx +++ b/xmloff/source/xforms/TokenContext.hxx @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ public: /** call HandleChild for each child element in the token map; * create a warning for all others. Classes that wish to override - * CreateChildCotnenxt may want to call the parent method for + * CreateChildContext may want to call the parent method for * handling of defaults. */ virtual SvXMLImportContext* CreateChildContext( sal_uInt16 nPrefix, diff --git a/xmlscript/test/imexp.cxx b/xmlscript/test/imexp.cxx index 393d5a7b2f43..937626164fab 100644 --- a/xmlscript/test/imexp.cxx +++ b/xmlscript/test/imexp.cxx @@ -171,7 +171,7 @@ void MyApp::Main() importFile( aParam1.getStr(), xContext ) ); OSL_ASSERT( xModel.is() ); - Reference< awt::XUnoControlDialog > xDlg = UnoControlDialog::create( xContext );; + Reference< awt::XUnoControlDialog > xDlg = UnoControlDialog::create( xContext ); xDlg->setModel( xModel ); xDlg->createPeer( xToolkit, 0 ); xDlg->execute(); diff --git a/xmlsecurity/inc/xmlsecurity/xmlsignaturehelper.hxx b/xmlsecurity/inc/xmlsecurity/xmlsignaturehelper.hxx index e4c981d4e160..dd0032de5313 100644 --- a/xmlsecurity/inc/xmlsecurity/xmlsignaturehelper.hxx +++ b/xmlsecurity/inc/xmlsecurity/xmlsignaturehelper.hxx @@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ public: // Get the security environment ::com::sun::star::uno::Reference< ::com::sun::star::xml::crypto::XSecurityEnvironment > GetSecurityEnvironment(); - // After signing/veryfieng, get information about signatures + // After signing/verifying, get information about signatures SignatureInformation GetSignatureInformation( sal_Int32 nSecurityId ) const; SignatureInformations GetSignatureInformations() const; diff --git a/xmlsecurity/source/component/documentdigitalsignatures.cxx b/xmlsecurity/source/component/documentdigitalsignatures.cxx index f020df44b537..8406fc540ebb 100644 --- a/xmlsecurity/source/component/documentdigitalsignatures.cxx +++ b/xmlsecurity/source/component/documentdigitalsignatures.cxx @@ -261,7 +261,7 @@ DocumentDigitalSignatures::ImplVerifySignatures( DBG_ASSERT(false, "Error, no XStorage provided"); return Sequence<css::security::DocumentSignatureInformation>(); } - // First check for the InputStream, to avoid unnecessary initialization of the security environemnt... + // First check for the InputStream, to avoid unnecessary initialization of the security environment... SignatureStreamHelper aStreamHelper; Reference< io::XInputStream > xInputStream = xSignStream; diff --git a/xmlsecurity/source/dialogs/digitalsignaturesdialog.cxx b/xmlsecurity/source/dialogs/digitalsignaturesdialog.cxx index 590a8a90427e..0d4319c60a89 100644 --- a/xmlsecurity/source/dialogs/digitalsignaturesdialog.cxx +++ b/xmlsecurity/source/dialogs/digitalsignaturesdialog.cxx @@ -762,7 +762,7 @@ void DigitalSignaturesDialog::ImplShowSignaturesDetails() if (!xCert.is()) xCert = xSecEnv->getCertificate( rInfo.ouX509IssuerName, xSerialNumberAdapter->toSequence( rInfo.ouX509SerialNumber ) ); - DBG_ASSERT( xCert.is(), "Error getting cCertificate!" ); + DBG_ASSERT( xCert.is(), "Error getting Certificate!" ); if ( xCert.is() ) { ScopedVclPtrInstance< CertificateViewer > aViewer( this, maSignatureHelper.GetSecurityEnvironment(), xCert, false ); diff --git a/xmlsecurity/source/framework/buffernode.cxx b/xmlsecurity/source/framework/buffernode.cxx index 2a101d649690..f68b28b4ce8e 100644 --- a/xmlsecurity/source/framework/buffernode.cxx +++ b/xmlsecurity/source/framework/buffernode.cxx @@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ void BufferNode::setReceivedAll() * * NAME * setReceivedAll -- indicates that the element in this BufferNode has - * been compeletely bufferred. + * been completely bufferred. * * SYNOPSIS * setReceivedAll(); diff --git a/xmlsecurity/source/framework/saxeventkeeperimpl.cxx b/xmlsecurity/source/framework/saxeventkeeperimpl.cxx index c226edf3e1f3..036b541fe425 100644 --- a/xmlsecurity/source/framework/saxeventkeeperimpl.cxx +++ b/xmlsecurity/source/framework/saxeventkeeperimpl.cxx @@ -876,7 +876,7 @@ sal_Int32 SAXEventKeeperImpl::createElementCollector( * * INPUTS * nSecurityId - the security Id of the new ElementCollector - * nPriority - the prirority of the new ElementCollector + * nPriority - the priority of the new ElementCollector * bModifyElement -whether this BufferNode will modify the content of * the corresponding element it works on * xReferenceResolvedListener - the listener for the new ElementCollector. diff --git a/xmlsecurity/source/helper/xsecctl.hxx b/xmlsecurity/source/helper/xsecctl.hxx index b19ee700d57f..916fb3cac3c2 100644 --- a/xmlsecurity/source/helper/xsecctl.hxx +++ b/xmlsecurity/source/helper/xsecctl.hxx @@ -217,7 +217,7 @@ private: com::sun::star::uno::Reference< com::sun::star::uno::XInterface > m_xPreviousNodeOnSAXChain; /* - * whether the previous node can provide an XInitiazlize interface, + * whether the previous node can provide an XInitialize interface, * use this variable in order to typecast the XInterface to the * correct interface type. */ diff --git a/xmlsecurity/source/xmlsec/nss/securityenvironment_nssimpl.cxx b/xmlsecurity/source/xmlsec/nss/securityenvironment_nssimpl.cxx index 8d367b782edc..be7957b2a9a8 100644 --- a/xmlsecurity/source/xmlsec/nss/securityenvironment_nssimpl.cxx +++ b/xmlsecurity/source/xmlsec/nss/securityenvironment_nssimpl.cxx @@ -707,7 +707,7 @@ verifyCertificate( const Reference< csss::XCertificate >& aCert, cvout[1].value.pointer.log = &log; cvout[2].type = cert_po_end; - // We check SSL server certificates, CA certificates and signing sertificates. + // We check SSL server certificates, CA certificates and signing certificates. // // ToDo check keyusage, looking at CERT_KeyUsageAndTypeForCertUsage ( // mozilla/security/nss/lib/certdb/certdb.c indicates that diff --git a/xmlsecurity/source/xmlsec/saxhelper.cxx b/xmlsecurity/source/xmlsec/saxhelper.cxx index b1b779324cea..336d5637d5c6 100644 --- a/xmlsecurity/source/xmlsec/saxhelper.cxx +++ b/xmlsecurity/source/xmlsec/saxhelper.cxx @@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ SAXHelper::SAXHelper( ) /** * Destructor * - * In this destructor, a libxml sax parser context is desturcted. The XML tree + * In this destructor, a libxml sax parser context is destructed. The XML tree * in the context is not deallocated because the tree is bind with a document * model by the setTargetDocument method, which delegate the target document to * destruct the xml tree. @@ -341,7 +341,7 @@ void SAXHelper::ignorableWhitespace( const OUString& aWhitespaces ) } /** - * XDocumentHandler -- preaorocessing instruction + * XDocumentHandler -- preprocessing instruction */ void SAXHelper::processingInstruction( const OUString& aTarget, |